61 Part 121—Operating Require

Home , Breguet Aviation, British Aerospace, Concorde, Flight permit

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

(vi) A signed statement indicating PART 121—OPERATING REQUIRE- that: your company will comply with MENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG, AND this part and 49 CFR part 40; and you SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS intend to provide safety-sensitive functions by contract (including sub- contract at any tier) to a part 119 cer- SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 50–2 [NOTE] tificate holder with authority to oper- SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. ate under part 121 or part 135 of this 71 [NOTE] chapter, an operator as defined in SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. § 91.147 of this chapter, or an air traffic 97 [NOTE] control facility not operated by the FAA or by or under contract to the Subpart A—General U.S. military. Sec. (2) Send this information to the Fed- 121.1 Applicability. eral Aviation Administration, Office of 121.2 Compliance schedule for operators Aerospace Medicine, Drug Abatement that transition to part 121; certain new Division (AAM–800), 800 Independence entrant operators. Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591. 121.4 Applicability of rules to unauthorized operators. (3) This Drug and Alcohol Testing 121.7 Definitions. Program Registration will satisfy the 121.9 Fraud and falsification. registration requirements for both 121.11 Rules applicable to operations in a your drug testing program under sub- foreign country. part E of this part and your alcohol 121.15 Carriage of narcotic drugs, mari- testing program under this subpart. huana, and depressant or stimulant drugs (4) Update the registration informa- or substances. tion as changes occur. Send the up- Subpart B—Certification Rules for Domestic dates to the address specified in para- and Flag Air Carriers [Reserved] graph (f)(2) of this section. [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0937, 74 FR 22653, May 14, Subpart C—Certification Rules for Supple- 2009; Amdt. 120–0A, 75 FR 3154, Jan. 20, 2010, mental Air Carriers and Commercial as amended by Amdt. 120–1, 78 FR 42005, July Operators [Reserved] 15, 2013] Subpart D—Rules Governing All Certificate § 120.227 Employees located outside Holders Under This Part [Reserved] the U.S. Subpart E—Approval of Routes: Domestic (a) No covered employee shall be and Flag Operations tested for alcohol misuse while located outside the territory of the United 121.91 Applicability. States. 121.93 Route requirements: General. (1) Each covered employee who is as- 121.95 Route width. 121.97 Airports: Required data. signed to perform safety-sensitive 121.99 Communications facilities—domestic functions solely outside the territory and flag operations. of the United States shall be removed 121.101 Weather reporting facilities. from the random testing pool upon the 121.103 En route navigation facilities. inception of such assignment. 121.105 Servicing and maintenance facili- (2) Each covered employee who is re- ties. moved from the random testing pool 121.106 ETOPS Alternate Airport: Rescue under this paragraph shall be returned and fire fighting service. 121.107 Dispatch centers. to the random testing pool when the employee resumes the performance of Subpart F—Approval of Areas and Routes safety-sensitive functions wholly or for Supplemental Operations partially within the territory of the United States. 121.111 Applicability. (b) The provisions of this subpart 121.113 Area and route requirements: Gen- eral. shall not apply to any person who per- 121.115 Route width. forms a safety-sensitive function by 121.117 Airports: Required data. contract for an employer outside the 121.119 Weather reporting facilities. territory of the United States. 121.121 En route navigation facilities.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

121.122 Communications facilities—supple- 121.198 Cargo service airplanes: Increased mental operations. zero fuel and landing weights. 121.123 Servicing maintenance facilities. 121.199 Nontransport category airplanes: 121.125 Flight following system. Takeoff limitations. 121.127 Flight following system; require- 121.201 Nontransport category airplanes: En ments. route limitations: One engine inoperative. Subpart G—Manual Requirements 121.203 Nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations: Destination airport. 121.131 Applicability. 121.205 Nontransport category airplanes: 121.133 Preparation. Landing limitations: Alternate airport. 121.135 Manual contents. 121.207 Provisionally certificated airplanes: 121.137 Distribution and availability. Operating limitations. 121.139 Requirements for manual aboard aircraft: Supplemental operations. Subpart J—Special Airworthiness 121.141 Airplane flight manual. Requirements Subpart H—Aircraft Requirements 121.211 Applicability. 121.213 [Reserved] 121.151 Applicability. 121.215 Cabin interiors. 121.153 Aircraft requirements: General. 121.217 Internal doors. 121.155 [Reserved] 121.219 Ventilation. 121.157 Aircraft certification and equipment 121.221 Fire precautions. requirements. 121.223 Proof of compliance with § 121.221. 121.159 Single-engine airplanes prohibited. 121.225 Propeller deicing fluid. 121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of route. 121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrangements. 121.162 ETOPS Type Design Approval Basis. 121.229 Location of fuel tanks. 121.163 Aircraft proving tests. 121.231 Fuel system lines and fittings. 121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in designated Subpart I—Airplane Performance fire zones. Operating Limitations 121.235 Fuel valves. 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in designated 121.171 Applicability. fire zones. 121.173 General. 121.239 Oil valves. 121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.241 Oil system drains. powered: Weight limitations. 121.243 Engine breather lines. 121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.245 Fire walls. powered: Takeoff limitations. 121.247 Fire-wall construction. 121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.249 Cowling. powered: En route limitations: All en- 121.251 Engine accessory section diaphragm. gines operating. 121.253 Powerplant fire protection. 121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.255 Flammable fluids. powered: En route limitations: One en- 121.257 Shutoff means. gine inoperative. 121.259 Lines and fittings. 121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four or more 121.261 Vent and drain lines. engines: Reciprocating engine powered: 121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems. En route limitations: Two engines inop- 121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents. erative. 121.267 Extinguishing agent container pres- 121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- sure relief. powered: Landing limitations: Destina- 121.269 Extinguishing agent container com- tion airport. partment temperature. 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system mate- powered: Landing limitations: Alternate rials. airport. 121.273 Fire-detector systems. 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: 121.275 Fire detectors. Takeoff limitations. 121.277 Protection of other airplane compo- 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: nents against fire. En route limitations: One engine inoper- 121.279 Control of engine rotation. ative. 121.281 Fuel system independence. 121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: 121.283 Induction system ice prevention. En route limitations: Two engines inop- 121.285 Carriage of cargo in passenger com- erative. partments. 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo compart- Landing limitations: Destination air- ments. ports. 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning device. 121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: 121.291 Demonstration of emergency evacu- Landing limitations: Alternate airports. ation procedures.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

121.293 Special airworthiness requirements 121.351 Communication and navigation for nontransport category airplanes type equipment for extended over-water oper- certificated after December 31, 1964. ations and for certain other operations. 121.295 Location for a suspect device. 121.353 Emergency equipment for operations over uninhabited terrain areas: Flag, Subpart K—Instrument and Equipment supplemental, and certain domestic oper- Requirements ators. 121.354 Terrain awareness and warning sys- 121.301 Applicability. tem. 121.303 Airplane instruments and equip- 121.355 Equipment for operations on which ment. specialized means of navigation are used. 121.305 Flight and navigational equipment. 121.356 Collision Avoidance System. 121.306 Portable electronic devices. 121.357 Airborne weather radar equipment 121.307 Engine instruments. requirements. 121.308 Lavatory fire protection. 121.358 Low-altitude windshear system 121.309 Emergency equipment. equipment requirements. 121.310 Additional emergency equipment. 121.359 Cockpit voice recorders. 121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoulder har- 121.360 [Reserved] nesses. 121.312 Materials for compartment interiors. Subpart L—Maintenance, Preventive 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment. Maintenance, and Alterations 121.314 Cargo and baggage compartments. 121.361 Applicability. 121.315 Cockpit check procedure. 121.363 Responsibility for airworthiness. 121.316 Fuel tanks. 121.365 Maintenance, preventive mainte- 121.317 Passenger information require- nance, and alteration organization. ments, smoking prohibitions, and addi- 121.367 Maintenance, preventive mainte- tional seat belt requirements. nance, and alterations programs. 121.318 Public address system. 121.319 Crewmember interphone system. 121.368 Contract maintenance. 121.321 Operations in icing. 121.369 Manual requirements. 121.323 Instruments and equipment for oper- 121.370–121.370a [Reserved] ations at night. 121.371 Required inspection personnel. 121.325 Instruments and equipment for oper- 121.373 Continuing analysis and surveil- ations under IFR or over-the-top. lance. 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Reciprocating 121.374 Continuous airworthiness mainte- engine powered airplanes. nance program (CAMP) for two-engine 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for suste- ETOPS. nance: Turbine engine powered airplanes. 121.375 Maintenance and preventive mainte- 121.331 Supplemental oxygen requirements nance training program. for pressurized cabin airplanes: Recipro- 121.377 Maintenance and preventive mainte- cating engine powered airplanes. nance personnel duty time limitations. 121.333 Supplemental oxygen for emergency 121.378 Certificate requirements. descent and for first aid; turbine engine 121.379 Authority to perform and approve powered airplanes with pressured cabins. maintenance, preventive maintenance, 121.335 Equipment standards. and alterations. 121.337 Protective breathing equipment. 121.380 Maintenance recording require- 121.339 Emergency equipment for extended ments. over-water operations. 121.380a Transfer of maintenance records. 121.340 Emergency flotation means. 121.341 Equipment for operations in icing Subpart M—Airman and Crewmember conditions. Requirements 121.342 Pitot heat indication systems. 121.343 Flight data recorders. 121.381 Applicability. 121.344 Digital flight data recorders for 121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of serv- transport category airplanes. ices. 121.344a Digital flight data recorders for 10– 121.385 Composition of flight crew. 19 seat airplanes. 121.387 Flight engineer. 121.345 Radio equipment. 121.389 Flight navigator and specialized 121.346 Flight data recorders: filtered data. navigation equipment. 121.347 Communication and navigation 121.391 Flight attendants. equipment for operations under VFR 121.392 Personnel identified as flight attend- over routes navigated by pilotage. ants. 121.349 Communication and navigation 121.393 Crewmember requirements at stops equipment for operations under VFR where passengers remain on board. over routes not navigated by pilotage or 121.394 Flight attendant requirements dur- for operations under IFR or over the top. ing passenger boarding and deplaning.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic and 121.434 Operating experience, operating cy- flag operations. cles, and consolidation of knowledge and 121.397 Emergency and emergency evacu- skills. ation duties. 121.435 Pilots: Operations Familiarization. 121.436 Pilot Qualification: Certificates and Subpart N—Training Program experience requirements. 121.438 Pilot operating limitations and pair- 121.400 Applicability and terms used. ing requirements. 121.401 Training program: General. 121.439 Pilot qualification: Recent experi- 121.402 Training program: Special rules. ence. 121.403 Training program: Curriculum. 121.404 Compliance dates: Crew and dis- 121.440 Line checks. patcher resource management training. 121.441 Proficiency checks. 121.405 Training program and revision: Ini- 121.443 Pilot in command qualification: tial and final approval. Route and airports. 121.406 Credit for previous CRM/DRM train- 121.445 Pilot in command airport qualifica- ing. tion: Special areas and airports. 121.407 Training program: Approval of flight 121.447 [Reserved] simulation training devices. 121.453 Flight engineer qualifications. 121.408 Training eqipment other than flight 121.455–121.459 [Reserved] simulation training devices. 121.409 Training courses using flight simula- Subpart P—Aircraft Dispatcher tion training devices. Qualifications and Duty Time 121.410 Airline transport pilot certification training program. Limitations: DOMESTIC AND FLAG OPERATIONS; 121.411 Qualifications: Check airmen (air- FLIGHT ATTENDANT DUTY PERIOD LIMITA- plane) and check airmen (simulator). TIONS AND REST REQUIREMENTS: DOMESTIC, 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instructors FLAG, AND SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS (airplane) and flight instructors (simulator). 121.461 Applicability. 121.413 Initial, transition and recurrent 121.463 Aircraft dispatcher qualifications. training and checking requirements: 121.465 Aircraft dispatcher duty time limi- Check airmen (airplane), check airmen tations: Domestic and flag operations. (simulator). 121.467 Flight attendant duty period limita- 121.414 Initial, transition and recurrent tions and rest requirements: Domestic, training and checking requirements: flag, and supplemental operations. flight instructors (airplane), flight instructors (simulator). Subpart Q—Flight Time Limitations and Rest 121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training Requirements: Domestic Operations program requirements. 121.417 Crewmember emergency training. 121.470 Applicability. 121.418 Differences training and related air- 121.471 Flight time limitations and rest re- craft differences training. quirements: All flight crewmembers. 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: Initial, 121.473 Fatigue risk management system. transition, conversion and upgrade ground training. Subpart R—Flight Time Limitations: Flag 121.420 Pilots: Upgrade ground training. Operations 121.421 Flight attendants: Initial and transition ground training. 121.480 Applicability. 121.422 Aircraft dispatchers: Initial and 121.481 Flight time limitations: One or two transition ground training. pilot crews. 121.423 Pilots: Extended Envelope Training. 121.483 Flight time limitations: Two pilots 121.424 Pilots: Initial, transition, conver- and one additional flight crewmember. sion, and upgrade flight training. 121.485 Flight time limitations: Three or 121.425 Flight engineers: Initial and transi- more pilots and an additional flight tion flight training. crewmember. 121.426 Pilots: Upgrade flight training. 121.487 Flight time limitations: Pilots not 121.427 Recurrent training. regularly assigned. 121.429 Pilots in command: Leadership and 121.489 Flight time limitations: Other com- command and mentoring training. mercial flying. Subpart O—Crewmember Qualifications 121.491 Flight time limitations: Deadhead transportation. 121.431 Applicability. 121.493 Flight time limitations: Flight engi- 121.432 General. neers and flight navigators. 121.433 Training required. 121.495 Fatigue risk management system.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

Subpart S—Flight Time Limitations: 121.559 Emergencies: Supplemental oper- Supplemental Operations ations. 121.561 Reporting potentially hazardous me- 121.500 Applicability. teorological conditions and irregularities 121.503 Flight time limitations: Pilots: air- of ground facilities or navigation aids. planes. 121.563 Reporting mechanical irregularities. 121.505 Flight time limitations: Two pilot 121.565 Engine inoperative: Landing; report- crews: airplanes. ing. 121.507 Flight time limitations: Three pilot 121.567 Instrument approach procedures and crews: airplanes. IFR landing minimums. 121.509 Flight time limitations: Four pilot 121.569 Equipment interchange: Domestic crews: airplanes. and flag operations. 121.511 Flight time limitations: Flight engi- 121.570 Airplane evacuation capability. neers: airplanes. 121.571 Briefing passengers before takeoff. 121.513 Flight time limitations: Overseas 121.573 Briefing passengers: Extended and international operations: airplanes. overwater operations. 121.515 Flight time limitations: All airmen: 121.574 Oxygen and portable oxygen con- airplanes. centrators for medical use by passengers. 121.517 Flight time limitations: Other com- 121.575 Alcoholic beverages. mercial flying: airplanes. 121.576 Retention of items of mass in passenger and crew compartments. 121.519 Flight time limitations: Deadhead 121.577 Stowage of food, beverage, and pas- transportation: airplanes. senger service equipment during airplane 121.521 Flight time limitations: Crew of two movement on the surface, takeoff, and pilots and one additional airman as re- landing. quired. 121.578 Cabin ozone concentration. 121.523 Flight time limitations: Crew of 121.579 Minimum altitudes for use of auto- three or more pilots and additional air- pilot. men as required. 121.580 Prohibition on interference with 121.525 Flight time limitations: Pilots serv- crewmembers. ing in more than one kind of flight crew. 121.581 Observer’s seat: En route inspec- 121.527 Fatigue risk management system. tions. 121.582 Means to discreetly notify a Subpart T—Flight Operations flightcrew. 121.531 Applicability. 121.583 Carriage of persons without compliance with the passenger-carrying re- 121.533 Responsibility for operational con- quirements of this part. trol: Domestic operations. 121.584 Requirement to view the area out- 121.535 Responsibility for operational con- side the flightdeck door. trol: Flag operations. 121.585 Exit seating. 121.537 Responsibility for operational con- 121.586 Authority to refuse transportation. trol: Supplemental operations. 121.587 Closing and locking of flight crew 121.538 Aircraft security. compartment door. 121.539 Operations notices. 121.589 Carry-on baggage. 121.541 Operations schedules: Domestic and 121.590 Use of certificated land airports in flag operations. the United States. 121.542 Flight crewmember duties. 121.543 Flight crewmembers at controls. Subpart U—Dispatching and Flight Release 121.544 Pilot monitoring. Rules 121.545 Manipulation of controls. 121.547 Admission to flight deck. 121.591 Applicability. 121.548 Aviation safety inspector’s creden- 121.593 Dispatching authority: Domestic op- tials: Admission to pilot’s compartment. erations. 121.548a DOD Commercial Air Carrier Eval- 121.595 Dispatching authority: Flag oper- uator’s Credential. ations. 121.549 Flying equipment. 121.597 Flight release authority: Supple- 121.550 Secret Service Agents: Admission to mental operations. flight deck. 121.599 Familiarity with weather condi- 121.551 Restriction or suspension of oper- tions. ation: Domestic and flag operations. 121.601 Aircraft dispatcher information to 121.553 Restriction or suspension of oper- pilot in command: Domestic and flag op- ation: Supplemental operations. erations. 121.555 Compliance with approved routes 121.603 Facilities and services: Supple- and limitations: Domestic and flag oper- mental operations. ations. 121.605 Airplane equipment. 121.557 Emergencies: Domestic and flag op- 121.607 Communication and navigation fa- erations. cilities: Domestic and flag operations.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

121.609 Communication and navigation fa- Subpart V—Records and Reports cilities: Supplemental operations. 121.611 Dispatch or flight release under 121.681 Applicability. VFR. 121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher record. 121.613 Dispatch or flight release under IFR 121.685 Aircraft record: Domestic and flag or over the top. operations. 121.615 Dispatch or flight release over 121.687 Dispatch release: Flag and domestic water: Flag and supplemental operations. operations. 121.617 Alternate airport for departure. 121.689 Flight release form: Supplemental 121.619 Alternate airport for destination: operations. IFR or over-the-top: Domestic oper- 121.691 [Reserved] ations. 121.693 Load manifest: All certificate hold- 121.621 Alternate airport for destination: ers. Flag operations. 121.695 Disposition of load manifest, dis- 121.623 Alternate airport for destination: patch release, and flight plans: Domestic IFR or over-the-top: Supplemental oper- and flag operations. ations. 121.697 Disposition of load manifest, flight 121.624 ETOPS Alternate Airports.. release, and flight plans: Supplemental 121.625 Alternate Airport weather minima. operations. 121.627 Continuing flight in unsafe condi- 121.698–121.699 [Reserved] tions. 121.701 Maintenance log: Aircraft. 121.628 Inoperable instruments and equip- 121.703 Service difficulty reports. ment. 121.705 Mechanical interruption summary 121.629 Operation in icing conditions. report. 121.631 Original dispatch or flight release, 121.707 Alteration and repair reports. redispatch or amendment of dispatch or flight release. 121.709 Airworthiness release or aircraft log 121.633 Considering time-limited systems in entry. planning ETOPS alternates. 121.711 Communication records: Domestic 121.635 Dispatch to and from refueling or and flag operations. provisional airports: Domestic and flag 121.713 Retention of contracts and amend- operations. ments: Commercial operators who con- 121.637 Takeoffs from unlisted and alternate duct intrastate operations for compensa- airports: Domestic and flag operations. tion or hire. 121.639 Fuel supply: All domestic operations. Subpart W—Crewmember Certificate: 121.641 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo- International propeller-powered airplanes: Flag operations. 121.721 Applicability. 121.643 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo- 121.723 Surrender of international crew- propeller-powered airplanes: Supple- member certificate. mental operations. 121.645 Fuel supply: Turbine-engine powered Subpart X—Emergency Medical airplanes, other than turbo propeller: Equipment and Training Flag and supplemental operations. 121.646 En-route fuel supply: flag and sup- 121.801 Applicability. plemental operations. 121.803 Emergency medical equipment. 121.647 Factors for computing fuel required. 121.805 Crewmember training for in-flight 121.649 Takeoff and landing weather mini- medical events. mums: VFR: Domestic operations. 121.651 Takeoff and landing weather mini- Subpart Y—Advanced Qualification mums: IFR: All certificate holders. Program 121.652 Landing weather minimums: IFR: All certificate holders. 121.901 Purpose and eligibility. 121.653 [Reserved] 121.903 General requirements for Advanced 121.655 Applicability of reported weather Qualification Programs. minimums. 121.905 Confidential commercial informa- 121.657 Flight altitude rules. tion 121.659 Initial approach altitude: Domestic 121.907 Definitions. and supplemental operations. 121.909 Approval of Advanced Qualification 121.661 Initial approach altitude: Flag oper- Program. ations. 121.911 Indoctrination curriculum. 121.663 Responsibility for dispatch release: 121.913 Qualification curriculum. Domestic and flag operations. 121.915 Continuing qualification curriculum. 121.665 Load manifest. 121.917 Other requirements. 121.667 Flight plan: VFR and IFR: Supple- 121.919 Certification. mental operations. 121.921 Training devices and simulators.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1

121.923 Approval of training, qualification, APPENDIX H TO PART 121—ADVANCED SIMULA- or evaluation by a person who provides TION training by arrangement. APPENDIXES I–J TO PART 121 [RESERVED] 121.925 Recordkeeping requirements. APPENDIX K TO PART 121—PERFORMANCE RE- QUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN TURBO- Subpart Z—Hazardous Materials Training PROPELLER POWERED AIRPLANES Program APPENDIX L TO PART 121—TYPE CERTIFI- 121.1001 Applicability and definitions. CATION REGULATIONS MADE PREVIOUSLY 121.1003 Hazardous materials training: Gen- EFFECTIVE eral. APPENDIX M TO PART 121—AIRPLANE FLIGHT 121.1005 Hazardous materials training re- RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS quired. APPENDIX N TO PART 121 [RESERVED] 121.1007 Hazardous materials training APPENDIX O TO PART 121—HAZARDOUS MATE- records. RIALS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR CER- TIFICATE HOLDERS Subpart AA—Continued Airworthiness and APPENDIX P TO PART 121—REQUIREMENTS FOR Safety Improvements ETOPS AND POLAR OPERATIONS

121.1101 Purpose and definition. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 121.1103 [Reserved] 40113, 40119, 41706, 42301 preceding note added 121.1105 Aging airplane inspections and by Pub. L. 112–95, sec. 412, 126 Stat. 89, 44101, records reviews. 44701–44702, 44705, 44709–44711, 44713, 44716– 121.1107 Repairs assessment for pressurized 44717, 44722, 44729, 44732; 46105; Pub. L. 111–216, fuselages. 124 Stat. 2348 (49 U.S.C. 44701 note); Pub. L. 121.1109 Supplemental inspections. 112–95 126 Stat 62 (49 U.S.C. 44732 note). 121.1111 Electrical wiring interconnection systems (EWIS) maintenance program. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION 121.1113 Fuel tank system maintenance pro- NO. 50–2 gram. 121.1115 Limit of validity. 121.1117 Flammability reduction means. EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. 121.1119 Fuel tank vent explosion protec- 50–2, see part 91 of this chapter. tion. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION Subpart BB [Reserved] NO. 71 121.1200–121.1399 [Reserved] EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. Subpart CC [Reserved] 71, see part 91 of this chapter.

121.1400–121.1499 [Reserved] SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 97 Subpart DD—Special Federal Aviation Regulations EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. 121.1500 SFAR No. 111—Lavatory Oxygen 97, see part 91 of this chapter. Systems. APPENDIX A TO PART 121—FIRST-AID KITS Subpart A—General AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL KITS APPENDIX B TO PART 121—AIRCRAFT FLIGHT § 121.1 Applicability. RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX C TO PART 121—C–46 NON- This part prescribes rules gov- TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES erning— APPENDIX D TO PART 121—CRITERIA FOR DEM- (a) The domestic, flag, and supple- ONSTRATION OF EMERGENCY EVACUATION mental operations of each person who PROCEDURES UNDER § 121.291 APPENDIX E TO PART 121—FLIGHT TRAINING holds or is required to hold an Air Car- REQUIREMENTS rier Certificate or Operating Certifi- APPENDIX F TO PART 121—PROFICIENCY CHECK cate under part 119 of this chapter. REQUIREMENTS (b) Each person employed or used by APPENDIX G TO PART 121—DOPPLER RADAR a certificate holder conducting oper- AND INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM (INS): REQUEST FOR EVALUATION; EQUIPMENT ations under this part including main- AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION; TRAINING tenance, preventive maintenance, and PROGRAM; EQUIPMENT ACCURACY AND RE- alteration of aircraft. LIABILITY; EVALUATION PROGRAM

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.2 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(c) Each person who applies for provi- § 121.2 Compliance schedule for opera- sional approval of an Advanced Quali- tors that transition to part 121; cer- fication Program curriculum, curtain new entrant operators. riculum segment, or portion of a cur- (a) Applicability. This section applies riculum segment under SFAR No. 58 of to the following: 14 CFR part 121, and each person em- (1) Each certificate holder that was ployed or used by an air carrier or com- issued an air carrier or operating cer- mercial operator under this part to tificate and operations specifications perform training, qualification, or under the requirements of part 135 of evaluation functions under an Ad- this chapter or under SFAR No. 38–2 of vanced Qualification Program under 14 CFR part 121 before January 19, 1996, SFAR No. 58 of 14 CFR part 121. and that conducts scheduled passenger- (d) Nonstop Commercial Air Tours carrying operations with: (i) Nontransport category turbo- conducted for compensation or hire in propeller powered airplanes type cer- accordance with § 119.1(e)(2) of this tificated after December 31, 1964, that chapter must comply with drug and al- have a passenger seat configuration of cohol requirements in §§ 121.455, 121.457, 10–19 seats; 121.458 and 121.459, and with the provi- (ii) Transport category turbo- sions of part 136, subpart A of this propeller powered airplanes that have a chapter by September 11, 2007. An oper- passenger seat configuration of 20–30 ator who does not hold an air carrier seats; or certificate or an operating certificate (iii) Turbojet engine powered air- is permitted to use a person who is oth- planes having a passenger seat configu- erwise authorized to perform aircraft ration of 1–30 seats. maintenance or preventive mainte- (2) Each person who, after January nance duties and who is not subject to 19, 1996, applies for or obtains an initial anti-drug and alcohol misuse preven- air carrier or operating certificate and tion programs to perform— operations specifications to conduct (1) Aircraft maintenance or preven- scheduled passenger-carrying oper- tive maintenance on the operator’s air- ations in the kinds of airplanes de- craft if the operator would otherwise scribed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), be required to transport the aircraft or paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section. (b) Obtaining operations specifications. more than 50 nautical miles further A certificate holder described in para- than the repair point closest to the op- graph (a)(1) of this section may not, erator’s principal base of operations to after March 20, 1997, operate an air- obtain these services; or plane described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (2) Emergency repairs on the opera- (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this section in tor’s aircraft if the aircraft cannot be scheduled passenger-carrying oper- safely operated to a location where an ations, unless it obtains operations employee subject to FAA-approved pro- specifications to conduct its scheduled grams can perform the repairs. operations under this part on or before (e) Each person who is on board an March 20, 1997. aircraft being operated under this part. (c) Regular or accelerated compliance. (f) Each person who is an applicant Except as provided in paragraphs (d), for an Air Carrier Certificate or an Op- (e), and (i) of this section, each certifi- erating Certificate under part 119 of cate holder described in paragraphs this chapter, when conducting proving (a)(1) of this section shall comply with tests. each applicable requirement of this (g) This part also establishes require- part on and after March 20, 1997 or on ments for operators to take actions to and after the date on which the certificate holder is issued operations speci- support the continued airworthiness of fications under this part, whichever oc- each airplane. curs first. Except as provided in para- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995, as graphs (d) and (e) of this section, each amended by Amdt. 121–328, 72 FR 6912, Feb. person described in paragraph (a)(2) of 13, 2007; Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, this section shall comply with each ap- 2007] plicable requirement of this part on

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.2

and after the date on which that person this section unless that airplane meets is issued a certificate and operations the applicable requirement listed in specifications under this part. paragraph (d)(2) of this section: (d) Delayed compliance dates. Unless (i) December 20, 1997: paragraph (e) of this section specifies (A) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- an earlier compliance date, no certifi- tection. cate holder that is covered by para- (B) Section 121.337(b) (8) and (9), Pro- graph (a) of this section may operate tective breathing equipment. an airplane in 14 CFR part 121 oper- (C) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- ations on or after a date listed in this tion means. paragraph (d) unless that airplane (ii) December 20, 2010: § 121.305(j), meets the applicable requirement of third attitude indicator. this paragraph (d): (e) Newly manufactured airplanes. No (1) Nontransport category turbo- certificate holder that is described in propeller powered airplanes type certifi- paragraph (a) of this section may oper- cated after December 31, 1964, that have a ate under this part an airplane manu- passenger seat configuration of 10–19 factured on or after a date listed in seats. No certificate holder may oper- this paragraph unless that airplane ate under this part an airplane that is meets the applicable requirement list- described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this ed in this paragraph (e). section on or after a date listed in (1) For nontransport category turbo- paragraph (d)(1) of this section unless propeller powered airplanes type cer- that airplane meets the applicable re- tificated after December 31, 1964, that quirement listed in paragraph (d)(1) of have a passenger seat configuration of this section: 10–19 seats: (i) December 20, 1997: (i) Manufactured on or after March (A) Section 121.289, Landing gear 20, 1997: aural warning. (A) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude (B) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- indicator. tection. (B) Section 121.311(f), Safety belts (C) Section 121.310(e), Emergency exit and shoulder harnesses. handle illumination. (ii) Manufactured on or after Decem- (D) Section 121.337(b)(8), Protective ber 20, 1997; Section 121.317(a), Fasten breathing equipment. seat belt light. (E) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- (iii) Manufactured on or after Decem- tion means. ber 20, 1999: Section 121.293, Takeoff (ii) December 20, 1999: Section 121.342, warning system. Pitot heat indication system. (iv) Manufactured on or after March (iii) December 20, 2010: 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior (A) For airplanes described in emergency exit locating sign. § 121.157(f), the Airplane Performance (2) For transport category turbo- Operating Limitations in §§ 121.189 propeller powered airplanes that have a through 121.197. passenger seat configuration of 20–30 (B) Section 121.161(b), Ditching ap- seats manufactured on or after March proval. 20, 1997: Section 121.305(j), Third atti- (C) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude tude indicator. indicator. (f) New type certification requirements. (D) Section 121.312(c), Passenger seat No person may operate an airplane for cushion flammability. which the application for a type cer- (iv) March 12, 1999: Section tificate was filed after March 29, 1995, 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit in 14 CFR part 121 operations unless locating sign. that airplane is type certificated under (2) Transport category turbopropeller part 25 of this chapter. powered airplanes that have a passenger (g) Transition plan. Before March 19, seat configuration of 20–30 seats. No cer- 1996 each certificate holder described in tificate holder may operate under this paragraph (a)(1) of this section must part an airplane that is described in submit to the FAA a transition plan paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on or (containing a calendar of events) for after a date listed in paragraph (d)(2) of moving from conducting its scheduled

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.4 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

operations under the commuter re- § 121.7 Definitions. quirements of part 135 of this chapter The following definitions apply to to the requirements for domestic or those sections of part 121 that apply to flag operations under this part. Each ETOPS: transition plan must contain details on Adequate Airport means an airport the following: that an airplane operator may list with (1) Plans for obtaining new oper- approval from the FAA because that ations specifications authorizing do- airport meets the landing limitations mestic or flag operations; of § 121.197 and is either— (2) Plans for being in compliance (1) An airport that meets the require- with the applicable requirements of ments of part 139, subpart D of this this part on or before March 20, 1997; chapter, excluding those that apply to and aircraft rescue and firefighting service, (3) Plans for complying with the com- or pliance date schedules contained in (2) A military airport that is active paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. and operational. (h) Continuing requirements. A certifi- ETOPS Alternate Airport means an cate holder described in paragraph (a) adequate airport listed in the certifi- of this section shall comply with the cate holder’s operations specifications applicable airplane operating and that is designated in a dispatch or equipment requirements of part 135 of flight release for use in the event of a this chapter for the airplanes described diversion during ETOPS. This defini- in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, until tion applies to flight planning and does the airplane meets the specific compli- not in any way limit the authority of ance dates in paragraphs (d) and (e) of the pilot-in-command during flight. this section. ETOPS Area of Operation means one (i) Any training or qualification ob- of the following areas: tained by a crewmember under part 135 (1) For turbine-engine-powered air- of this chapter before March 20, 1997, is planes with two engines, an area be- entitled to credit under this part for yond 60 minutes from an adequate air- the purpose of meeting the require- port, computed using a one-engine-in- ments of this part, as determined by operative cruise speed under standard the Administrator. Records kept by a conditions in still air. certificate holder under part 135 of this (2) For turbine-engine-powered pas- chapter before March 20, 1997, can be senger-carrying airplanes with more annotated, with the approval of the Ad- than two engines, an area beyond 180 ministrator, to reflect crewmember minutes from an adequate airport, training and qualification credited to- computed using a one-engine-inoper- ward part 121 requirements. ative cruise speed under standard conditions in still air. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995, as ETOPS Entry Point means the first amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2609, Jan. point on the route of an ETOPS flight, 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, determined using a one-engine-inoper- 1996; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; ative cruise speed under standard con- Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34234, July 15, 2009] ditions in still air, that is— § 121.4 Applicability of rules to unau- (1) More than 60 minutes from an thorized operators. adequate airport for airplanes with two engines; The rules in this part which refer to (2) More than 180 minutes from an a person certificated under part 119 of adequate airport for passenger-car- this chapter apply also to any person rying airplanes with more than two en- who engages in an operation governed gines. by this part without the appropriate ETOPS Qualified Person means a per- certificate and operations specifica- son, performing maintenance for the tions required by part 119 of this chap- certificate holder, who has satisfac- ter. torily completed the certificate hold- [Doc. No. 11675, 37 FR 20937, Oct. 5, 1972, as er’s ETOPS training program. amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec. Maximum Diversion Time means, for 20, 1995] the purposes of ETOPS route planning,

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.93

the longest diversion time authorized § 121.11 Rules applicable to operations for a flight under the operator’s in a foreign country. ETOPS authority. It is calculated Each certificate holder shall, while under standard conditions in still air operating an airplane within a foreign at a one-engine-inoperative cruise country, comply with the air traffic speed. rules of the country concerned and the North Pacific Area of Operation means local airport rules, except where any ° Pacific Ocean areas north of 40 N lati- rule of this part is more restrictive and tudes including NOPAC ATS routes, may be followed without violating the and published PACOTS tracks between rules of that country. Japan and North America. North Polar Area means the entire [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] area north of 78° N latitude. One-engine-inoperative-Cruise Speed § 121.15 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or stim- means a speed within the certified op- ulant drugs or substances. erating limits of the airplane that is specified by the certificate holder and If a certificate holder operating approved by the FAA for — under this part permits any aircraft (1) Calculating required fuel reserves owned or leased by that holder to be needed to account for an inoperative engaged in any operation that the cer- engine; or tificate holder knows to be in violation (2) Determining whether an ETOPS of § 91.19(a) of this chapter, that oper- alternate is within the maximum di- ation is a basis for suspending or reversion time authorized for an ETOPS voking the certificate. flight. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] South Polar Area means the entire area South of 60° S latitude. Subpart B—Certification Rules for [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1878, Jan. 16, Domestic and Flag Air Car- 2007] riers [Reserved] § 121.9 Fraud and falsification. Subpart C—Certification Rules for (a) No person may make, or cause to Supplemental Air Carriers and be made, any of the following: (1) A fraudulent or intentionally false Commercial Operators [Re- statement in any application or any served] amendment thereto, or in any other record or test result required by this Subpart D—Rules Governing All part. Certificate Holders Under This (2) A fraudulent or intentionally false Part [Reserved] statement in, or a known omission from, any record or report that is kept, Subpart E—Approval of Routes: made, or used to show compliance with this part, or to exercise any privileges Domestic and Flag Operations under this chapter. (b) The commission by any person of SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. any act prohibited under paragraph (a) 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. of this section is a basis for any one or § 121.91 Applicability. any combination of the following: (1) A civil penalty. This subpart prescribes rules for ob- (2) Suspension or revocation of any taining approval of routes by certifi- certificate held by that person that cate holders conducting domestic or was issued under this chapter. flag operations. (3) The denial of an application for [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] any approval under this part. (4) The removal of any approval § 121.93 Route requirements: General. under this part. (a) Each certificate holder con- [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, ducting domestic or flag operations 2013] seeking a route approval must show—

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.95 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(1) That it is able to conduct satisfac- for approval has enough airports that torily scheduled operations between are properly equipped and adequate for each regular, provisional, and refueling the proposed operation, considering airport over that route or route seg- such items as size, surface, obstruc- ment; and tions, facilities, public protection, (2) That the facilities and services re- lighting, navigational and communica- quired by §§ 121.97 through 121.107 are tions aids, and ATC. available and adequate for the proposed (b) Each certificate holder con- operation. ducting domestic or flag operations The Administrator approves a route must show that it has an approved sys- outside of controlled airspace if he de- tem for obtaining, maintaining, and termines that traffic density is such distributing to appropriate personnel that an adequate level of safety can be current aeronautical data for each air- assured. port it uses to ensure a safe operation (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does at that airport. The aeronautical data not require actual flight over a route must include the following: or route segment if the certificate (1) Airports. holder shows that the flight is not es- (i) Facilities. sential to safety, considering the availability and adequacy of airports, light- (ii) Public protection. After February ing, maintenance, communication, 15, 2008, for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes navigation, fueling, ground, and air- or operations in the North Polar area plane radio facilities, and the ability of and South Polar area, this includes fa- the personnel to be used in the pro- cilities at each airport or in the imme- posed operation. diate area sufficient to protect the passengers from the elements and to see to [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as their welfare. amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, 1965; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (iii) Navigational and communications aids. § 121.95 Route width. (iv) Construction affecting takeoff, (a) Approved routes and route seg- landing, or ground operations. ments over U.S. Federal airways or for- (v) Air traffic facilities. eign airways (and advisory routes in (2) Runways, clearways and the case of certificate holders con- stopways. ducting flag operations) have a width (i) Dimensions. equal to the designated width of those (ii) Surface. airways or routes. Whenever the Ad- (iii) Marking and lighting systems. ministrator finds it necessary to deter- (iv) Elevation and gradient. mine the width of other approved (3) Displaced thresholds. routes, he considers the following: (1) Terrain clearance. (i) Location. (2) Minimum en route altitudes. (ii) Dimensions. (3) Ground and airborne navigation (iii) Takeoff or landing or both. aids. (4) Obstacles. (4) Air traffic density. (i) Those affecting takeoff and land- (5) ATC procedures. ing performance computations in ac- (b) Any route widths of other ap- cordance with Subpart I of this part. proved routes determined by the Ad- (ii) Controlling obstacles. ministrator are specified in the certifi- (5) Instrument flight procedures. cate holder’s operations specifications. (i) Departure procedure. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as (ii) Approach procedure. amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. (iii) Missed approach procedure. 26, 1996] (6) Special information. § 121.97 Airports: Required data. (i) Runway visual range measure- ment equipment. (a) Each certificate holder con- (ii) Prevailing winds under low visi- ducting domestic or flag operations bility conditions. must show that each route it submits

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.101

(c) If the responsible Flight Stand- (c) Each certificate holder con- ards office charged with the overall in- ducting flag operations must provide spection of the certificate holder’s op- voice communications for ETOPS erations finds that revisions are nec- where voice communication facilities essary for the continued adequacy of are available. In determining whether the certificate holder’s system for col- facilities are available, the certificate lection, dissemination, and usage of holder must consider potential routes aeronautical data that has been grant- and altitudes needed for diversion to ed approval, the certificate holder ETOPS Alternate Airports. Where fa- shall, after notification by the respon- cilities are not available or are of such sible Flight Standards office, make poor quality that voice communication those revisions in the system. Within is not possible, another communication 30 days after the certificate holder re- system must be substituted. ceives such notice, the certificate hold- (d) Except as provided in paragraph er may file a petition to reconsider the (e) of this section, after February 15, notice with the Executive Director, 2008 for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, Flight Standards Service. This filing of each certificate holder conducting flag a petition to reconsider stays the no- operations must have a second commu- tice pending a decision by the Execu- nication system in addition to that re- tive Director, Flight Standards Serv- quired by paragraph (c) of this section. ice. However, if the responsible Flight That system must be able to provide Standards office finds that there is an immediate satellite-based voice com- emergency that requires immediate ac- munications of landline-telephone fi- tion in the interest of safety in air delity. The system must be able to transportation, the Executive Director, communicate between the flight crew Flight Standards Service may, upon and air traffic services, and the flight statement of the reasons, require a crew and the certificate holder. In de- change effective without stay. termining whether such communications are available, the certificate [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as holder must consider potential routes amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, and altitudes needed for diversion to 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996; ETOPS Alternate Airports. Where im- Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 2007; Dock- mediate, satellite-based voice commu- et FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, nications are not available, or are of 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] such poor quality that voice communication is not possible, another com- § 121.99 Communications facilities— munication system must be sub- domestic and flag operations. stituted. (a) Each certificate holder con- (e) Operators of two-engine turbine- ducting domestic or flag operations powered airplanes with 207 minute must show that a two-way communica- ETOPS approval in the North Pacific tion system, or other means of commu- Area of Operation must comply with nication approved by the responsible the requirements of paragraph (d) of Flight Standards office, is available this section as of February 15, 2007. over the entire route. The communica- [Doc. No. 28154, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997, as tions may be direct links or via an ap- amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1878, Jan. proved communication link that will 16, 2007; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31680, June 7, provide reliable and rapid communica- 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 tions under normal operating condi- FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] tions between each airplane and the appropriate dispatch office, and between § 121.101 Weather reporting facilities. each airplane and the appropriate air (a) Each certificate holder con- traffic control unit. ducting domestic or flag operations (b) Except in an emergency, for all must show that enough weather report- flag and domestic kinds of operations, ing services are available along each the communications systems between route to ensure weather reports and each airplane and the dispatch office forecasts necessary for the operation. must be independent of any system op- (b) Except as provided in paragraph erated by the United States. (d) of this section, no certificate holder

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.103 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

conducting domestic or flag operations safely by pilotage because of the char- may use any weather report to control acteristics of the terrain; flight unless— (2) Night VFR operations on routes (1) For operations within the 48 con- that the certificate holder shows have tiguous States and the District of Co- reliably lighted landmarks adequate lumbia, it was prepared by the U.S. Na- for safe operation; and tional Weather Service or a source ap- (3) Other operations approved by the proved by the U.S. National Weather responsible Flight Standards office. Service; or [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, (2) For operations conducted outside 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, the 48 contiguous States and the Dis- Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] trict of Columbia, it was prepared by a source approved by the Administrator. § 121.105 Servicing and maintenance facilities. (c) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations Each certificate holder conducting that uses forecasts to control flight domestic or flag operations must show movements shall use forecasts prepared that competent personnel and adequate from weather reports specified in para- facilities and equipment (including graph (b) of this section and from any spare parts, supplies, and materials) source approved under its system are available at such points along the adopted pursuant to paragraph (d) of certificate holder’s route as are nec- this section. essary for the proper servicing, maintenance, and preventive maintenance of (d) Each certificate holder con- airplanes and auxiliary equipment. ducting domestic or flag operations shall adopt and put into use an ap- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] proved system for obtaining forecasts and reports of adverse weather phe- § 121.106 ETOPS Alternate Airport: nomena, such as clear air turbulence, Rescue and fire fighting service. thunderstorms, and low altitude wind (a) Except as provided in paragraph shear, that may affect safety of flight (b) of this section, the following rescue on each route to be flown and at each and fire fighting service (RFFS) must airport to be used. be available at each airport listed as an ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dispatch [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as or flight release. amended by Amdt. 121–27, 36 FR 13911, July (1) For ETOPS up to 180 minutes, 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–134, 42 FR 27573, May 31, each designated ETOPS Alternate Air- 1977; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] port must have RFFS equivalent to § 121.103 En route navigation facili- that specified by ICAO as Category 4, ties. or higher. (2) For ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, (a) Except as provided in paragraph each designated ETOPS Alternate Air- (b) of this section, each certificate port must have RFFS equivalent to holder conducting domestic or flag op- that specified by ICAO Category 4, or erations must show, for each proposed higher. In addition, the aircraft must route (including to any regular, provi- remain within the ETOPS authorized sional, refueling or alternate airports), diversion time from an Adequate Air- that suitable navigation aids are avail- port that has RFFS equivalent to that able to navigate the airplane along the specified by ICAO Category 7, or high- route within the degree of accuracy re- er. quired for ATC. Navigation aids re- (b) If the equipment and personnel required for approval of routes outside of quired in paragraph (a) of this section controlled airspace are listed in the are not immediately available at an certificate holder’s operations speci- airport, the certificate holder may still fications except for those aids required list the airport on the dispatch or for routes to alternate airports. flight release if the airport’s RFFS can (b) Navigation aids are not required be augmented to meet paragraph (a) of for any of the following operations— this section from local fire fighting as- (1) Day VFR operations that the cer- sets. A 30-minute response time for tificate holder shows can be conducted augmentation is adequate if the local

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.117

assets can be notified while the divert- ways, foreign airways, controlled air- ing airplane is en route. The aug- space, or advisory routes (ADR’s). menting equipment and personnel must (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4) be available on arrival of the diverting of this section, the Administrator may airplane and must remain as long as approve a route outside of controlled the diverting airplane needs RFFS. airspace if the certificate holder conducting supplemental operations shows [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007] the route is safe for operations and the Administrator finds that traffic den- § 121.107 Dispatch centers. sity is such that an adequate level of safety can be assured. The certificate Each certificate holder conducting holder may not use such a route unless domestic or flag operations must show it is approved by the Administrator that it has enough dispatch centers, and is listed in the certificate holder’s adequate for the operations to be con- operations specifications. ducted, that are located at points necessary to ensure proper operational [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as control of each flight. amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.115 Route width. Subpart F—Approval of Areas and (a) Routes and route segments over Routes for Supplemental Op- Federal airways, foreign airways, or erations advisory routes have a width equal to the designated width of those airways or advisory routes. Whenever the Ad- SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. ministrator finds it necessary to determine the width of other routes, he con- § 121.111 Applicability. siders the following: (1) Terrain clearance. This subpart prescribes rules for ob- (2) Minimum en route altitudes. taining approval of areas and routes by (3) Ground and airborne navigation certificate holders conducting supple- aids. mental operations. (4) Air traffic density. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (5) ATC procedures. (b) Any route widths of other routes § 121.113 Area and route requirements: determined by the Administrator are General. specified in the certificate holder’s op- (a) Each certificate holder con- erations specifications. ducting supplemental operations seek- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as ing route and area approval must amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. show— 26, 1996] (1) That it is able to conduct operations within the United States in ac- § 121.117 Airports: Required data. cordance with paragraphs (a) (3) and (4) (a) No certificate holder conducting of this section; supplemental operations may use any (2) That it is able to conduct oper- airport unless it is properly equipped ations in accordance with the applica- and adequate for the proposed oper- ble requirements for each area outside ation, considering such items as size, the United States for which authoriza- surface, obstructions, facilities, public tion is requested; protection, lighting, navigational and (3) That it is equipped and able to communications aids, and ATC. conduct operations over, and use the (b) Each certificate holder con- navigational facilities associated with, ducting supplemental operations must the Federal airways, foreign airways, show that it has an approved system or advisory routes (ADR’s) to be used; for obtaining, maintaining, and distrib- and uting to appropriate personnel current (4) That it will conduct all IFR and aeronautical data for each airport it night VFR operations over Federal air- uses to ensure a safe operation at that

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.119 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

airport. The aeronautical data must in- Service may, upon a statement of the clude the following: reasons, require a change effective (1) Airports. without stay. (i) Facilities. (ii) Public protection. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July (iii) Navigational and communica- 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, tions aids. 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996; (iv) Construction affecting takeoff, Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR landing, or ground operations. 9172, 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (v) Air traffic facilities. (2) Runways, clearways, and § 121.119 Weather reporting facilities. stopways. (a) No certificate holder conducting (i) Dimensions. supplemental operations may use any (ii) Surface. weather report to control flight unless (iii) Marking and lighting systems. it was prepared and released by the (iv) Elevation and gradient. U.S. National Weather Service or a (3) Displaced thresholds. source approved by the Weather Bu- (i) Location. reau. For operations outside the U.S., (ii) Dimensions. or at U.S. Military airports, where (iii) Takeoff or landing or both. those reports are not available, the cer- (4) Obstacles. tificate holder must show that its (i) Those affecting takeoff and land- weather reports are prepared by a ing performance computations in ac- source found satisfactory by the Ad- cordance with Subpart I of this part. ministrator. (ii) Controlling obstacles. (b) Each certificate holder con- (5) Instrument flight procedures. ducting supplemental operations that (i) Departure procedure. uses forecasts to control flight move- (ii) Approach procedure. ments shall use forecasts prepared (iii) Missed approach procedure. from weather reports specified in para- (6) Special information. graph (a) of this section. (i) Runway visual range measure- ment equipment. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as (ii) Prevailing winds under low visi- amended by Amdt. 121–76, 36 FR 13911, July bility conditions. 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, (c) If the responsible Flight Stand- 1996] ards office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder’s op- § 121.121 En route navigation facilities. erations finds that revisions are necessary for the continued adequacy of (a) Except as provided in paragraph the certificate holder’s system for col- (b) of this section, no certificate holder lection, dissemination, and usage of conducting supplemental operations aeronautical data that has been grant- may conduct any operation over a ed approval, the certificate holder route (including to any destination, re- shall, after notification by the respon- fueling or alternate airports) unless sible Flight Standards office, make suitable navigation aids are available those revisions in the system. Within to navigate the airplane along the 30 days after the certificate holder re- route within the degree of accuracy receives such notice, the certificate hold- quired for ATC. Navigation aids re- er may file a petition to reconsider the quired for routes outside of controlled notice with the Executive Director, airspace are listed in the certificate Flight Standards Service. This filing of holder’s operations specifications ex- a petition to reconsider stays the no- cept for those aids required for routes tice pending a decision by the Director, to alternate airports. Flight Standards Service. However, if (b) Navigation aids are not required the responsible Flight Standards office for any of the following operations— finds that there is an emergency that (1) Day VFR operations that the cer- requires immediate action in the inter- tificate holder shows can be conducted est of safety in air transportation, the safely by pilotage because of the char- Executive Director, Flight Standards acteristics of the terrain;

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.125

(2) Night VFR operations on routes air traffic services and the flight crew that the certificate holder shows have and the certificate holder. In deter- reliably lighted landmarks adequate mining whether such communications for safe operation; and are available, the certificate holder (3) Other operations approved by the must consider potential routes and al- responsible Flight Standards office. titudes needed for diversion to ETOPS [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, Alternate Airports. Where immediate, 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, satellite-based voice communications Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] are not available, or are of such poor quality that voice communication is § 121.122 Communications facilities— not possible, another communication supplemental operations. system must be substituted. (a) Each certificate holder con- (d) Operators of turbine engine pow- ducting supplemental operations other ered airplanes do not need to meet the than all-cargo operations in an air- requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) plane with more than two engines must of this section until February 15, 2008. show that a two-way radio communication system or other means of commu- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007] nication approved by the FAA is available. It must ensure reliable and rapid § 121.123 Servicing maintenance facili- communications under normal oper- ties. ating conditions over the entire route (either direct or via approved point-to- Each certificate holder conducting point circuits) between each airplane supplemental operations must show and the certificate holder, and between that competent personnel and adequate each airplane and the appropriate air facilities and equipment (including traffic services, except as specified in spare parts, supplies, and materials) § 121.351(c). are available for the proper servicing, (b) Except as provided in paragraph maintenance, and preventive mainte- (d) of this section, each certificate nance of aircraft and auxiliary equip- holder conducting supplemental oper- ment. ations other than all-cargo operations [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] in an airplane with more than two engines must provide voice communica- § 121.125 Flight following system. tions for ETOPS where voice commu- (a) Each certificate holder con- nication facilities are available. In de- ducting supplemental operations must termining whether facilities are avail- show that it has— able, the certificate holder must consider potential routes and altitudes (1) An approved flight following sys- needed for diversion to ETOPS Alter- tem established in accordance with nate Airports. Where facilities are not subpart U of this part and adequate for available or are of such poor quality the proper monitoring of each flight, that voice communication is not pos- considering the operations to be con- sible, another communication system ducted; and must be substituted. (2) Flight following centers located (c) Except as provided in paragraph at those points necessary— (d) of this section, for ETOPS beyond (i) To ensure the proper monitoring 180 minutes each certificate holder of the progress of each flight with re- conducting supplemental operations spect to its departure at the point of other than all-cargo operations in an origin and arrival at its destination, airplane with more than two engines including intermediate stops and diver- must have a second communication sions therefrom, and maintenance or system in addition to that required by mechanical delays encountered at paragraph (b) of this section. That sys- those points or stops; and tem must be able to provide immediate (ii) To ensure that the pilot in com- satellite-based voice communications mand is provided with all information of landline telephone-fidelity. The sys- necessary for the safety of the flight. tem must provide communication ca- (b) A certificate holder conducting pabilities between the flight crew and supplemental operations may arrange

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.127 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

to have flight following facilities pro- Subpart G—Manual Requirements vided by persons other than its employees, but in such a case the certificate § 121.131 Applicability. holder continues to be primarily re- This subpart prescribes requirements sponsible for operational control of for preparing and maintaining manuals each flight. by all certificate holders. (c) A flight following system need not [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964] provide for in-flight monitoring by a flight following center. § 121.133 Preparation. (d) The certificate holder’s oper- (a) Each certificate holder shall pre- ations specifications specify the flight pare and keep current a manual for the following system it is authorized to use use and guidance of flight, ground oper- and the location of the centers. ations, and management personnel in conducting its operations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. (b) For the purpose of this subpart, 26, 1996] the certificate holder may prepare that part of the manual containing mainte- § 121.127 Flight following system; re- nance information and instructions, in quirements. whole or in part, in printed form or other form acceptable to the Adminis- (a) Each certificate holder con- trator. ducting supplemental operations using a flight following system must show [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] that— § 121.135 Manual contents. (1) The system has adequate facilities and personnel to provide the informa- (a) Each manual required by § 121.133 tion necessary for the initiation and must— safe conduct of each flight to— (1) Include instructions and information necessary to allow the personnel (i) The flight crew of each aircraft; concerned to perform their duties and and responsibilities with a high degree of (ii) The persons designated by the safety; certificate holder to perform the func- (2) Be in a form that is easy to revise; tion of operational control of the air- (3) Have the date of last revision on craft; and each page concerned; and (2) The system has a means of com- (4) Not be contrary to any applicable munication by private or available Federal regulation and, in the case of a public facilities (such as telephone, flag or supplemental operation, any ap- telegraph, or radio) to monitor the plicable foreign regulation, or the cer- progress of each flight with respect to tificate holder’s operations specifica- its departure at the point of origin and tions or operating certificate. arrival at its destination, including in- (b) The manual may be in two or termediate stops and diversions there- more separate parts, containing to- from, and maintenance or mechanical gether all of the following information, delays encountered at those points or but each part must contain that part of stops. the information that is appropriate for each group of personnel: (b) The certificate holder conducting (1) General policies. supplemental operations must show (2) Duties and responsibilities of each that the personnel specified in para- crewmember, appropriate members of graph (a) of this section, and those it the ground organization, and manage- designates to perform the function of ment personnel. operational control of the aircraft, are (3) Reference to appropriate Federal able to perform their required duties. Aviation Regulations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as (4) Flight dispatching and oper- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. ational control, including procedures 26, 1996] for coordinated dispatch or flight control or flight following procedures, as applicable.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.135

(5) En route flight, navigation, and (16) Each training program cur- communication procedures, including riculum required by § 121.403. procedures for the dispatch or release (17) Instructions and procedures for or continuance of flight if any item of maintenance, preventive maintenance, equipment required for the particular and servicing. type of operation becomes inoperative (18) Time limitations, or standards or unserviceable en route. for determining time limitations, for (6) For domestic or flag operations, overhauls, inspections, and checks of appropriate information from the en airframes, engines, propellers, appli- route operations specifications, includ- ances and emergency equipment. ing for each approved route the types (19) Procedures for refueling aircraft, of airplanes authorized, the type of op- eliminating fuel contamination, pro- eration such as VFR, IFR, day, night, tection from fire (including electro- etc., and any other pertinent informa- static protection), and supervising and tion. protecting passengers during refueling. (7) For supplemental operations, ap- (20) Airworthiness inspections, in- propriate information from the oper- cluding instructions covering proce- ations specifications, including the dures, standards, responsibilities, and area of operations authorized, the authority of inspection personnel. types of airplanes authorized, the type (21) Methods and procedures for of operation such as VFR, IFR, day, maintaining the aircraft weight and night, etc., and any other pertinent in- center of gravity within approved lim- formation. its. (8) Appropriate information from the (22) Where applicable, pilot and dis- airport operations specifications, in- patcher route and airport qualification cluding for each airport— procedures. (i) Its location (domestic and flag op- (23) Accident notification procedures. erations only); (24) After February 15, 2008, for pas- (ii) Its designation (regular, alter- senger flag operations and for those nate, provisional, etc.) (domestic and supplemental operations that are not flag operations only); all-cargo operations outside the 48 con- (iii) The types of airplanes authorized tiguous States and Alaska, (domestic and flag operations only); (i) For ETOPS greater than 180 min- (iv) Instrument approach procedures; utes a specific passenger recovery plan (v) Landing and takeoff minimums; for each ETOPS Alternate Airport used and in those operations, and (vi) Any other pertinent information. (9) Takeoff, en route, and landing (ii) For operations in the North Polar weight limitations. Area and South Polar Area a specific (10) For ETOPS, airplane perform- passenger recovery plan for each diver- ance data to support all phases of these sion airport used in those operations. operations. (25)(i) Procedures and information, as (11) Procedures for familiarizing pas- described in paragraph (b)(25)(ii) of this sengers with the use of emergency section, to assist each crewmember and equipment, during flight. person performing or directly super- (12) Emergency equipment and proce- vising the following job functions in- dures. volving items for transport on an air- (13) The method of designating suc- craft: cession of command of flight crew- (A) Acceptance; members. (B) Rejection; (14) Procedures for determining the (C) Handling; usability of landing and takeoff areas, (D) Storage incidental to transport; and for disseminating pertinent infor- (E) Packaging of company material; mation thereon to operations per- or sonnel. (F) Loading. (15) Procedures for operating in peri- (ii) Ensure that the procedures and ods of ice, hail, thunderstorms, turbu- information described in this para- lence, or any potentially hazardous me- graph are sufficient to assist the per- teorological condition. son in identifying packages that are

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.137 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

marked or labeled as containing haz- § 121.137 Distribution and availability. ardous materials or that show signs of (a) Each certificate holder shall fur- containing undeclared hazardous mate- nish copies of the manual required by rials. The procedures and information § 121.133 (and the changes and additions must include: thereto) or appropriate parts of the (A) Procedures for rejecting packages manual to— that do not conform to the Hazardous (1) Its appropriate ground operations Materials Regulations in 49 CFR parts and maintenance personnel; 171 through 180 or that appear to con- (2) Crewmembers; and tain undeclared hazardous materials; (3) Representatives of the Adminis- (B) Procedures for complying with trator assigned to it. the hazardous materials incident re- (b) Each person to whom a manual or porting requirements of 49 CFR 171.15 appropriate parts of it are furnished and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting re- under paragraph (a) of this section quirements of 49 CFR 175.31 shall keep it up-to-date with the changes and additions furnished to (C) The certificate holder’s hazmat that person and shall have the manual policies and whether the certificate or appropriate parts of it accessible holder is authorized to carry, or is pro- when performing assigned duties. hibited from carrying, hazardous mate- (c) For the purpose of complying with rials; and paragraph (a) of this section, a certifi- (D) If the certificate holder’s oper- cate holder may furnish the persons ations specifications permit the trans- listed therein the maintenance part of port of hazardous materials, procedures the manual in printed form or other and information to ensure the fol- form, acceptable to the Administrator, lowing: that is retrievable in the English lan- (1) That packages containing haz- guage. ardous materials are properly offered [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as and accepted in compliance with 49 amended by Amdt. 121–71, 35 FR 17176, Nov. 7, CFR parts 171 through 180; 1970; Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; (2) That packages containing haz- Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] ardous materials are properly handled, stored, packaged, loaded, and carried § 121.139 Requirements for manual aboard aircraft: Supplemental oper- on board an aircraft in compliance ations. with 49 CFR parts 171 through 180; (a) Except is provided in paragraph (3) That the requirements for Notice (b) of this section, each certificate to the Pilot in Command (49 CFR holder conducting supplemental oper- 175.33) are complied with; and ations shall carry appropriate parts of (4) That aircraft replacement parts, the manual on each airplane when consumable materials or other items away from the principal base of oper- regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through ations. The appropriate parts must be 180 are properly handled, packaged, and available for use by ground or flight transported. personnel. If the certificate holder car- (26) Other information or instruc- ries aboard an airplane all or any portions relating to safety. tion of the maintenance part of its (c) Each certificate holder shall manual in other than printed form, it maintain at least one complete copy of must carry a compatible reading device the manual at its principal base of op- that produces a legible image of the erations. maintenance information and instructions or a system that is able to re- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as trieve the maintenance information amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June and instructions in the English lan- 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22377, Aug. 20, 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978; guage. Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; (b) If a certificate holder conducting Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995; supplemental operations is able to per- Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, 1995; form all scheduled maintenance at Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005; Amdt. specified stations where it keeps main- 121–329, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007] tenance parts of the manual, it does

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.153

not have to carry those parts of the priate current airworthiness certificate manual aboard the aircraft en route to issued under this chapter; and those stations. (2) Is in an airworthy condition and [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as meets the applicable airworthiness re- amended by Amdt. 12–71, 35 FR 17176, Nov. 7, quirements of this chapter, including 1970; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; those relating to identification and Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; 62 equipment. FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997] (b) A certificate holder may use an approved weight and balance control § 121.141 Airplane flight manual. system based on average, assumed, or (a) Each certificate holder shall keep estimated weight to comply with appli- a current approved airplane flight man- cable airworthiness requirements and ual for each type of airplane that it op- operating limitations. erates except for nontransport cat- (c) A certificate holder may operate egory airplanes certificated before Jan- in common carriage, and for the car- uary 1, 1965. riage of mail, a civil aircraft which is (b) In each airplane required to have leased or chartered to it without crew an airplane flight manual in paragraph and is registered in a country which is (a) of this section, the certificate hold- a party to the Convention on Inter- er shall carry either the manual re- national Civil Aviation if— quired by § 121.133, if it contains the information required for the applicable (1) The aircraft carries an appro- flight manual and this information is priate airworthiness certificate issued clearly identified as flight manual re- by the country of registration and quirements, or an approved Airplane meets the registration and identifica- Manual. If the certificate holder elects tion requirements of that country; to carry the manual required by (2) The aircraft is of a type design § 121.133, the certificate holder may re- which is approved under a U.S. type vise the operating procedures sections certificate and complies with all of the and modify the presentation of per- requirements of this chapter (14 CFR formance data from the applicable Chapter 1) that would be applicable to flight manual if the revised operating that aircraft were it registered in the procedures and modified performance United States, including the require- date presentation are— ments which must be met for issuance (1) Approved by the Administrator; of a U.S. standard airworthiness cer- and tificate (including type design con- (2) Clearly identified as airplane formity, condition for safe operation, flight manual requirements. and the noise, fuel venting, and engine [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] emission requirements of this chapter), except that a U.S. registration certifi- Subpart H—Aircraft Requirements cate and a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate will not be issued for the aircraft; SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.- 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. certificated airmen employed by the § 121.151 Applicability. certificate holder; and (4) The certificate holder files a copy This subpart prescribes aircraft re- of the aircraft lease or charter agree- quirements for all certificate holders. ment with the FAA Aircraft Registry, § 121.153 Aircraft requirements: Gen- Department of Transportation, 6400 eral. South MacArthur Boulevard, Okla- (a) Except as provided in paragraph homa City, OK (Mailing address: P.O. (c) of this section, no certificate holder Box 25504, Oklahoma City, OK 73125). may operate an aircraft unless that [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as aircraft— amended by Amdt. 121–165, 45 FR 68649, Oct. (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of 16, 1980] the United States and carries an appro-

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.155 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.155 [Reserved] be assumed to be feathered if the airplane is equipped with either an ap- § 121.157 Aircraft certification and proved means for automatically indi- equipment requirements. cating when the particular engine has (a) Airplanes certificated before July 1, failed or an approved means for auto- 1942. No certificate holder may operate matically feathering the propeller of an airplane that was type certificated the inoperative engine. The Adminis- before July 1, 1942, unless— trator may authorize deviations from (1) That airplane meets the require- compliance with the requirements of ments of § 121.173(c), or sections 4b.130 through 4b.190 and sub- (2) That airplane and all other air- parts C, D, E, and F of part 4b (as des- planes of the same or related type oper- ignated in this paragraph) if he finds ated by that certificate holder meet that (considering the effect of design the performance requirements of sec- changes) compliance is extremely dif- tions 4a.737–T through 4a.750–T of the ficult to accomplish and that service Civil Air Regulations as in effect on experience with the C–46 airplane justi- January 31, 1965; or §§ 25.45 through fies the deviation. 25.75 and § 121.173(a), (b), (d), and (e) of (d) C–46 type airplanes: cargo oper- this title. ations. No certificate holder may use a (b) Airplanes certificated after June 30, nontransport category C–46 type air- 1942. Except as provided in paragraphs plane in cargo operations unless— (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, no (1) It is certificated at a maximum certificate holder may operate an air- gross weight that is not greater than plane that was type certificated after 48,000 pounds; June 30, 1942, unless it is certificated as (2) It meets the requirements of a transport category airplane and §§ 121.199 through 121.205 using the per- meets the requirements of § 121.173(a), formance data in appendix C to this (b), (d), and (e). part; (c) C–46 type airplanes: passenger-car- (3) Before each flight, each engine rying operations. No certificate holder contains at least 25 gallons of oil; and may operate a C–46 airplane in pas- (4) After December 31, 1964— senger-carrying operations unless that (i) It is powered by a type and model airplane is operated in accordance with engine as set forth in appendix C of the operating limitations for transport this part, when certificated at a max- category airplanes and meets the re- imum gross takeoff weight greater quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec- than 45,000 pounds; and tion or meets the requirements of part (ii) It complies with the special air- 4b, as in effect July 20, 1950, and the re- worthiness requirement set forth in quirements of § 121.173 (a), (b), (d) and §§ 121.213 through 121.287 of this part or (e), except that— in appendix C of this part. (1) The requirements of sections 4b.0 (e) Commuter category airplanes. Ex- through 4b.19 as in effect May 18, 1954, cept as provided in paragraph (f) of this must be complied with; section, no certificate holder may oper- (2) The birdproof windshield require- ate under this part a nontransport cat- ments of section 4b.352 need not be egory airplane type certificated after complied with; December 31, 1964, and before March 30, (3) The provisions of sections 4b.480 1995, unless it meets the applicable re- through 4b.490 (except sections quirements of § 121.173 (a), (b), (d), and 4b.484(a)(1) and 4b.487(e)), as in effect (e), and was type certificated in the May 16, 1953, must be complied with; commuter category. and (f) Other nontransport category air- (4) The provisions of paragraph planes. No certificate holder may oper- 4b.484(a)(1), as in effect July 20, 1950, ate under this part a nontransport cat- must be complied with. egory airplane type certificated after In determining the takeoff path in ac- December 31, 1964, unless it meets the cordance with section 4b.116 and the applicable requirements of § 121.173 (a), one-engine inoperative climb in accord- (b), (d), and (e), was manufactured be- ance with section 4b.120 (a) and (b), the fore March 20, 1997, and meets one of propeller of the inoperative engine may the following:

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.161

(1) Until December 20, 2010: the Administrator in accordance with (i) The airplane was type certificated Appendix P of this part and authorized in the normal category before July 1, in the certificate holder’s operations 1970, and meets special conditions specifications, no certificate holder issued by the Administrator for air- may operate a turbine-engine-powered planes intended for use in operations airplane over a route that contains a under part 135 of this chapter. point— (ii) The airplane was type certifi- (1) Farther than a flying time from cated in the normal category before an Adequate Airport (at a one-engine- July 19, 1970, and meets the additional airworthiness standards in SFAR No. inoperative cruise speed under stand- 23, 14 CFR part 23. ard conditions in still air) of 60 min- (iii) The airplane was type certifi- utes for a two-engine airplane or 180 cated in the normal category and minutes for a passenger-carrying air- meets the additional airworthiness plane with more than two engines; standards in appendix A of part 135 of (2) Within the North Polar Area; or this chapter. (3) Within the South Polar Area. (iv) The airplane was type certifi- (b) Except as provided in paragraph cated in the normal category and com- (c) of this section, no certificate holder plies with either section 1.(a) or 1.(b) of may operate a land airplane (other SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21. than a DC–3, C–46, CV–240, CV–340, CV– (2) The airplane was type certificated 440, CV–580, CV–600, CV–640, or Martin in the normal category, meets the ad- 404) in an extended overwater operation ditional requirements described in unless it is certificated or approved as paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of adequate for ditching under the ditch- this section, and meets the performance requirements in appendix K of ing provisions of part 25 of this chap- this part. ter. (g) Certain newly manufactured air- (c) Until December 20, 2010, a certifi- planes. No certificate holder may oper- cate holder may operate, in an ex- ate an airplane under this part that tended overwater operation, a non- was type certificated as described in transport category land airplane type paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of certificated after December 31, 1964, this section and that was manufac- that was not certificated or approved tured after March 20, 1997, unless it as adequate for ditching under the meets the performance requirements in ditching provisions of part 25 of this appendix K of this part. chapter. (h) Newly type certificated airplanes. (d) Unless authorized by the Adminis- No person may operate under this part trator based on the character of the an airplane for which the application terrain, the kind of operation, or the for a type certificate is submitted after performance of the airplane to be used, March 29, 1995, unless the airplane is no certificate holder may operate a re- type certificated under part 25 of this ciprocating-engine-powered airplane chapter. over a route that contains a point far- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as ther than 60 minutes flying time (at a amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. one-engine-inoperative cruise speed 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, under standard conditions in still air) 1996] from an Adequate Airport. § 121.159 Single-engine airplanes pro- (e) Operators of turbine-engine pow- hibited. ered airplanes with more than two en- No certificate holder may operate a gines do not need to meet the require- single-engine airplane under this part. ments of paragraph (a)(1) of this section until February 15, 2008. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] [Doc. No. 7329, 31 FR 13078, Oct. 8, 1966, as § 121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July route. 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, (a) Except as provided in paragraph 1995; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007] (e) of this section, unless approved by

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.162 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.162 ETOPS Type Design Ap- trator determines that a satisfactory proval Basis. level of proficiency has been dem- Except for a passenger-carrying air- onstrated to justify the reduction. At plane with more than two engines man- least 10 hours of proving flights must ufactured prior to February 17, 2015 and be flown at night; these tests are irre- except for a two-engine airplane that, ducible. (b) when used in ETOPS, is only used for Proving tests for kinds of operations. Unless otherwise authorized by the Ad- ETOPS of 75 minutes or less, no certifi- ministrator, for each type of airplane, cate holder may conduct ETOPS unless a certificate holder must conduct at the airplane has been type design ap- least 50 hours of proving tests accept- proved for ETOPS and each airplane able to the Administrator for each kind used in ETOPS complies with its CMP of operation it intends to conduct, in- document as follows: cluding a representative number of (a) For a two-engine airplane, that is flights into en route airports. of the same model airplane-engine (c) Proving tests for materially altered combination that received FAA ap- airplanes. Unless otherwise authorized proval for ETOPS up to 180 minutes by the Administrator, for each type of prior to February 15, 2007, the CMP airplane that is materially altered in document for that model airplane-en- design, a certificate holder must con- gine combination in effect on February duct at least 50 hours of proving tests 14, 2007. acceptable to the Administrator for (b) For a two-engine airplane, that is each kind of operation it intends to not of the same model airplane-engine conduct with that airplane, including a combination that received FAA ap- representative number of flights into proval for ETOPS up to 180 minutes been route airports. fore February 15, 2007, the CMP docu- (d) Definition of materially altered. For ment for that new model airplane-en- the purposes of paragraph (c) of this gine combination issued in accordance section, a type of airplane is considered with § 25.3(b)(1) of this chapter. to be materially altered in design if the (c) For a two-engine airplane ap- alteration includes— proved for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, (1) The installation of powerplants the CMP document for that model air- other than those of a type similar to plane-engine combination issued in ac- those with which it is certificated; or cordance with § 25.3(b)(2) of this chap- (2) Alterations to the aircraft or its ter. components that materially affect (d) For an airplane with more than 2 flight characteristics. engines manufactured on or after Feb- (e) No certificate holder may carry ruary 17, 2015, the CMP document for passengers in an aircraft during prov- that model airplane-engine combina- ing tests, except for those needed to tion issued in accordance with § 25.3(c) make the test and those designated by of this chapter. the Administrator. However, it may [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, carry mail, express, or other cargo, 2007] when approved. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as § 121.163 Aircraft proving tests. amended by Amdt. 121–42, 33 FR 10330, July (a) Initial airplane proving tests. No 19, 1968; 34 FR 13468, Aug. 21, 1969; Amdt. 121– person may operate an airplane not be- 162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, fore proven for use in a kind of oper- 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] ation under this part or part 135 of this chapter unless an airplane of that type Subpart I—Airplane Performance has had, in addition to the airplane Operating Limitations certification tests, at least 100 hours of proving tests acceptable to the Admin- SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. istrator, including a representative 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, unless other- number of flights into en route air- wise noted. ports. The requirement for at least 100 EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to hours of proving tests may be reduced subpart I of part 121 appear at 60 FR 65928, by the Administrator if the Adminis- Dec. 20, 1995.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.173

§ 121.171 Applicability. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each certificate (a) This subpart prescribes airplane holder operating a turbine-engine-pow- performance operating limitations for ered airplane shall comply with the ap- all certificate holders. plicable provisions of §§ 121.189 through (b) For purposes of this part, effective 121.197, except that when it operates— length of the runway for landing means (1) A turbo-propeller-powered air- the distance from the point at which plane type certificated after August 29, the obstruction clearance plane associ- 1959, but previously type certificated ated with the approach end of the run- with the same number of reciprocating way intersects the centerline of the engines, the certificate holder may runway to the far end thereof. comply with §§ 121.175 through 121.187; (c) For the purposes of this subpart, or obstruction clearance plane means a (2) Until December 20, 2010, a turbo- plane sloping upward from the runway propeller-powered airplane described in at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal, and § 121.157(f), the certificate holder may tangent to or clearing all obstructions comply with the applicable perform- within a specified area surrounding the ance requirements of appendix K of runway as shown in a profile view of this part. that area. In the plan view, the center- (c) Each certificate holder operating line of the specified area coincides with a large nontransport category airplane the centerline of the runway, beginning type certificated before January 1, 1965, at the point where the obstruction shall comply with §§ 121.199 through clearance plane intersects the center- 121.205 and any determination of com- line of the runway and proceeding to a pliance must be based only on approved point at least 1,500 feet from the begin- performance data. ning point. Thereafter the centerline (d) The performance data in the Air- coincides with the takeoff path over plane Flight Manual applies in deter- the ground for the runway (in the case mining compliance with §§ 121.175 of takeoffs) or with the instrument ap- through 121.197. Where conditions are proach counterpart (for landings), or, different from those on which the per- where the applicable one of these paths formance data is based, compliance is has not been established, it proceeds determined by interpolation or by com- consistent with turns of at least 4,000 puting the effects of changes in the foot radius until a point is reached be- specific variables if the results of the yond which the obstruction clearance interpolation or computations are sub- plane clears all obstructions. This area stantially as accurate as the results of extends laterally 200 feet on each side direct tests. of the centerline at the point where the (e) Except as provided in paragraph obstruction clearance plane intersects (c) of this section, no person may take the runway and continues at this width off a reciprocating-engine-powered air- to the end of the runway; then it in- plane at a weight that is more than the creases uniformly to 500 feet on each allowable weight for the runway being side of the centerline at a point 1,500 used (determined under the runway feet from the intersection of the ob- takeoff limitations of the operating struction clearance plane with the run- rules of 14 CFR part 121, subpart I) way; thereafter it extends laterally 500 after taking into account the tempera- feet on each side of the centerline. ture operating correction factors in the applicable Airplane Flight Manual. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as (f) The Administrator may authorize amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. in the operations specifications devi- 20, 1976] ations from the requirements in the subpart if special circumstances make § 121.173 General. a literal observance of a requirement (a) Except as provided in paragraph unnecessary for safety. (c) of this section, each certificate (g) The ten-mile width specified in holder operating a reciprocating-en- §§ 121.179 through 121.183 may be re- gine-powered airplane shall comply duced to five miles, for not more than with §§ 121.175 through 121.187. 20 miles, when operating VFR or where

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.175 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

navigation facilities furnish reliable stop distance data, at any time during and accurate identification of high takeoff until reaching critical-engine ground and obstructions located out- failure speed; side of five miles, but within ten miles, (2) If the critical engine fails at any on each side of the intended track. time after the airplane reaches crit- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as ical-engine failure speed V1, to con- amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. tinue the takeoff and reach a height of 20, 1995] 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path data, before passing over the end of the § 121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Weight limitations. runway; and (3) To clear all obstacles either by at (a) No person may take off a recipro- least 50 feet vertically (as shown by the cating engine powered airplane from an airport located at an elevation outside takeoff path data) or 200 feet hori- of the range for which maximum take- zontally within the airport boundaries off weights have been determined for and 300 feet horizontally beyond the that airplane. boundaries, without banking before (b) No person may take off a recipro- reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown cating engine powered airplane for an by the takeoff path data) and there- airport of intended destination that is after without banking more than 15 de- located at an elevation outside of the grees. range for which maximum landing (b) In applying this section, correc- weights have been determined for that tions must be made for the effective airplane. runway gradient. To allow for wind ef- (c) No person may specify, or have fect, takeoff data based on still air may specified, an alternate airport that is be corrected by taking into account located at an elevation outside of the not more than 50 percent of any re- range for which maximum landing ported headwind component and not weights have been determined for the less than 150 percent of any reported reciprocating engine powered airplane tailwind component. concerned. (d) No person may take off a recipro- (c) This section does not apply to cating engine powered airplane at a large nontransport category airplanes weight more than the maximum au- operated under § 121.173(c). thorized takeoff weight for the ele- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as vation of the airport. amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41593, June (e) No person may take off a recipro- 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, cating engine powered airplane if its 1995] weight on arrival at the airport of destination will be more than the max- § 121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- imum authorized landing weight for gine-powered: En route limitations: the elevation of that airport, allowing All engines operating. for normal consumption of fuel and oil (a) No person operating a recipro- en route. cating engine powered airplane may (f) This section does not apply to take off that airplane at a weight, al- large nontransport category airplanes lowing for normal consumption of fuel operated under § 121.173(c). and oil, that does not allow a rate of [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as climb (in feet per minute), with all en- amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. gines operating, of at least 6.90 VSo 20, 1995] (that is, the number of feet per minute is obtained by multiplying the number § 121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Takeoff limitations. of knots by 6.90) at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above the highest (a) No person operating a recipro- ground or obstruction within ten miles cating engine powered airplane may of each side of the intended track. takeoff that airplane unless it is possible— (b) This section does not apply to air- (1) To stop the airplane safely on the planes certificated under part 4a of the runway, as shown by the accelerate Civil Air Regulations.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.183

(c) This section does not apply to for airplanes certificated under part 25 large nontransport category airplanes of this chapter and by 0.026 Vso2 for air- operated under § 121.173(c). planes certificated under part 4a of the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as Civil Air Regulations. amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. (2) The all-engines-operating altitude 20, 1995] shall be sufficient so that in the event the critical engine becomes inoperative § 121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- at any point along the route, the flight gine-powered: En route limitations: will be able to proceed to a predeter- One engine inoperative. mined alternate airport by use of this (a) Except as provided in paragraph procedure. In determining the takeoff (b) of this section, no person operating weight, the airplane is assumed to pass a reciprocating engine powered air- over the critical obstruction following plane may take off that airplane at a engine failure at a point no closer to weight, allowing for normal consump- the critical obstruction than the near- tion of fuel and oil, that does not allow est approved radio navigational fix, un- a rate of climb (in feet per minute), less the Administrator approves a pro- with one engine inoperative, of at least cedure established on a different basis

(0.079–0.106/N) Vso2 upon finding that adequate operational safeguards exist. (where N is the number of engines in- (3) The airplane must meet the provi- stalled and VSo is expressed in knots) at sions of paragraph (a) of this section at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above 1,000 feet above the airport used as an the highest ground or obstruction alternate in this procedure. within 10 miles of each side of the in- (4) The procedure must include an ap- tended track. However, for the pur- proved method of accounting for winds poses of this paragraph the rate of and temperatures that would otherwise climb for airplanes certificated under adversely affect the flight path. part 4a of the Civil Air Regulations is (5) In complying with this procedure 0.026 V 2. so fuel jettisoning is allowed if the certifi- (b) In place of the requirements of cate holder shows that it has an ade- paragraph (a) of this section, a person quate training program, that proper in- may, under an approved procedure, op- structions are given to the flight crew, erate a reciprocating engine powered and all other precautions are taken to airplane, at an all-engines-operating insure a safe procedure. altitude that allows the airplane to continue, after an engine failure, to an (6) The certificate holder shall speci- alternate airport where a landing can fy in the dispatch or flight release an be made in accordance with § 121.187, al- alternate airport that meets the re- lowing for normal consumption of fuel quirements of § 121.625. and oil. After the assumed failure, the (d) This section does not apply to flight path must clear the ground and large nontransport category airplanes any obstruction within five miles on operated under § 121.173(c). each side of the intended track by at [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 least 2,000 feet. FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. (c) If an approved procedure under 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] paragraph (b) of this section is used, the certificate holder shall comply § 121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four with the following: or more engines: Reciprocating en- (1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in gine powered: En route limitations: the Airplane Flight Manual for the ap- Two engines inoperative. propriate weight and altitude) used in (a) No person may operate an air- calculating the airplane’s flight path plane certificated under part 25 and shall be diminished by an amount, in having four or more engines unless— feet per minute, equal to (1) There is no place along the in- (0.079–0.106/N) V 2 tended track that is more than 90 min- so utes (with all engines operating at (when N is the number of engines in- cruising power) from an airport that stalled and VSo is expressed in knots) meets the requirements of § 121.187; or 87

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.185 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) It is operated at a weight allowing percent of the effective length of each the airplane, with the two critical en- runway described below from a point 50 gines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 Vso2 feet directly above the intersection of feet per minute (that is, the number of the obstruction clearance plane and feet per minute is obtained by multi- the runway. For the purposes of deter- plying the number of knots squared by mining the allowable landing weight at 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above the destination airport the following is the highest ground or obstruction assumed: within 10 miles on each side of the in- (1) The airplane is landed on the most tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 favorable runway and in the most fa- feet, whichever is higher. vorable direction in still air. (b) For the purposes of paragraph (2) The airplane is landed on the most (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed suitable runway considering the prob- that— able wind velocity and direction (fore- (1) The two engines fail at the point cast for the expected time of arrival), that is most critical with respect to the ground handling characteristics of the takeoff weight: the type of airplane, and other condi- (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is normal with all engines operating up to tions such as landing aids and terrain, the point where the two engines fail and allowing for the effect of the land- and with two engines operating beyond ing path and roll of not more than 50 that point; percent of the headwind component or (3) Where the engines are assumed to not less than 150 percent of the tail- fail at an altitude above the prescribed wind component. minimum altitude, compliance with (b) An airplane that would be prohib- the prescribed rate of climb at the pre- ited from being taken off because it scribed minimum altitude need not be could not meet the requirements of shown during the descent from the paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be cruising altitude to the prescribed min- taken off if an alternate airport is imum altitude, if those requirements specified that meets all of the require- can be met once the prescribed min- ments of this section except that the imum altitude is reached, and assum- airplane can accomplish a full stop ing descent to be along a net flight landing within 70 percent of the effec- path and the rate of descent to be 0.013 tive length of the runway. Vso2 greater than the rate in the ap- (c) This section does not apply to proved performance data; and large nontransport category airplanes (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the operated under § 121.173(c). airplane’s weight at the point where the two engines fail is considered to be [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 not less than that which would include FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] enough fuel to proceed to an airport meeting the requirements of § 121.187 § 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- and to arrive at an altitude of at least gine-powered: Landing limitations: 1,000 feet directly over that airport. Alternate airport. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 (a) No person may list an airport as FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. an alternate airport in a dispatch or 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] flight release unless the airplane (at § 121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- the weight anticipated at the time of gine-powered: Landing limitations: arrival at the airport), based on the as- Destination airport. sumptions in § 121.185, can be brought to a full stop landing, within 70 percent (a) Except as provided in paragraph of the effective length of the runway. (b) of this section no person operating a reciprocating engine powered air- (b) This section does not apply to plane may take off that airplane, un- large nontransport category airplanes less its weight on arrival, allowing for operated under § 121.173(c). normal consumption of fuel and oil in [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 flight, would allow a full stop landing FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. at the intended destination within 60 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995]

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.191

§ 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine (2) In the case of an airplane certifi- powered: Takeoff limitations. cated after September 30, 1958 (SR (a) No person operating a turbine en- 422A, 422B), that allows a net takeoff gine powered airplane may take off flight path that clears all obstacles ei- that airplane at a weight greater than ther by a height of at least 35 feet that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- vertically, or by at least 200 feet hori- ual for the elevation of the airport and zontally within the airport boundaries for the ambient temperature existing and by at least 300 feet horizontally at takeoff. after passing the boundaries. (e) In determining maximum (b) No person operating a turbine en- weights, minimum distances, and flight gine powered airplane certificated after paths under paragraphs (a) through (d) August 26, 1957, but before August 30, of this section, correction must be 1959 (SR422, 422A), may take off that made for the runway to be used, the airplane at a weight greater than that elevation of the airport, the effective listed in the Airplane Flight Manual runway gradient, the ambient tempera- for the minimum distances required for ture and wind component at the time takeoff. In the case of an airplane cer- of takeoff, and, if operating limitations tificated after September 30, 1958 exist for the minimum distances re- (SR422A, 422B), the takeoff distance quired for takeoff from wet runways, may include a clearway distance but the runway surface condition (dry or the clearway distance included may wet). Wet runway distances associated not be greater than 1⁄2 of the takeoff with grooved or porous friction course run. runways, if provided in the Airplane (c) No person operating a turbine en- Flight Manual, may be used only for gine powered airplane certificated after runways that are grooved or treated August 29, 1959 (SR422B), may take off with a porous friction course (PFC) that airplane at a weight greater than overlay, and that the operator deter- that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- mines are designed, constructed, and ual at which compliance with the fol- maintained in a manner acceptable to lowing may be shown: the Administrator. (1) The accelerate-stop distance must (f) For the purposes of this section, it not exceed the length of the runway is assumed that the airplane is not plus the length of any stopway. banked before reaching a height of 50 (2) The takeoff distance must not ex- feet, as shown by the takeoff path or ceed the length of the runway plus the net takeoff flight path data (as appro- length of any clearway except that the priate) in the Airplane Flight Manual, length of any clearway included must and thereafter that the maximum bank not be greater than one-half the length is not more than 15 degrees. of the runway. (g) For the purposes of this section (3) The takeoff run must not be the terms, takeoff distance, takeoff run, greater than the length of the runway. net takeoff flight path and takeoff path (d) No person operating a turbine en- have the same meanings as set forth in gine powered airplane may take off the rules under which the airplane was that airplane at a weight greater than certificated. that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as ual— amended by Amdt. 121–268, 63 FR 8321, Feb. (1) In the case of an airplane certifi- 18, 1998] cated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 (SR422), that allows a § 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine takeoff path that clears all obstacles powered: En route limitations: One either by at least (35 + 0.01D) feet engine inoperative. vertically (D is the distance along the (a) No person operating a turbine en- intended flight path from the end of gine powered airplane may take off the runway in feet), or by at least 200 that airplane at a weight, allowing for feet horizontally within the airport normal consumption of fuel and oil, boundaries and by at least 300 feet that is greater than that which (under horizontally after passing the bound- the approved, one engine inoperative, aries; or en route net flight path data in the

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.193 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Airplane Flight Manual for that air- approved net flight path data in the plane) will allow compliance with para- Airplane Flight Manual. graph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, based [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 on the ambient temperatures expected FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. en route: 121–143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] (1) There is a positive slope at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all § 121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine terrain and obstructions within five powered: En route limitations: Two statute miles on each side of the in- engines inoperative. tended track, and, in addition, if that (a) Airplanes certificated after August airplane was certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 (SR 29, 1959 (SR 422B) there is a positive 422). No person may operate a turbine slope at 1,500 feet above the airport engine powered airplane along an in- where the airplane is assumed to land tended route unless he complies with after an engine fails. either of the following: (2) The net flight path allows the air- (1) There is no place along the in- plane to continue flight from the cruis- tended track that is more than 90 mining altitude to an airport where a land- utes (with all engines operating at ing can be made under § 121.197, clear- cruising power) from an airport that ing all terrain and obstructions within meets the requirements of § 121.197. five statute miles of the intended track (2) Its weight, according to the two- by at least 2,000 feet vertically and engine-inoperative, en route, net flight with a positive slope at 1,000 feet above path data in the Airplane Flight Man- the airport where the airplane lands ual, allows the airplane to fly from the after an engine fails, or, if that air- point where the two engines are as- plane was certificated after September sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- 30, 1958 (SR 422A, 422B), with a positive port that meets the requirements of slope at 1,500 feet above the airport § 121.197, with a net flight path (consid- where the airplane lands after an en- ering the ambient temperature antici- gine fails. pated along the track) having a posi- (b) For the purposes of paragraph tive slope at an altitude of at least (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstruc- that— tions within five miles on each side of (1) The engine fails at the most crit- the intended track, or at an altitude of ical point en route; 5,000 feet, whichever is higher. (2) The airplane passes over the crit- For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of ical obstruction, after engine failure at this section, it is assumed that the two a point that is no closer to the obstruc- engines fail at the most critical point tion than the nearest approved radio en route, that if fuel jettisoning is pro- navigation fix, unless the Adminis- vided, the airplane’s weight at the trator authorizes a different procedure point where the engines fail includes based on adequate operational safe- enough fuel to continue to the airport guards; and to arrive at an altitude of at least (3) An approved method is used to 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and allow for adverse winds: that the fuel and oil consumption after (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if engine failure is the same as the con- the certificate holder shows that the sumption allowed for in the net flight crew is properly instructed, that the path data in the Airplane Flight Man- training program is adequate, and that ual. all other precautions are taken to in- (b) Aircraft certificated after September sure a safe procedure; 30, 1958, but before August 30, 1959 (SR (5) The alternate airport is specified 422A). No person may operate a turbine in the dispatch or flight release and engine powered airplane along an in- meets the prescribed weather mini- tended route unless he complies with mums; and either of the following: (6) The consumption of fuel and oil (1) There is no place along the in- after engine failure is the same as the tended track that is more than 90 min- consumption that is allowed for in the utes (with all engines operating at

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.195

cruising power) from an airport that (i) The two engines fail at the most meets the requirements of § 121.197. critical point en route; (2) Its weight, according to the two- (ii) The net flight path has a positive engine-inoperative, en route, net flight slope at 1,500 feet above the airport path data in the Airplane Flight Man- where the landing is assumed to be ual, allows the airplane to fly from the made after the engines fail; point where the two engines are as- (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- if the certificate holder shows that the port that meets the requirements of crew is properly instructed, that the § 121.197, with a net flight path (consid- training program is adequate, and that ering the ambient temperatures antici- all other precautions are taken to en- pated along the track) having a posi- sure a safe procedure; tive slope at an altitude of at least (iv) The airplane’s weight at the 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstruc- point where the two engines are as- tions within 5 miles on each side of the sumed to fail provides enough fuel to intended track, or at an altitude of continue to the airport, to arrive at an 2,000 feet, whichever is higher. altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly For the purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of over the airport, and thereafter to fly this section, it is assumed that the two for 15 minutes at cruise power or engines fail at the most critical point thrust, or both; and en route, that the airplane’s weight at (v) The consumption of fuel and oil the point where the engines fail in- after the engine failure is the same as cludes enough fuel to continue to the the consumption that is allowed for in airport, to arrive at an altitude of at the net flight path data in the Airplane least 1,500 feet directly over the air- Flight Manual. port, and thereafter to fly for 15 minutes at cruise power or thrust, or both, § 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine and that the consumption of fuel and powered: Landing limitations: Des- oil after engine failure is the same as tination airports. the consumption allowed for in the net (a) No person operating a turbine en- flight path data in the Airplane Flight gine powered airplane may take off Manual. that airplane at such a weight that (al- (c) Aircraft certificated after August 29, lowing for normal consumption of fuel 1959 (SR 422B). No person may operate and oil in flight to the destination or a turbine engine powered airplane alternate airport) the weight of the air- along an intended route unless he com- plane on arrival would exceed the land- plies with either of the following: ing weight set forth in the Airplane (1) There is no place along the in- Flight Manual for the elevation of the tended track that is more than 90 min- destination or alternate airport and utes (with all engines operating at the ambient temperature anticipated cruising power) from an airport that at the time of landing. meets the requirements of § 121.197. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (2) Its weight, according to the two- (c), (d), or (e) of this section, no person engine inoperative, en route, net flight operating a turbine engine powered air- path data in the Airplane Flight Man- plane may take off that airplane unless ual, allows the airplane to fly from the its weight on arrival, allowing for nor- point where the two engines are as- mal consumption of fuel and oil in sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- flight (in accordance with the landing port that meets the requirements of distance set forth in the Airplane § 121.197, with the net flight path (con- Flight Manual for the elevation of the sidering the ambient temperatures an- destination airport and the wind condi- ticipated along the track) clearing tions anticipated there at the time of vertically by at least 2,000 feet all ter- landing), would allow a full stop land- rain and obstructions within five stating at the intended destination airport ute miles (4.34 nautical miles) on each within 60 percent of the effective side of the intended track. For the pur- length of each runway described below poses of this subparagraph, it is as- from a point 50 feet above the intersec- sumed that— tion of the obstruction clearance plane

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.197 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

and the runway. For the purpose of de- release for a turbine engine powered termining the allowable landing weight airplane unless (based on the assump- at the destination airport the following tions in § 121.195 (b)) that airplane at is assumed: the weight anticipated at the time of (1) The airplane is landed on the most arrival can be brought to a full stop favorable runway and in the most fa- landing within 70 percent of the effec- vorable direction, in still air. tive length of the runway for turbo- (2) The airplane is landed on the most propeller powered airplanes and 60 per- suitable runway considering the prob- cent of the effective length of the run- able wind velocity and direction and way for turbojet powered airplanes, the ground handling characteristics of from a point 50 feet above the intersec- the airplane, and considering other tion of the obstruction clearance plane conditions such as landing aids and ter- and the runway. In the case of an alter- rain. nate airport for departure, as provided (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane in § 121.617, allowance may be made for that would be prohibited from being fuel jettisoning in addition to normal taken off because it could not meet the consumption of fuel and oil when deter- requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this mining the weight anticipated at the section, may be taken off if an alter- time of arrival. nate airport is specified that meets all [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as the requirements of this section except amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, that the airplane can accomplish a full 1965; Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, 1982] stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway. § 121.198 Cargo service airplanes: In- (d) Unless, based on a showing of ac- creased zero fuel and landing tual operating landing techniques on weights. wet runways, a shorter landing dis- (a) Notwithstanding the applicable tance (but never less than that re- structural provisions of the airworthi- quired by paragraph (b) of this section) ness regulations but subject to para- has been approved for a specific type graphs (b) through (g) of this section, a and model airplane and included in the certificate holder may operate (for Airplane Flight Manual, no person may cargo service only) any of the following takeoff a turbojet powered airplane airplanes (certificated under part 4b of when the appropriate weather reports the Civil Air Regulations effective be- and forecasts, or a combination there- fore March 13, 1956) at increased zero of, indicate that the runways at the fuel and landing weights— destination airport may be wet or slip- (1) DC–6A, DC–6B, DC–7B, and DC–7C; pery at the estimated time of arrival and unless the effective runway length at (2) L1049B, C, D, E, F, G, and H, and the destination airport is at least 115 the L1649A when modified in accord- percent of the runway length required ance with supplemental type certifi- under paragraph (b) of this section. cate SA 4–1402. (e) A turbojet powered airplane that (b) The zero fuel weight (maximum would be prohibited from being taken weight of the airplane with no dispos- off because it could not meet the re- able fuel and oil) and the structural quirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this landing weight may be increased be- section may be taken off if an alter- yond the maximum approved in full nate airport is specified that meets all compliance with applicable regulations the requirements of paragraph (b) of only if the Administrator finds that— this section. (1) The increase is not likely to re- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as duce seriously the structural strength; amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, (2) The probability of sudden fatigue 1965] failure is not noticeably increased; (3) The flutter, deformation, and vi- § 121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine bration characteristics do not fall powered: Landing limitations: Al- below those required by applicable reg- ternate airports. ulations; and No person may list an airport as an (4) All other applicable weight limi- alternate airport in a dispatch or flight tations will be met.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.201

(c) No zero fuel weight may be in- tailwind component, may be taken into creased by more than five percent, and account; the increase in the structural landing (3) The average runway gradient (the weight may not exceed the amount, in difference between the elevations of pounds, of the increase in zero fuel the endpoints of the runway divided by weight. the total length) must be considered if (d) Each airplane must be inspected it is more than one-half of 1 percent; in accordance with the approved spe- (4) It is assumed that the airplane is cial inspection procedures, for oper- operating in standard atmosphere; and ations at increased weights, estab- (5) The effective length of the runway lished and issued by the manufacturer for takeoff means the distance from of the type of airplane. the end of the runway at which the (e) Each airplane operated under this takeoff is started to a point at which section must be operated in accordance the obstruction clearance plane associ- with the passenger-carrying perform- ated with the other end of the runway ance operating limitations prescribed intersects the runway centerline. in this part. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as (f) The Airplane Flight Manual for amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. each airplane operated under this sec- 20, 1976] tion must be appropriately revised to § 121.201 Nontransport category air- include the operating limitations and planes: En route limitations: One information needed for operation at engine inoperative. the increased weights. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (g) Except as provided for the car- (b) of this section, no person operating rying of persons under § 121.583 each a nontransport category airplane may airplane operated at an increased take off that airplane at a weight that weight under this section must, before does not allow a rate of climb of at it is used in passenger service, be in- least 50 feet a minute, with the critical spected under the special inspection engine inoperative, at an altitude of at procedures for return to passenger least 1,000 feet above the highest ob- service established and issued by the struction within five miles on each side manufacturer and approved by the Ad- of the intended track, or 5,000 feet, ministrator. whichever is higher. § 121.199 Nontransport category air- (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of planes: Takeoff limitations. this section, if the Administrator finds that safe operations are not impaired, (a) No person operating a non- a person may operate the airplane at transport category airplane may take an altitude that allows the airplane, in off that airplane at a weight greater case of engine failure, to clear all ob- than the weight that would allow the structions within 5 miles on each side airplane to be brought to a safe stop of the intended track by 1,000 feet. If within the effective length of the run- this procedure is used, the rate of de- way, from any point during the takeoff scent for the appropriate weight and before reaching 105 percent of min- altitude is assumed to be 50 feet a imum control speed (the minimum minute greater than the rate in the ap- speed at which an airplane can be safe- proved performance data. Before ap- ly controlled in flight after an engine proving such a procedure, the Adminis- becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of trator considers the following for the the power off stalling speed in the route, route segment, or area con- takeoff configuration, whichever is cerned: greater. (1) The reliability of wind and weath- (b) For the purposes of this section— er forecasting. (1) It may be assumed that takeoff (2) The location and kinds of naviga- power is used on all engines during the tion aids. acceleration; (3) The prevailing weather condi- (2) Not more than 50 percent of the tions, particularly the frequency and reported headwind component, or not amount of turbulence normally en- less than 150 percent of the reported countered.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.203 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(4) Terrain features. § 121.205 Nontransport category air- (5) Air traffic control problems. planes: Landing limitations: Alter- (6) Any other operational factors nate airport. that affect the operation. No person may list an airport as an (c) For the purposes of this section, it alternate airport in a dispatch or flight is assumed that— release for a nontransport category air- (1) The critical engine is inoperative; plane unless that airplane (at the (2) The propeller of the inoperative weight anticipated at the time of ar- engine is in the minimum drag posi- rival) based on the assumptions con- tion; tained in § 121.203, can be brought to a (3) The wing flaps and landing gear full stop landing within 70 percent of are in the most favorable position; the effective length of the runway. (4) The operating engines are operating at the maximum continuous § 121.207 Provisionally certificated airplanes: Operating limitations. power available; (5) The airplane is operating in stand- In addition to the limitations in ard atmosphere; and § 91.317 of this chapter, the following (6) The weight of the airplane is pro- limitations apply to the operation of gressively reduced by the anticipated provisionally certificated airplanes by consumption of fuel and oil. certificate holders: (a) In addition to crewmembers, each § 121.203 Nontransport category air- certificate holder may carry on such an planes: Landing limitations: Des- airplane only those persons who are tination airport. listed in § 121.547(c) or who are specifi- (a) No person operating a non- cally authorized by both the certificate transport category airplane may take holder and the Administrator. off that airplane at a weight that— (b) Each certificate holder shall keep a log of each flight conducted under (1) Allowing for anticipated consump- this section and shall keep accurate tion of fuel and oil, is greater than the and complete records of each inspec- weight that would allow a full stop tion made and all maintenance per- landing within 60 percent of the effec- formed on the airplane. The certificate tive length of the most suitable run- holder shall make the log and records way at the destination airport; and made under this section available to (2) Is greater than the weight allow- the manufacturer and the Adminis- able if the landing is to be made on the trator. runway— (i) With the greatest effective length [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] in still air; and (ii) Required by the probable wind, Subpart J—Special Airworthiness taking into account not more than 50 Requirements percent of the headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the tail- SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. wind component. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. (b) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that— § 121.211 Applicability. (1) The airplane passes directly over (a) This subpart prescribes special the intersection of the obstruction airworthiness requirements applicable clearance plane and the runway at a to certificate holders as stated in para- height of 50 feet in a steady gliding ap- graphs (b) through (e) of this section. proach at a true indicated airspeed of (b) Except as provided in paragraph at least 1.3 VSo; (d) of this section, each airplane type (2) The landing does not require ex- certificated under Aero Bulletin 7A or ceptional pilot skill; and part 04 of the Civil Air Regulations in (3) The airplane is operating in stand- effect before November 1, 1946 must ard atmosphere. meet the special airworthiness requirements in §§ 121.215 through 121.283.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.221

(c) Each certificate holder must com- § 121.219 Ventilation. ply with the requirements of §§ 121.285 Each passenger or crew compartment through 121.291. must be suitably ventilated. Carbon (d) If the Administrator determines monoxide concentration may not be that, for a particular model of airplane more than one part in 20,000 parts of used in cargo service, literal compli- air, and fuel fumes may not be present. ance with any requirement under para- In any case where partitions between graph (b) of this section would be ex- compartments have louvres or other tremely difficult and that compliance means allowing air to flow between would not contribute materially to the compartments, there must be a means objective sought, he may require com- convenient to the crew for closing the pliance only with those requirements flow of air through the partitions, that are necessary to accomplish the when necessary. basic objectives of this part. (e) No person may operate under this § 121.221 Fire precautions. part a nontransport category airplane (a) Each compartment must be de- type certificated after December 31, signed so that, when used for storing 1964, unless the airplane meets the spe- cargo or baggage, it meets the fol- cial airworthiness requirements in lowing requirements: § 121.293. (1) No compartment may include con- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] trols, wiring, lines, equipment, or ac- cessories that would upon damage or § 121.213 [Reserved] failure, affect the safe operation of the airplane unless the item is adequately § 121.215 Cabin interiors. shielded, isolated, or otherwise protected so that it cannot be damaged by (a) Except as provided in § 121.312, movement of cargo in the compart- each compartment used by the crew or ment and so that damage to or failure passengers must meet the require- of the item would not create a fire haz- ments of this section. ard in the compartment. (b) Materials must be at least flash (2) Cargo or baggage may not inter- resistant. fere with the functioning of the fire- (c) The wall and ceiling linings and protective features of the compart- the covering of upholstering, floors, ment. and furnishings must be flame resist- (3) Materials used in the construction ant. of the compartments, including tie- (d) Each compartment where smok- down equipment, must be at least ing is to be allowed must be equipped flame resistant. with self-contained ash trays that are (4) Each compartment must include completely removable and other com- provisions for safeguarding against partments must be placarded against fires according to the classifications smoking. set forth in paragraphs (b) through (f) (e) Each receptacle for used towels, of this section. papers, and wastes must be of fire-re- (b) Class A. Cargo and baggage com- sistant material and must have a cover partments are classified in the ‘‘A’’ or other means of containing possible category if— fires started in the receptacles. (1) A fire therein would be readily [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as discernible to a member of the crew amended by Amdt. 121–84, 37 FR 3974, Feb. 24, while at his station; and 1972] (2) All parts of the compartment are easily accessible in flight. § 121.217 Internal doors. There must be a hand fire extinguisher In any case where internal doors are available for each Class A compart- equipped with louvres or other ven- ment. tilating means, there must be a means (c) Class B. Cargo and baggage com- convenient to the crew for closing the partments are classified in the ‘‘B’’ flow of air through the door when nec- category if enough access is provided essary. while in flight to enable a member of

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.223 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

the crew to effectively reach all of the compartment occupied by the crew or compartment and its contents with a passengers. hand fire extinguisher and the com- (2) Ventilation and drafts must be partment is so designed that, when the controlled within each compartment so access provisions are being used, no that any fire likely to occur in the hazardous amount of smoke, flames, or compartment will not progress beyond extinguishing agent enters any com- safe limits. partment occupied by the crew or pas- (3) It must be completely lined with sengers. Each Class B compartment fire-resistant material. must comply with the following: (4) Consideration must be given to (1) It must have a separate approved the effect of heat within the compart- smoke or fire detector system to give ment on adjacent critical parts of the warning at the pilot or flight engineer airplane. station. (2) There must be a hand fire extin- (f) Class E. On airplanes used for the guisher available for the compartment. carriage of cargo only, the cabin area (3) It must be lined with fire-resist- may be classified as a Class ‘‘E’’ com- ant material, except that additional partment. Each Class E compartment service lining of flame-resistant mate- must comply with the following: rial may be used. (1) It must be completely lined with (d) Class C. Cargo and baggage com- fire-resistant material. partments are classified in the ‘‘C’’ cat- (2) It must have a separate system of egory if they do not conform with the an approved type smoke or fire detec- requirements for the ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, ‘‘D’’, or tor to give warning at the pilot or ‘‘E’’ categories. Each Class C compart- flight engineer station. ment must comply with the following: (3) It must have a means to shut off (1) It must have a separate approved the ventilating air flow to or within smoke or fire detector system to give the compartment and the controls for warning at the pilot or flight engineer that means must be accessible to the station. flight crew in the crew compartment. (2) It must have an approved built-in (4) It must have a means to exclude fire-extinguishing system controlled hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, from the pilot or flight engineer sta- or noxious gases from entering the tion. flight crew compartment. (3) It must be designed to exclude (5) Required crew emergency exits hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, must be accessible under all cargo or extinguishing agents from entering loading conditions. into any compartment occupied by the crew or passengers. § 121.223 Proof of compliance with (4) It must have ventilation and draft § 121.221. controlled so that the extinguishing agent provided can control any fire Compliance with those provisions of that may start in the compartment. § 121.221 that refer to compartment ac- (5) It must be lined with fire-resist- cessibility, the entry of hazardous ant material, except that additional quantities of smoke or extinguishing service lining of flame-resistant mate- agent into compartments occupied by rial may be used. the crew or passengers, and the dissipa- (e) Class D. Cargo and baggage com- tion of the extinguishing agent in Class partments are classified in the ‘‘D’’ ‘‘C’’ compartments must be shown by category if they are so designed and tests in flight. During these tests it constructed that a fire occurring there- must be shown that no inadvertent op- in will be completely confined without eration of smoke or fire detectors in endangering the safety of the airplane other compartments within the air- or the occupants. Each Class D com- plane would occur as a result of fire partment must comply with the fol- contained in any one compartment, ei- lowing: ther during the time it is being extin- (1) It must have a means to exclude guished, or thereafter, unless the extin- hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, guishing system floods those compart- or noxious gases from entering any ments simultaneously.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.243

§ 121.225 Propeller deicing fluid. (d) Flexible hose must be of an ac- If combustible fluid is used for pro- ceptable type or proven suitable for the peller deicing, the certificate holder particular application. must comply with § 121.255. § 121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in designated fire zones. § 121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrangements. Fuel lines and fittings in each designated fire zone must comply with (a) Pressure cross-feed lines may not § 121.259. pass through parts of the airplane used for carrying persons or cargo unless— § 121.235 Fuel valves. (1) There is a means to allow crewmembers to shut off the supply of fuel Each fuel valve must— to these lines; or (a) Comply with § 121.257; (b) Have positive stops or suitable (2) The lines are enclosed in a fuel index provisions in the ‘‘on’’ and ‘‘off’’ and fume-proof enclosure that is venti- positions; and lated and drained to the exterior of the (c) Be supported so that loads result- airplane. ing from its operation or from acceler- However, such an enclosure need not be ated flight conditions are not trans- used if those lines incorporate no fit- mitted to the lines connected to the tings on or within the personnel or valve. cargo areas and are suitably routed or protected to prevent accidental dam- § 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in des- age. ignated fire zones. (b) Lines that can be isolated from Oil line and fittings in each des- the rest of the fuel system by valves at ignated fire zone must comply with each end must incorporate provisions § 121.259. for relieving excessive pressures that may result from exposure of the iso- § 121.239 Oil valves. lated line to high temperatures. (a) Each oil valve must— (1) Comply with § 121.257; § 121.229 Location of fuel tanks. (2) Have positive stops or suitable (a) Fuel tanks must be located in ac- index provisions in the ‘‘on’’ and ‘‘off’’ cordance with § 121.255. positions; and (b) No part of the engine nacelle skin (3) Be supported so that loads result- that lies immediately behind a major ing from its operation or from acceler- air outlet from the engine compart- ated flight conditions are not trans- ment may be used as the wall of an in- mitted to the lines attached to the tegral tank. valve. (c) Fuel tanks must be isolated from (b) The closing of an oil shutoff personnel compartments by means of means must not prevent feathering the fume- and fuel-proof enclosures. propeller, unless equivalent safety provisions are incorporated. § 121.231 Fuel system lines and fittings. § 121.241 Oil system drains. (a) Fuel lines must be installed and Accessible drains incorporating ei- supported so as to prevent excessive vi- ther a manual or automatic means for bration and so as to be adequate to positive locking in the closed position, withstand loads due to fuel pressure must be provided to allow safe drainage and accelerated flight conditions. of the entire oil system. (b) Lines connected to components of the airplanes between which there may § 121.243 Engine breather lines. be relative motion must incorporate (a) Engine breather lines must be so provisions for flexibility. arranged that condensed water vapor (c) Flexible connections in lines that that may freeze and obstruct the line may be under pressure and subject to cannot accumulate at any point. axial loading must use flexible hose as- (b) Engine breathers must discharge semblies rather than hose clamp con- in a location that does not constitute a nections. fire hazard in case foaming occurs and

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.245 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

so that oil emitted from the line does § 121.253 Powerplant fire protection. not impinge upon the pilots’ wind- (a) Designated fire zones must be pro- shield. tected from fire by compliance with (c) Engine breathers may not dis- §§ 121.255 through 121.261. charge into the engine air induction system. (b) Designated fire zones are— (1) Engine accessory sections; § 121.245 Fire walls. (2) Installations where no isolation is provided between the engine and acces- Each engine, auxiliary power unit, fuel-burning heater, or other item of sory compartment; and combustion equipment that is intended (3) Areas that contain auxiliary for operation in flight must be isolated power units, fuel-burning heaters, and from the rest of the airplane by means other combustion equipment. of firewalls or shrouds, or by other equivalent means. § 121.255 Flammable fluids. (a) No tanks or reservoirs that are a § 121.247 Fire-wall construction. part of a system containing flammable Each fire wall and shroud must— fluids or gases may be located in des- (a) Be so made that no hazardous ignated fire zones, except where the quantity of air, fluids, or flame can fluid contained, the design of the sys- pass from the engine compartment to tem, the materials used in the tank, other parts of the airplane; the shutoff means, and the connec- (b) Have all openings in the fire wall tions, lines, and controls provide equiv- or shroud sealed with close-fitting fire- alent safety. proof grommets, bushings, or firewall (b) At least one-half inch of clear air- fittings; space must be provided between any (c) Be made of fireproof material; and tank or reservoir and a firewall or (d) Be protected against corrosion. shroud isolating a designated fire zone.

§ 121.249 Cowling. § 121.257 Shutoff means. (a) Cowling must be made and sup- (a) Each engine must have a means ported so as to resist the vibration infor shutting off or otherwise pre- ertia, and air loads to which it may be venting hazardous amounts of fuel, oil, normally subjected. deicer, and other flammable fluids (b) Provisions must be made to allow from flowing into, within, or through rapid and complete drainage of the any designated fire zone. However, cowling in normal ground and flight at- means need not be provided to shut off titudes. Drains must not discharge in flow in lines that are an integral part locations constituting a fire hazard. of an engine. Parts of the cowling that are subjected (b) The shutoff means must allow an to high temperatures because they are emergency operating sequence that is near exhaust system parts or because compatible with the emergency oper- of exhaust gas impingement must be ation of other equipment, such as made of fireproof material. Unless oth- feathering the propeller, to facilitate erwise specified in these regulations all rapid and effective control of fires. other parts of the cowling must be (c) Shutoff means must be located made of material that is at least fire outside of designated fire zones, unless resistant. equivalent safety is provided, and it must be shown that no hazardous § 121.251 Engine accessory section dia- amount of flammable fluid will drain phragm. into any designated fire zone after a Unless equivalent protection can be shut off. shown by other means, a diaphragm (d) Adequate provisions must be that complies with § 121.247 must be made to guard against inadvertent op- provided on air-cooled engines to iso- eration of the shutoff means and to late the engine power section and all make it possible for the crew to reopen parts of the exhaust system from the the shutoff means after it has been engine accessory compartment. closed.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.275

§ 121.259 Lines and fittings. must be charged with dry agent and sealed by the fire-extinguisher manu- (a) Each line, and its fittings, that is facturer or some other person using located in a designated fire zone, if it satisfactory recharging equipment. If carries flammable fluids or gases under carbon dioxide is used, it must not be pressure, or is attached directly to the possible to discharge enough gas into engine, or is subject to relative motion the personnel compartments to create between components (except lines and a danger of suffocating the occupants. fittings forming an integral part of the engine), must be flexible and fire-re- § 121.267 Extinguishing agent con- sistant with fire-resistant, factory- tainer pressure relief. fixed, detachable, or other approved Extinguishing agent containers must fire-resistant ends. be provided with a pressure relief to (b) Lines and fittings that are not prevent bursting of the container be- subject to pressure or to relative mo- cause of excessive internal pressures. tion between components must be of The discharge line from the relief con- fire-resistant materials. nection must terminate outside the § 121.261 Vent and drain lines. airplane in a place convenient for inspection on the ground. An indicator All vent and drain lines and their fit- must be provided at the discharge end tings, that are located in a designated of the line to provide a visual indica- fire zone must, if they carry flammable tion when the container has dis- fluids or gases, comply with § 121.259, if charged. the Administrator finds that the rup- ture or breakage of any vent or drain § 121.269 Extinguishing agent con- line may result in a fire hazard. tainer compartment temperature. Precautions must be taken to insure § 121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems. that the extinguishing agent con- (a) Unless the certificate holder tainers are installed in places where shows that equivalent protection reasonable temperatures can be main- against destruction of the airplane in tained for effective use of the extin- case of fire is provided by the use of guishing system. fireproof materials in the nacelle and other components that would be sub- § 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system jected to flame, fire-extinguishing sys- materials. tems must be provided to serve all des- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ignated fire zones. (b) of this section, each component of a (b) Materials in the fire-extin- fire-extinguishing system that is in a guishing system must not react chemi- designated fire zone must be made of cally with the extinguishing agent so fireproof materials. as to be a hazard. (b) Connections that are subject to relative motion between components of § 121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents. the airplane must be made of flexible Only methyl bromide, carbon dioxide, materials that are at least fire-resist- or another agent that has been shown ant and be located so as to minimize to provide equivalent extinguishing ac- the probability of failure. tion may be used as a fire-extinguishing agent. If methyl bromide or § 121.273 Fire-detector systems. any other toxic extinguishing agent is Enough quick-acting fire detectors used, provisions must be made to pre- must be provided in each designated vent harmful concentrations of fluid or fire zone to assure the detection of any fluid vapors from entering any per- fire that may occur in that zone. sonnel compartment either because of leakage during normal operation of the § 121.275 Fire detectors. airplane or because of discharging the Fire detectors must be made and in- fire extinguisher on the ground or in stalled in a manner that assures their flight when there is a defect in the ex- ability to resist, without failure, all vi- tinguishing system. If a methyl bro- bration, inertia, and other loads to mide system is used, the containers which they may be normally subjected.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.277 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Fire detectors must be unaffected by cate holder may carry cargo in the pas- exposure to fumes, oil, water, or other senger compartment of an airplane. fluids that may be present. (b) Cargo may be carried anywhere in the passenger compartment if it is car- § 121.277 Protection of other airplane ried in an approved cargo bin that components against fire. meets the following requirements: (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) The bin must withstand the load (b) of this section, all airplane surfaces factors and emergency landing condi- aft of the nacelles in the area of one tions applicable to the passenger seats nacelle diameter on both sides of the of the airplane in which the bin is in- nacelle centerline must be made of ma- stalled, multiplied by a factor of 1.15, terial that is at least fire resistant. using the combined weight of the bin (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does and the maximum weight of cargo that not apply to tail surfaces lying behind may be carried in the bin. nacelles unless the dimensional con- (2) The maximum weight of cargo figuration of the airplane is such that that the bin is approved to carry and the tail surfaces could be affected read- any instructions necessary to insure ily by heat, flames, or sparks ema- proper weight distribution within the nating from a designated fire zone or bin must be conspicuously marked on from the engine compartment of any the bin. nacelle. (3) The bin may not impose any load on the floor or other structure of the § 121.279 Control of engine rotation. airplane that exceeds the load limita- (a) Except as provided in paragraph tions of that structure. (b) of this section, each airplane must (4) The bin must be attached to the have a means of individually stopping seat tracks or to the floor structure of and restarting the rotation of any en- the airplane, and its attachment must gine in flight. withstand the load factors and emer- (b) In the case of turbine engine in- gency landing conditions applicable to stallations, a means of stopping the ro- the passenger seats of the airplane in tation need be provided only if the Ad- which the bin is installed, multiplied ministrator finds that rotation could by either the factor 1.15 or the seat at- jeopardize the safety of the airplane. tachment factor specified for the airplane, whichever is greater, using the § 121.281 Fuel system independence. combined weight of the bin and the (a) Each airplane fuel system must be maximum weight of cargo that may be arranged so that the failure of any one carried in the bin. component does not result in the irre- (5) The bin may not be installed in a coverable loss of power of more than position that restricts access to or use one engine. of any required emergency exit, or of (b) A separate fuel tank need not be the aisle in the passenger compart- provided for each engine if the certifi- ment. cate holder shows that the fuel system (6) The bin must be fully enclosed incorporates features that provide and made of material that is at least equivalent safety. flame resistant. (7) Suitable safeguards must be pro- § 121.283 Induction system ice preven- vided within the bin to prevent the tion. cargo from shifting under emergency A means for preventing the malfunc- landing conditions. tioning of each engine due to ice accu- (8) The bin may not be installed in a mulation in the engine air induction position that obscures any passenger’s system must be provided for each air- view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ sign ‘‘no smok- plane. ing’’ sign, or any required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or other approved § 121.285 Carriage of cargo in pas- means for proper notification of the senger compartments. passenger is provided. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) Cargo may be carried aft of a (b), (c), or (d) or this section, no certifi- bulkhead or divider in any passenger

100

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.289

compartment provided the cargo is re- iary sign or other approved means for strained to the load factors in proper notification of the passengers is § 25.561(b)(3) and is loaded as follows: provided. (1) It is properly secured by a safety (5) It is not carried directly above belt or other tiedown having enough seated occupants. strength to eliminate the possibility of (6) It is stowed in compliance with shifting under all normally anticipated this section for takeoff and landing. flight and ground conditions. (7) For cargo-only operations, para- (2) It is packaged or covered in a graph (d)(4) of this section does not manner to avoid possible injury to pas- apply if the cargo is loaded so that at sengers and passenger compartment oc- least one emergency or regular exit is cupants. available to provide all occupants of (3) It does not impose any load on the airplane a means of unobstructed seats or the floor structure that ex- exit from the airplane if an emergency ceeds the load limitation for those occurs. components. (4) Its location does not restrict ac- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as cess to or use of any required emer- amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. gency or regular exit, or of the aisle in 2, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] the passenger compartment. (5) Its location does not obscure any § 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ compartments. sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign, or required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or When cargo is carried in cargo com- other approved means for proper notifi- partments that are designed to require cation of the passenger is provided. the physical entry of a crewmember to (d) Cargo, including carry-on bag- extinguish any fire that may occur gage, may be carried anywhere in the during flight, the cargo must be loaded passenger compartment of a non- so as to allow a crewmember to effec- transport category airplane type cer- tively reach all parts of the compart- tificated after December 31, 1964, if it is ment with the contents of a hand fire carried in an approved cargo rack, bin, extinguisher. or compartment installed in or on the § 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning airplane, if it is secured by an approved device. means, or if it is carried in accordance with each of the following: (a) Except for airplanes that comply (1) For cargo, it is properly secured with the requirements of § 25.729 of this by a safety belt or other tie-down hav- chapter on or after January 6, 1992, ing enough strength to eliminate the each airplane must have a landing gear possibility of shifting under all nor- aural warning device that functions mally anticipated flight and ground continuously under the following con- conditions, or for carry-on baggage, it ditions: is restrained so as to prevent its move- (1) For airplanes with an established ment during air turbulence. approach wing-flap position, whenever (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid the wing flaps are extended beyond the possible injury to occupants. maximum certificated approach climb (3) It does not impose any load on configuration position in the Airplane seats or in the floor structure that ex- Flight Manual and the landing gear is ceeds the load limitation for those not fully extended and locked. components. (2) For airplanes without an estab- (4) It is not located in a position that lished approach climb wing-flap posi- obstructs the access to, or use of, any tion, whenever the wing flaps are ex- required emergency or regular exit, or tended beyond the position at which the use of the aisle between the crew landing gear extension is normally per- and the passenger compartment, or is formed and the landing gear is not located in a position that obscures any fully extended and locked. passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ (b) The warning system required by sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign or placard, or paragraph (a) of this section— any required exit sign, unless an auxil- (1) May not have a manual shutoff;

101

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.291 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) Must be in addition to the throt- (3) Changing the number, location, tle-actuated device installed under the type of emergency exits, or type of type certification airworthiness re- opening mechanism on emergency quirements; and exits available for evacuation. (3) May utilize any part of the throt- (c) In conducting the partial dem- tle-actuated system including the onstration required by paragraph (b) of aural warning device. this section, each certificate holder (c) The flap position sensing unit must: may be installed at any suitable place (1) Demonstrate the effectiveness of in the airplane. its crewmember emergency training and evacuation procedures by con- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as ducting a demonstration, not requiring amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, 1965; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; passengers and observed by the Admin- Amdt. 121–227, 56 FR 63762, Dec. 5, 1991; Amdt. istrator, in which the flight attendants 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] for that type and model of airplane, using that operator’s line operating § 121.291 Demonstration of emergency procedures, open 50 percent of the re- evacuation procedures. quired floor-level emergency exits and (a) Except as provided in paragraph 50 percent of the required non-floor- (a)(1) of this section, each certificate level emergency exits whose opening holder must conduct an actual dem- by a flight attendant is defined as an onstration of emergency evacuation emergency evacuation duty under procedures in accordance with para- § 121.397, and deploy 50 percent of the graph (a) of appendix D to this part to exit slides. The exits and slides will be show that each type and model of air- selected by the administrator and must plane with a seating capacity of more be ready for use within 15 seconds; than 44 passengers to be used in its pas- (2) Apply for and obtain approval senger-carrying operations allows the from the responsible Flight Standards evacuation of the full capacity, includ- office before conducting the dem- ing crewmembers, in 90 seconds or less. onstration; (1) An actual demonstration need not (3) Use flight attendants in this dem- be conducted if that airplane type and onstration who have been selected at model has been shown to be in compli- random by the Administrator, have ance with this paragraph in effect on or completed the certificate holder’s after October 24, 1967, or, if during type FAA-approved training program for the certification, with § 25.803 of this chap- type and model of airplane, and have ter in effect on or after December 1, passed a written or practical examina- 1978. tion on the emergency equipment and (2) Any actual demonstration con- procedures; and ducted after September 27, 1993, must (4) Apply for and obtain approval be in accordance with paragraph (a) of from the responsible Flight Standards appendix D to this part in effect on or office before commencing operations after that date or with § 25.803 in effect with this type and model airplane. on or after that date. (d) Each certificate holder operating (b) Each certificate holder con- or proposing to operate one or more ducting operations with airplanes with landplanes in extended overwater oper- a seating capacity of more than 44 pas- ations, or otherwise required to have sengers must conduct a partial dem- certain equipment under § 121.339, must onstration of emergency evacuation show, by simulated ditching conducted procedures in accordance with para- in accordance with paragraph (b) of ap- graph (c) of this section upon: pendix D to this part, that it has the (1) Initial introduction of a type and ability to efficiently carry out its model of airplane into passenger-car- ditching procedures. For certificate rying operation; holders subject to § 121.2(a)(1), this (2) Changing the number, location, or paragraph applies only when a new emergency evacuation duties or proce- type or model airplane is introduced dures of flight attendants who are re- into the certificate holder’s operations quired by § 121.391; or after January 19, 1996.

102

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.305

(e) For a type and model airplane for § 121.301 Applicability. which the simulated ditching specified This subpart prescribes instrument in paragraph (d) has been conducted by and equipment requirements for all a part 121 certificate holder, the re- certificate holders. quirements of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(4), and (b)(5) of appendix D to this part are § 121.303 Airplane instruments and complied with if each life raft is re- equipment. moved from stowage, one life raft is (a) Unless otherwise specified, the in- launched and inflated (or one slide life strument and equipment requirements raft is inflated) and crewmembers as- of this subpart apply to all operations signed to the inflated life raft display under this part. and describe the use of each item of re- (b) Instruments and equipment required emergency equipment. The life quired by §§ 121.305 through 121.359 and raft or slide life raft to be inflated will 121.803 must be approved and installed be selected by the Administrator. in accordance with the airworthiness [Doc. No. 21269, 46 FR 61453, Dec. 17, 1981, as requirements applicable to them. amended by Amdt. 121–233, 58 FR 45230, Aug. (c) Each airspeed indicator must be 26, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, calibrated in knots, and each airspeed 1995; Amdt. 121–307, 69 FR 67499, Nov. 17, 2004; limitation and item of related informa- Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR tion in the Airplane Flight Manual and 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] pertinent placards must be expressed in knots. § 121.293 Special airworthiness re- (d) Except as provided in §§ 121.627(b) quirements for nontransport cat- and 121.628, no person may take off any egory airplanes type certificated airplane unless the following instru- after December 31, 1964. ments and equipment are in operable No certificate holder may operate a condition: nontransport category airplane manu- (1) Instruments and equipment re- factured after December 20, 1999 unless quired to comply with airworthiness the airplane contains a takeoff warning requirements under which the airplane system that meets the requirements of is type certificated and as required by 14 CFR 25.703. However, the takeoff §§ 121.213 through 121.283 and 121.289. warning system does not have to cover (2) Instruments and equipment speci- any device for which it has been dem- fied in §§ 121.305 through 121.321, 121.359, onstrated that takeoff with that device 121.360, and 121.803 for all operations, in the most adverse position would not and the instruments and equipment create a hazardous condition. specified in §§ 121.323 through 121.351 for the kind of operation indicated, wher- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] ever these items are not already required by paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- § 121.295 Location for a suspect device. tion. After November 28, 2009, all airplanes [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as with a maximum certificated passenger amended by Amdt. 121–44, 33 FR 14406, Sept. seating capacity of more than 60 per- 25, 1968; Amdt. 121–65, 35 FR 12709, Aug. 11, sons must have a location where a sus- 1970; Amdt. 121–114, 39 FR 44440, Dec. 24, 1974; pected explosive or incendiary device Amdt. 121–126, 40 FR 55314, Nov. 28, 1975; found in flight can be placed to mini- Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 12310, Mar. 22, 1991; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. mize the risk to the airplane. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] [Doc. No. FAA–2006–26722, 73 FR 63880, Oct. 28, 2008] § 121.305 Flight and navigational equipment. Subpart K—Instrument and No person may operate an airplane Equipment Requirements unless it is equipped with the following flight and navigational instruments and equipment: SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. (a) An airspeed indicating system 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. with heated pitot tube or equivalent

103

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.306 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

means for preventing malfunctioning (2) Continues reliable operation for a due to icing. minimum of 30 minutes after total fail- (b) A sensitive altimeter. ure of the electrical generating system; (c) A sweep-second hand clock (or ap- (3) Operates independently of any proved equivalent). other attitude indicating system; (d) A free-air temperature indicator. (4) Is operative without selection (e) A gyroscopic bank and pitch indi- after total failure of the electrical gen- cator (artificial horizon). erating system; (5) Is located on the instrument panel (f) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indi- in a position acceptable to the Admin- cator combined with an integral slip- istrator that will make it plainly visi- skid indicator (turn-and-bank indi- ble to and usable by each pilot at his or cator) except that only a slip-skid indi- her station; and cator is required when a third attitude (6) Is appropriately lighted during all instrument system usable through phases of operation. flight attitudes of 360° of pitch and roll is installed in accordance with para- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as graph (k) of this section. amended by Amdt. 121–57, 35 FR 304, Jan. 8, 1970; Amdt. 121–60, 35 FR 7108, May 6, 1970; (g) A gyroscopic direction indicator Amdt. 121–81, 36 FR 23050, Dec. 3, 1971; Amdt. (directional gyro or equivalent). 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121– (h) A magnetic compass. 230, 58 FR 12158, Mar. 3, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 (i) A vertical speed indicator (rate-of- FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR climb indicator). 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] (j) On the airplane described in this § 121.306 Portable electronic devices. paragraph, in addition to two gyroscopic bank and pitch indicators (arti- (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may oper- ficial horizons) for use at the pilot sta- ate, nor may any operator or pilot in tions, a third such instrument is in- command of an aircraft allow the oper- stalled in accordance with paragraph ation of, any portable electronic device (k) of this section: on any U.S.-registered civil aircraft op- (1) On each turbojet powered air- erating under this part. plane. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does (2) On each turbopropeller powered not apply to— airplane having a passenger-seat con- (1) Portable voice recorders; figuration of more than 30 seats, ex- (2) Hearing aids; cluding each crewmember seat, or a (3) Heart pacemakers; payload capacity of more than 7,500 (4) Electric shavers; pounds. (5) Portable oxygen concentrators (3) On each turbopropeller powered that comply with the requirements in airplane having a passenger-seat con- § 121.574; or figuration of 30 seats or fewer, exclud- (6) Any other portable electronic de- ing each crewmember seat, and a pay- vice that the part 119 certificate holder load capacity of 7,500 pounds or less has determined will not cause inter- that is manufactured on or after March ference with the navigation or commu- 20, 1997. nication system of the aircraft on (4) After December 20, 2010, on each which it is to be used. turbopropeller powered airplane having (c) The determination required by a passenger seat configuration of 10–30 paragraph (b)(6) of this section shall be seats and a payload capacity of 7,500 made by that part 119 certificate holder pounds or less that was manufactured operating the particular device to be before March 20, 1997. used. (k) When required by paragraph (j) of [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, this section, a third gyroscopic bank- 1999, as amended by Docket FAA–2014–0554, and-pitch indicator (artificial horizon) Amdt. 121–374, 81 FR 33118, May 24, 2016] that: (1) Is powered from a source inde- § 121.307 Engine instruments. pendent of the electrical generating Unless the Administrator allows or system; requires different instrumentation for

104

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.309

turbine engine powered airplanes to tioning of flight attendants throughout provide equivalent safety, no person the passenger compartment during var- may conduct any operation under this ious phases of flight. part without the following engine in- (b) Except as provided in paragraph struments: (c) of this section, no person may oper- (a) A carburetor air temperature in- ate a passenger-carrying airplane un- dicator for each engine. less each lavatory in the airplane is (b) A cylinder head temperature indi- equipped with a built-in fire extin- cator for each air-cooled engine. guisher for each disposal receptacle for (c) A fuel pressure indicator for each towels, paper, or waste located within engine. the lavatory. The built-in fire extin- (d) A fuel flowmeter or fuel mixture guisher must be designed to discharge indicator for each engine not equipped automatically into each disposal recep- with an automatic altitude mixture tacle upon occurrence of a fire in the control. receptacle. (e) A means for indicating fuel quan- (c) Until December 22, 1997, a certifi- tity in each fuel tank to be used. cate holder described in § 121.2(a) (1) or (f) A manifold pressure indicator for (2) may operate an airplane with a pas- each engine. senger seat configuration of 30 or fewer (g) An oil pressure indicator for each seats that does not comply with the engine. smoke detector system requirements (h) An oil quantity indicator for each described in paragraph (a) of this sec- oil tank when a transfer or separate oil tion and the fire extinguisher require- reserve supply is used. ments described in paragraph (b) of (i) An oil-in temperature indicator this section. for each engine. (d) After December 22, 1997, no person (j) A tachometer for each engine. may operate a nontransport category (k) An independent fuel pressure airplane type certificated after Decem- warning device for each engine or a ber 31, 1964, with a passenger seat con- master warning device for all engines figuration of 10–19 seats unless that with a means for isolating the indi- airplane complies with the smoke de- vidual warning circuits from the mas- tector system requirements described ter warning device. in paragraph (a) of this section, except (l) A device for each reversible pro- that the smoke detector system or peller, to indicate to the pilot when the equivalent must provide a warning propeller is in reverse pitch, that com- light in the cockpit or an audio warn- plies with the following: ing that would be readily detected by (1) The device may be actuated at the flightcrew. any point in the reversing cycle be- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] tween the normal low pitch stop position and full reverse pitch, but it may § 121.309 Emergency equipment. not give an indication at or above the (a) General: No person may operate normal low pitch stop position. an airplane unless it is equipped with (2) The source of indication must be the emergency equipment listed in this actuated by the propeller blade angle section and in § 121.310. or be directly responsive to it. (b) Each item of emergency and flotation equipment listed in this section § 121.308 Lavatory fire protection. and in §§ 121.310, 121.339, and 121.340— (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (1) Must be inspected regularly in ac- (c) and (d) of this section, no person cordance with inspection periods estab- may operate a passenger-carrying air- lished in the operations specifications plane unless each lavatory in the air- to ensure its condition for continued plane is equipped with a smoke detec- serviceability and immediate readiness tor system or equivalent that provides to perform its intended emergency pur- a warning light in the cockpit or proposes; vides a warning light or audio warning (2) Must be readily accessible to the in the passenger cabin which would be crew and, with regard to equipment lo- readily detected by a flight attendant, cated in the passenger compartment, taking into consideration the posi- to passengers;

105

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.309 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(3) Must be clearly identified and MINIMUM NUMBER OF HAND FIRE clearly marked to indicate its method EXTINGUISHERS of operation; and Passenger seating accommodations: (4) When carried in a compartment or 61 through 200 ...... 3 container, must be carried in a com- 201 through 300 ...... 4 partment or container marked as to 301 through 400 ...... 5 contents and the compartment or con- 401 through 500 ...... 6 tainer, or the item itself, must be 501 through 600 ...... 7 marked as to date of last inspection. 601 or more ...... 8 (c) Hand fire extinguishers for crew, (6) Notwithstanding the requirement passenger, cargo, and galley compart- for uniform distribution of hand fire ments. Hand fire extinguishers of an ap- extinguishers as prescribed in para- proved type must be provided for use in graph (c)(5) of this section, for those crew, passenger, cargo, and galley com- cases where a galley is located in a pas- partments in accordance with the fol- senger compartment, at least one hand lowing: fire extinguisher must be conveniently (1) The type and quantity of extin- located and easily accessible for use in guishing agent must be suitable for the the galley. kinds of fires likely to occur in the (7) At least two of the required hand compartment where the extinguisher is fire extinguisher installed in pas- intended to be used and, for passenger senger-carrying airplanes must contain compartments, must be designed to Halon 1211 minimize the hazard of toxic gas con- (bromochlorofluoromethane) or equiva- centrations. lent as the extinguishing agent. At (2) Cargo compartments. At least one least one hand fire extinguisher in the hand fire extinguisher must be conven- passenger compartment must contain iently located for use in each class E Halon 1211 or equivalent. cargo compartment that is accessible (d) [Reserved] to crewmembers during flight. (e) Crash ax. Except for nontransport (3) Galley compartments. At least one category airplanes type certificated hand fire extinguisher must be conven- after December 31, 1964, each airplane iently located for use in each galley lo- must be equipped with a crash ax. cated in a compartment other than a (f) Megaphones. Each passenger-car- passenger, cargo, or crew compart- rying airplane must have a portable ment. battery-powered megaphone or mega- (4) Flightcrew compartment. At least phones readily accessible to the crew- one hand fire extinguisher must be con- members assigned to direct emergency veniently located on the flight deck for evacuation, installed as follows: use by the flightcrew. (1) One megaphone on each airplane (5) Passenger compartments. Hand fire with a seating capacity of more than 60 extinguishers for use in passenger com- and less than 100 passengers, at the partments must be conveniently lo- most rearward location in the pas- cated and, when two or more are re- senger cabin where it would be readily quired, uniformly distributed through- accessible to a normal flight attendant out each compartment. Hand fire ex- seat. However, the Administrator may tinguishers shall be provided in pas- grant a deviation from the require- senger compartments as follows: ments of this subparagraph if he finds (i) For airplanes having passenger that a different location would be more seats accommodating more than 6 but useful for evacuation of persons during fewer than 31 passengers, at least one. an emergency. (ii) For airplanes having passenger (2) Two megaphones in the passenger seats accommodating more than 30 but cabin on each airplane with a seating fewer than 61 passengers, at least two. capacity of more than 99 passengers, one installed at the forward end and (iii) For airplanes having passenger the other at the most rearward loca- seats accommodating more than 60 pas- tion where it would be readily acces- sengers, there must be at least the fol- sible to a normal flight attendant seat. lowing number of hand fire extinguishers: [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964]

106

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.310

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- at another ceiling location if it is more tations affecting § 121.309, see the List of CFR practical because of low headroom; Sections Affected, which appears in the (ii) Next to each floor level passenger Finding Aids section of the printed volume emergency exit, except that one sign and at www.govinfo.gov. may serve two such exits if they both § 121.310 Additional emergency equip- can be seen readily from that sign; and ment. (iii) On each bulkhead or divider that prevents fore and aft vision along the (a) Means for emergency evacuation. passenger cabin, to indicate emergency Each passenger-carrying landplane exits beyond and obscured by it, except emergency exit (other than over-the- that if this is not possible the sign may wing) that is more than 6 feet from the be placed at another appropriate loca- ground with the airplane on the ground tion. and the landing gear extended, must (2) Each passenger emergency exit have an approved means to assist the marking and each locating sign must occupants in descending to the ground. meet the following: The assisting means for a floor-level (i) Except as provided in paragraph emergency exit must meet the require- (b)(2)(iii) of this section, for an air- ments of § 25.809(f)(1) of this chapter in plane for which the application for the effect on April 30, 1972, except that, for type certificate was filed prior to May any airplane for which the application 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit for the type certificate was filed after marking and each locating sign must that date, it must meet the require- be manufactured to meet the requirements under which the airplane was ments of § 25.812(b) of this chapter in ef- type certificated. An assisting means fect on April 30, 1972. On these air- that deploys automatically must be planes, no sign may continue to be armed during taxiing, takeoffs, and used if its luminescence (brightness) landings. However, if the Adminis- decreases to below 100 microlamberts. trator finds that the design of the exit The colors may be reversed if it in- makes compliance impractical, he may creases the emergency illumination of grant a deviation from the requirement the passenger compartment. However, of automatic deployment if the assist- the Administrator may authorize devi- ing means automatically erects upon ation from the 2-inch background re- deployment and, with respect to requirements if he finds that special cir- quired emergency exits, if an emer- cumstances exist that make compli- gency evacuation demonstration is ance impractical and that the proposed conducted in accordance with deviation provides an equivalent level § 121.291(a). This paragraph does not of safety. apply to the rear window emergency (ii) For a transport category airplane exit of DC–3 airplanes operated with for which the application for the type less than 36 occupants, including crew- certificate was filed on or after May 1, members and less than five exits au- 1972, each passenger emergency exit thorized for passenger use. marking and each locating sign must (b) Interior emergency exit marking. be manufactured to meet the interior The following must be complied with emergency exit marking requirements for each passenger-carrying airplane: under which the airplane was type cer- (1) Each passenger emergency exit, tificated. On these airplanes, no sign its means of access, and its means of may continue to be used if its lumines- opening must be conspicuously cence (brightness) decreases to below marked. The identity and location of 250 microlamberts. each passenger emergency exit must be (iii) For a nontransport category tur- recognizable from a distance equal to bopropeller powered airplane type cer- the width of the cabin. The location of tificated after December 31, 1964, each each passenger emergency exit must be passenger emergency exit marking and indicated by a sign visible to occupants each locating sign must be manufac- approaching along the main passenger tured to have white letters 1 inch high aisle. There must be a locating sign— on a red background 2 inches high, be (i) Above the aisle near each over- self-illuminated or independently, in- the-wing passenger emergency exit, or ternally electrically illuminated, and

107

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.310 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

have a minimum brightness of at least (ii) Have a means to prevent inad- 160 microlamberts. The color may be vertent operation of the manual con- reversed if the passenger compartment trols; and illumination is essentially the same. (iii) When armed or turned on at ei- On these airplanes, no sign may con- ther station, remain lighted or become tinue to be used if its luminescence lighted upon interruption of the air- (brightness) decreases to below 100 plane’s normal electric power. microlamberts. (2) Each light must be armed or (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit turned on during taxiing, takeoff, and markings. Except for nontransport cat- landing. In showing compliance with egory airplanes type certificated after this paragraph a transverse vertical December 31, 1964, each passenger-car- separation of the fuselage need not be rying airplane must have an emergency considered. lighting system, independent of the (3) Each light must provide the remain lighting system. However, quired level of illumination for at least sources of general cabin illumination 10 minutes at the critical ambient con- may be common to both the emergency ditions after emergency landing. and the main lighting systems if the (4) Each light must have a cockpit power supply to the emergency light- control device that has an ‘‘on,’’ ‘‘off,’’ ing system is independent of the power and ‘‘armed’’ position. supply to the main lighting system. (e) Emergency exit operating handles. The emergency lighting system (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane must— for which the application for the type (1) Illuminate each passenger exit certificate was filed prior to May 1, marking and locating sign; 1972, the location of each passenger (2) Provide enough general lighting emergency exit operating handle, and in the passenger cabin so that the aver- instructions for opening the exit, must age illumination when measured at 40- be shown by a marking on or near the inch intervals at seat armrest height, exit that is readable from a distance of on the centerline of the main passenger 30 inches. In addition, for each Type I aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-candles; and and Type II emergency exit with a (3) For airplanes type certificated locking mechanism released by rotary after January 1, 1958, after November motion of the handle, the instructions 26, 1986, include floor proximity emer- for opening must be shown by— gency escape path marking which (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least meets the requirements of § 25.812(e) of three-fourths inch wide and a head this chapter in effect on November 26, twice the width of the shaft, extending 1984. along at least 70° of arc at a radius ap- (d) Emergency light operation. Except proximately equal to three-fourths of for lights forming part of emergency the handle length; and lighting subsystems provided in com- (ii) The word ‘‘open’’ in red letters 1 pliance with § 25.812(h) of this chapter inch high placed horizontally near the (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this head of the arrow. section) that serve no more than one (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane assist means, are independent of the for which the application for the type airplane’s main emergency lighting certificate was filed on or after May 1, systems, and are automatically acti- 1972, the location of each passenger vated when the assist means is de- emergency exit operating handle and ployed, each light required by para- instructions for opening the exit must graphs (c) and (h) of this section must be shown in accordance with the re- comply with the following: quirements under which the airplane (1) Each light must— was type certificated. On these air- (i) Be operable manually both from planes, no operating handle or oper- the flightcrew station and, for air- ating handle cover may continue to be planes on which a flight attendant is used if its luminescence (brightness) required, from a point in the passenger decreases to below 100 microlamberts. compartment that is readily accessible (f) Emergency exit access. Access to to a normal flight attendant seat; emergency exits must be provided as

108

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.310

follows for each passenger-carrying determined that special circumstances transport category airplane: make compliance impractical. Such (1) Each passage way between indi- special circumstances include, but are vidual passenger areas, or leading to a not limited to, the following conditions Type I or Type II emergency exit, must when they preclude achieving compli- be unobstructed and at least 20 inches ance with § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) without wide. a reduction in the total number of pas- (2) For each Type I or Type II emer- senger seats: emergency exits located gency exit equipped with an assist in close proximity to each other; fixed means, there must be enough space installations such as lavatories, gal- next to the exit to allow a crewmember leys, etc.; permanently mounted bulk- to assist in the evacuation of pas- heads; an insufficient number of rows sengers without reducing the unob- ahead of or behind the exit to enable structed width of the passageway below compliance without a reduction in the that required in paragraph (f)(1) of this seat row pitch of more than one inch; section. In addition, all airplanes man- or an insufficient number of such rows ufactured on or after November 26, 2008 to enable compliance without a reduc- must comply with the provisions of tion in the seat row pitch to less than §§ 25.813(b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) in 30 inches. A request for such grant of effect on November 26, 2004. However, a deviation must include credible rea- deviation from this requirement may sons as to why literal compliance with be authorized for an airplane certifi- § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) is impractical and cated under the provisions of part 4b of a description of the steps taken to the Civil Air Regulations in effect be- achieve a level of safety as close to fore December 20, 1951, if the Adminis- that intended by § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) trator finds that special circumstances as is practical. exist that provide an equivalent level (v) The Director of the division of the of safety. Aircraft Certification Service respon- (3) There must be access from the sible for the airworthiness rules may main aisle to each Type III and Type also authorize a compliance date later IV exit. The access from the aisle to than December 3, 1992, if it is deter- these exits must not be obstructed by mined that special circumstances seats, berths, or other protrusions in a make compliance by that date imprac- manner that would reduce the effec- tical. A request for such grant of devi- tiveness of the exit. In addition— ation must outline the airplanes for (i) For an airplane for which the ap- which compliance will be achieved by plication for the type certificate was December 3, 1992, and include a pro- filed prior to May 1, 1972, the access posed schedule for incremental compli- must meet the requirements of § 25.813(c) of this chapter in effect on ance of the remaining airplanes in the April 30, 1972; and operator’s fleet. In addition, the re- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- quest must include credible reasons plication for the type certificate was why compliance cannot be achieved filed on or after May 1, 1972, the access earlier. must meet the emergency exit access (4) If it is necessary to pass through requirements under which the airplane a passageway between passenger com- was type certificated; except that, partments to reach any required emer- (iii) After December 3, 1992, the ac- gency exit from any seat in the pas- cess for an airplane type certificated senger cabin, the passageway must not after January 1, 1958, must meet the re- be obstructed. However, curtains may quirements of § 25.813(c) of this chapter, be used if they allow free entry effective June 3, 1992. through the passageway. (iv) Contrary provisions of this sec- (5) No door may be installed in any tion notwithstanding, the Director of partition between passenger compart- the division of the Aircraft Certifi- ments. cation Service responsible for the air- (6) No person may operate an airworthiness rules may authorize devi- plane manufactured after November 27, ation from the requirements of para- 2006, that incorporates a door installed graph (f)(3)(iii) of this section if it is between any passenger seat occupiable

109

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.310 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

for takeoff and landing and any pas- exterior lighting that meets the fol- senger emergency exit, such that the lowing requirements: door crosses any egress path (including (i) For an airplane for which the ap- aisles, crossaisles and passageways). plication for the type certificate was (7) If it is necessary to pass through filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- a doorway separating the passenger ments of § 25.812 (f) and (g) of this chap- cabin from other areas to reach re- ter in effect on April 30, 1972. quired emergency exit from any pas- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- senger seat, the door must have a plication for the type certificate was means to latch it in open position, and filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exte- the door must be latched open during rior emergency lighting requirements each takeoff and landing. The latching under which the airplane was type cer- means must be able to withstand the tificated. loads imposed upon it when the door is (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane subjected to the ultimate inertia must be equipped with a slip-resistant forces, relative to the surrounding escape route that meets the following structure, listed in § 25.561(b) of this requirements: chapter. (i) For an airplane for which the ap- (g) Exterior exit markings. Each pas- plication for the type certificate was senger emergency exit and the means filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- of opening that exit from the outside ments of § 25.803(e) of this chapter in ef- must be marked on the outside of the fect on April 30, 1972. airplane. There must be a 2-inch col- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- ored band outlining each passenger plication for the type certificate was emergency exit on the side of the fuse- filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-re- lage. Each outside marking, including sistant escape route requirements the band, must be readily distinguish- under which the airplane was type cer- able from the surrounding fuselage tificated. area by contrast in color. The mark- (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level ings must comply with the following: door or exit in the side of the fuselage (1) If the reflectance of the darker (other than those leading into a cargo color is 15 percent or less, the reflec- or baggage compartment that is not tance of the lighter color must be at accessible from the passenger cabin) least 45 percent. that is 44 or more inches high and 20 or (2) If the reflectance of the darker more inches wide, but not wider than color is greater than 15 percent, at 46 inches, each passenger ventral exit least a 30 percent difference between (except the ventral exits on M–404 and its reflectance and the reflectance of CV–240 airplanes), and each tail cone the lighter color must be provided. exit, must meet the requirements of (3) Exits that are not in the side of this section for floor level emergency the fuselage must have the external exits. However, the Administrator may means of opening and applicable in- grant a deviation from this paragraph structions marked conspicuously in red if he finds that circumstances make or, if red is inconspicuous against the full compliance impractical and that background color, in bright chrome an acceptable level of safety has been yellow and, when the opening means achieved. for such an exit is located on only one (j) Additional emergency exits. Ap- side of the fuselage, a conspicuous proved emergency exits in the pas- marking to that effect must be pro- senger compartments that are in ex- vided on the other side. Reflectance is cess of the minimum number of re- the ratio of the luminous flux reflected quired emergency exits must meet all by a body to the luminous flux it re- of the applicable provisions of this sec- ceives. tion except paragraphs (f)(1), (2), and (h) Exterior emergency lighting and es- (3) of this section and must be readily cape route. (1) Except for nontransport accessible. category airplanes certificated after (k) On each large passenger-carrying December 31, 1964, each passenger-car- turbojet-powered airplane, each ven- rying airplane must be equipped with tral exit and tailcone exit must be—

110

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.311

(1) Designed and constructed so that safety belt and two persons occupying it cannot be opened during flight; and a multiple lounge or divan seat may (2) Marked with a placard readable share one approved safety belt during from a distance of 30 inches and in- en route flight only. stalled at a conspicuous location near (b) Except as provided in this para- the means of opening the exit, stating graph, each person on board an air- that the exit has been designed and plane operated under this part shall oc- constructed so that it cannot be opened cupy an approved seat or berth with a during flight. separate safety belt properly secured (l) Emergency exit features. (1) Each about him or her during movement on transport category airplane manufac- the surface, takeoff, and landing. A tured after November 26, 2007 must com- safety belt provided for the occupant of ply with the provisions of § 25.809(i) and a seat may not be used by more than (2) After November 26, 2007 each one person who has reached his or her transport category airplane must com- second birthday. Notwithstanding the ply with the provisions of preceding requirements, a child may: § 25.813(b)(6)(ii) in effect on November (1) Be held by an adult who is occu- 26, 2007. pying an approved seat or berth, pro- (m) Except for an airplane used in op- vided the child has not reached his or erations under this part on October 16, her second birthday and the child does 1987, and having an emergency exit not occupy or use any restraining de- configuration installed and authorized vice; or for operation prior to October 16, 1987, (2) Notwithstanding any other re- for an airplane that is required to have quirement of this chapter, occupy an more than one passenger emergency approved child restraint system fur- exit for each side of the fuselage, no nished by the certificate holder or one passenger emergency exit shall be of the persons described in paragraph more than 60 feet from any adjacent (b)(2)(i) of this section, provided: passenger emergency exit on the same (i) The child is accompanied by a par- side of the same deck of the fuselage, ent, guardian, or attendant designated as measured parallel to the airplane’s by the child’s parent or guardian to at- longitudinal axis between the nearest tend to the safety of the child during exit edges. the flight; (n) Portable lights. No person may op- (ii) Except as provided in paragraph erate a passenger-carrying airplane un- (b)(2)(ii)(D) of this section, the ap- less it is equipped with flashlight stow- proved child restraint system bears one age provisions accessible from each or more labels as follows: flight attendant seat. (A) Seats manufactured to U.S. [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3205, Mar. 9, 1965] standards between January 1, 1981, and February 25, 1985, must bear the label: EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- ‘‘This child restraint system conforms tations affecting § 121.310, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the to all applicable Federal motor vehicle Finding Aids section of the printed volume safety standards.’’ and at www.govinfo.gov. (B) Seats manufactured to U.S. standards on or after February 26, 1985, § 121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoul- must bear two labels: der harnesses. (1) ‘‘This child restraint system con- (a) No person may operate an air- forms to all applicable Federal motor plane unless there are available during vehicle safety standards’’; and the takeoff, en route flight, and land- (2) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER- ing— TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI- (1) An approved seat or berth for each CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let- person on board the airplane who has tering; reached his second birthday; and (C) Seats that do not qualify under (2) An approved safety belt for sepa- paragraphs (B)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(B) rate use by each person on board the of this section must bear a label or airplane who has reached his second markings showing: birthday, except that two persons occu- (1) That the seat was approved by a pying a berth may share one approved foreign government;

111

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.311 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) That the seat was manufactured quested by the child’s parent, guardian, under the standards of the United Na- or designated attendant, from occu- tions; pying a child restraint system fur- (3) That the seat or child restraint nished by the child’s parent, guardian, device furnished by the certificate or designated attendant provided— holder was approved by the FAA (i) The child holds a ticket for an ap- through Type Certificate or Supple- proved seat or berth or such seat or mental Type Certificate; or berth is otherwise made available by (4) That the seat or child restraint the certificate holder for the child’s device furnished by the certificate use; holder, or one of the persons described (ii) The requirements of paragraph in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, (b)(2)(i) of this section are met; was approved by the FAA in accord- (iii) The requirements of paragraph ance with § 21.8(d) of this chapter or (b)(2)(iii) of this section are met; and Technical Standard Order C–100b, or a (iv) The child restraint system has later version. The child restraint de- one or more of the labels described in vice manufactured by AmSafe, Inc. paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) through (CARES, Part No. 4082) and approved (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this section. by the FAA in accordance with (3) This section does not prohibit the § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter may certificate holder from providing child continue to bear a label or markings restraint systems authorized by this showing FAA approval in accordance section or, consistent with safe oper- with § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter. ating practices, determining the most (D) Except as provided in appropriate passenger seat location for § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and the child restraint system. § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(4), booster-type (d) Each sideward facing seat must child restraint systems (as defined in comply with the applicable require- Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard ments of § 25.785(c) of this chapter. No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har- (e) Except as provided in paragraphs ness-type child restraint systems, and (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section, no lap held child restraints are not ap- certificate holder may take off or land proved for use in aircraft; and an airplane unless each passenger seat (iii) The certificate holder complies back is in the upright position. Each with the following requirements: passenger shall comply with instruc- (A) The restraint system must be tions given by a crewmember in com- properly secured to an approved for- pliance with this paragraph. ward-facing seat or berth; (1) This paragraph does not apply to (B) The child must be properly se- seat backs placed in other than the up- cured in the restraint system and must right position in compliance with not exceed the specified weight limit § 121.310(f)(3). for the restraint system; and (2) This paragraph does not apply to (C) The restraint system must bear seats on which cargo or persons who the appropriate label(s). are unable to sit erect for a medical (c) Except as provided in paragraph reason are carried in accordance with (c)(3) of this section, the following pro- procedures in the certificate holder’s hibitions apply to certificate holders: manual if the seat back does not ob- (1) Except as provided in struct any passenger’s access to the § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and aisle or to any emergency exit. § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(4), no certificate (3) On airplanes with no flight at- holder may permit a child, in an air- tendant, the certificate holder may craft, to occupy a booster-type child take off or land as long as the restraint system, a vest-type child re- flightcrew instructs each passenger to straint system, a harness-type child replace his or her seat back in the up- straint system, or a lap held child re- right position for takeoff and landing. straint system during take off, landing, (f) No person may operate a transport and movement on the surface. category airplane that was type certifi- (2) Except as required in paragraph cated after January 1, 1958, or a non- (c)(1) of this section, no certificate transport category airplane manufac- holder may prohibit a child, if re- tured after March 20, 1997, unless it is

112

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.312

equipped at each flight deck station senger and flight attendant seats on with a combined safety belt and shoul- the airplane meet the requirements of der harness that meets the applicable § 25.562 in effect on or after June 16, requirements specified in § 25.785 of this 1988. chapter, effective March 6, 1980, except (k) Seat dimension disclosure. (1) Each that— air carrier that conducts operations (1) Shoulder harnesses and combined under this part and that has a Web site safety belt and shoulder harnesses that must make available on its Web site were approved and installed before the width of the narrowest and widest March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; passenger seats in each class of service and for each airplane make, model and se- (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness ries operated by that air carrier in pas- restraint systems may be designed to senger-carrying operations. the inertia load factors established (2) For purposes of paragraph (k)(1) of under the certification basis of the air- this section, the width of a passenger plane. seat means the distance between the (g) Each flight attendant must have a inside of the armrests for that seat. seat for takeoff and landing in the passenger compartment that meets the re- [Doc. No. 7522, 32 FR 13267, Sept. 20, 1967] quirements of § 25.785 of this chapter, EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- effective March 6, 1980, except that— tations affecting § 121.311, see the List of CFR (1) Combined safety belt and shoulder Sections Affected, which appears in the harnesses that were approved and in- Finding Aids section of the printed volume stalled before March, 6, 1980, may con- and at www.govinfo.gov. tinue to be used; and (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness § 121.312 Materials for compartment restraint systems may be designed to interiors. the inertia load factors established (a) All interior materials; transport cat- under the certification basis of the air- egory airplanes and nontransport cat- plane. egory airplanes type certificated before (3) The requirements of § 25.785(h) do January 1, 1965. Except for the mate- not apply to passenger seats occupied rials covered by paragraph (b) of this by flight attendants not required by section, all materials in each compart- § 121.391. ment of a transport category airplane, (h) Each occupant of a seat equipped or a nontransport category airplane with a shoulder harness or with a com- type certificated before January 1, 1965, bined safety belt and shoulder harness used by the crewmembers and pas- must have the shoulder harness or sengers, must meet the requirements of combined safety belt and shoulder har- § 25.853 of this chapter in effect as fol- ness properly secured about that occu- lows, or later amendment thereto: pant during takeoff and landing, except that a shoulder harness that is not (1) Airplane with passenger seating ca- combined with a safety belt may be un- pacity of 20 or more—(i) Manufactured fastened if the occupant cannot per- after August 19, 1988, but prior to August form the required duties with the 20, 1990. Except as provided in para- shoulder harness fastened. graph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each air- (i) At each unoccupied seat, the safe- plane with a passenger capacity of 20 or ty belt and shoulder harness, if in- more and manufactured after August stalled, must be secured so as not to 19, 1988, but prior to August 20, 1990, interfere with crewmembers in the per- must comply with the heat release rate formance of their duties or with the testing provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect rapid egress of occupants in an emer- March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in gency. effect on August 20, 1986) (see App. L of (j) After October 27, 2009, no person this part), except that the total heat may operate a transport category air- release over the first 2 minutes of sam- plane type certificated after January 1, ple exposure must not exceed 100 kilo- 1958 and manufactured on or after Oc- watt minutes per square meter and the tober 27, 2009 in passenger-carrying op- peak heat release rate must not exceed erations under this part unless all pas- 100 kilowatts per square meter.

113

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.312 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(ii) Manufactured after August 19, 1990. (ii) Substantially complete replacement Each airplane with a passenger capac- of the cabin interior on or after August 20, ity of 20 or more and manufactured 1990. Each airplane that was type cer- after August 19, 1990, must comply with tificated after January 1, 1958, and has the heat release rate and smoke testing a passenger capacity of 20 or more, provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect March must comply with the heat release rate 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1)(see app. L and smoke testing provisions of of this part) in effect on September 26, § 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (for- 1988). merly § 25.853(a–1) in effect on Sep- (2) Substantially complete replacement tember 26, 1988)(see app. L of this part), of the cabin interior on or after May 1, if there is a substantially complete re- 1972—(i) Airplane for which the applica- placement of the cabin interior compo- tion for type certificate was filed prior to nents identified in § 25.853(d), on or May 1, 1972. Except as provided in para- after August 20, 1990. graph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this sec- (4) Contrary provisions of this section, each airplane for which the appli- tion notwithstanding, the Director of cation for type certificate was filed the division of the Aircraft Certifi- prior to May 1, 1972, must comply with cation Service responsible for the air- the provisions of § 25.853 in effect on worthiness rules may authorize devi- April 30, 1972, regardless of passenger ation from the requirements of para- capacity, if there is a substantially graph (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or complete replacement of the cabin in- (a)(3)(ii) of this section for specific terior after April 30, 1972. components of the cabin interior that (ii) Airplane for which the application do not meet applicable flammability for type certificate was filed on or after and smoke emission requirements, if May 1, 1972. Except as provided in para- the determination is made that special graph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this sec- circumstances exist that make compli- tion, each airplane for which the appliance impractical. Such grants of devi- cation for type certificate was filed on ation will be limited to those airplanes or after May 1, 1972, must comply with manufactured within 1 year after the the material requirements under which applicable date specified in this section the airplane was type certificated, regardless of passenger capacity, if there and those airplanes in which the inte- is a substantially complete replace- rior is replaced within 1 year of that ment of the cabin interior on or after date. A request for such grant of devi- that date. ation must include a thorough and ac- (3) Airplane type certificated after Jan- curate analysis of each component sub- uary 1, 1958, with passenger capacity of 20 ject to § 25.853(a–1), the steps being or more—(i) Substantially complete re- taken to achieve compliance, and, for placement of the cabin interior on or after the few components for which timely March 6, 1995. Except as provided in compliance will not be achieved, cred- paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each ible reasons for such noncompliance. airplane that was type certificated (5) Contrary provisions of this sec- after January 1, 1958, and has a pas- tion notwithstanding, galley carts and senger capacity of 20 or more, must galley standard containers that do not comply with the heat release rate test- meet the flammability and smoke ing provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect emission requirements of § 25.853(d) in March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a– effect on August 20, 1986)(see app. L of 1)) (see app. L of this part) may be used this part), if there is a substantially in airplanes that must meet the re- complete replacement of the cabin in- quirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), terior components identified in (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(ii) of this § 25.853(d), on or after that date, except section, provided the galley carts or that the total heat release over the standard containers were manufac- first 2 minutes of sample exposure shall tured prior to March 6, 1995. not exceed 100 kilowatt-minutes per (b) Seat cushions. Seat cushions, ex- square meter and the peak heat release cept those on flight crewmember seats, rate must not exceed 100 kilowatts per in each compartment occupied by crew square meter. or passengers, must comply with the

114

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.313

requirements pertaining to seat cush- the lower half of the fuselage must ions in § 25.853(c) effective on November meet the flame penetration resistance 26, 1984, on each airplane as follows: requirements of § 25.856 of this chapter, (1) Each transport category airplane effective September 2, 2003. type certificated after January 1, 1958; [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65930, Dec. 20, 1995, as and amended by Amdt. 121–301, 68 FR 45083, July (2) On or after December 20, 2010, 31, 2003; Amdt. 121–320, 70 FR 77752, Dec. 30, each nontransport category airplane 2005; Amdt. 121–330, 72 FR 1442, Jan. 12, 2007; type certificated after December 31, Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 1964. 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (c) All interior materials; airplanes type certificated in accordance with SFAR No. § 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment. 41 of 14 CFR part 21. No person may op- No person may conduct any oper- erate an airplane that conforms to an ation unless the following equipment is amended or supplemental type certifi- installed in the airplane: cate issued in accordance with SFAR (a) If protective fuses are installed on No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21 for a maximum an airplane, the number of spare fuses certificated takeoff weight in excess of approved for that airplane and appro- 12,500 pounds unless the airplane meets priately described in the certificate the compartment interior require- holder’s manual. ments set forth in § 25.853(a) in effect (b) A windshield wiper or equivalent March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a), (b), for each pilot station. (b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) of this chapter in (c) A power supply and distribution effect on September 26, 1978)(see app. L system that meets the requirements of of this part). §§ 25.1309, 25.1331, 25.1351(a) and (b)(1) (d) All interior materials; other air- through (4), 25.1353, 25.1355, and planes. For each material or seat cush- 25.1431(b) or that is able to produce and ion to which a requirement in para- distribute the load for the required in- graphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section struments and equipment, with use of does not apply, the material and seat an external power supply if any one cushion in each compartment used by power source or component of the the crewmembers and passengers must power distribution system fails. The meet the applicable requirement under use of common elements in the system which the airplane was type certifi- may be approved if the Administrator cated. finds that they are designed to be rea- (e) Thermal/acoustic insulation ma- sonably protected against malfunc- terials. For transport category air- tioning. Engine-driven sources of en- planes type certificated after January ergy, when used, must be on separate 1, 1958: engines. (1) For airplanes manufactured before (d) A means for indicating the ade- September 2, 2005, when thermal/acous- quacy of the power being supplied to tic insulation is installed in the fuse- required flight instruments. lage as replacements after September (e) Two independent static pressure 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the systems, vented to the outside atmos- flame propagation requirements of pheric pressure so that they will be § 25.856 of this chapter, effective Sep- least affected by air flow variation or tember 2, 2003, if it is: moisture or other foreign matter, and (i) Of a blanket construction or installed so as to be airtight except for (ii) Installed around air ducting. the vent. When a means is provided for (2) For airplanes manufactured after transferring an instrument from its September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic in- primary operating system to an alter- sulation materials installed in the fu- nate system, the means must include a selage must meet the flame propaga- positive positioning control and must tion requirements of § 25.856 of this be marked to indicate clearly which chapter, effective September 2, 2003. system is being used. (3) For airplanes with a passenger ca- (f) A door between the passenger and pacity of 20 or greater, manufactured pilot compartments (i.e., flightdeck after September 2, 2009, thermal/acous- door), with a locking means to prevent tic insulation materials installed in passengers from opening it without the

115

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.314 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

pilot’s permission, except that non- event that a flightcrew member be- transport category airplanes certifi- comes incapacitated. Any associated cated after December 31, 1964, are not signal or confirmation system must be required to comply with this para- operable by each flightcrew member graph. For airplanes equipped with a from that flightcrew member’s duty crew rest area having separate entries station. from the flightdeck and the passenger (2) After October 1, 2003, for transport compartment, a door with such a lock- category, all-cargo airplanes that had a ing means must be provided between door installed between the pilot com- the crew rest area and the passenger partment and any other occupied com- compartment. partment on or after January 15, 2002, (g) A key for each door that sepa- each such door must meet the require- rates a passenger compartment from ments of § 25.795(a)(1) and (2) in effect another compartment that has emer- on January 15, 2002; or the operator gency exit provisions. Except for must implement a security program flightdeck doors, a key must be readily approved by the Transportation Secu- available for each crewmember. Except rity Administration (TSA) for the oper- as provided below, no person other ation of all airplanes in that operator’s than a person who is assigned to per- fleet. form duty on the flightdeck may have (k) Except for all-cargo operations as a key to the flightdeck door. Before defined in § 110.2 of this chapter, for all April 22, 2003, any crewmember may passenger-carrying airplanes that re- have a key to the flightdeck door but quire a lockable flightdeck door in ac- only if the flightdeck door has an in- cordance with paragraph (f) of this sec- ternal flightdeck locking device in- tion, a means to monitor from the stalled, operative, and in use. Such flightdeck side of the door the area ‘‘internal flightdeck locking device’’ outside the flightdeck door to identify has to be designed so that it can only persons requesting entry and to detect be unlocked from inside the flightdeck. suspicious behavior and potential (h) A placard on each door that is the threats. means of access to a required passenger [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as emergency exit, to indicate that it amended by Amdt. 121–5, 30 FR 6113, Apr. 30, must be open during takeoff and land- 1965; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; ing. Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2127, Jan. 15, 2002; Amdt. (i) A means for the crew, in an emer- 121–299, 68 FR 42881, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 121– gency to unlock each door that leads to 334, 72 FR 45635, Aug. 15, 2007; Amdt. 121–353, a compartment that is normally acces- 76 FR 7488, Feb. 10, 2011] sible to passengers and that can be locked by passengers. § 121.314 Cargo and baggage compart- (j) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes ments. required by paragraph (f) of this sec- For each transport category airplane tion to have a door between the pas- type certificated after January 1, 1958: senger and pilot or crew rest compart- (a) Each Class C or Class D compartments, and for transport category, all- ment, as defined in § 25.857 of this Chap- cargo airplanes that have a door inter in effect on June 16, 1986 (see Ap- stalled between the pilot compartment pendix L to this part), that is greater and any other occupied compartment than 200 cubic feet in volume must on January 15, 2002; have ceiling and sidewall liner panels (1) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes which are constructed of: required by paragraph (f) of this sec- (1) Glass fiber reinforced resin; tion to have a door between the pas- (2) Materials which meet the test re- senger and pilot or crew rest compart- quirements of part 25, appendix F, part ments, III of this chapter; or (i) Each such door must meet the re- (3) In the case of liner installations quirements of § 25.795(a)(1) and (2) in ef- approved prior to March 20, 1989, alu- fect on January 15, 2002; and minum. (ii) Each operator must establish (b) For compliance with paragraph methods to enable a flight attendant to (a) of this section, the term ‘‘liner’’ in- enter the pilot compartment in the cludes any design feature, such as a

116

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.317

joint or fastener, which would affect fore starting engines, taking off, or the capability of the liner to safely landing, and in engine and systems contain a fire. emergencies. The procedures must be (c) After March 19, 2001, each Class D designed so that a flight crewmember compartment, regardless of volume, will not need to rely upon his memory must meet the standards of §§ 25.857(c) for items to be checked. and 25.858 of this Chapter for a Class C (c) The approved procedures must be compartment unless the operation is readily usable in the cockpit of each an all-cargo operation in which case aircraft and the flight crew shall follow each Class D compartment may meet them when operating the aircraft. the standards in § 25.857(e) for a Class E compartment. § 121.316 Fuel tanks. (d) Reports of conversions and retrofits. Each turbine powered transport cat- (1) Until such time as all Class D com- egory airplane operated after October partments in aircraft operated under 30, 1991, must meet the requirements of this part by the certificate have been § 25.963(e) of this chapter in effect on converted or retrofitted with appro- October 30, 1989. priate detection and suppression systems, each certificate holder must sub- [Doc. No. 25614, 54 FR 40354, Sept. 29, 1989] mit written progress reports to the FAA that contain the information § 121.317 Passenger information re- specified below. quirements, smoking prohibitions, (i) The serial number of each airplane and additional seat belt require- listed in the operations specifications ments. issued to the certificate holder for op- (a) Except as provided in paragraph eration under this part in which all (l) of this section, no person may oper- Class D compartments have been con- ate an airplane unless it is equipped verted to Class C or Class E compart- with passenger information signs that ments; meet the requirements of § 25.791 of this (ii) The serial number of each air- chapter. Except as provided in para- plane listed in the operations specifica- graph (l) of this section, the signs must tion issued to the certificate holder for be constructed so that the crew- operation under this part, in which all members can turn them on and off. Class D compartments have been retro- (b) Except as provided in paragraph fitted to meet the fire detection and (l) of this section, the ‘‘Fasten Seat suppression requirements for Class C or Belt’’ sign shall be turned on during the fire detection requirements for any movement on the surface, for each Class E; and takeoff, for each landing, and at any (iii) The serial number of each air- other time considered necessary by the plane listed in the operations specifica- pilot in command. tions issued to the certificate holder (c) No person may operate an air- for operation under this part that has plane on a flight on which smoking is at least one Class D compartment that prohibited by part 252 of this title un- has not been converted or retrofitted. less either the ‘‘No Smoking’’ pas- (2) The written report must be sub- senger information signs are lighted mitted to the responsible Flight Stand- during the entire flight, or one or more ards office by July 1, 1998, and at each ‘‘No Smoking’’ placards meeting the three-month interval thereafter. requirements of § 25.1541 of this chapter [Doc. No. 28937, 63 FR 8049, Feb. 17, 1998, as are posted during the entire flight seg- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. ment. If both the lighted signs and the 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] placards are used, the signs must remain lighted during the entire flight § 121.315 Cockpit check procedure. segment. (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- (d) No person may operate a pas- vide an approved cockpit check proce- senger-carrying airplane under this dure for each type of aircraft. part unless at least one legible sign or (b) The approved procedures must in- placard that reads ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt clude each item necessary for flight While Seated’’ is visible from each pas- crewmembers to check for safety be- senger seat. These signs or placards

117

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.318 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

need not meet the requirements of (i) No person may tamper with, dis- paragraph (a) of this section. able, or destroy any smoke detector in- (e) No person may operate an air- stalled in any airplane lavatory. plane unless there is installed in each (j) On flight segments other than lavatory a sign or placard that reads: those described in paragraph (c) of this ‘‘Federal law provides for a penalty of section, the ‘‘No Smoking’’ sign must up to $2,000 for tampering with the be turned on during any movement on smoke detector installed in this lava- the surface, for each takeoff, for each tory.’’ These signs or placards need not landing, and at any other time consid- meet the requirements of paragraph (a) ered necessary by the pilot in com- of this section. mand. (f) Each passenger required by (k) Each passenger shall comply with § 121.311(b) to occupy a seat or berth instructions given him or her by a shall fasten his or her safety belt about crewmember regarding compliance him or her and keep it fastened while with paragraphs (f), (g), (h), and (l) of the ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt’’ sign is lighted. this section. (g) No person may smoke while a ‘‘No (l) A certificate holder may operate a Smoking’’ sign is lighted or while ‘‘No nontransport category airplane type Smoking’’ placards are posted, except certificated after December 31, 1964, as follows: that is manufactured before December (1) Supplemental operations. The pilot 20, 1997, if it is equipped with at least in command of an airplane engaged in one placard that is legible to each per- a supplemental operation may author- son seated in the cabin that states ize smoking on the flight deck (if it is ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt,’’ and if, during any physically separated from any pas- movement on the surface, for each senger compartment), but not in any of takeoff, for each landing, and at any the following situations: other time considered necessary by the (i) During airplane movement on the pilot in command, a crewmember oral- surface or during takeoff or landing; ly instructs the passengers to fasten (ii) During scheduled passenger-car- their seat belts. rying public charter operations con- [Doc. No. 25590, 53 FR 12361, Apr. 13, 1988, as ducted under part 380 of this title; or amended by Amdt. 121–196, 53 FR 44182, Nov. (iii) During any operation where 2, 1988; Amdt. 121–213, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990; smoking is prohibited by part 252 of Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42673, Sept. 15, 1992; this title or by international agree- Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; ment. Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996; (2) Certain intrastate domestic oper- Amdt. 121–277, 65 FR 36779, June 9, 2000] ations. Except during airplane movement on the surface or during takeoff § 121.318 Public address system. or landing, a pilot in command of an No person may operate an airplane airplane engaged in a domestic oper- with a seating capacity of more than 19 ation may authorize smoking on the passengers unless it is equipped with a flight deck (if it is physically separated public address system which— from the passenger compartment) if— (a) Is capable of operation inde- (i) Smoking on the flight deck is not pendent of the crewmember interphone otherwise prohibited by part 252 of this system required by § 121.319, except for title; handsets, headsets, microphones, selec- (ii) The flight is conducted entirely tor switches, and signaling devices; within the same State of the United (b) Is approved in accordance with States (a flight from one place in Ha- § 21.305 of this chapter; waii to another place in Hawaii (c) Is accessible for immediate use through the airspace over a place out- from each of two flight crewmember side of Hawaii is not entirely within stations in the pilot compartment; the same State); and (d) For each required floor-level pas- (iii) The airplane is either not tur- senger emergency exit which has an ad- bojet-powered or the airplane is not ca- jacent flight attendant seat, has a pable of carrying at least 30 passengers. microphone which is readily accessible (h) No person may smoke in any air- to the seated flight attendant, except plane lavatory. that one microphone may serve more

118

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.321

than one exit, provided the proximity (i) It must be accessible for use at of the exits allows unassisted verbal enough flight attendant stations so communication between seated flight that all floor-level emergency exits (or attendants; entryways to those exits in the case of (e) Is capable of operation within 10 exits located within galleys) in each seconds by a flight attendant at each of passenger compartment are observable those stations in the passenger com- from one or more of those stations so partment from which its use is acces- equipped; sible; (ii) It must have an alerting system (f) Is audible at all passenger seats, incorporating aural or visual signals lavatories, and flight attendant seats for use by flight crewmembers to alert and work stations; and flight attendants and for use by flight (g) For transport category airplanes attendants to alert flight crew- manufactured on or after November 27, members; 1990, meets the requirements of § 25.1423 (iii) The alerting system required by of this chapter. paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section must [Doc. No. 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989] have a means for the recipient of a call to determine whether it is a normal § 121.319 Crewmember interphone sys- call or an emergency call; and tem. (iv) When the airplane is on the (a) No person may operate an air- ground, it must provide a means of plane with a seating capacity of more two-way communication between than 19 passengers unless the airplane ground personnel and either of at least is equipped with a crewmember inter- two flight crewmembers in the pilot phone system that: compartment. The interphone system (1) [Reserved] station for use by ground personnel (2) Is capable of operation inde- must be so located that personnel pendent of the public address system using the system may avoid visible de- required by § 121.318(a) except for tection from within the airplane. handsets, headsets, microphones, selec- [Doc. No. 10865, 38 FR 21494, Aug. 9, 1973, as tor switches, and signaling devices; and amended by Amdt. 121–121, 40 FR 42186, Sept. (3) Meets the requirements of para- 11, 1975; Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, graph (b) of this section. 1978; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; (b) The crewmember interphone sys- Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] tem required by paragraph (a) of this section must be approved in accordance § 121.321 Operations in icing. with § 21.305 of this chapter and meet After October 21, 2013, no person may the following requirements: operate an airplane with a certificated (1) It must provide a means of two- maximum takeoff weight less than way communication between the pilot 60,000 pounds in conditions conducive compartment and— to airframe icing unless it complies (i) Each passenger compartment; and with this section. As used in this sec- (ii) Each galley located on other than tion, the phrase ‘‘conditions conducive the main passenger deck level. to airframe icing’’ means visible mois- (2) It must be accessible for imme- ture at or below a static air tempera- diate use from each of two flight crew- ture of 5 °C or a total air temperature member stations in the pilot compart- of 10 °C, unless the approved Airplane ment; Flight Manual provides another defini- (3) It must be accessible for use from tion. at least one normal flight attendant (a) When operating in conditions con- station in each passenger compart- ducive to airframe icing, compliance ment; must be shown with paragraph (a)(1), (4) It must be capable of operation or (2), or (3) of this section. within 10 seconds by a flight attendant (1) The airplane must be equipped at those stations in each passenger with a certificated primary airframe compartment from which its use is ac- ice detection system. cessible; and (i) The airframe ice protection sys- (5) For large turbojet-powered air- tem must be activated automatically, planes: or manually by the flightcrew, when

119

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.323 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

the primary ice detection system indi- shown with the requirements of para- cates activation is necessary. graph (a)(1) or (2) of this section. (ii) When the airframe ice protection (c) Procedures necessary for safe op- system is activated, any other proce- eration of the airframe ice protection dures in the Airplane Flight Manual system must be established and docu- for operating in icing conditions must mented in: be initiated. (1) The Airplane Flight Manual for (2) Visual cues of the first sign of ice airplanes that comply with paragraph formation anywhere on the airplane (a)(1) or (2) of this section, or and a certificated advisory airframe ice (2) The Airplane Flight Manual or in detection system must be provided. the manual required by § 121.133 for air- (i) The airframe ice protection sys- planes that comply with paragraph tem must be activated when any of the (a)(3) of this section. visual cues are observed or when the (d) Procedures for operation of the advisory airframe ice detection system airframe ice protection system must indicates activation is necessary, include initial activation, operation whichever occurs first. after initial activation, and deactiva- (ii) When the airframe ice protection tion. Procedures for operation after system is activated, any other proce- initial activation of the ice protection dures in the Airplane Flight Manual system must address— for operating in icing conditions must (1) Continuous operation, be initiated. (2) Automatic cycling, (3) Manual cycling if the airplane is (3) If the airplane is not equipped to equipped with an ice detection system comply with the provisions of para- that alerts the flightcrew each time graph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, then the ice protection system must be cy- the following apply: cled, or (i) When operating in conditions con- (4) Manual cycling based on a time ducive to airframe icing, the airframe interval if the airplane type is not ice protection system must be acti- equipped with features necessary to vated prior to, and operated during, the implement (d)(1)–(3) of this section. following phases of flight: (e) System installations used to com- (A) Takeoff climb after second seg- ply with paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of ment, this section must be approved through (B) En route climb, an amended or supplemental type cer- (C) Go-around climb, tificate in accordance with part 21 of (D) Holding, this chapter. (E) Maneuvering for approach and [Doc. No. FAA–2009–0675, 78 FR 15876, Mar. 13, landing, and 2013] (F) Any other operation at approach or holding airspeeds. § 121.323 Instruments and equipment (ii) During any other phase of flight, for operations at night. the airframe ice protection system No person may operate an airplane at must be activated and operated at the night under this part unless it is first sign of ice formation anywhere on equipped with the following instru- the airplane, unless the Airplane ments and equipment in addition to Flight Manual specifies that the air- those required by §§ 121.305 through frame ice protection system should not 121.321 and 121.803: be used or provides other operational (a) Position lights. instructions. (b) An anti-collision light. (iii) Any additional procedures for (c) Two landing lights, except that operation in conditions conducive to only one landing light is required for icing specified in the Airplane Flight nontransport category airplanes type Manual or in the manual required by certificated after December 31, 1964. § 121.133 must be initiated. (d) Instrument lights providing (b) If the procedures specified in enough light to make each required in- paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section are strument, switch, or similar instru- specifically prohibited in the Airplane ment, easily readable and installed so Flight Manual, compliance must be that the direct rays are shielded from

120

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.327

the flight crewmembers’ eyes and that with the operation procedures estab- no objectionable reflections are visible lished for each operation and route. to them. There must be a means of con- (b) Crewmembers. (1) At cabin pressure trolling the intensity of illumination altitudes above 10,000 feet up to and in- unless it is shown that nondimming including 12,000 feet, oxygen must be pro- strument lights are satisfactory. vided for, and used by, each member of (e) An airspeed-indicating system the flight crew on flight deck duty, and with heated pitot tube or equivalent must be provided for other crew- means for preventing malfunctioning members, for that part of the flight at due to icing. those altitudes that is of more than 30 (f) A sensitive altimeter. minutes duration. (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. for, and used by, each member of the 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] flight crew on flight deck duty, and must be provided for other crew- § 121.325 Instruments and equipment members, during the entire flight time for operations under IFR or over- at those altitudes. the-top. (3) When a flight crewmember is re- No person may operate an airplane quired to use oxygen, he must use it under IFR or over-the-top conditions continuously, except when necessary to under this part unless it is equipped remove the oxygen mask or other dis- with the following instruments and penser in connection with his regular equipment, in addition to those re- duties. Standby crewmembers who are quired by §§ 121.305 through 121.321 and on call or are definitely going to have 121.803: flight deck duty before completing the flight must be provided with an (a) An airspeed indicating system amount of supplemental oxygen equal with heated pitot tube or equivalent to that provided for crewmembers on means for preventing malfunctioning duty other than on flight deck duty. If due to icing. a standby crewmember is not on call (b) A sensitive altimeter. and will not be on flight deck duty dur- (c) Instrument lights providing ing the remainder of the flight, he is enough light to make each required in- considered to be a passenger for the strument, switch, or similar instru- purposes of supplemental oxygen re- ment, easily readable and so installed quirements. that the direct rays are shielded from (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder the flight crewmembers’ eyes and that shall provide a supply of oxygen, ap- no objectionable reflections are visible proved for passenger safety, in accord- to them, and a means of controlling ance with the following: the intensity of illumination unless it (1) For flights of more than 30 min- is shown that nondimming instrument utes duration at cabin pressure alti- lights are satisfactory. tudes above 8,000 feet up to and includ- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as ing 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 amended at Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. minutes for 10 percent of the pas- 12, 2001] sengers. (2) For flights at cabin pressure alti- § 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Recip- tudes above 14,000 feet up to and in- rocating engine powered airplanes. cluding 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for (a) General. Except where supple- that part of the flight at those alti- mental oxygen is provided in accord- tudes for 30 percent of the passengers. ance with § 121.331, no person may oper- (3) For flights at cabin pressure alti- ate an airplane unless supplemental ox- tudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen ygen is furnished and used as set forth for each passenger carried during the in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- entire flight at those altitudes. tion. The amount of supplemental oxy- (d) For the purposes of this subpart gen required for a particular operation cabin pressure altitude means the pres- is determined on the basis of flight al- sure altitude corresponding with the titudes and flight duration, consistent pressure in the cabin of the airplane,

121

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.329 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

and flight altitude means the altitude (1) At cabin pressure altitudes above above sea level at which the airplane is 10,000 feet, up to and including 12,000 operated. For airplanes without pres- feet, oxygen must be provided for and surized cabins, ‘‘cabin pressure alti- used by each member of the flight crew tude’’ and ‘‘flight altitude’’ mean the on flight deck duty and must be pro- same thing. vided for other crewmembers for that part of the flight at those altitudes § 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for sus- that is of more than 30 minutes dura- tenance: Turbine engine powered airplanes. tion. (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above (a) General. When operating a turbine 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided engine powered airplane, each certifi- for, and used by, each member of the cate holder shall equip the airplane flight crew on flight deck duty, and with sustaining oxygen and dispensing must be provided for other crew- equipment for use as set forth in this members during the entire flight at section: those altitudes. (1) The amount of oxygen provided (3) When a flight crewmember is re- must be at least the quantity nec- quired to use oxygen, he must use it essary to comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. continuously except when necessary to remove the oxygen mask or other dis- (2) The amount of sustaining and first-aid oxygen required for a par- penser in connection with his regular ticular operation to comply with the duties. Standby crewmembers who are rules in this part is determined on the on call or are definitely going to have basis of cabin pressure altitudes and flight deck duty before completing the flight duration, consistent with the op- flight must be provided with an erating procedures established for each amount of supplemental oxygen equal operation and route. to that provided for crewmembers on (3) The requirements for airplanes duty other than on flight duty. If a with pressurized cabins are determined standby crewmember is not on call and on the basis of cabin pressure altitude will not be on flight deck duty during and the assumption that a cabin pres- the remainder of the flight, he is con- surization failure will occur at the alti- sidered to be a passenger for the pur- tude or point of flight that is most poses of supplemental oxygen require- critical from the standpoint of oxygen ments. need, and that after the failure the air- (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder plane will descend in accordance with shall provide a supply of oxygen for the emergency procedures specified in passengers in accordance with the fol- the Airplane Flight Manual, without lowing: exceeding its operating limitations, to (1) For flights at cabin pressure alti- a flight altitude that will allow suc- tudes above 10,000 feet, up to and in- cessful termination of the flight. cluding 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for (4) Following the failure, the cabin that part of the flight at those alti- pressure altitude is considered to be tudes that is of more than 30 minutes the same as the flight altitude unless it duration, for 10 percent of the pas- is shown that no probable failure of the sengers. cabin or pressurization equipment will (2) For flights at cabin pressure alti- result in a cabin pressure altitude tudes above 14,000 feet, up to and in- equal to the flight altitude. Under cluding 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for those circumstances, the maximum that part of the flight at those alti- cabin pressure altitude attained may tudes for 30 percent of the passengers. be used as a basis for certification or determination of oxygen supply, or (3) For flights at cabin pressure alti- both. tudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen (b) Crewmembers. Each certificate for each passenger carried during the holder shall provide a supply of oxygen entire flight at those altitudes. for crewmembers in accordance with the following:

122

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.333

§ 121.331 Supplemental oxygen re- (3) When an airplane is flown at a quirements for pressurized cabin flight altitude above flight level 250, airplanes: Reciprocating engine enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 powered airplanes. percent of the passengers for the entire (a) When operating a reciprocating flight (including emergency descent) engine powered airplane pressurized above 8,000 feet, up to and including cabin, each certificate holder shall 14,000 feet, and to comply with equip the airplane to comply with § 121.327(c) (2) and (3) for flight above paragraphs (b) through (d) of this sec- 14,000 feet. tion in the event of cabin pressuriza- (d) For the purposes of this section it tion failure. is assumed that the cabin pressuriza- (b) For crewmembers. When operating tion failure occurs at a time during at flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the flight that is critical from the stand- certificate holder shall provide enough point of oxygen need and that after the oxygen for each crewmember for the failure the airplane will descend, with- entire flight at those altitudes and not out exceeding its normal operating less than a two-hour supply for each limitations, to flight altitudes allow- flight crewmember on flight deck duty. ing safe flight with respect to terrain The required two hours supply is that clearance. quantity of oxygen necessary for a con- stant rate of descent from the air- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as plane’s maximum certificated oper- amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. ating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten min- 20, 1976] utes and followed by 110 minutes at § 121.333 Supplemental oxygen for 10,000 feet. The oxygen required by emergency descent and for first aid; § 121.337 may be considered in deter- turbine engine powered airplanes mining the supplemental breathing with pressurized cabins. supply required for flight crewmembers on flight deck duty in the event of (a) General. When operating a turbine cabin pressurization failure. engine powered airplane with a pres- (c) For passengers. When operating at surized cabin, the certificate holder flight altitudes above 8,000 feet, the shall furnish oxygen and dispensing certificate holder shall provide oxygen equipment to comply with paragraphs as follows: (b) through (e) of this section in the (1) When an airplane is not flown at event of cabin pressurization failure. a flight altitude above flight level 250, (b) Crewmembers. When operating at enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the percent of the passengers, if at any certificate holder shall supply enough point along the route to be flown the oxygen to comply with § 121.329, but not airplane can safely descend to a flight less than a two-hour supply for each altitude of 14,000 feet or less within flight crewmember on flight deck duty. four minutes. The required two hours supply is that (2) If the airplane cannot descend to quantity of oxygen necessary for a con- a flight altitude of 14,000 feet or less stant rate of descent from the air- within four minutes, the following sup- plane’s maximum certificated oper- ply of oxygen must be provided: ating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten min- (i) For that part of the flight that is utes and followed by 110 minutes at more than four minutes duration at 10,000 feet. The oxygen required in the flight altitudes above 15,000 feet, the event of cabin pressurization failure by supply required by § 121.327(c)(3). § 121.337 may be included in deter- (ii) For that part of the flight at mining the supply required for flight flight altitudes above 14,000 feet, up to crewmembers on flight deck duty. and including 15,000 feet, the supply re- (c) Use of oxygen masks by flight crew- quired by § 121.327(c)(2). members. (1) When operating at flight (iii) For flight at flight altitudes altitudes above flight level 250, each above 8,000 feet up to and including flight crewmember on flight deck duty 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 min- must be provided with an oxygen mask utes for 10 percent of the passengers. so designed that it can be rapidly

123

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.333 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

placed on his face from its ready posi- time it is necessary for one pilot to tion, properly secured, sealed, and sup- leave his station at the controls of the plying oxygen upon demand; and so de- airplane when operating at flight alti- signed that after being placed on the tudes above flight level 410, the re- face it does not prevent immediate maining pilot at the controls shall put communication between the flight on and use his oxygen mask until the crewmember and other crewmembers other pilot has returned to his duty over the airplane intercommunication station. system. When it is not being used at (4) Before the takeoff of a flight, each flight altitudes above flight level 250, flight crewmember shall personally the oxygen mask must be kept in con- preflight his oxygen equipment to in- dition for ready use and located so as sure that the oxygen mask is func- to be within the immediate reach of tioning, fitted properly, and connected the flight crewmember while at his to appropriate supply terminals, and duty station. that the oxygen supply and pressure (2) When operating at flight altitudes are adequate for use. above flight level 250, one pilot at the (d) Use of portable oxygen equipment by controls of the airplane shall at all cabin attendants. After November 28, times wear and use an oxygen mask se- 2005 each mask used for portable oxy- cured, sealed, and supplying oxygen, in gen equipment must be connected to accordance with the following: its oxygen supply. Above flight level (i) The one pilot need not wear and 250, one of the following is required: use an oxygen mask at or below the (1) Each attendant shall carry port- following flight levels if each flight able oxygen equipment with a 15 crewmember on flight deck duty has a minute supply of oxygen; or quick-donning type of oxygen mask (2) There must be sufficient portable that the certificate holder has shown oxygen equipment (including masks can be placed on the face from its and spare outlets) distributed through- ready position, properly secured, out the cabin so that such equipment is sealed, and supplying oxygen upon de- immediately available to each attend- mand, with one hand and within five ant, regardless of their location in the seconds: cabin; or (A) For airplanes having a passenger (3) There are sufficient spare outlets seat configuration of more than 30 and masks distributed throughout the seats, excluding any required crew- cabin to ensure immediate availability member seat, or a payload capacity of of oxygen to each cabin attendant, re- more than 7,500 pounds, at or below gardless of their location in the cabin. flight level 410. (e) Passenger cabin occupants. When (B) For airplanes having a passenger the airplane is operating at flight alti- seat configuration of less than 31 seats, tudes above 10,000 feet, the following excluding any required crewmember supply of oxygen must be provided for seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 the use of passenger cabin occupants: pounds or less, at or below flight level (1) When an airplane certificated to 350. operate at flight altitudes up to and in- (ii) Whenever a quick-donning type of cluding flight level 250, can at any oxygen mask is to be used under this point along the route to be flown, de- section, the certificate holder shall scend safely to a flight altitude of also show that the mask can be put on 14,000 feet or less within four minutes, without disturbing eye glasses and oxygen must be available at the rate without delaying the flight crew- prescribed by this part for a 30-minute member from proceeding with his as- period for at least 10 percent of the pas- signed emergency duties. The oxygen senger cabin occupants. mask after being put on must not pre- (2) When an airplane is operated at vent immediate communication be- flight altitudes up to and including tween the flight crewmember and other flight level 250 and cannot descend crewmembers over the airplane inter- safely to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet communication system. within four minutes, or when an air- (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) plane is operated at flight altitudes of this section, if for any reason at any above flight level 250, oxygen must be

124

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.337

available at the rate prescribed by this oxygen necessary to comply with part for not less than 10 percent of the §§ 121.329 and 121.333 must meet the passenger cabin occupants for the en- standards established in section 4b.651 tire flight after cabin depressurization, of the Civil Air Regulations as in effect at cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 on September 1, 1958, except that if the feet up to and including 14,000 feet and, certificate holder shows full compli- as applicable, to allow compliance with ance with those standards to be im- § 121.329(c) (2) and (3), except that there practicable, the Administrator may au- must be not less than a 10-minute sup- thorize any changes in those standards ply for the passenger cabin occupants. that he finds will provide an equivalent (3) For first-aid treatment of occu- level of safety. pants who for physiological reasons might require undiluted oxygen fol- § 121.337 Protective breathing equip- lowing descent from cabin pressure al- ment. titudes above flight level 250, a supply (a) The certificate holder shall fur- of oxygen in accordance with the re- nish approved protective breathing quirements of § 25.1443(d) must be pro- equipment (PBE) meeting the equip- vided for two percent of the occupants ment, breathing gas, and communica- for the entire flight after cabin depres- tion requirements contained in para- surization at cabin pressure altitudes graph (b) of this section. above 8,000 feet, but in no case to less (b) Pressurized and nonpressurized than one person. An appropriate num- cabin airplanes. Except as provided in ber of acceptable dispensing units, but paragraph (f) of this section, no person in no case less than two, must be pro- may operate an airplane unless protec- vided, with a means for the cabin at- tive breathing equipment meeting the tendants to use this supply. requirements of this section is provided (f) Passenger briefing. Before flight is as follows: conducted above flight level 250, a (1) General. The equipment must pro- crewmember shall instruct the pas- tect the flightcrew from the effects of sengers on the necessity of using oxy- smoke, carbon dioxide or other harmful gen in the event of cabin depressuriza- gases or an oxygen deficient environ- tion and shall point out to them the lo- ment caused by other than an airplane cation and demonstrate the use of the depressurization while on flight deck oxygen-dispensing equipment. duty and must protect crewmembers from the above effects while combat- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–11, 30 FR 12466, Sept. ting fires on board the airplane. 30, 1965; Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, (2) The equipment must be inspected 1976; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; regularly in accordance with inspec- 62 FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997; Amdt. 121–306, 69 FR tion guidelines and the inspection peri- 62789, Oct. 27, 2004; Amdt. 121–383, 85 FR 16900, ods established by the equipment man- Mar. 25, 2020] ufacturer to ensure its condition for continued serviceability and imme- § 121.335 Equipment standards. diate readiness to perform its intended (a) Reciprocating engine powered air- emergency purposes. The inspection pe- planes. The oxygen apparatus, the min- riods may be changed upon a showing imum rates of oxygen flow, and the by the certificate holder that the supply of oxygen necessary to comply changes would provide an equivalent with § 121.327 must meet the standards level of safety. established in section 4b.651 of the Civil (3) That part of the equipment pro- Air Regulations as in effect on July 20, tecting the eyes must not impair the 1950, except that if the certificate hold- wearer’s vision to the extent that a er shows full compliance with those crewmember’s duties cannot be accom- standards to be impracticable, the Ad- plished and must allow corrective ministrator may authorize any change glasses to be worn without impairment in those standards that he finds will of vision or loss of the protection re- provide an equivalent level of safety. quired by paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- (b) Turbine engine powered airplanes. tion. The oxygen apparatus, the minimum (4) The equipment, while in use, must rate of oxygen flow, and the supply of allow the flightcrew to communicate

125

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.337 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

using the airplane radio equipment and portable breathing gas supply meeting to communicate by interphone with the requirements of this section must each other while at their assigned duty be easily accessible and conveniently stations. The equipment, while in use, located for immediate use by crew- must also allow crewmember inter- members in combatting fires as fol- phone communications between each of lows: two flight crewmember stations in the (i) One PBE is required for each hand pilot compartment and at least one fire extinguisher located for use in a normal flight attendant station in each galley other than a galley located in a passenger compartment. passenger, cargo, or crew compart- (5) The equipment, while in use, must ment. allow any crewmember to use the air- (ii) One on the flight deck, except plane interphone system at any of the that the Administrator may authorize flight attendant stations referred to in another location for this PBE if special paragraph (b)(4) of this section. circumstances exist that make compli- (6) The equipment may also be used ance impractical and the proposed de- to meet the supplemental oxygen re- viation would provide an equivalent quirements of this part provided it level of safety. meets the oxygen equipment standards (iii) In each passenger compartment, of § 121.335 of this part. one for each hand fire extinguisher re- (7) Protective breathing gas duration quired by § 121.309 of this part, to be lo- and supply system equipment require- cated within 3 feet of each required ments are as follows: hand fire extinguisher, except that the (i) The equipment must supply Administrator may authorize a devi- breathing gas for 15 minutes at a pres- ation allowing locations of PBE more sure altitude of 8,000 feet for the fol- than 3 feet from required hand fire ex- lowing: tinguisher locations if special cir- (A) Flight crewmembers while per- cumstances exist that make compli- forming flight deck duties; and ance impractical and if the proposed (B) Crewmembers while combatting an in-flight fire. deviation provides an equivalent level (ii) The breathing gas system must of safety. be free from hazards in itself, in its (c) Equipment preflight. (1) Before method of operation, and in its effect each flight, each item of PBE at flight upon other components. crewmember duty stations must be (iii) For breathing gas systems other checked by the flight crewmember who than chemical oxygen generators, will use the equipment to ensure that there must be a means to allow the the equipment— crew to readily determine, during the (i) For other than chemical oxygen equipment preflight described in para- generator systems, is functioning, is graph (c) of this section, that the gas serviceable, fits properly (unless a uni- supply is fully charged. versal-fit type), and is connected to (iv) For each chemical oxygen gener- supply terminals and that the breath- ator, the supply system equipment ing gas supply and pressure are ade- must meet the requirements of § 25.1450 quate for use; and (b) and (c) of this chapter. (ii) For chemical oxygen generator (8) Smoke and fume protection. Protec- systems, is serviceable and fits prop- tive breathing equipment with a fixed erly (unless a universal-fit type). or portable breathing gas supply meet- (2) Each item of PBE located at other ing the requirements of this section than a flight crewmember duty station must be conveniently located on the must be checked by a designated crew- flight deck and be easily accessible for member to ensure that each is properly immediate use by each required flight stowed and serviceable, and, for other crewmember at his or her assigned than chemical oxygen generator sys- duty station. tems, the breathing gas supply is fully (9) Fire combatting. Except for non- charged. Each certificate holder, in its transport category airplanes type cer- operations manual, must designate at tificated after December 31, 1964, pro- least one crewmember to perform those tective breathing equipment with a checks before he or she takes off in

126

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.341

that airplane for his or her first flight batteries) that are essentially unaf- of the day. fected during probable storage intervals. [Doc. No. 24792, 52 FR 20957, June 3, 1987, as amended by Amdt. 121–204, 54 FR 22271, May (b) The required life rafts, life pre- 22, 1989; Amdt. 121–212, 55 FR 5551, Feb. 15, servers, and survival type emergency 1990; Amdt. 121–218, 55 FR 31565, Aug. 2, 1990; locator transmitter must be easily ac- Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992; cessible in the event of a ditching with- Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995; out appreciable time for preparatory Amdt. 121–261, 61 FR 43921, Aug. 26, 1996] procedures. This equipment must be installed in conspicuously marked, ap- § 121.339 Emergency equipment for ex- proved locations. tended over-water operations. (c) A survival kit, appropriately (a) Except where the Administrator, equipped for the route to be flown, by amending the operations specifica- must be attached to each required life tions of the certificate holder, requires raft. the carriage of all or any specific items of the equipment listed below for any [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–53, 34 FR 15244, Sept. overwater operation, or upon applica- 30, 1969; Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept. 21, tion of the certificate holder, the Ad- 1971; Amdt. 121–93, 37 FR 14294, June 19, 1972 ministrator allows deviation for a par- Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973; ticular extended overwater operation, Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50603, Oct. 30, 1978; no person may operate an airplane in Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; extended overwater operations without Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994] having on the airplane the following equipment: § 121.340 Emergency flotation means. (1) A life preserver equipped with an (a) Except as provided in paragraph approved survivor locator light, for (b) of this section, no person may oper- each occupant of the airplane. ate an airplane in any overwater oper- (2) Enough life rafts (each equipped ation unless it is equipped with life with an approved survivor locator preservers in accordance with light) of a rated capacity and buoyancy § 121.339(a)(1) or with an approved flota- to accommodate the occupants of the tion means for each occupant. This airplane. Unless excess rafts of enough means must be within easy reach of capacity are provided, the buoyancy each seated occupant and must be read- and seating capacity beyond the rated ily removable from the airplane. capacity of the rafts must accommo- (b) Upon application by the air car- date all occupants of the airplane in rier or commercial operator, the Ad- the event of a loss of one raft of the ministrator may approve the operation largest rated capacity. of an airplane over water without the (3) At least one pyrotechnic signaling life preservers or flotation means re- device for each life raft. quired by paragraph (a) of this section, (4) An approved survival type emer- if the air carrier or commercial oper- gency locator transmitter. Batteries ator shows that the water over which used in this transmitter must be re- the airplane is to be operated is not of placed (or recharged, if the battery is such size and depth that life preservers rechargeable) when the transmitter has or flotation means would be required been in use for more than 1 cumulative for the survival of its occupants in the hour, or when 50 percent of their useful event the flight terminates in that life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 water. percent of their useful life of charge) [Doc. No. 6713, 31 FR 1147, Jan. 28, 1966, as has expired, as established by the amended by Amdt. 121–25, 32 FR 3223, Feb. 24, transmitter manufacturer under its ap- 1967; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] proval. The new expiration date for re- placing (or recharging) the battery § 121.341 Equipment for operations in must be legibly marked on the outside icing conditions. of the transmitter. The battery useful (a) Except as permitted in paragraph life (or useful life of charge) require- (c)(2) of this section, unless an airplane ments of this paragraph do not apply is type certificated under the transport to batteries (such as water-activated category airworthiness requirements

127

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.342 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

relating to ice protection, or unless an § 121.342 Pitot heat indication systems. airplane is a non-transport category No person may operate a transport airplane type certificated after Decem- category airplane or, after December ber 31, 1964, that has the ice protection 20, 1999, a nontransport category air- provisions that meet section 34 of ap- plane type certificated after December pendix A of part 135 of this chapter, no 31, 1964, that is equipped with a flight person may operate an airplane in icing conditions unless it is equipped instrument pitot heating system unless with means for the prevention or re- the airplane is also equipped with an moval of ice on windshields, wings, em- operable pitot heat indication system pennage, propellers, and other parts of that complies § 25.1326 of this chapter the airplane where ice formation will in effect on April 12, 1978. adversely affect the safety of the air- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] plane. (b) No person may operate an air- § 121.343 Flight data recorders. plane in icing conditions at night un- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs less means are provided for illu- (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, minating or otherwise determining the no person may operate a large airplane formation of ice on the parts of the that is certificated for operations wings that are critical from the stand- above 25,000 feet altitude or is turbine- point of ice accumulation. Any illu- engine powered unless it is equipped minating that is used must be of a type with one or more approved flight re- that will not cause glare or reflection corders that record data from which that would handicap crewmembers in the following may be determined with- the performance of their duties. in the ranges, accuracies, and record- (c) Non-transport category airplanes ing intervals specified in appendix B of type certificated after December 31, 1964. this part: Except for an airplane that has ice pro- (1) Time; tection provisions that meet section 34 (2) Altitude; of appendix A of part 135 of this chapter, or those for transport category air- (3) Airspeed; plane type certification, no person may (4) Vertical acceleration; operate— (5) Heading; and (1) Under IFR into known or forecast (6) Time of each radio transmission light or moderate icing conditions; either to or from air traffic control. (2) Under VFR into known light or (b) No person may operate a large moderate icing conditions; unless the airplane type certificated up to and in- airplane has functioning deicing anti- cluding September 30, 1969, for oper- icing equipment protecting each pro- ations above 25,000 feet altitude, or a peller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or turbine-engine powered airplane cer- control surface, and each airspeed, al- tificated before the same date, unless timeter, rate of climb, or flight atti- it is equipped before May 26, 1989 with tude instrument system; or one or more approved flight recorders (3) Into known or forecast severe that utilize a digital method of record- icing conditions. ing and storing data and a method of (d) If current weather reports and readily retrieving that data from the briefing information relied upon by the storage medium. The following infor- pilot in command indicate that the mation must be able to be determined forecast icing condition that would within the ranges, accuracies, and re- otherwise prohibit the flight will not cording intervals specified in appendix be encountered during the flight be- B of this part: cause of changed weather conditions (1) Time; since the forecast, the restrictions in (2) Altitude; paragraph (c) of this section based on (3) Airspeed; forecast conditions do not apply. (4) Vertical acceleration; [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 18205, Dec. 31, 1964, as (5) Heading; and amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. (6) Time of each radio transmission 20, 1995] either to or from air traffic control.

128

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.343

(c) Except as provided in paragraph (13) Rudder pedal or yaw control sur- (l) of this section, no person may oper- face position; ate an airplane specified in paragraph (14) Thrust of each engine; (b) of this section unless it is equipped, (15) Position of each thrust reverser; before May 26, 1995, with one or more (16) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap approved flight recorders that utilize a control position; and digital method of recording and storing (17) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap data and a method of readily retrieving control position. that data from the storage medium. The following information must be For the purpose of this section, manu- able to be determined within the factured means the point in time at ranges, accuracies and recording inter- which the airplane inspection accept- vals specified in appendix B of this ance records reflect that the airplane is part: complete and meets the FAA-approved (1) Time; type design data. (2) Altitude; (e) After October 11, 1991, no person (3) Airspeed; may operate a large airplane equipped (4) Vertical acceleration; with a digital data bus and ARINC 717 (5) Heading; digital flight data acquisition unit (6) Time of each radio transmission (DFDAU) or equivalent unless it is either to or from air traffic control; equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that utilize a digital (7) Pitch attitude; method of recording and storing data (8) Roll attitude; and a method of readily retrieving that (9) Longitudinal acceleration; data from the storage medium. Any pa- (10) Control column or pitch control rameters specified in appendix B of this surface position; and part that are available on the digital (11) Thrust of each engine. data bus must be recorded within the (d) No person may operate an air- ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and plane specified in paragraph (b) of this sampling intervals specified. section that is manufactured after May (f) After October 11, 1991, no person 26, 1989, as well as airplanes specified in may operate an airplane specified in paragraph (a) of this section that have paragraph (b) of this section that is been type certificated after September manufactured after October 11, 1991, 30, 1969, unless it is equipped with one nor an airplane specified in paragraph or more approved flight recorders that (a) of this section that has been type utlitize a digital method of recording certificated after September 30, 1969, and storing data and a method of read- and manufactured after October 11, ily retrieving that data from the stor- 1991, unless it is equipped with one or age medium. The following informa- more flight recorders that utilize a dig- tion must be able to be determined ital method of recording and storing within the ranges, accuracies, and re- data and a method of readily retrieving cording intervals specified in appendix that data from the storage medium. B of this part: The parameters specified in appendix B (1) Time; of this part must be recorded within (2) Altitude; the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and (3) Airspeed; sampling intervals specified. (4) Vertical acceleration; (g) Whenever a flight recorder re- (5) Heading; quired by this section is installed, it (6) Time of each radio transmission must be operated continuously from either to or from air traffic control; the instant the airplane begins the (7) Pitch attitude; takeoff roll until it has completed the (8) Roll attitude; landing roll at an airport. (9) Longitudinal acceleration; (h) Except as provided in paragraph (10) Pitch trim position; (i) of this section, and except for re- (11) Control column or pitch control corded data erased as authorized in surface position; this paragraph, each certificate holder (12) Control wheel or lateral control shall keep the recorded data prescribed surface position; in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this

129

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.344 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

section, as appropriate, until the air- equipped with one or more approved plane has been operated for at least 25 flight data recorders that utilize a dig- hours of the operating time specified in ital method of recording and storing § 121.359(a). A total of 1 hour of recorded data and a method of readily retrieving data may be erased for the purpose of that data from the storage medium. testing the flight recorder or the flight The information specified in para- recorder system. Any erasure made in graphs (c)(1) through (c)(11) of this sec- accordance with this paragraph must tion must be able to be determined be of the oldest recorded data accumu- within the ranges, accuracies and related at the time of testing. Except as cording intervals specified in appendix provided in paragraph (i) of this sec- B of this part. In addition— tion, no record need be kept more than (1) This flight data recorder must be 60 days. installed at the next heavy mainte- (i) In the event of an accident or oc- nance check after May 26, 1994, but no currence that requires immediate noti- later than May 26, 1995. A heavy main- fication of the National Transportation Safety Board under part 830 of its regu- tenance check is considered to be any lations and that results in termination time an aircraft is scheduled to be out of the flight, the certificate holder of service for 4 or more days. shall remove the recording media from (2) By June 23, 1994, each carrier must the airplane and keep the recorded submit to the FAA Flight Standards data required by paragraph (a), (b), (c), Service, Air Transportation Division or (d) of this section, as appropriate, (AFS–200), documentation listing those for at least 60 days or for a longer pe- airplanes covered under this paragraph riod upon the request of the Board or and evidence that it has ordered a suf- the Administrator. ficient number of flight data recorders (j) Each flight recorder required by to meet the May 26, 1995, compliance this section must be installed in ac- date for all aircraft on that list. cordance with the requirements of (3) After May 26, 1994, any aircraft § 25.1459 of this chapter in effect on Au- that is modified to meet Stage 3 noise gust 31, 1977. The correlation required levels must have the flight data re- by § 25.1459(c) of this chapter need be corder described in paragraph (c) of established only on one airplane of any this section installed before operating group of airplanes— under this part. (1) That are of the same type; (m) After August 20, 2001, this section (2) On which the model flight re- applies only to the airplane models corder and its installation are the listed in § 121.344(l)(2). All other air- same; and planes must comply with the require- (3) On which there is no difference in ments of § 121.344, as applicable. the type design with respect to the installation of those first pilot’s instru- [Doc. No. 24418, 52 FR 9636, Mar. 25, 1987, as ments associated with the flight re- amended by Amdt. 121–197, 53 FR 26147, July corder. The most recent instrument 11, 1988; Amdt. 121–238, 59 FR 26900, May 24, calibration, including the recording 1994; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12565, Mar. 7, 2008] medium from which this calibration is § 121.344 Digital flight data recorders derived, and the recorder correlation for transport category airplanes. must be retained by the certificate holder. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (k) Each flight recorder required by (l) of this section, no person may oper- this section that records the data spec- ate under this part a turbine-engine- ified in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of powered transport category airplane this section, as appropriate, must have unless it is equipped with one or more an approved device to assist in locating approved flight recorders that use a that recorder under water. digital method of recording and storing (l) No person may operate an airplane data and a method of readily retrieving specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- that data from the storage medium. tion that meets the Stage 2 noise levels The operational parameters required to of part 36 of this chapter and is subject be recorded by digital flight data re- to § 91.801(c) of this chapter unless it is corders required by this section are as

130

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344

follows: The phrase ‘‘when an informa- (30) Master warning; tion source is installed’’ following a pa- (31) Air/ground sensor (primary air- rameter indicates that recording of plane system reference nose or main that parameter is not intended to re- gear); quire a change in installed equipment: (32) Angle of attack (when informa- (1) Time; tion source is installed); (2) Pressure altitude; (33) Hydraulic pressure low (each sys- (3) Indicated airspeed; tem); (4) Heading—primary flight crew ref- (34) Ground speed (when an informa- erence (if selectable, record discrete, tion source is installed); true or magnetic); (35) Ground proximity warning sys- (5) Normal acceleration (Vertical); tem; (6) Pitch attitude; (36) Landing gear position or landing (7) Roll attitude; gear cockpit control selection; (8) Manual radio transmitter keying, (37) Drift angle (when an information or CVR/DFDR synchronization ref- source is installed); erence; (38) Wind speed and direction (when (9) Thrust/power of each engine—pri- an information source is installed); mary flight crew reference; (39) Latitude and longitude (when an (10) Autopilot engagement status; information source is installed); (11) Longitudinal acceleration; (40) Stick shaker/pusher (when an in- (12) Pitch control input; formation source is installed); (13) Lateral control input; (41) Windshear (when an information (14) Rudder pedal input; source is installed); (15) Primary pitch control surface po- (42) Throttle/power lever position; sition; (43) Additional engine parameters (as (16) Primary lateral control surface designated in Appendix M of this part); position; (44) Traffic alert and collision avoid- (17) Primary yaw control surface po- ance system; sition; (45) DME 1 and 2 distances; (18) Lateral acceleration; (19) Pitch trim surface position or pa- (46) Nav 1 and 2 selected frequency; rameters of paragraph (a)(82) of this (47) Selected barometric setting section if currently recorded; (when an information source is in- (20) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap stalled); control selection (except when param- (48) Selected altitude (when an infor- eters of paragraph (a)(85) of this sec- mation source is installed); tion apply); (49) Selected speed (when an informa- (21) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap tion source is installed); control selection (except when param- (50) Selected mach (when an informa- eters of paragraph (a)(86) of this section source is installed); tion apply); (51) Selected vertical speed (when an (22) Each Thrust reverser position (or information source is installed); equivalent for propeller airplane); (52) Selected heading (when an infor- (23) Ground spoiler position or speed mation source is installed); brake selection (except when param- (53) Selected flight path (when an in- eters of paragraph (a)(87) of this sec- formation source is installed); tion apply); (54) Selected decision height (when (24) Outside or total air temperature; an information source is installed); (25) Automatic Flight Control Sys- (55) EFIS display format; tem (AFCS) modes and engagement (56) Multi-function/engine/alerts dis- status, including autothrottle; play format; (26) Radio altitude (when an informa- (57) Thrust command (when an infor- tion source is installed); mation source is installed); (27) Localizer deviation, MLS Azi- (58) Thrust target (when an informa- muth; tion source is installed); (28) Glideslope deviation, MLS Ele- (59) Fuel quantity in CG trim tank vation; (when an information source is in- (29) Marker beacon passage; stalled);

131

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.344 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(60) Primary Navigation System Ref- (89) Yaw damper status; erence; (90) Yaw damper command; and (61) Icing (when an information (91) Standby rudder valve status. source is installed); (b) For all turbine-engine powered (62) Engine warning each engine vi- transport category airplanes manufac- bration (when an information source is tured on or before October 11, 1991, by installed); August 20, 2001. (63) Engine warning each engine over (1) For airplanes not equipped as of temp. (when an information source is July 16, 1996, with a flight data acquisi- installed); tion unit (FDAU), the parameters list- (64) Engine warning each engine oil ed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(18) pressure low (when an information of this section must be recorded within source is installed); the ranges and accuracies specified in (65) Engine warning each engine over Appendix B of this part, and— speed (when an information source is (i) For airplanes with more than two installed); engines, the parameter described in (66) Yaw trim surface position; paragraph (a)(18) is not required unless (67) Roll trim surface position; sufficient capacity is available on the (68) Brake pressure (selected system); existing recorder to record that param- (69) Brake pedal application (left and eter; right); (ii) Parameters listed in paragraphs (70) Yaw or sideslip angle (when an (a)(12) through (a)(17) each may be re- information source is installed); corded from a single source. (71) Engine bleed valve position (2) For airplanes that were equipped (when an information source is in- as of July 16, 1996, with a flight data stalled); acquisition unit (FDAU), the param- (72) De-icing or anti-icing system se- eters listed in paragraphs (a)(1) lection (when an information source is through (a)(22) of this section must be installed); recorded within the ranges, accuracies, (73) Computed center of gravity and recording intervals specified in Ap- (when an information source is in- pendix M of this part. Parameters list- stalled); ed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(17) (74) AC electrical bus status; each may be recorded from a single (75) DC electrical bus status; source. (76) APU bleed valve position (when (3) The approved flight recorder re- an information source is installed); quired by this section must be installed (77) Hydraulic pressure (each sys- at the earliest time practicable, but no tem); later than the next heavy maintenance (78) Loss of cabin pressure; check after August 18, 1999 and no later (79) Computer failure; than August 20, 2001. A heavy mainte- (80) Heads-up display (when an infor- nance check is considered to be any mation source is installed); time an airplane is scheduled to be out (81) Para-visual display (when an in- of service for 4 or more days and is formation source is installed); scheduled to include access to major (82) Cockpit trim control input posi- structural components. tion—pitch; (c) For all turbine-engine powered (83) Cockpit trim control input posi- transport category airplanes manufac- tion—roll; tured on or before October 11, 1991— (84) Cockpit trim control input posi- (1) That were equipped as of July 16, tion—yaw; 1996, with one or more digital data (85) Trailing edge flap and cockpit bus(es) and an ARINC 717 digital flight flap control position; data acquisition unit (DFDAU) or (86) Leading edge flap and cockpit equivalent, the parameters specified in flap control position; paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(22) of this (87) Ground spoiler position and speed section must be recorded within the brake selection; ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and (88) All cockpit flight control input sampling intervals specified in Appen- forces (control wheel, control column, dix M of this part by August 20, 2001. rudder pedal); Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12)

132

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344

through (a)(14) each may be recorded must also comply with the require- from a single source. ments of paragraph (n) of this section, (2) Commensurate with the capacity as applicable. of the recording system (DFDAU or (f) For all turbine-engine-powered equivalent and the DFDR), all addi- transport category airplanes manufac- tional parameters for which informa- tured after August 19, 2002— tion sources are installed and which (1) The parameters listed in para- are connected to the recording system graphs (a)(1) through (a)(88) of this sec- must be recorded within the ranges, action must be recorded within the curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- tervals specified in Appendix M of this cording intervals specified in appendix part by August 20, 2001. M to this part. (3) That were subject to § 121.343(e) of (2) In addition to the requirements of this part, all conditions of § 121.343(e) paragraphs (f)(1) of this section, all must continue to be met until compli- Boeing 737 model airplanes must also ance with paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- comply with the requirements of para- tion is accomplished. graph (n) of this section. (d) For all turbine-engine-powered (g) Whenever a flight data recorder transport category airplanes that were required by this section is installed, it manufactured after October 11, 1991— must be operated continuously from (1) The parameters listed in para- the instant the airplane begins its graph (a)(1) through (a)(34) of this sec- takeoff roll until it has completed its tion must be recorded within the landing roll. ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- (h) Except as provided in paragraph cording intervals specified in Appendix (i) of this section, and except for re- M of this part by August 20, 2001. Pa- corded data erased as authorized in rameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) this paragraph, each certificate holder through (a)(14) each may be recorded shall keep the recorded data prescribed from a single source. by this section, as appropriate, until (2) Commensurate with the capacity the airplane has been operated for at of the recording system, all additional least 25 hours of the operating time parameters for which information specified in § 121.359(a) of this part. A sources are installed and which are total of 1 hour of recorded data may be connected to the recording system erased for the purpose of testing the must be recorded within the ranges, ac- flight recorder or the flight recorder curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- system. Any erasure made in accord- tervals specified in Appendix M of this ance with this paragraph must be of part by August 20, 2001. the oldest recorded data accumulated (e) For all turbine-engine-powered at the time of testing. Except as pro- transport category airplanes that are vided in paragraph (i) of this section, manufactured after August 18, 2000— no record need be kept more than 60 (1) The parameters listed in para- days. graph (a)(1) through (57) of this section (i) In the event of an accident or oc- must be recorded within the ranges, ac- currence that requires immediate noti- curacies, resolutions, and recording in- fication of the National Transportation tervals specified in Appendix M of this Safety Board under 49 CFR 830 of its part. regulations and that results in termi- (2) Commensurate with the capacity nation of the flight, the certificate of the recording system, all additional holder shall remove the recorder from parameters for which information the airplane and keep the recorder data sources are installed and which are prescribed by this section, as appro- connected to the recording system, priate, for at least 60 days or for a must be recorded within the ranges, ac- longer period upon the request of the curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- Board or the Administrator. tervals specified in Appendix M of this (j) Each flight data recorder system part. required by this section must be in- (3) In addition to the requirements of stalled in accordance with the require- paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this sec- ments of § 25.1459(a) (except paragraphs tion, all Boeing 737 model airplanes (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(7)), (b), (d) and (e) of

133

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.344a 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

this chapter. A correlation must be es- craft Corporation Electra 10–E, Lock- tablished between the values recorded heed Aircraft Corporation Electra L– by the flight data recorder and the cor- 188, Lockheed Martin Model 382 (L–100) responding values being measured. The Hercules, Maryland Air Industries, Inc. correlation must contain a sufficient F27, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd. number of correlation points to accu- YS–11, Short Bros. Limited SD3–30, rately establish the conversion from Short Bros. Limited SD3–60. the recorded values to engineering (m) All aircraft subject to the re- units or discrete state over the full op- quirements of this section that are erating range of the parameter. Except manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, for airplanes having separate altitude must have a digital flight data recorder and airspeed sensors that are an inte- installed that also— gral part of the flight data recorder (1) Meets the requirements of system, a single correlation may be es- § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8) of this tablished for any group of airplanes— chapter; and (1) That are of the same type; (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded (2) On which the flight recorder sys- information required in paragraph (h) tem and its installation are the same; of this section using a recorder that and meets the standards of TSO–C124a, or (3) On which there is no difference in later revision. the type design with respect to the in- (n) In addition to all other applicable stallation of those sensors associated requirements of this section, all Boeing with the flight data recorder system. 737 model airplanes manufactured after Documentation sufficient to convert August 18, 2000 must record the param- recorded data into the engineering eters listed in paragraphs (a)(88) units and discrete values specified in through (a)(91) of this section within the applicable appendix must be main- the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and tained by the certificate holder. recording intervals specified in Appen- (k) Each flight data recorder required dix M to this part. Compliance with by this section must have an approved this paragraph is required no later device to assist in locating that re- than February 2, 2011. corder under water. (l) The following airplanes that were [Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38378, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended by Amdt. manufactured before August 18, 1997 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, need not comply with this section, but Aug. 20, 2003; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12565, Mar. must continue to comply with applica- 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–342, 73 FR 73178, Dec. 2, ble paragraphs of § 121.343 of this chap- 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 74 FR 32800, July 9, 2009] ter, as appropriate: (1) Airplanes that meet the State 2 § 121.344a Digital flight data recorders noise levels of part 36 of this chapter for 10–19 seat airplanes. and are subject to § 91.801(c) of this (a) Except as provided in paragraph chapter, until January 1, 2000. On and (f) of this section, no person may oper- after January 1, 2000, any Stage 2 air- ate under this part a turbine-engine- plane otherwise allowed to be operated powered airplane having a passenger under Part 91 of this chapter must seating configuration, excluding any comply with the applicable flight data required crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 recorder requirements of this section seats, that was brought onto the U.S. for that airplane. register after, or was registered outside (2) British Aerospace 1–11, General the United States and added to the op- Dynamics Convair 580, General Dynam- erator’s U.S. operations specifications ics Convair 600, General Dynamics after, October 11, 1991, unless it is Convair 640, deHavilland Aircraft Com- equipped with one or more approved pany Ltd. DHC–7, Fairchild Industries flight recorders that use a digital FH 227, Fokker F–27 (except Mark 50), method of recording and storing data F–28 Mark 1000 and Mark 4000, Gulf- and a method of readily retrieving that stream Aerospace G–159, Jetstream 4100 data from the storage medium. On or Series, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation before August 20, 2001, airplanes Electra 10–A, Lockheed Aircraft Cor- brought onto the U.S. register after Oc- poration Electra 10–B, Lockheed Air- tober 11, 1991, must comply with either

134

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344a

the requirements in this section or the this part, must be recorded within the applicable paragraphs in § 135.152 of this ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- chapter. In addition, by August 20, 2001. cording intervals specified in Appendix (1) The parameters listed in M of this part. §§ 121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(18) of (2) Commensurate with the capacity this part must be recorded with the of the recording system, all additional ranges, accuracies, and resolutions parameters listed in § 121.344(a) of this specified in Appendix B of part 135 of part for which information sources are this chapter, except that— installed and which are connected to (i) Either the parameter listed in the recording system, must be recorded § 121.344 (a)(12) or (a)(15) of this part within the ranges, accuracies, resolu- must be recorded; either the param- tions, and sampling intervals specified eters listed in § 121.344(a)(13) or (a)(16) in Appendix M of this part by August of this part must be recorded; and ei- 20, 2001. ther the parameter listed in (c) For all turbine-engine-powered § 121.344(a)(14) or (a)(17) of this part airplanes having a passenger seating must be recorded. configuration, excluding any required (ii) For airplanes with more than two crewmember seats, of 10 to 19 seats, engines, the parameter described in that are manufactured after August 19, § 121.344(a)(18) of this part must also be 2002, the parameters listed in recorded if sufficient capacity is avail- § 121.344(a)(1) through (a)(88) of this able on the existing recorder to record part must be recorded within the that parameter; ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- (iii) Parameters listed in cording intervals specified in Appendix §§ 121.344(a)(12) through 121.344(a)(17) of M of this part. this part each may be recorded from a (d) Each flight data recorder system single source; required by this section must be in- (iv) Any parameter for which no stalled in accordance with the require- value is contained in Appendix B of ments of § 23.1459(a) (except paragraphs part 135 of this chapter must be re- (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), (b), (d) and (e) of this corded within the ranges, accuracies, chapter. A correlation must be estab- and resolutions specified in Appendix lished between the values recorded by M of this part. the flight data recorder and the cor- (2) Commensurate with the capacity responding values being measured. The of the recording system (FDAU or correlation must contain a sufficient equivalent and the DFDR), the param- number of correlation points to accu- eters listed in §§ 121.344(a)(19) through rately establish the conversion from 121.344(a)(22) of this part also must be the recorded values to engineering recorded within the ranges, accuracies, units or discrete state over the full op- resolutions, and recording intervals erating range of the parameter. A sin- specified in Appendix B of part 135 of gle correlation may be established for this chapter. any group of airplanes— (3) The approved flight recorder re- (1) That are of the same type; quired by this section must be installed (2) On which the flight recorder sys- as soon as practicable, but no later tem and its installation are the same; than the next heavy maintenance and check or equivalent after August 18, (3) On which there is no difference in 1999. A heavy maintenance check is the type design with respect to the in- considered to be any time an airplane stallation of those sensors associated is scheduled to be out of service for 4 with the flight data recorder system. more days and is scheduled to include Correlation documentation must be access to major structural components. maintained by the certificate holder. (b) For a turbine-engine-powered air- (e) All airplanes subject to this sec- planes having a passenger seating con- tion are also subject to the require- figuration, excluding any required ments and exceptions stated in crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that § 121.344(g) through (k) and § 121.346. are manufactured after August 18, 2000. (f) For airplanes that were manufac- (1) The parameters listed in tured before August 18, 1997, the fol- §§ 121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(57) of lowing airplane types need not comply

135

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.345 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

with this section, but must continue to (2) After January 1, 1992: The appro- comply with applicable paragraphs of priate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For § 135.152 of this chapter, as appropriate: purposes of paragraph (c) (2) of this sec- Beech Aircraft–99 Series, Beech Air- tion, ‘‘installation’’ does not include— craft 1300, Beech Aircraft 1900C, (i) Temporary installation of TSO- Construcciones Aeronauticas, S.A. C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equip- (CASA) C–212, deHavilland DHC–6, ment, as appropriate, during mainte- Dornier 228, HS–748, Embraer EMB 110, nance of the permanent equipment; Jetstream 3101, Jetstream 3201, Fair- (ii) Reinstallation of equipment after child Aircraft SA–226, Fairchild Metro temporary removal for maintenance; or SA–227. (iii) For fleet operations, installation (g) All airplanes subject to the re- of equipment in a fleet aircraft after quirements of this section that are removal of the equipment for mainte- manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, nance from another aircraft in the must have a digital flight data recorder same operator’s fleet. installed that also— [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as (1) Meets the requirements in amended by Amdt. 121–101, 37 FR 28499, Dec. § 23.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (a)(7) or 27, 1972; Amdt. 121–190, 52 FR 3391, Feb. 3, § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8) of this 1987] chapter, as applicable; and § 121.346 Flight data recorders: fil- (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded tered data. information required in § 121.344(g) using a recorder that meets the stand- (a) A flight data signal is filtered when an original sensor signal has been ards of TSO–C124a, or later revision. changed in any way, other than [Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38380, July 17, 1997; 62 changes necessary to: FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; 62 FR 65202, Dec. 11, (1) Accomplish analog to digital con- 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR version of the signal; 42936, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR (2) Format a digital signal to be 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 74 FR 32801, DFDR compatible; or July 9, 2009; Amdt. 121–347, 75 FR 7356, Feb. 19, 2010] (3) Eliminate a high frequency component of a signal that is outside the § 121.345 Radio equipment. operational bandwidth of the sensor. (b) An original sensor signal for any (a) No person may operate an air- flight recorder parameter required to plane unless it is equipped with radio be recorded under § 121.344 may be fil- equipment required for the kind of op- tered only if the recorded signal value eration being conducted. continues to meet the requirements of (b) Where two independent (separate Appendix B or M of this part, as appli- and complete) radio systems are re- cable. quired by §§ 121.347 and 121.349, each (c) For a parameter described in system must have an independent an- § 121.344(a) (12) through (17), (42), or (88), tenna installation except that, where or the corresponding parameter in Ap- rigidly supported nonwire antennas or pendix B of this part, if the recorded other antenna installations of equiva- signal value is filtered and does not lent reliability are used, only one an- meet the requirements of Appendix B tenna is required. or M of this part, as applicable, the cer- (c) ATC transponder equipment in- tificate holder must: stalled within the time periods indi- (1) Remove the filtering and ensure cated below must meet the perform- that the recorded signal value meets ance and environmental requirements the requirements of Appendix B or M of of the following TSO’s: this part, as applicable; or (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any (2) Demonstrate by test and analysis class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO- that the original sensor signal value C74c as appropriate, provided that the can be reconstructed from the recorded equipment was manufactured before data. This demonstration requires January 1, 1990; or that: (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 (i) The FAA determine that the pro- (Mode S). cedure and the test results submitted

136

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.349

by the certificate holder as its compli- § 121.347 Communication and naviga- ance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section equipment for operations tion are repeatable; and under VFR over routes navigated (ii) The certificate holder maintains by pilotage. documentation of the procedure re- (a) No person may operate an air- quired to reconstruct the original sen- plane under VFR over routes that can sor signal value. This documentation is be navigated by pilotage unless the air- also subject to the requirements of plane is equipped with the radio com- § 121.344(i). munication equipment necessary under (d) Compliance. Compliance is re- normal operating conditions to fulfill quired as follows: the following: (1) Communicate with at least one (1) No later than October 20, 2011, appropriate station from any point on each operator must determine, for each the route; airplane on its operations specifica- (2) Communicate with appropriate air tions, whether the airplane’s DFDR traffic control facilities from any point system is filtering any of the param- within Class B, Class C, or Class D air- eters listed in paragraph (c) of this sec- space, or within a Class E surface area tion. The operator must create a record designated for an airport in which of this determination for each airplane flights are intended; and it operates, and maintain it as part of (3) Receive meteorological informa- the correlation documentation re- tion from any point en route by either quired by § 121.344(j)(3) of this part. of two independent systems. One of the (2) For airplanes that are not fil- means provided to comply with this tering any listed parameter, no further subparagraph may be used to comply action is required unless the airplane’s with paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this DFDR system is modified in a manner section. that would cause it to meet the defini- (b) No person may operate an air- tion of filtering on any listed param- plane at night under VFR over routes eter. that can be navigated by pilotage un- (3) For airplanes found to be filtering less that airplane is equipped with— a parameter listed in paragraph (c) of (1) Radio communication equipment this section, the operator must either: necessary under normal operating conditions to fulfill the functions specified (i) No later than April 21, 2014, re- in paragraph (a) of this section; and move the filtering; or (2) Navigation equipment suitable for (ii) No later than April 22, 2013, sub- the route to be flown. mit the necessary procedure and test results required by paragraph (c)(2) of [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as this section. amended by Amdt. 121–226, 56 FR 65663, Dec. 17, 1991; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31681, June 7, (4) After April 21, 2014, no aircraft 2007] flight data recording system may filter any parameter listed in paragraph (c) § 121.349 Communication and naviga- of this section that does not meet the tion equipment for operations requirements of Appendix B or M of under VFR over routes not navigated by pilotage or for operations this part, unless the certificate holder under IFR or over the top. possesses test and analysis procedures and the test results that have been ap- (a) Navigation equipment require- proved by the FAA. All records of ments—General. No person may conduct tests, analysis and procedures used to operations under VFR over routes that cannot be navigated by pilotage, or op- comply with this section must be erations conducted under IFR or over maintained as part of the correlation the top, unless— documentation required by (1) The en route navigation aids nec- § 121.344(j)(3) of this part. essary for navigating the airplane [Doc. No. FAA–2006–26135, 75 FR 7356, Feb. 19, along the route (e.g., ATS routes, ar- 2010] rival and departure routes, and instrument approach procedures, including missed approach procedures if a missed

137

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.351 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

approach routing is specified in the suitable airport by use of the remain- procedure) are available and suitable ing navigation system, and complete for use by the aircraft navigation sys- an instrument approach and land. tems required by this section; (d) Use of VOR navigation equipment. (2) The airplane used in those oper- If VOR navigation equipment is used to ations is equipped with at least— comply with paragraph (a) or (c) of this (i) Except as provided in paragraph section, no person may operate an air- (c) of this section, two approved inde- plane unless it is equipped with at least pendent navigation systems suitable one approved DME or suitable RNAV for navigating the airplane along the system. route to be flown within the degree of (e) Additional communication system accuracy required for ATC; equipment requirements for operators sub- (ii) One marker beacon receiver pro- ject to § 121.2. In addition to the require- viding visual and aural signals; and ments in paragraph (b) of this section, (iii) One ILS receiver; and no person may operate an airplane hav- (3) Any RNAV system used to meet ing a passenger seat configuration of 10 the navigation equipment require- to 30 seats, excluding each crewmember ments of this section is authorized in seat, and a maximum payload capacity the certificate holder’s operations of 7,500 pounds or less, under IFR, over specifications. the top, or in extended over-water op- (b) Communication equipment require- erations unless it is equipped with at ments. No person may operate an air- least— plane under VFR over routes that can- (1) Two microphones; and not be navigated by pilotage, and no (2) Two headsets, or one headset and person may operate an airplane under one speaker. IFR or over the top, unless the airplane [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, is equipped with— 2007] (1) At least two independent communication systems necessary under nor- § 121.351 Communication and naviga- mal operating conditions to fulfill the tion equipment for extended over- functions specified in § 121.347 (a); and water operations and for certain (2) At least one of the communica- other operations. tion systems required by paragraph (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must have two- (c) of this section, no person may con- way voice communication capability. duct an extended over-water operation (c) Use of a single independent naviga- unless the airplane is equipped with at tion system for operations under VFR over least two independent long-range navi- routes that cannot be navigated by pilot- gation systems and at least two inde- age, or operations conducted under IFR pendent long-range communication or over the top. Notwithstanding the re- systems necessary under normal oper- quirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this ating conditions to fulfill the following section, the airplane may be equipped functions— with a single independent navigation (1) Communicate with at least one system suitable for navigating the air- appropriate station from any point on plane along the route to be flown with- the route; in the degree of accuracy required for (2) Receive meteorological informa- ATC if: tion from any point on the route by ei- (1) It can be shown that the airplane ther of two independent communica- is equipped with at least one other tion systems. One of the communica- independent navigation system suit- tion systems used to comply with this able, in the event of loss of the naviga- paragraph may be used to comply with tion capability of the single inde- paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) of this sec- pendent navigation system permitted tion; and by this paragraph at any point along (3) At least one of the communica- the route, for proceeding safely to a tion systems must have two-way voice suitable airport and completing an in- communication capability. strument approach; and (b) No certificate holder conducting a (2) The airplane has sufficient fuel so flag or supplemental operation or a do- that the flight may proceed safely to a mestic operation within the State of

138

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.354

Alaska may conduct an operation with- placing (or recharging) the battery out the equipment specified in para- must be legibly marked on the outside graph (a) of this section, if the Admin- of the transmitter. The battery useful istrator finds that equipment to be life (or useful life of charge) require- necessary for search and rescue oper- ments of this paragraph do not apply ations because of the nature of the ter- to batteries (such as water-activated rain to be flown over. batteries) that are essentially unaf- (c) Notwithstanding the require- fected during probable storage inter- ments of paragraph (a) of this section, vals. installation and use of a single LRNS (c) Enough survival kits, appro- and a single LRCS may be authorized priately equipped for the route to be by the Administrator and approved in flown for the number of occupants of the certificate holder’s operations the airplane. specifications for operations and routes in certain geographic areas. The fol- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as lowing are among the operational fac- amended by Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept. tors the Administrator may consider in 21, 1971; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378 Aug. 20, granting an authorization: 1973; Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; (1) The ability of the flightcrew to Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994; navigate the airplane along the route Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] within the degree of accuracy required for ATC, § 121.354 Terrain awareness and warn- (2) The length of the route being ing system. flown, and (a) Airplanes manufactured after March (3) The duration of the very high fre- 29, 2002. No person may operate a tur- quency communications gap. bine-powered airplane unless that air- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as plane is equipped with an approved ter- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. rain awareness and warning system 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–254, 61 FR 7191, Feb. 26, that meets the requirements for Class 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007] A equipment in Technical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. The airplane must § 121.353 Emergency equipment for op- also include an approved terrain situa- erations over uninhabited terrain areas: Flag, supplemental, and cer- tional awareness display. tain domestic operations. (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before No person may operate Unless the airplane has the following March 29, 2002. equipment, no person may conduct a a turbine-powered airplane after March flag or supplemental operation or a do- 29, 2005, unless that airplane is mestic operation within the States of equipped with an approved terrain Alaska or Hawaii over an uninhabited awareness and warning system that area or any other area that (in its oper- meets the requirements for Class A ations specifications) the Adminis- equipment in Technical Standard Order trator specifies required equipment for (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also in- search and rescue in case of an emer- clude an approved terrain situational gency: awareness display. (a) Suitable pyrotechnic signaling de- (Approved by the Office of Management and vices. Budget under control number 2120–0631) (b) An approved survival type emergency locator transmitter. Batteries (c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Air- used in this transmitter must be re- plane Flight Manual shall contain ap- placed (or recharged, if the battery is propriate procedures for— rechargeable) when the transmitter has (1) The use of the terrain awareness been in use for more than 1 cumulative and warning system; and hour, or when 50 percent of their useful (2) Proper flight crew reaction in re- life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 sponse to the terrain awareness and percent of their useful life of charge) warning system audio and visual warn- has expired, as established by the ings. transmitter manufacturer under its approval. The new expiration date for re- [Doc. No. 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000]

139

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.355 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.355 Equipment for operations on COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS—Continued which specialized means of naviga- Then you must operate that airplane tion are used. If you operate any— with— (a) No certificate holder may conduct (b) Passenger or (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C–118, or an operation— combination a later version, or (1) Using Doppler Radar or an Iner- cargo/passenger (2) A collision avoidance system equiv- tial Navigation System outside the 48 (combi) airplane alent to has a TSO C–118, or a later contiguous States and the District of that has a pas- version, or senger seat con- (3) A collision avoidance system and Columbia, unless such systems have figuration of 10– Mode S transponder that meet para- been approved in accordance with ap- 30 seats. graph (a)(1) of this section. pendix G to this part; or (c) Piston-powered (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C–118, or (2) Using Doppler Radar or an Iner- airplane of more a later version, or than 33,000 (2) A collision avoidance system equiv- tial Navigation System within the 48 pounds maximum alent to maximum TSO C–118, or a contiguous States and the District of certificated take- later version, or Columbia, or any other specialized off weight. (3) A collision avoidance system and Mode S transponder that meet para- means of navigation, unless it shows graph (a)(1) of this section. that an adequate airborne system is provided for the specialized navigation authorized for the particular operation. [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10910, 68 FR 15902, Apr. 1, 2003] (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, Doppler Radar and Iner- § 121.357 Airborne weather radar tial Navigation Systems, and the train- equipment requirements. ing programs, maintenance programs, (a) No person may operate any trans- relevant operations manual material, port category airplane (except C–46 and minimum equipment lists prepared type airplanes) or a nontransport cat- in accordance therewith, approved be- egory airplane certificated after De- fore April 29, 1972, are not required to cember 31, 1964, unless approved air- be approved in accordance with that borne weather radar equipment has paragraph. been installed in the airplane. [Doc. No. 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972] (b) [Reserved] (c) Each person operating an airplane § 121.356 Collision avoidance system. required to have approved airborne Effective January 1, 2005, any air- weather radar equipment installed plane you operate under this part must shall, when using it under this part, op- be equipped and operated according to erate it in accordance with the fol- the following table: lowing: (1) Dispatch. No person may dispatch COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS an airplane (or begin the flight of an airplane in the case of a certificate Then you must operate that airplane If you operate any— with— holder, that does not use a dispatch system) under IFR or night VFR condi- (a) Turbine-powered (1) An appropriate class of Mode S tions when current weather reports in- airplane of more transponder that meets Technical than 33,000 Standard Order (TSO) C–112, or a dicate that thunderstorms, or other po- pounds maximum later version, and one of the fol- tentially hazardous weather conditions certificated take- lowing approved units: that can be detected with airborne off weight. (i) TCAS II that meets TSO C–119b weather radar, may reasonably be ex- (version 7.0), or takeoff weight a later version. pected along the route to be flown, un- (ii) TCAS II that meets TSO C–119a less the airborne weather radar equip- (version 6.04A Enhanced) that was ment is in satisfactory operating con- installed in that airplane before May dition. 1, 2003. If that TCAS II version 6.04A Enhanced no longer can be (2) If the airborne weather radar be- repaired to TSO C–119a standards, comes inoperative en route, the air- it must be replaced with a TCAS II plane must be operated in accordance that meets TSO C–119b (version 7.0), or a later version. with the approved instructions and (iii) A collision avoidance system equiv- procedures specified in the operations alent to TSO C–119b (version 7.0), manual for such an event. or a later version, capable of coordi- (d) This section does not apply to air- nating with units that meet TSO C– 119a (version 6.04A Enhanced), or a planes used solely within the State of later version. Hawaii or within the State of Alaska

140

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.359

and that part of Canada west of lon- windshear detection and avoidance sys- gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude tem, or an approved combination of 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, these systems. or during any training, test, or ferry (c) Extension of the compliance date. A flight. certificate holder may obtain an exten- (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the compliance date in para- sion of this chapter, an alternate elec- graph (b) of this section if it obtains trical power supply is not required for FAA approval of a retrofit schedule. To airborne weather radar equipment. obtain approval of a retrofit schedule and show continued compliance with [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as that schedule, a certificate holder must amended by Amdt. 121–18, 31 FR 5825, Apr. 15, 1966; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; do the following: Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (1) Submit a request for approval of a retrofit schedule by June 1, 1990, to the § 121.358 Low-altitude windshear sys- appropriate Flight Standards division tem equipment requirements. manager in the responsible Flight (a) Airplanes manufactured after Janu- Standards office. ary 2, 1991. No person may operate a (2) Show that all of the certificate turbine-powered airplane manufac- holder’s airplanes required to be tured after January 2, 1991, unless it is equipped in accordance with this sec- equipped with either an approved air- tion will be equipped by the final com- borne windshear warning and flight pliance date established for TCAS II guidance system, an approved airborne retrofit. detection and avoidance system, or an (3) Comply with its retrofit schedule approved combination of these sys- and submit status reports containing tems. information acceptable to the Adminis- (b) Airplanes manufactured before Jan- trator. The initial report must be sub- uary 3, 1991. Except as provided in para- mitted by January 2, 1991, and subse- graph (c) of this section, after January quent reports must be submitted every 2, 1991, no person may operate a tur- six months thereafter until completion bine-powered airplane manufactured of the schedule. The reports must be before January 3, 1991 unless it meets submitted to the certificate holder’s one of the following requirements as assigned Principal Avionics Inspector. applicable. (d) Definitions. For the purposes of (1) The makes/models/series listed this section the following definitions below must be equipped with either an apply— approved airborne windshear warning (1) Turbine-powered airplane includes, and flight guidance system, an ap- e.g., turbofan-, turbojet-, propfan-, and proved airborne detection and avoid- ultra-high bypass fan-powered air- ance system, or an approved combina- planes. The definition specifically ex- tion of these systems: cludes turbopropeller-powered air- (i) A–300–600; planes. (ii) A–310—all series; (2) An airplane is considered manu- (iii) A–320—all series; factured on the date the inspection ac- (iv) B–737–300, 400, and 500 series; ceptance records reflect that the air- (v) B–747–400; plane is complete and meets the FAA (vi) B–757—all series; Approved Type Design data. (vii) B–767—all series; [Doc. No. 25954, 55 FR 13242, Apr. 9, 1990, as (viii) F–100—all series; amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. (ix) MD–11—all series; and 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (x) MD–80 series equipped with an EFIS and Honeywell-970 digital flight § 121.359 Cockpit voice recorders. guidance computer. (a) No certificate holder may operate (2) All other turbine-powered air- a large turbine engine powered airplane planes not listed above must be or a large pressurized airplane with equipped with as a minimum require- four reciprocating engines unless an ment, an approved airborne windshear approved cockpit voice recorder is in- warning system. These airplanes may stalled in that airplane and is operated be equipped with an approved airborne continuously from the start of the use

141

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.359 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

of the checklist (before starting en- (f) In complying with this section, an gines for the purpose of flight), to com- approved cockpit voice recorder having pletion of the final checklist at the ter- an erasure feature may be used, so that mination of the flight. at any time during the operation of the (b) [Reserved] recorder, information recorded more (c) The cockpit voice recorder re- than 30 minutes earlier may be erased quired by paragraph (a) of this section or otherwise obliterated. must meet the following application (g) For those aircraft equipped to standards: record the uninterrupted audio signals (1) The requirements of part 25 of this received by a boom or a mask micro- chapter in affect on August 31, 1977. phone, the flight crewmembers are re- (2) After September 1, 1980, each required to use the boom microphone corder container must— below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No (i) Be either bright orange or bright person may operate a large turbine en- yellow; gine powered airplane or a large pressurized airplane with four recipro- (ii) Have reflective tape affixed to the cating engines manufactured after Oc- external surface to facilitate its loca- tober 11, 1991, or on which a cockpit tion under water; and voice recorder has been installed after (iii) Have an approved underwater lo- October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped to cating device on or adjacent to the con- record the uninterrupted audio signal tainer which is secured in such a man- received by a boom or mask micro- ner that they are not likely to be sepa- phone in accordance with § 25.1457(c)(5) rated during crash impact, unless the of this chapter. cockpit voice recorder, and the flight (h) In the event of an accident or oc- recorder required by § 121.343, are in- currence requiring immediate notifica- stalled adjacent to each other in such a tion of the National Transportation manner that they are not likely to be Safety Board under part 830 of its regu- separated during crash impact. lations, which results in the termi- (d) No person may operate a multien- nation of the flight, the certificate gine, turbine-powered airplane having holder shall keep the recorded informa- a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 tion for at least 60 days or, if requested seats unless it is equipped with an ap- by the Administrator or the Board, for proved cockpit voice recorder that: a longer period. Information obtained (1) Is installed in compliance with from the record is used to assist in de- § 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), termining the cause of accidents or oc- (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); or currences in connection with investiga- § 25.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), tions under part 830. The Adminis- (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chap- trator does not use the record in any ter, as applicable; and civil penalty or certificate action. (2) Is operated continuously from the (i) By April 7, 2012, all turbine en- use of the checklist before the flight to gine-powered airplanes subject to this completion of the final checklist at the section that are manufactured before end of the flight. April 7, 2010, must have a cockpit voice (e) No person may operate a multien- recorder installed that also— gine, turbine-powered airplane having (1) Meets the requirements of a passenger seat configuration of 20 to § 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this 30 seats unless it is equipped with an chapter, as applicable; approved cockpit voice recorder that— (2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of (1) Is installed in accordance with the recorded information using a recorder requirements of § 23.1457 (except para- that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, graphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) or or later revision; and § 25.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), (3) Is operated continuously from the (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) of this chapter, as use of the checklist before the flight to applicable; and completion of the final checklist at the (2) Is operated continuously from the end of the flight. use of the checklist before the flight to (4) If transport category, meets the completion of the final checklist at the requirements in § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), end of the flight. and (a)(5) of this chapter.

142

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.365

(j) All turbine engine-powered air- use of airframe components, power- planes subject to this section that are plants, appliances, and spare parts manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, thereof because those items have been must have a cockpit voice recorder in- maintained, altered, or inspected by stalled that also— persons employed outside the United (1) Is installed in accordance with the States who do not hold U.S. airman requirements of § 23.1457 (except for certificates. Each certificate holder paragraph (a)(6) or § 25.1457 (except for who uses parts under this deviation paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- must provide for surveillance of facili- plicable; ties and practices to assure that all (2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of work performed on these parts is ac- recorded information using a recorder complished in accordance with the cer- that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, tificate holder’s manual. or later revision; and [Doc. No. 8754, 33 FR 14406, Sept. 25, 1968] (3) Is operated continuously from the use of the checklist before the flight to § 121.363 Responsibility for airworthi- completion of the final checklist at the ness. end of the flight. (a) Each certificate holder is pri- (4) For all airplanes manufactured on marily responsible for— or after December 6, 2010, also meets (1) The airworthiness of its aircraft, the requirements of § 23.1457(a)(6) or including airframes, aircraft engines, § 25.1457(a)(6) of this chapter, as appli- propellers, appliances, and parts there- cable. of; and (k) All airplanes required by this part (2) The performance of the mainte- to have a cockpit voice recorder and a nance, preventive maintenance, and al- flight data recorder, that install teration of its aircraft, including air- datalink communication equipment on frames, aircraft engines, propellers, ap- or after December 6, 2010, must record pliances, emergency equipment, and all datalink messages as required by parts thereof, in accordance with its the certification rule applicable to the manual and the regulations of this airplane. chapter. (b) A certificate holder may make ar- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964] rangements with another person for EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- the performance of any maintenance, tations affecting § 121.359, see the List of CFR preventive maintenance, or alter- Sections Affected, which appears in the ations. However, this does not relieve Finding Aids section of the printed volume the certificate holder of the responsi- and at www.govinfo.gov. bility specified in paragraph (a) of this § 121.360 [Reserved] section. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as Subpart L—Maintenance, Preven- amended by Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. tive Maintenance, and Alter- 20, 1973] ations § 121.365 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration organi- SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. zation. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. (a) Each certificate holder that performs any of its maintenance (other § 121.361 Applicability. than required inspections), preventive (a) Except as provided by paragraph maintenance, or alterations, and each (b) of this section, this subpart pre- person with whom it arranges for the scribes requirements for maintenance, performance of that work must have an preventive maintenance, and alter- organization adequate to perform the ations for all certificate holders. work. (b) The Administrator may amend a (b) Each certificate holder that per- certificate holder’s operations speci- forms any inspections required by its fications to permit deviation from manual in accordance with those provisions of this subpart that § 121.369(b)(2) or (3) (in this subpart re- would prevent the return to service and ferred to as required inspections) and

143

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.367 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

each person with whom it arranges for tive maintenance, or an alteration for the performance of that work must a certificate holder other than a person have an organization adequate to per- who is trained by and employed di- form that work. rectly by that certificate holder. (c) Each person performing required (2) Covered work means any of the fol- inspections in addition to other main- lowing: tenance, preventive maintenance, or (i) Essential maintenance that could alterations, shall organize the perform- result in a failure, malfunction, or de- ance of those functions so as to sepa- fect endangering the safe operation of rate the required inspection functions an aircraft if not performed properly or from the other maintenance, preven- if improper parts or materials are used; tive maintenance, and alteration func- (ii) Regularly scheduled mainte- tions. The separation shall be below nance; or the level of administrative control at (iii) A required inspection item on an which overall responsibility for the re- aircraft. quired inspection functions and other (3) Directly in charge means having re- maintenance, preventive maintenance, sponsibility for covered work per- and alteration functions are exercised. formed by a maintenance provider. A [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as representative of the certificate holder amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, directly in charge of covered work does 1965] not need to physically observe and direct each maintenance provider con- § 121.367 Maintenance, preventive stantly, but must be available for con- maintenance, and alterations pro- sultation on matters requiring instruc- grams. tion or decision. Each certificate holder shall have an (b) Each certificate holder must be inspection program and a program cov- directly in charge of all covered work ering other maintenance, preventive done for it by a maintenance provider. maintenance, and alterations that en- (c) Each maintenance provider must sures that— perform all covered work in accordance (a) Maintenance, preventive mainte- with the certificate holder’s maintenance, and alterations performed by it, nance manual. or by other persons, are performed in (d) No maintenance provider may accordance with the certificate hold- perform covered work unless that work er’s manual; is carried out under the supervision (b) Competent personnel and ade- and control of the certificate holder. quate facilities and equipment are pro- (e) Each certificate holder who con- vided for the proper performance of tracts for maintenance, preventive maintenance, preventive maintenance, maintenance, or alterations must de- and alterations; and velop and implement policies, proce- (c) Each aircraft released to service dures, methods, and instructions for is airworthy and has been properly the accomplishment of all contracted maintained for operation under this maintenance, preventive maintenance, part. and alterations. These policies, proce- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as dures, methods, and instructions must amended by Amdt. 121–100, 37 FR 28053, Dec. provide for the maintenance, preven- 20, 1972] tive maintenance, and alterations to be performed in accordance with the cer- § 121.368 Contract maintenance. tificate holder’s maintenance program (a) A certificate holder may arrange and maintenance manual. with another person for the perform- (f) Each certificate holder who con- ance of maintenance, preventive main- tracts for maintenance, preventive tenance, and alterations as authorized maintenance, or alterations must en- in § 121.379(a) only if the certificate sure that its system for the continuing holder has met all the requirements in analysis and surveillance of the main- this section. For purposes of this sec- tenance, preventive maintenance, and tion— alterations carried out by the mainte- (1) A maintenance provider is any per- nance provider, as required by son who performs maintenance, preven- § 121.373(a), contains procedures for

144

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.369

oversight of all contracted covered cluding at least those that could result work. in a failure, malfunction, or defect en- (g) The policies, procedures, methods, dangering the safe operation of the air- and instructions required by para- craft, if not performed properly or if graphs (e) and (f) of this section must improper parts or materials are used. be acceptable to the FAA and included (3) The method of performing re- in the certificate holder’s maintenance quired inspections and a designation by manual as required by§ 121.369(b)(10). occupational title of personnel author- (h) Each certificate holder who con- ized to perform each required inspec- tracts for maintenance, preventive tion. maintenance, or alterations must pro- (4) Procedures for the reinspection of vide to its responsible Flight Standards office, in a format acceptable to the work performed pursuant to previous FAA, a list that includes the name and required inspection findings (buy-back physical (street) address, or addresses, procedures). where the work is carried out for each (5) Procedures, standards, and limits maintenance provider that performs necessary for required inspections and work for the certificate holder, and a acceptance or rejection of the items re- description of the type of maintenance, quired to be inspected and for periodic preventive maintenance, or alteration inspection and calibration of precision that is to be performed at each loca- tools, measuring devices, and test tion. The list must be updated with equipment. any changes, including additions or de- (6) Procedures to ensure that all re- letions, and the updated list provided quired inspections are performed. to the FAA in a format acceptable to (7) Instructions to prevent any per- the FAA by the last day of each cal- son who performs any item of work endar month. from performing any required inspec- [Docket FAA–2011–1136, Amdt. 121–371, 80 FR tion of that work. 11546, Mar. 4, 2015, as amended by Docket (8) Instructions and procedures to FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, prevent any decision of an inspector, Mar. 5, 2018] regarding any required inspection from being countermanded by persons other § 121.369 Manual requirements. than supervisory personnel of the in- (a) The certificate holder shall put in spection unit, or a person at that level its manual a chart or description of the of administrative control that has certificate holder’s organization re- overall responsibility for the manage- quired by § 121.365 and a list of persons ment of both the required inspection with whom it has arranged for the per- functions and the other maintenance, formance of any of its required inspec- preventive maintenance, and alter- tions, other maintenance, preventive ations functions. maintenance, or alterations, including (9) Procedures to ensure that re- a general description of that work. quired inspections, other maintenance, (b) The certificate holder’s manual must contain the programs required by preventive maintenance, and alter- § 121.367 that must be followed in per- ations that are not completed as a re- forming maintenance, preventive sult of shift changes or similar work maintenance, and alterations of that interruptions are properly completed certificate holder’s airplanes, including before the aircraft is released to serv- airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, ice. appliances, emergency equipment, and (10) Policies, procedures, methods, parts thereof, and must include at least and instructions for the accomplish- the following: ment of all maintenance, preventive (1) The method of performing routine maintenance, and alterations carried and nonroutine maintenance (other out by a maintenance provider. These than required inspections), preventive policies, procedures, methods, and in- maintenance, and alterations. structions must be acceptable to the (2) A designation of the items of FAA and provide for the maintenance, maintenance and alteration that must preventive maintenance, and alter- be inspected (required inspections), in- ations to be performed in accordance

145

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR §§ 121.370–121.370a 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

with the certificate holder’s mainte- authorized describing the extent of his nance program and maintenance man- responsibilities, authorities, and ual. inspectional limitations. The list shall (c) The certificate holder must set be made available for inspection by the forth in its manual a suitable system Administrator upon request. (which may include a coded system) that provides for preservation and re- § 121.373 Continuing analysis and sur- trieval of information in a manner ac- veillance. ceptable to the Administrator and that (a) Each certificate holder shall es- provides— tablish and maintain a system for the (1) A description (or reference to data continuing analysis and surveillance of acceptable to the Administrator) of the the performance and effectiveness of work performed; its inspection program and the pro- (2) The name of the person per- gram covering other maintenance, pre- forming the work if the work is per- ventive maintenance, and alterations formed by a person outside the organi- and for the correction of any deficiency zation of the certificate holder; and in those programs, regardless of wheth- (3) The name or other positive identi- er those programs are carried out by fication of the individual approving the the certificate holder or by another work. person. (b) Whenever the Administrator finds [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–94, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, that either or both of the programs de- 1972; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973; scribed in paragraph (a) of this section Docket FAA–2011–1136, Amdt. 121–371, 80 FR does not contain adequate procedures 11546, Mar. 4, 2015] and standards to meet the requirements of this part, the certificate hold- §§ 121.370–121.370a [Reserved] er shall, after notification by the Ad- ministrator, make any changes in § 121.371 Required inspection per- those programs that are necessary to sonnel. meet those requirements. (a) No person may use any person to (c) A certificate holder may petition perform required inspections unless the the Administrator to reconsider the person performing the inspection is ap- notice to make a change in a program. propriately certificated, properly The petition must be filed with the re- trained, qualified, and authorized to do sponsible Flight Standards office so. charged with the overall inspection of (b) No person may allow any person the certificate holder’s operations to perform a required inspection un- within 30 days after the certificate less, at that time, the person per- holder receives the notice. Except in forming that inspection is under the the case of an emergency requiring im- supervision and control of an inspec- mediate action in the interest of safe- tion unit. ty, the filing of the petition stays the (c) No person may perform a required notice pending a decision by the Ad- inspection if he performed the item of ministrator. work required to be inspected. (d) Each certificate holder shall [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. maintain, or shall determine that each 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, person with whom it arranges to per- 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 form its required inspections main- FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] tains, a current listing of persons who have been trained, qualified, and au- § 121.374 Continuous airworthiness thorized to conduct required inspec- maintenance program (CAMP) for tions. The persons must be identified two-engine ETOPS. by name, occupational title, and the In order to conduct an ETOPS flight inspections that they are authorized to using a two-engine airplane, each cer- perform. The certificate holder (or per- tificate holder must develop and com- son with whom it arranges to perform ply with the ETOPS continuous air- its required inspections) shall give worthiness maintenance program, as written information to each person so authorized in the certificate holder’s

146

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.374

operations specifications, for each air- satisfactorily completes the operator’s plane-engine combination used in ETOPS training program and is au- ETOPS. The certificate holder must thorized by the certificate holder. develop this ETOPS CAMP by (ii) ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person: supplementing the manufacturer’s A person is an ETOPS PDSC Signatory maintenance program or the CAMP Person when that person is ETOPS currently approved for the certificate qualified and that person: holder. This ETOPS CAMP must in- (A) When certifying the completion clude the following elements: of the ETOPS PDSC in the United (a) ETOPS maintenance document. The States: certificate holder must have an ETOPS (1) Works for an operator authorized maintenance document for use by each to engage in part 121 operation or person involved in ETOPS. works for a part 145 repair station; and (1) The document must— (2) Holds a U.S. Mechanic’s Certifi- (i) List each ETOPS significant sys- cate with airframe and powerplant rat- tem, ings. (ii) Refer to or include all of the (B) When certifying the completion ETOPS maintenance elements in this of the ETOPS PDSC outside of the U.S. section, holds a certificate in accordance with (iii) Refer to or include all supportive § 43.17(c)(1) of this chapter; or programs and procedures, (C) When certifying the completion (iv) Refer to or include all duties and of the ETOPS PDSC outside the U.S. responsibilities, and holds the certificates needed or has the (v) Clearly state where referenced requisite experience or training to re- material is located in the certificate turn aircraft to service on behalf of an holder’s document system. ETOPS maintenance entity. (b) ETOPS pre-departure service check. (iii) ETOPS maintenance entity: An Except as provided in Appendix P of entity authorized to perform ETOPS this part, the certificate holder must maintenance and complete ETOPS develop a pre-departure check tailored PDSC and that entity is: to their specific operation. (1) The certificate holder must com- (A) Certificated to engage in part 121 plete a pre-departure service check im- operations; mediately before each ETOPS flight. (B) Repair station certificated under (2) At a minimum, this check must— part 145 of this chapter; or (i) Verify the condition of all ETOPS (C) Entity authorized pursuant to Significant Systems; § 43.17(c)(2) of this chapter. (ii) Verify the overall status of the (c) Limitations on dual maintenance. airplane by reviewing applicable main- (1) Except as specified in paragraph tenance records; and (c)(2), the certificate holder may not (iii) Include an interior and exterior perform scheduled or unscheduled dual inspection to include a determination maintenance during the same mainte- of engine and APU oil levels and con- nance visit on the same or a substan- sumption rates. tially similar ETOPS Significant Sys- (3) An appropriately trained mainte- tem listed in the ETOPS maintenance nance person, who is ETOPS qualified, document, if the improper mainte- must accomplish and certify by signa- nance could result in the failure of an ture ETOPS specific tasks. Before an ETOPS Significant System. ETOPS flight may commence, an (2) In the event dual maintenance as ETOPS pre-departure service check defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- (PDSC) Signatory Person, who has tion cannot be avoided, the certificate been authorized by the certificate hold- holder may perform maintenance pro- er, must certify by signature, that the vided: ETOPS PDSC has been completed. (i) The maintenance action on each (4) For the purposes of this paragraph affected ETOPS Significant System is (b) only, the following definitions performed by a different technician, or apply: (ii) The maintenance action on each (i) ETOPS qualified person: A person affected ETOPS Significant System is is ETOPS qualified when that person performed by the same technician

147

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.374 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

under the direct supervision of a sec- (1) The certificate holder must report ond qualified individual; and the following events within 96 hours of (iii) For either paragraph (c)(2)(i) or the occurrence to its responsible Flight (ii) of this section, a qualified indi- Standards office: vidual conducts a ground verification (i) IFSDs, except planned IFSDs per- test and any in-flight verification test formed for flight training. required under the program developed (ii) Diversions and turnbacks for fail- pursuant to paragraph (d) of this sec- ures, malfunctions, or defects associ- tion. ated with any airplane or engine sys- (d) Verification program. The certifi- tem. cate holder must develop and maintain (iii) Uncommanded power or thrust a program for the resolution of discrep- changes or surges. ancies that will ensure the effective- (iv) Inability to control the engine or ness of maintenance actions taken on obtain desired power or thrust. ETOPS Significant Systems. The (v) Inadvertent fuel loss or unavail- verification program must identify po- ability, or uncorrectable fuel imbal- tential problems and verify satisfac- ance in flight. tory corrective action. The verification (vi) Failures, malfunctions or defects program must include ground associated with ETOPS Significant verification and in-flight verification Systems. policy and procedures. The certificate (vii) Any event that would jeopardize holder must establish procedures to in- the safe flight and landing of the air- dicate clearly who is going to initiate plane on an ETOPS flight. the verification action and what action (2) The certificate holder must inves- is necessary. The verification action tigate the cause of each event listed in may be performed on an ETOPS rev- paragraph (h)(1) of this section and enue flight provided the verification submit findings and a description of corrective action to its responsible action is documented as satisfactorily Flight Standards office. The report completed upon reaching the ETOPS must include the information specified Entry Point. in § 121.703(e). The corrective action (e) Task identification. The certificate must be acceptable to its responsible holder must identify all ETOPS-spe- Flight Standards office. cific tasks. An appropriately trained (i) Propulsion system monitoring. (1) If mechanic who is ETOPS qualified must the IFSD rate (computed on a 12-month accomplish and certify by signature rolling average) for an engine installed that the ETOPS-specific task has been as part of an airplane-engine combina- completed. tion exceeds the following values, the (f) Centralized maintenance control pro- certificate holder must do a com- cedures. The certificate holder must de- prehensive review of its operations to velop and maintain procedures for cen- identify any common cause effects and tralized maintenance control for systemic errors. The IFSD rate must ETOPS. be computed using all engines of that (g) Parts control program. The certifi- type in the certificate holder’s entire cate holder must develop an ETOPS fleet of airplanes approved for ETOPS. parts control program to ensure the (i) A rate of 0.05 per 1,000 engine proper identification of parts used to hours for ETOPS up to and including maintain the configuration of airplanes 120 minutes. used in ETOPS. (ii) A rate of 0.03 per 1,000 engine (h) Reliability program. The certificate hours for ETOPS beyond 120-minutes holder must have an ETOPS reliability up to and including 207 minutes in the program. This program must be the North Pacific Area of Operation and up certificate holder’s existing reliability to and including 180 minutes elsewhere. program or its Continuing Analysis (iii) A rate of 0.02 per 1,000 engine and Surveillance System (CASS) sup- hours for ETOPS beyond 207 minutes in plemented for ETOPS. This program the North Pacific Area of Operation must be event-oriented and include and beyond 180 minutes elsewhere. procedures to report the events listed (2) Within 30 days of exceeding the below, as follows: rates above, the certificate holder must

148

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.378

submit a report of investigation and maintenance training program used to any necessary corrective action taken qualify individuals to perform work on to its responsible Flight Standards of- specific airplanes and engines. fice. (n) Configuration, maintenance, and (j) Engine condition monitoring. (1) The procedures (CMP) document. If an air- certificate holder must have an engine plane-engine combination has a CMP condition monitoring program to de- document, the certificate holder must tect deterioration at an early stage and use a system that ensures compliance to allow for corrective action before with the applicable FAA-approved doc- safe operation is affected. ument. (2) This program must describe the (o) Procedural changes. Each substan- parameters to be monitored, the meth- tial change to the maintenance or od of data collection, the method of training procedures that were used to analyzing data, and the process for qualify the certificate holder for taking corrective action. ETOPS, must be submitted to the (3) The program must ensure that en- CHDO for review. The certificate hold- gine-limit margins are maintained so er cannot implement a change until its that a prolonged engine-inoperative di- responsible Flight Standards office no- version may be conducted at approved tifies the certificate holder that the re- power levels and in all expected envi- view is complete. ronmental conditions without exceed- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1880, Jan. 16, ing approved engine limits. This in- 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR cludes approved limits for items such 7348, Feb. 15, 2007; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 26541, as rotor speeds and exhaust gas tem- May 10, 2007; Amdt. 121–339, 73 FR 33881, June peratures. 16, 2008; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121– (k) Oil-consumption monitoring. The 380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] certificate holder must have an engine oil consumption monitoring program § 121.375 Maintenance and preventive to ensure that there is enough oil to maintenance training program. complete each ETOPS flight. APU oil Each certificate holder or person per- consumption must be included if an forming maintenance or preventive APU is required for ETOPS. The opera- maintenance functions for it shall have tor’s oil consumption limit may not ex- a training program to ensure that each ceed the manufacturer’s recommenda- person (including inspection personnel) tion. Monitoring must be continuous who determines the adequacy of work and include oil added at each ETOPS done is fully informed about procedures departure point. The program must and techniques and new equipment in compare the amount of oil added at use and is competent to perform his du- each ETOPS departure point with the ties. running average consumption to identify sudden increases. § 121.377 Maintenance and preventive (l) APU in-flight start program. If the maintenance personnel duty time airplane type certificate requires an limitations. APU but does not require the APU to Within the United States, each cer- run during the ETOPS portion of the tificate holder (or person performing flight, the certificate holder must de- maintenance or preventive mainte- velop and maintain a program accept- nance functions for it) shall relieve able to the FAA for cold soak in-flight each person performing maintenance start-and-run reliability. or preventive maintenance from duty (m) Maintenance training. For each for a period of at least 24 consecutive airplane-engine combination, the cer- hours during any seven consecutive tificate holder must develop a mainte- days, or the equivalent thereof within nance training program that provides any one calendar month. training adequate to support ETOPS. It must include ETOPS specific train- § 121.378 Certificate requirements. ing for all persons involved in ETOPS (a) Except for maintenance, preven- maintenance that focuses on the spe- tive maintenance, alterations, and re- cial nature of ETOPS. This training quired inspections performed by a cer- must be in addition to the operator’s tificated repair station that is located

149

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.379 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

outside the United States, each person records for the periods specified in who is directly in charge of mainte- paragraph (c) of this section: nance, preventive maintenance, or al- (1) All the records necessary to show terations, and each person performing that all requirements for the issuance required inspections must hold an ap- of an airworthiness release under propriate airman certificate. § 121.709 have been met. (b) For the purposes of this section, a (2) Records containing the following person directly in charge is each person information: assigned to a position in which he is re- (i) The total time in service of the sponsible for the work of a shop or sta- airframe. tion that performs maintenance, pre- (ii) Except as provided in paragraph ventive maintenance, alterations, or (b) of this section, the total time in other functions affecting aircraft air- service of each engine and propeller. worthiness. A person who is directly in (iii) The current status of life-limited charge need not physically observe and direct each worker constantly but parts of each airframe, engine, pro- must be available for consultation and peller, and appliance. decision on matters requiring instruc- (iv) The time since last overhaul of tion or decision from higher authority all items installed on the aircraft than that of the persons performing which are required to be overhauled on the work. a specified time basis. (v) The identification of the current [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as inspection status of the aircraft, in- amended by Amdt. 121–21, 31 FR 10618, Aug. 9, cluding the times since the last inspec- 1966; Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001] tions required by the inspection pro- § 121.379 Authority to perform and ap- gram under which the aircraft and its prove maintenance, preventive appliances are maintained. maintenance, and alterations. (vi) The current status of applicable (a) A certificate holder may perform, airworthiness directives, including the or it may make arrangements with date and methods of compliance, and, other persons to perform, maintenance, if the airworthiness directive involves preventive maintenance, and alter- recurring action, the time and date ations as provided in its continuous when the next action is required. airworthiness maintenance program (vii) A list of current major alter- and its maintenance manual. In addi- ations to each airframe, engine, pro- tion, a certificate holder may perform peller, and appliance. these functions for another certificate (b) A certificate holder need not holder as provided in the continuous record the total time in service of an airworthiness maintenance program engine or propeller on a transport cat- and maintenance manual of the other egory cargo airplane, a transport cat- certificate holder. egory airplane that has a passenger (b) A certificate holder may approve seat configuration of more than 30 any aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, seats, or a nontransport category air- propeller, or appliance for return to plane type certificated before January service after maintenance, preventive 1, 1958, until the following, whichever maintenance, or alterations that are occurs first: performed under paragraph (a) of this (1) March 20, 1997; or section. However, in the case of a (2) The date of the first overhaul of major repair or major alteration, the the engine or propeller, as applicable, work must have been done in accord- after January 19, 1996. ance with technical data approved by (c) Each certificate holder shall re- the Administrator. tain the records required to be kept by [Doc. No. 10289, 35 FR 16793, Oct. 30, 1970] this section for the following periods: (1) Except for the records of the last § 121.380 Maintenance recording re- complete overhaul of each airframe, quirements. engine, propeller, and appliance, the (a) Each certificate holder shall keep records specified in paragraph (a)(1) of (using the system specified in the man- this section shall be retained until the ual required in § 121.369) the following work is repeated or superseded by

150

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.385

other work or for one year after the § 121.381 Applicability. work is performed. This subpart prescribes airman and (2) The records of the last complete crewmember requirements for all cer- overhaul of each airframe, engine, pro- tificate holders. peller, and appliance shall be retained until the work is superseded by work of § 121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of equivalent scope and detail. services. (3) The records specified in paragraph (a) No certificate holder may use any (a)(2) of this section shall be retained person as an airman nor may any per- and transferred with the aircraft at the son serve as an airman unless that per- time the aircraft is sold. son— (d) The certificate holder shall make (1) Holds an appropriate current air- all maintenance records required to be man certificate issued by the FAA; kept by this section available for in- (2) Has in his or her possession while spection by the Administrator or any engaged in operations under this part— authorized representative of the Na- (i) Any required appropriate current tional Transportation Safety Board airman and medical certificates; or (NTSB). (ii) A temporary document issued in accordance with paragraph (c) of this [Doc. No. 10658, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65933, Dec. section; and 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–321, 71 FR 536, Jan. 4, 2006] (3) Is otherwise qualified for the operation for which he is to be used. § 121.380a Transfer of maintenance (b) Each airman covered by para- records. graph (a)(2) of this section shall Each certificate holder who sells a present his or her certificates or tem- U.S. registered aircraft shall transfer porary document for inspection upon to the purchaser, at the time of sale, request of the Administrator. the following records of that aircraft, (c) A certificate holder may obtain in plain language form or in coded form approval to provide a temporary document verifying a flightcrew member’s at the election of the purchaser, if the airman certificate and medical certifi- coded form provides for the preserva- cate privileges under an approved cer- tion and retrieval of information in a tificate verification plan set forth in manner acceptable to the Adminis- the certificate holder’s operations trator: specifications. A document provided by (a) The record specified in the certificate holder may be carried as § 121.380(a)(2). an airman certificate or medical cer- (b) The records specified in tificate on flights within the United § 121.380(a)(1) which are not included in States for up to 72 hours. the records covered by paragraph (a) of (d) No certificate holder may use the this section, except that the purchaser services of any person as a pilot on an may permit the seller to keep physical airplane engaged in operations under custody of such records. However, cus- this part if that person has reached his tody of records in the seller does not or her 65th birthday. relieve the purchaser of his responsi- (e) No pilot may serve as a pilot in bility under § 121.380(c) to make the operations under this part if that per- records available for inspection by the son has reached his or her 65th birth- Administrator or any authorized rep- day. resentative of the National Transpor- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as tation Safety Board (NTSB). amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May [Doc. No. 10658, 37 FR 15984, Aug. 9, 1972] 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34234, July 15, 2009; Amdt. 121–372, 80 FR 33401, June 12, 2015; Amdt. 121–381, 83 FR 30282, June 27, 2018] Subpart M—Airman and Crewmember Requirements § 121.385 Composition of flight crew. (a) No certificate holder may operate SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. an airplane with less than the min- 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. imum flight crew in the airworthiness

151

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.387 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

certificate or the airplane Flight Man- (2) Specialized means of navigation ual approved for that type airplane and approved in accordance with § 121.355 required by this part for the kind of op- which enables a reliable determination eration being conducted. to be made of the position of the air- (b) In any case in which this part re- plane by each pilot seated at his duty quires the performance of two or more station. functions for which an airman certifi- (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of cate is necessary, that requirement is this section, the Administrator may not satisfied by the performance of also require a flight navigator or spe- multiple functions at the same time by cial navigation equipment, or both, one airman. when specialized means of navigation (c) The minimum pilot crew is two are necessary for 1 hour or less. In pilots and the certificate holder shall making this determination, the Admin- designate one pilot as pilot in com- istrator considers— mand and the other second in com- (1) The speed of the airplane; mand. (2) Normal weather conditions en (d) On each flight requiring a flight route; engineer at least one flight crew- (3) Extent of air traffic control; member, other than the flight engi- (4) Traffic congestion; neer, must be qualified to provide (5) Area of navigational radio cov- emergency performance of the flight erage at destination; engineer’s functions for the safe com- (6) Fuel requirements; pletion of the flight if the flight engi- (7) Fuel available for return to point neer becomes ill or is otherwise inca- of departure or alternates; pacitated. A pilot need not hold a (8) Predication of flight upon oper- flight engineer’s certificate to perform ation beyond the point of no return; the flight engineer’s functions in such and a situation. (9) Any other factors he determines [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as are relevant in the interest of safety. amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. (c) Operations where a flight navi- 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, gator or special navigation equipment, 1996] or both, are required are specified in the operations specifications of the air § 121.387 Flight engineer. carrier or commercial operator. No certificate holder may operate an airplane for which a type certificate [Doc. No. 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. was issued before January 2, 1964, hav- 29, 1982] ing a maximum certificated takeoff weight of more than 80,000 pounds with- § 121.391 Flight attendants. out a flight crewmember holding a cur- (a) Except as specified in § 121.393 and rent flight engineer certificate. For § 121.394, each certificate holder must each airplane type certificated after provide at least the following flight at- January 1, 1964, the requirement for a tendants on board each passenger-car- flight engineer is determined under the rying airplane when passengers are on type certification requirements of board: § 25.1523. (1) For airplanes having a maximum [Doc. No. 5025, 30 FR 6067, Apr. 29, 1965] payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds and having a seating capacity § 121.389 Flight navigator and special- of more than 9 but less than 51 pas- ized navigation equipment. sengers—one flight attendant. (a) No certificate holder may operate (2) For airplanes having a maximum an airplane outside the 48 contiguous payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less States and the District of Columbia, and having a seating capacity of more when its position cannot be reliably than 19 but less than 51 passengers— fixed for a period of more than 1 hour, one flight attendant. without— (3) For airplanes having a seating ca- (1) A flight crewmember who holds a pacity of more than 50 but less than 101 current flight navigator certificate; or passengers—two flight attendants.

152

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.393

(4) For airplanes having a seating ca- § 121.392 Personnel identified as flight pacity of more than 100 passengers— attendants. two flight attendants plus one addi- (a) Any person identified by the cer- tional flight attendant for each unit tificate holder as a flight attendant on (or part of a unit) of 50 passenger seats an aircraft in operations under this above a seating capacity of 100 pas- part must be trained and qualified in sengers. accordance with subparts N and O of (b) If, in conducting the emergency this part. This includes: evacuation demonstration required (1) Flight attendants provided by the under § 121.291 (a) or (b), the certificate certificate holder in excess of the num- holder used more flight attendants ber required by § 121.391(a); and than is required under paragraph (a) of (2) Flight attendants provided by the this section for the maximum seating certificate holder when flight attend- capacity of the airplane used in the ants are not required by § 121.391(a). demonstration, he may not, thereafter, (b) A qualifying flight attendant who take off that airplane— is receiving operating experience on an (1) In its maximum seating capacity aircraft in operations under subpart O configuration with fewer flight attend- of this part must be identified to pas- ants than the number used during the sengers as a qualifying flight attend- emergency evacuation demonstration; ant. or [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, (2) In any reduced seating capacity 2013] configuration with fewer flight attendants than the number required by para- § 121.393 Crewmember requirements graph (a) of this section for that seat- at stops where passengers remain ing capacity plus the number of flight on board. attendants used during the emergency At stops where passengers remain on evacuation demonstration that were in board, the certificate holder must meet excess of those required under para- the following requirements: graph (a) of this section. (a) On each airplane for which a (c) The number of flight attendants flight attendant is not required by approved under paragraphs (a) and (b) § 121.391(a), the certificate holder must of this section are set forth in the cer- ensure that a person who is qualified in tificate holder’s operations specifica- the emergency evacuation procedures tions. for the airplane, as required in § 121.417, (d) During takeoff and landing, flight and who is identified to the passengers, attendants required by this section remains: shall be located as near as practicable (1) On board the airplane; or to required floor level exists and shall (2) Nearby the airplane, in a position be uniformly distributed throughout to adequately monitor passenger safe- the airplane in order to provide the ty, and: most effective egress of passengers in (i) The airplane engines are shut event of an emergency evacuation. down; and During taxi, flight attendants required (ii) At least one floor level exit re- by this section must remain at their mains open to provide for the deplaning of passengers. duty stations with safety belts and shoulder harnesses fastened except to (b) On each airplane for which flight attendants are required by § 121.391(a), perform duties related to the safety of but the number of flight attendants re- the airplane and its occupants. maining on board is fewer than re- [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965] quired by § 121.391(a), the certificate holder must meet the following re- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- quirements: tations affecting § 121.391, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the (1) The certificate holder shall ensure Finding Aids section of the printed volume that: and at www.govinfo.gov. (i) The airplane engines are shut down;

153

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.394 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(ii) At least one floor level exit re- (A) The necessary functions to be mains open to provide for the performed by the substitute pilot or deplaning of passengers; and flight engineer in an emergency, to in- (iii) the number of flight attendants clude a situation requiring an emer- on board is at least half the number re- gency evacuation. The certificate hold- quired by § 121.391(a), rounded down to er must show those functions are real- the next lower number in the case of istic, can be practically accomplished, fractions, but never fewer than one. and will meet any reasonably antici- (2) The certificate holder may sub- pated emergency; and stitute for the required flight attend- (B) How other regulatory functions ants other persons qualified in the performed by a flight attendant will be emergency evacuation procedures for accomplished by the substitute pilot or that aircraft as required in § 121.417, if flight engineer on the airplane. these persons are identified to the pas- (ii) Ensures that the following re- sengers. quirements are met: (3) If only one flight attendant or (A) The substitute pilot or flight en- other qualified person is on board dur- gineer is not assigned to operate the ing a stop, that flight attendant or flight for which that person is sub- other qualified person shall be located stituting for a required flight attend- in accordance with the certificate hold- ant. er’s FAA-approved operating proce- (B) The substitute pilot or flight en- dures. If more than one flight attend- gineer is trained in all assigned flight ant or other qualified person is on attendant duties regarding passenger board, the flight attendants or other handling. qualified persons shall be spaced (C) The substitute pilot or flight en- throughout the cabin to provide the gineer meets the emergency training most effective assistance for the evacu- requirements for flight attendants in ation in case of an emergency. evacuation management and evacu- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65934, Dec. 20, 1995] ation commands, as appropriate, and frequency of performance drills regard- § 121.394 Flight attendant require- ing operation of exits in the normal ments during passenger boarding and emergency modes on that type air- and deplaning. craft. (a) During passenger boarding, on (D) The substitute pilot or flight en- each airplane for which more than one gineer is in possession of all items re- flight attendant is required by § 121.391, quired for duty. the certificate holder may: (E) The substitute pilot or flight en- (1) Reduce the number of required gineer is located in the passenger flight attendants by one, provided that: cabin. (i) The flight attendant that leaves (F) The substitute pilot or flight en- the aircraft remains within the imme- gineer is identified to the passengers. diate vicinity of the door through (G) The substitution of a pilot or which passengers are boarding; flight engineer for a required flight at- (ii) The flight attendant that leaves tendant does not interfere with the the aircraft only conducts safety duties safe operation of the flight. related to the flight being boarded; (H) The airplane engines are shut (iii) The airplane engines are shut down. down; and (I) At least one floor-level exit re- (iv) At least one floor level exit remains open to provide for passenger mains open to provide for passenger egress. egress; or (b) During passenger deplaning, on (2) Substitute a pilot or flight engi- each airplane for which more than one neer employed by the certificate holder flight attendant is required by § 121.391, and trained and qualified on that type the certificate holder may reduce the airplane for one flight attendant, pro- number of flight attendants required vided the certificate holder— by that paragraph provided: (i) Describes in the manual required (1) The airplane engines are shut by § 121.133: down;

154

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.400

(2) At least one floor level exit re- each category of required crew- mains open to provide for passenger members under paragraph (a) of this egress; and section. (3) The number of flight attendants [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as on board is at least half the number re- amended by Amdt. 121–7, 30 FR 6727, May 18, quired by § 121.391, rounded down to the 1965] next lower number in the case of fractions, but never fewer than one. Subpart N—Training Program (c) If only one flight attendant is on the airplane during passenger boarding or deplaning, that flight attendant SOURCE: Docket No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, must be located in accordance with the 1970, unless otherwise noted. certificate holder’s FAA-approved op- § 121.400 Applicability and terms used. erating procedures. If more than one flight attendant is on the airplane dur- (a) This subpart prescribes the re- ing passenger boarding or deplaning, quirements applicable to each certifi- the flight attendants must be evenly cate holder for establishing and main- distributed throughout the airplane taining a training program for crew- cabin, in the vicinity of the floor-level members, aircraft dispatchers, and exits, to provide the most effective as- other operations personnel, and for the sistance in the event of an emergency. approval and use of flight simulation (d) The time spent by any crew- training devices and training equip- member conducting passenger boarding ment in the conduct of the program. or deplaning duties is considered duty (b) For the purpose of this subpart, time. airplane groups are as follows: (1) Group I. Propeller driven, includ- [Doc. No. FAA–2009–0022, 75 FR 68198, Nov. 5, ing— 2010] (i) Reciprocating powered; and § 121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic (ii) Turbopropeller powered. and flag operations. (2) Group II. Turbojet powered. (c) For the purpose of this subpart, Each certificate holder conducting the following terms and definitions domestic or flag operations shall pro- apply: vide enough qualified aircraft dis- (1) Initial training. The training re- patchers at each dispatch center to en- quired for crewmembers and dis- sure proper operational control of each patchers who have not qualified and flight. served in the same capacity on another [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] airplane of the same group. (2) Transition training. The training § 121.397 Emergency and emergency required for crewmembers and dis- evacuation duties. patchers who have qualified and served (a) Each certificate holder shall, for in the same capacity on another air- each type and model of airplane, as- plane of the same group. signed to each category of required (3) Upgrade training. The training re- crewmember, as appropriate, the nec- quired for flightcrew members who essary functions to be performed in an have qualified and served as second in emergency or a situation requiring command on a particular airplane emergency evacuation. The certificate type, before they serve as pilot in com- holder shall show those functions are mand on that airplane. realistic, can be practically accom- (4) Conversion training. The training plished, and will meet any reasonably required for flightcrew members who anticipated emergency including the have qualified and served as flight en- possible incapacitation of individual gineer on a particular airplane type, crewmembers or their inability to before they serve as second in com- reach the passenger cabin because of mand on that airplane. shifting cargo in combination cargo- (5) Differences training. The training passenger airplanes. required for crewmembers and dis- (b) The certificate holder shall de- patchers who have qualified and served scribe in its manual the functions of on a particular type airplane, when the

155

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.401 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Administrator finds differences train- (1) Establish and implement a training is necessary before a crewmember ing program that satisfies the require- serves in the same capacity on a par- ments of this subpart and appendices E ticular variation of that airplane. and F of this part and that ensures (6) Programmed hours. The hours of that each crewmember, aircraft dis- training prescribed in this subpart patcher, flight instructor and check which may be reduced by the Adminis- airman is adequately trained to per- trator upon a showing by the certifi- form his or her assigned duties. Prior cate holder that circumstances justify to implementation, the certificate a lesser amount. holder must obtain initial and final (7) Inflight. Refers to maneuvers, pro- FAA approval of the training program. cedures, or functions that must be con- (2) Provide adequate ground and ducted in the airplane. flight training facilities and properly (8) Training center. An organization qualified ground instructors for the governed by the applicable require- training required by this subpart; ments of part 142 of this chapter that (3) Provide and keep current with re- provides training, testing, and check- spect to each airplane type and, if ap- ing under contract or other arrange- plicable, the particular variations ment to certificate holders subject to within that airplane type, appropriate the requirements of this part. training material, examinations, forms, instructions, and procedures for (9) Requalification training. The train- use in conducting the training and ing required for crewmembers pre- checks required by this part; and viously trained and qualified, but who (4) Provide enough flight instructors have become unqualified due to not and approved check airmen to conduct having met within the required period the flight training and checks required the recurrent training requirements of under this part. § 121.427 or the proficiency check re- (b) Whenever a crewmember or air- quirements of § 121.441. craft dispatcher who is required to (10) Any two or more Related aircraft. take recurrent training, a flight check, aircraft of the same make with either or a competence check, takes the the same or different type certificates check or completes the training in the that have been demonstrated and de- calendar month before or after the cal- termined by the Administrator to have endar month in which that training or commonality to the extent that credit check is required, he is considered to between those aircraft may be applied have taken or completed it in the cal- for flightcrew member training, check- endar month in which it was required. ing, recent experience, operating expe- (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or rience, operating cycles, and line oper- check airman who is responsible for a ating flight time for consolidation of particular ground training subject, seg- knowledge and skills. ment of flight training, course of train- (11) Related aircraft differences training, flight check, or competence check ing. The flightcrew member training under this part shall certify as to the required for aircraft with different type proficiency and knowledge of the crew- certificates that have been designated member, aircraft dispatcher, flight in- as related by the Administrator. structor, or check airman concerned (12) Base aircraft. An aircraft identi- upon completion of that training or fied by a certificate holder for use as a check. That certification shall be made reference to compare differences with a part of the crewmember’s or dis- another aircraft. patcher’s record. When the certifi- [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970; 35 FR cation required by this paragraph is 2819, Feb. 11, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121– made by an entry in a computerized 104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–259, recordkeeping system, the certifying 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR instructor, supervisor, or check airman 67836, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR must be identified with that entry. 10921, Feb. 25, 2020] However, the signature of the certifying instructor, supervisor, or check § 121.401 Training program: General. airman is not required for computer- (a) Each certificate holder shall: ized entries.

156

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.403

(d) Training subjects that are appli- required by this part only if the train- cable to more than one airplane or ing center— crewmember position and that have (1) Holds applicable training speci- been satisfactorily completed in con- fications issued under part 142 of this nection with prior training for another chapter; airplane or another crewmember posi- (2) Has facilities, training equipment, tion, need not be repeated during sub- and courseware meeting the applicable sequent training other than recurrent requirements of part 142 of this chap- training. ter; (e) A person who progresses success- (3) Has approved curriculums, cur- fully through flight training, is rec- riculum segments, and portions of cur- ommended by his instructor or a check riculum segments applicable for use in airman, and successfully completes the training courses required by this sub- appropriate flight check for a check part; and airman or the Administrator, need not (4) Has sufficient instructor and complete the programmed hours of check airmen qualified under the appli- flight training for the particular air- cable requirements of §§ 121.411 or plane. However, whenever the Adminis- 121.413 to provide training, testing, and trator finds that 20 percent of the checking to persons subject to the re- flight checks given at a particular quirements of this subpart. training base during the previous 6 months under this paragraph are un- [Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996, as successful, this paragraph may not be amended by Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. used by the certificate holder at that 21, 1997] base until the Administrator finds that the effectiveness of the flight training § 121.403 Training program: Cur- riculum. there has improved. (a) Each certificate holder must pre- In the case of a certificate holder using pare and keep current a written train- a course of training permitted in ing program curriculum for each type § 121.409(c), the Administrator may re- of airplane with respect to dispatchers quire the programmed hours of inflight and each crewmember required for that training in whole or in part, until he type airplane. The curriculum must in- finds the effectiveness of the flight clude ground and flight training re- training has improved as provided in quired by this subpart. paragraph (e) of this section. (b) Each training program cur- [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as riculum must include: amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June (1) A list of principal ground training 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–108, 38 FR 35446, Dec. 28, 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; subjects, including emergency training Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005; Amdt. subjects, that are provided. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020] (2) A list of all the training device mockups, systems trainers, procedures § 121.402 Training program: Special trainers, or other training aids that rules. the certificate holder will use. No later (a) Other than the certificate holder, than March 12, 2019, a list of all the only another certificate holder certifi- training equipment approved under cated under this part or a flight train- § 121.408 as well as other training aids ing center certificated under part 142 of that the certificate holder will use. this chapter is eligible under this sub- (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial part to provide flight training, testing, displays of the approved normal, abnor- and checking under contract or other mal, and emergency maneuvers, proce- arrangement to those persons subject dures and functions that will be per- to the requirements of this subpart. formed during each flight training (b) A certificate holder may contract phase or flight check, indicating those with, or otherwise arrange to use the maneuvers, procedures and functions services of, a training center certifi- that are to be performed during the cated under part 142 of this chapter to inflight portions of flight training and provide training, testing, and checking flight checks.

157

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.404 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(4) A list of FSTDs approved under ficiencies, if any, that must be cor- § 121.407, including approvals for par- rected. ticular maneuvers, procedures, or func- (c) The Administrator grants final tions. approval of the training program or re- (5) The programmed hours of training vision if the certificate holder shows that will be applied to each phase of that the training conducted under the training. initial approval set forth in paragraph (6) A copy of each statement issued (b) of this section ensures that each by the Administrator under § 121.405(d) person that successfully completes the for reduction of programmed hours of training is adequately trained to per- training. form his assigned duties. (d) In granting initial and final ap- [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as proval of training programs or revi- amended by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67836, Nov. sions, including reductions in pro- 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, grammed hours specified in this sub- 2020] part, the Administrator considers the § 121.404 Compliance dates: Crew and training aids, devices, methods, and dispatcher resource management procedures listed in the certificate training. holder’s curriculum as set forth in § 121.403 that increase the quality and After March 19, 1998, no certificate effectiveness of the teaching-learning holder may use a person as a flight process. crewmember, and after March 19, 1999, no certificate holder may use a person If approval of reduced programmed as a flight attendant or aircraft dis- hours of training is granted, the Ad- patcher unless that person has com- ministrator provides the certificate pleted approved crew resource manage- holder with a statement of the basis for ment (CRM) or dispatcher resource the approval. management (DRM) initial training, as (e) Whenever the Administrator finds applicable, with that certificate holder that revisions are necessary for the or with another certificate holder. continued adequacy of a training program that has been granted final ap- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996] proval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the Adminis- § 121.405 Training program and revi- trator, make any changes in the pro- sion: Initial and final approval. gram that are found necessary by the (a) To obtain initial and final ap- Administrator. Within 30 days after the proval of a training program, or a revi- certificate holder receives such notice, sion to an approved training program, it may file a petition to reconsider the each certificate holder must submit to notice with the responsible Flight the Administrator— Standards office. The filing of a peti- (1) An outline of the proposed pro- tion to reconsider stays the notice gram or revision, including an outline pending a decision by the Adminis- of the proposed or revised curriculum, trator. However, if the Administrator that provides enough information for a finds that there is an emergency that preliminary evaluation of the proposed requires immediate action in the inter- training program or revised training est of safety in air transportation, he program; and may, upon a statement of the reasons, (2) Additional relevant information require a change effective without as may be requested by the Adminis- stay. trator. (f) Each certificate holder described (b) If the proposed training program in § 135.3 (b) and (c) of this chapter or revision complies with this subpart must include the material required by the Administrator grants initial ap- § 121.403 in the manual required by proval in writing after which the cer- § 135.21 of this chapter. tificate holder may conduct the train- (g) The Administrator may grant a ing in accordance with that program. deviation to certificate holders de- The Administrator then evaluates the scribed in § 135.3 (b) and (c) of this chap- effectiveness of the training program ter to allow reduced programmed hours and advises the certificate holder of de- of ground training required by § 121.419

158

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.407

if it is found that a reduction is war- (iii) The particular maneuver, proce- ranted based on the certificate holder’s dure, or flightcrew member function operations and the complexity of the involved. make, model, and series of the aircraft (2) Maintain the performance, func- used. tion, and other characteristics that are required for qualification in accord- [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as ance with part 60 of this chapter or a amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, previously qualified device, as per- 1995; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996; mitted in accordance with § 60.17 of this Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR chapter. 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] (3) Be modified in accordance with part 60 of this chapter to conform with § 121.406 Credit for previous CRM/ any modification to the airplane being DRM training. simulated that results in changes to (a) For flightcrew members, the Ad- performance, function, or other charac- ministrator may credit CRM training teristics required for qualification. received before March 19, 1998 toward (4) Be given a daily functional pre- all or part of the initial ground CRM flight check before being used. training required by § 121.419. (5) Have a daily discrepancy log kept (b) For flight attendants, the Admin- with each discrepancy entered in that istrator may credit CRM training re- log by the appropriate instructor or ceived before March 19, 1999 toward all check airman at the end of each train- or part of the initial ground CRM ing or check flight. training required by § 121.421. (b) A particular FSTD may be ap- (c) For aircraft dispatchers, the Ad- proved for use by more than one cer- ministrator may credit CRM training tificate holder. received before March 19, 1999 toward (c) A Level B or higher FFS may be all or part of the initial ground CRM used instead of the airplane to satisfy training required by § 121.422. the inflight requirements of §§ 121.439 (d) In granting credit for initial and 121.441 and appendices E and F of ground CRM or DRM training, the Ad- this part, if the FFS— ministrator considers training aids, de- (1) Is approved under this section and vices, methods, and procedures used by meets the appropriate FFS require- the certificate holder in a voluntary ments of appendix H of this part; and CRM or DRM program or in an AQP (2) Is used as part of an approved pro- program that effectively meets the gram that meets the training require- quality of an approved CRM or DRM ments of §§ 121.424 (a) and (c), 121.426, initial ground training program under and appendix H of this part. section 121.419, 121.421, or 121.422 as ap- (d) An FFS approved under this sec- propriate. tion must be used instead of the airplane to satisfy the pilot flight train- [Doc. No. 27993, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] ing requirements prescribed in the certificate holder’s approved low-altitude § 121.407 Training program: Approval windshear flight training program set of flight simulation training de- forth in § 121.409(d) of this part. vices. (e) An FFS approved under this sec- (a) Each FSTD used to satisfy a tion must be used instead of the air- training requirement of this part in an plane to satisfy the pilot flight train- approved training program, must meet ing requirements prescribed in the ex- all of the following requirements: tended envelope training set forth in (1) Be specifically approved by the § 121.423 of this part. Compliance with Administrator for— this paragraph is required no later (i) Use in the certificate holder’s ap- than March 12, 2019. proved training program; [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as (ii) The type airplane and, if applica- amended by Amdt. 121–161, 45 FR 44183, June ble, the particular variation within 30, 1980; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, type, for which the training or check is 1988; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, 2013; being conducted; and Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020]

159

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.408 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.408 Training equipment other (3) A record of a discrepancy must be than flight simulation training de- maintained for at least 60 days. vices. (e) No person may use, allow the use (a) The Administrator must approve of, or offer the use of training equip- training equipment used in a training ment with a missing, malfunctioning, program approved under this part and or inoperative component to meet the that functionally replicates aircraft crewmember training or checking re- equipment for the certificate holder quirements of this chapter for tasks and the crewmember duty or proce- that require the use of the correctly dure. Training equipment does not in- operating component. clude FSTDs qualified under part 60 of (f) Compliance with this section is re- this chapter. quired no later than March 12, 2019. (b) The certificate holder must demonstrate that the training equipment [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, described in paragraph (a) of this sec- 2013] tion, used to meet the training require- § 121.409 Training courses using flight ments of this subpart, meets all of the simulation training devices. following: (1) The form, fit, function, and (a) Training courses utilizing FSTDs weight, as appropriate, of the aircraft may be included in the certificate hold- equipment. er’s approved training program for use (2) Replicates the normal operation as provided in this section. (and abnormal and emergency oper- (b) Except for the airline transport ation, if appropriate) of the aircraft pilot certification training program ap- equipment including the following: proved to satisfy the requirements of (i) The required force, actions and § 61.156 of this chapter, a course of travel of the aircraft equipment. training in an FFS may be included for (ii) Variations in aircraft equipment use as provided in § 121.441 if that operated by the certificate holder, if course— applicable. (1) Provides at least 4 hours of train- (3) Replicates the operation of the ing at the pilot controls of an FFS as aircraft equipment under adverse con- well as a proper briefing before and ditions, if appropriate. after the training. (c) Training equipment must be (2) Provides training in at least the modified to ensure that it maintains following: the performance and function of the (i) The procedures and maneuvers set aircraft type or aircraft equipment rep- forth in appendix F to this part; or licated. (ii) Line-oriented flight training (d) All training equipment must have (LOFT) that— a record of discrepancies. The docu- (A) Before March 12, 2019, menting system must be readily avail- (1) Utilizes a complete flight crew; able for review by each instructor, (2) Includes at least the maneuvers check airman or supervisor, prior to and procedures (abnormal and emer- conducting training or checking with that equipment. gency) that may be expected in line operations; and (1) Each instructor, check airman or supervisor conducting training or (3) Is representative of the flight seg- checking, and each person conducting ment appropriate to the operations an inspection of the equipment who being conducted by the certificate discovers a discrepancy, including any holder. missing, malfunctioning or inoperative (B) Except as provided in paragraph components, must record a description (b)(2)(ii)(B)(6) of this section, beginning of that discrepancy and the date that on March 12, 2019— the discrepancy was identified. (1) Utilizes a complete flight crew; (2) All corrections to discrepancies (2) Includes at least the maneuvers must be recorded when the corrections and procedures (abnormal and emer- are made. This record must include the gency) that may be expected in line op- date of the correction. erations;

160

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.410

(3) Includes scenario-based or maneu- (b) No certificate holder may use a ver-based stall prevention training be- person nor may any person serve as an fore, during or after the LOFT scenario instructor in a training program ap- for each pilot; proved to meet the requirements of (4) Is representative of two flight seg- § 61.156 of this chapter unless the in- ments appropriate to the operations structor: being conducted by the certificate (1) Holds an airline transport pilot holder; certificate with an airplane category (5) Provides an opportunity to dem- multiengine class rating; onstrate workload management and (2) Has at least 2 years of experience pilot monitoring skills; and as a pilot in command in operations (6) Beginning on April 27, 2023, pro- conducted under § 91.1053(a)(2)(i) or vides an opportunity for each pilot in § 135.243(a)(1) of this chapter, or as a command to demonstrate leadership pilot in command or second in com- and command skills. mand in any operation conducted (3) Is given by an instructor who under this part; meets the applicable requirements of (3) Except for the holder of a flight § 121.412. instructor certificate, receives initial (c) The programmed hours of flight training on the following topics: training set forth in this subpart do (i) The fundamental principles of the not apply if the training program for learning process; the airplane type includes— (ii) Elements of effective teaching, (1) A course of pilot training in an instruction methods, and techniques; FFS as provided in § 121.424(e); or (iii) Instructor duties, privileges, re- (2) A course of flight engineer train- sponsibilities, and limitations; ing in an FSTD as provided in (iv) Training policies and procedures; § 121.425(d). and (d) Each certificate holder required (v) Evaluation. to comply with § 121.358 of this part (4) If providing training in a flight must use an approved FFS for each air- simulation training device, hold an airplane type in each of its pilot training craft type rating for the aircraft rep- courses that provides training in at resented by the flight simulation train- least the procedures and maneuvers set ing device utilized in the training pro- forth in the certificate holder’s ap- gram and have received training within proved low-altitude windshear flight the preceding 12 months from the cer- training program. The approved low-al- tificate holder on: titude windshear flight training, if ap- (i) Proper operation of flight simu- plicable, must be included in each of lator and flight training device con- the pilot flight training courses pre- trols and systems; scribed in §§ 121.409(b), 121.418, 121.424, (ii) Proper operation of environ- 121.426, and 121.427 of this part. mental and fault panels; [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as (iii) Data and motion limitations of amended by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. simulation; 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May 25, (iv) Minimum equipment require- 1978; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988; ments for each curriculum; and Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997; (v) The maneuvers that will be dem- Amdt. 121–365, 78 FR 42377, July 15, 2013; onstrated in the flight simulation Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, 2013; training device. Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020; Amdt. 121–384, 85 FR 39070, June 30, 2020] (c) A certificate holder may not issue a graduation certificate to a student § 121.410 Airline transport pilot certifi- unless that student has completed all cation training program. the curriculum requirements of the (a) A certificate holder may obtain course. approval to establish and implement a (d) A certificate holder must conduct training program to satisfy the re- evaluations to ensure that training quirements of § 61.156 of this chapter. techniques, procedures, and standards The training program must be separate are acceptable to the Administrator. from the air carrier training program [Doc. No. FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42377, July 15, required by this part. 2013]

161

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.411 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.411 Qualifications: Check airmen (c) No certificate holder may use a (airplane) and check airmen (simu- person nor may any person serve as a lator). check airman (simulator) in a training (a) For the purposes of this section program established under this subpart and § 121.413: unless, with respect to the airplane (1) A check airman (airplane) is a type involved, that person meets the person who is qualified, and permitted, provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- to conduct flight checks or instruction tion, or— in an airplane, in an FFS, or in a flight (1) Holds the airman certificates and training device for a particular type ratings, except medical certificate, re- airplane. quired to serve as a pilot in command (2) A check airman (simulator) is a or a flight engineer, as applicable, in person who is qualified to conduct operations under this part; flight checks or instruction, but only (2) Has satisfactorily completed the in an FFS or in a flight training device appropriate training phases for the air- for a particular type airplane. plane, including recurrent training, that are required to serve as a pilot in (3) Check airmen (airplane) and command or flight engineer, as appli- check airmen (simulator) are those cable, in operations under this part; check airmen who perform the func- (3) Has satisfactorily completed the tions described in § 121.401(a)(4). appropriate proficiency or flight (b) No certificate holder may use a checks that are required to serve as a person, nor may any person serve as a pilot in command or flight engineer, as check airman (airplane) in a training applicable, in operations under this program established under this subpart part; unless, with respect to the airplane (4) Has satisfactorily completed the type involved, that person— applicable training requirements of (1) Holds the airman certificates and § 121.413; and ratings required to serve as a pilot in (5) Has been approved by the Admin- command or flight engineer, as appli- istrator for the check airman (simu- cable, in operations under this part; lator) duties involved. (2) Has satisfactorily completed the (d) Completion of the requirements appropriate training phases for the air- in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) plane, including recurrent training, (2), (3), and (4) of this section, as appli- that are required to serve as a pilot in cable, shall be entered in the individ- command or flight engineer, as appli- ual’s training record maintained by the cable, in operations under this part; certificate holder. (3) Has satisfactorily completed the (e) Check airmen who have reached appropriate proficiency or flight their 65th birthday or who do not hold checks that are required to serve as a an appropriate medical certificate may pilot in command or flight engineer, as function as check airmen, but may not applicable, in operations under this serve as pilot flightcrew members in part; operations under this part. (4) Has satisfactorily completed the (f) A check airman (simulator) must applicable training requirements of accomplish the following— § 121.413 including inflight training and (1) Fly at least two flight segments practice for initial and transition as a required crewmember for the type training; airplane involved within the 12-month (5) Holds at least a Class III medical period preceding the performance of certificate unless serving as a required any check airman duty in an FFS; or crewmember, in which case holds a (2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- Class I or Class II medical certificate proved line-observation program with- as appropriate; in the period prescribed by that pro- (6) Has satisfied the recency of expe- gram and that must precede the per- rience requirements of § 121.439 of this formance of any check airman duty in part, as applicable; and an FFS. (7) Has been approved by the Admin- (g) The flight segments or line-obser- istrator for the check airman duties in- vation program required in paragraph volved. (f) of this section are considered to be

162

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.412

completed in the month required if Class I or a Class II medical certificate completed in the calendar month be- as appropriate; and fore or in the calendar month after the (6) Has satisfied the recency of expe- month in which it is due. rience requirements of § 121.439 of this [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30741, June 17, 1996, as part, as applicable. amended by Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34235, July (c) No certificate holder may use a 15, 2009; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, person, nor may any person serve as a 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] flight instructor (simulator) in a training program established under this sub- § 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instruc- part, unless, with respect to the air- tors (airplane) and flight instructors (simulator). plane type involved, that person meets the provisions of paragraph (b) of this (a) For the purposes of this section section, or— and § 121.414: (1) Holds the airman certificates and (1) A flight instructor (airplane) is a ratings, except medical certificate, re- person who is qualified to instruct in quired to serve as a pilot in command an airplane, in an FFS, or in a flight or flight engineer, as applicable, in op- training device for a particular type erations under this part; airplane. (2) Has satisfactorily completed the (2) A flight instructor (simulator) is a person who is qualified to instruct, but appropriate training phases for the air- only in an FFS, in a flight training de- plane, including recurrent training, vice, or both, for a particular type air- that are required to serve as a pilot in plane. command or flight engineer, as appli- (3) Flight instructors (airplane) and cable, in operations under this part; flight instructors (simulator) are those (3) Has satisfactorily completed the instructors who perform the functions appropriate proficiency or flight described in § 121.401(a)(4). checks that are required to serve as a (b) No certificate holder may use a pilot in command or flight engineer, as person nor may any person serve as a applicable, in operations under this flight instructor (airplane) in a train- part; and ing program established under this sub- (4) Has satisfactorily completed the part unless, with respect to the air- applicable training requirements of plane type involved, that person— § 121.414. (1) Holds the airman certificates and (d) Completion of the requirements rating required to serve as a pilot in in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) command or flight engineer, as appli- (2), (3), and (4) of this section as applicable, in operations under this part; cable shall be entered in the individ- (2) Has satisfactorily completed the ual’s training record maintained by the appropriate training phases for the air- certificate holder. plane, including recurrent training, (e) Flight instructors who have that are required to serve as a pilot in reached their 65th birthday or who do command or flight engineer, as appli- not hold an appropriate medical cer- cable, in operations under this part; tificate may function as flight instruc- (3) Has satisfactorily completed the tors, but may not serve as pilot appropriate proficiency or flight flightcrew members in operations checks that are required to serve as a under this part. pilot in command or flight engineer, as applicable, in operations under this (f) A flight instructor (simulator) part; must accomplish the following— (4) Has satisfactorily completed the (1) Fly at least two flight segments applicable training requirements of as a required crewmember for the type § 121.414, including inflight training and of airplane within the 12-month period practice for initial and transition preceding the performance of any training; flight instructor duty in an FFS (and (5) Holds at least a Class III medical must hold a Class I or Class II medical certificate unless serving as a required certificate as appropriate); or crewmember, in which case holds a

163

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.413 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- (i) Improper and insufficient train- proved line-observation program with- ing; and in the period prescribed by that pro- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- gram preceding the performance of any plicant that could adversely affect flight instructor duty in an FFS. safety. (g) The flight segments or line-obser- (5) The appropriate corrective action vation program required in paragraph in the case of unsatisfactory checks. (f) of this section is considered com- (6) The approved methods, proce- pleted in the month required if com- dures, and limitations for performing pleted in the calendar month before, or the required normal, abnormal, and the calendar month after the month in emergency procedures in the airplane. which it is due. (7) For check airmen who conduct [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30742, June 17, 1996; 61 training or checking in an FFS or a FR 34927, July 3, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, flight training device, the following 1997; Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997; subjects specific to the device(s) for the Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34235, July 15, 2009; airplane type: Amdt. 121–355, 76 FR 35104, June 16, 2011; (i) Proper operation of the controls Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, 2013; and systems; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] (ii) Proper operation of environ- § 121.413 Initial, transition and recur- mental and fault panels; rent training and checking require- (iii) Data and motion limitations of ments: Check airmen (airplane), simulation; and check airmen (simulator). (iv) The minimum airplane simulator (a) No certificate holder may use a equipment required by this part or part person nor may any person serve as a 60 of this chapter, for each maneuver check airman unless— and procedure completed in an FFS or (1) That person has satisfactorily a flight training device. completed initial or transition check (d) The transition ground training for airman training; and check airmen must include the fol- (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar lowing: months that person satisfactorily con- (1) The approved methods, proce- ducts a check or supervises operating dures, and limitations for performing experience under the observation of an the required normal, abnormal, and FAA inspector or an aircrew des- emergency procedures applicable to the ignated examiner employed by the op- airplane to which the check airman is erator. The observation check may be transitioning. accomplished in part or in full in an (2) For check airmen who conduct airplane, in an FFS, or in a flight training or checking in an FFS or a training device. flight training device, the following (b) The observation check required subjects specific to the device(s) for the by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is airplane type to which the check air- considered to have been completed in man is transitioning: the month required if completed in the (i) Proper operation of the controls calendar month before, or the calendar and systems; month after, the month in which it is (ii) Proper operation of environ- due. mental and fault panels; (c) The initial ground training for (iii) Data and motion limitations of check airmen must include the fol- simulation; and lowing: (iv) The minimum airplane simulator (1) Check airman duties, functions, equipment required by this part or part and responsibilities. 60 of this chapter, for each maneuver (2) The applicable Code of Federal and procedure completed in an FFS or Regulations and the certificate hold- a flight training device. er’s policies and procedures. (e) The initial and transition flight (3) The appropriate methods, proce- training for check airmen (airplane) dures, and techniques for conducting must include the following: the required checks. (1) The safety measures for emer- (4) Proper evaluation of student per- gency situations that are likely to de- formance including the detection of— velop during a check.

164

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00174 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.414

(2) The potential results of improper, § 121.414 Initial, transition and recur- untimely, or non-execution of safety rent training and checking require- measures during a check. ments: flight instructors (airplane), (3) For pilot check airman (air- flight instructors (simulator). plane)— (a) No certificate holder may use a (i) Training and practice in con- person nor may any person serve as a ducting flight checks from the left and flight instructor unless— right pilot seats in the required nor- (1) That person has satisfactorily mal, abnormal, and emergency proce- completed initial or transition flight dures to ensure competence to conduct instructor training; and (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar the pilot flight checks required by this months, that person satisfactorily con- part; and ducts instruction under the observa- (ii) The safety measures to be taken tion of an FAA inspector, an operator from either pilot seat for emergency check airman, or an aircrew designated situations that are likely to develop examiner employed by the operator. during a check. The observation check may be accom- (4) For flight engineer check airmen plished in part or in full in an airplane, (airplane), training to ensure com- in an FFS, or in a flight training de- petence to perform assigned duties. vice. (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (b) The observation check required of this section may be accomplished in by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is full or in part inflight, in an FFS, or in considered to have been completed in a flight training device, as appropriate. the month required if completed in the (g) The initial and transition flight calendar month before, or the calendar training for check airmen who conduct month after, the month in which it is training or checking in an FFS or a due. flight training device must include the (c) The initial ground training for following: flight instructors must include the following: (1) Training and practice in con- (1) Flight instructor duties, func- ducting flight checks in the required tions, and responsibilities. normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- (2) The applicable Code of Federal cedures to ensure competence to con- Regulations and the certificate hold- duct the flight checks required by this er’s policies and procedures. part. This training and practice must (3) The appropriate methods, proce- be accomplished in an FFS or in a dures, and techniques for conducting flight training device. flight instruction. (2) Training in the operation of FFSs (4) Proper evaluation of student per- or flight training devices, or both, to formance including the detection of— ensure competence to conduct the (i) Improper and insufficient train- flight checks required by this part. ing; and (h) Recurrent ground training for (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- check airmen who conduct training or plicant that could adversely affect checking in an FFS or a flight training safety. device must be completed every 12 cal- (5) The corrective action in the case endar months and must include the of unsatisfactory training progress. subjects required in paragraph (c)(7) of (6) The approved methods, proce- this section. dures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and (i) Compliance with paragraphs (c)(7), emergency procedures in the airplane. (d)(2), and (h) of this section is required (7) Except for holders of a flight in- no later than March 12, 2019. structor certificate— [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30743, June 17, 1996; 62 (i) The fundamental principles of the FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997; Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR teaching-learning process; 23120, Apr. 28, 1997; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67838, (ii) Teaching methods and proce- Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. dures; and 25, 2020] (iii) The instructor-student relation- ship.

165

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00175 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.415 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(8) For flight instructors who con- (ii) The safety measures to be taken duct training in an FFS or a flight from either pilot seat for emergency training device, the following subjects situations that are likely to develop specific to the device(s) for the air- during instruction. plane type: (4) For flight engineer instructors (i) Proper operation of the controls (airplane), inflight training to ensure and systems; competence to perform assigned duties. (ii) Proper operation of environ- (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) mental and fault panels; of this section may be accomplished in (iii) Data and motion limitations of full or in part inflight, in an FFS, or in simulation; and a flight training device, as appropriate. (iv) The minimum airplane simulator (g) The initial and transition flight equipment required by this part or part training for flight instructors who con- 60 of this chapter, for each maneuver duct training in an FFS or a flight and procedure completed in an FFS or training device must include the fol- a flight training device. lowing: (d) The transition ground training for (1) Training and practice in the re- flight instructors must include the fol- quired normal, abnormal, and emer- lowing: gency procedures to ensure competence (1) The approved methods, proce- to conduct the flight instruction re- dures, and limitations for performing quired by this part. This training and the required normal, abnormal, and practice must be accomplished in full emergency procedures applicable to the or in part in an FFS or in a flight airplane to which the flight instructor training device. is transitioning. (2) Training in the operation of FFSs (2) For flight instructors who con- or flight training devices, or both, to duct training in an FFS or a flight ensure competence to conduct the training device, the following subjects flight instruction required by this part. specific to the device(s) for the air- (h) Recurrent flight instructor plane type to which the flight instruc- ground training for flight instructors tor is transitioning: who conduct training in an FFS or a (i) Proper operation of the controls flight training device must be com- and systems; pleted every 12 calendar months and (ii) Proper operation of environ- must include the subjects required in mental and fault panels; paragraph (c)(8) of this section. (iii) Data and motion limitations of (i) Compliance with paragraphs (c)(8), simulation; and (d)(2), and (h) of this section is required (iv) The minimum airplane simulator no later than March 12, 2019. equipment required by this part or part 60 of this chapter, for each maneuver [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30743, June 17, 1996; 62 and procedure completed in an FFS or FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997, as amended by Amdt. a flight training device. 121–366, 78 FR 67838, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121– (e) The initial and transition flight 382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] training for flight instructors (airplane) must include the following: § 121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training program requirements. (1) The safety measures for emergency situations that are likely to de- (a) Each training program must pro- velop during instruction. vide the following ground training as (2) The potential results of improper, appropriate to the particular assign- untimely, or non-execution of safety ment of the crewmember or dispatcher: measures during instruction. (1) Basic indoctrination ground train- (3) For pilot flight instructor (air- ing for newly hired crewmembers or plane)— dispatchers including 40 programmed (i) Inflight training and practice in hours of instruction, unless reduced conducting flight instruction from the under § 121.405 or as specified in left and right pilot seats in the re- § 121.401(d), in at least the following— quired normal, abnormal, and emer- (i) Duties and responsibilities of gency procedures to ensure competence crewmembers or dispatchers, as appli- as an instructor; and cable;

166

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00176 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.417

(ii) Appropriate provisions of the 121.425, and 121.426 for transition, con- Federal Aviation Regulations; version or upgrade training, as applica- (iii) Contents of the certificate hold- ble, may be omitted, or the pro- er’s operating certificate and oper- grammed hours of ground instruction ations specifications (not required for or inflight training may be reduced, as flight attendants); and provided in § 121.405. (iv) Appropriate portions of the cer- (h) In addition to initial, transition, tificate holder’s operating manual. conversion, upgrade, recurrent and dif- (2) The initial and transition ground ferences training, each training pro- training specified in §§ 121.419, 121.421 gram must also provide ground and and 121.422, as applicable. flight training, instruction, and prac- (3) For crewmembers, emergency tice as necessary to insure that each training as specified in §§ 121.417 and crewmember and aircraft dispatcher— 121.805. (1) Remains adequately trained and (4) After February 15, 2008, training currently proficient with respect to for crewmembers and dispatchers in each airplane, crewmember position, their roles and responsibilities in the and type of operation in which he certificate holder’s passenger recovery serves; and plan, if applicable. (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facili- (b) Each training program must pro- ties, procedures, and techniques, in- vide the flight training specified in cluding modifications to airplanes. §§ 121.424 through 121.426, as applicable. (i) Each training program must in- (c) Each training program must pro- clude a process to provide for the reg- vide recurrent ground and flight train- ular analysis of individual pilot pering as provided in § 121.427. formance to identify pilots with per- (d) Each training program must pro- formance deficiencies during training vide the differences training specified and checking and multiple failures dur- in § 121.418(a) if the Administrator finds ing checking. that, due to differences between airplanes of the same type operated by (j) Each training program must in- the certificate holder, additional train- clude methods for remedial training ing is necessary to insure that each and tracking of pilots identified in the crewmember and dispatcher is ade- analysis performed in accordance with quately trained to perform their as- paragraph (i) of this section. signed duties. (k) Compliance with paragraphs (i) (e) Upgrade training: and (j) of this section is required no (1) Upgrade training as specified in later than March 12, 2019. §§ 121.420 and 121.426 for a particular [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as type airplane may be included in the amended by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. training program for flightcrew mem- 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, bers who have qualified and served as 2001; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007; second in command pilot on that air- Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; plane; or Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] (2) Before April 27, 2022, upgrade training as specified in §§ 121.419 and § 121.417 Crewmember emergency training. 121.424 for a particular type airplane may be included in the training pro- (a) Each training program must program for flightcrew members who have vide the emergency training set forth qualified and served as second in com- in this section with respect to each air- mand pilot on that airplane. plane type, model, and configuration, (f) Conversion training as specified in each required crewmember, and each §§ 121.419 and 121.424 for a particular kind of operation conducted, insofar as type airplane may be included in the appropriate for each crewmember and training program for flightcrew mem- the certificate holder. bers who have qualified and served as (b) Emergency training must provide flight engineer on that airplane. the following: (g) Particular subjects, maneuvers, (1) Instruction in emergency assign- procedures, or parts thereof specified in ments and procedures, including co- §§ 121.419, 121.420, 121.421, 121.422, 121.424, ordination among crewmembers.

167

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00177 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.417 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) Individual instruction in the loca- while using the type of installed PBE tion, function, and operation of emer- required by § 121.337 or approved PBE gency equipment including— simulation device as defined by para- (i) Equipment used in ditching and graph (d) of this section for combatting evacuation; fires aboard airplanes; (ii) [Reserved] (ii) At least one approved firefighting (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with drill in which the crewmember com- emphasis on type of extinguisher to be bats an actual fire using at least one used on different classes of fires; and type of installed hand fire extinguisher (iv) Emergency exits in the emer- or approved fire extinguisher that is gency mode with the evacuation slide/ appropriate for the type of fire to be raft pack attached (if applicable), with fought. This firefighting drill is not re- training emphasis on the operation of quired if the crewmember performs the the exits under adverse conditions. PBE drill of paragraph (c)(1)(i) by com- (3) Instruction in the handling of bating an actual fire; and emergency situations including— (iii) An emergency evacuation drill (i) Rapid decompression; with each person egressing the airplane (ii) Fire inflight or on the surface, or approved training device using at and smoke control procedures with em- least one type of installed emergency phasis on electrical equipment and re- evacuation slide. The crewmember may lated circuit breakers found in cabin either observe the airplane exits being areas including all galleys, service cen- opened in the emergency mode and the ters, lifts, lavatories and movie associated exit slide/raft pack being de- screens; ployed and inflated, or perform the (iii) Ditching and other evacuation, tasks resulting in the accomplishment including the evacuation of persons of these actions. and their attendants, if any, who may (2) Additional emergency drill re- need the assistance of another person quirements to be accomplished during to move expeditiously to an exit in the initial training and once each 24 cal- event of an emergency. endar months during recurrent train- (iv) [Reserved] ing. Each crewmember must— (v) Hijacking and other unusual situ- (i) Perform the following emergency ations. drills and operate the following equip- (4) Review and discussion of previous ment: aircraft accidents and incidents per- (A) Each type of emergency exit in taining to actual emergency situa- the normal and emergency modes, in- tions. cluding the actions and forces required (c) Each crewmember must accom- in the deployment of the emergency plish the following emergency training evacuation slides; during the specified training periods, (B) Each type of installed hand fire using those items of installed emer- extinguisher; gency equipment for each type of air- (C) Each type of emergency oxygen plane in which he or she is to serve (Al- system to include protective breathing ternate recurrent training required by equipment; § 121.433(c) of this part may be accom- (D) Donning, use, and inflation of in- plished by approved pictorial presen- dividual flotation means, if applicable; tation or demonstration): and (1) One-time emergency drill require- (E) Ditching, if applicable, including ments to be accomplished during ini- but not limited to, as appropriate: tial training. Each crewmember must (1) Cockpit preparation and proce- perform— dures; (i) At least one approved protective (2) Crew coordination; breathing equipment (PBE) drill in (3) Passenger briefing and cabin prep- which the crewmember combats an ac- aration; tual or simulated fire using at least (4) Donning and inflation of life pre- one type of installed hand fire extin- servers; guisher or approved fire extinguisher (5) Use of life-lines; and that is appropriate for the type of ac- (6) Boarding of passengers and crew tual fire or simulated fire to be fought into raft or a slide/raft pack.

168

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00178 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.418

(ii) Observe the following drills: in meeting the training requirements (A) Removal from the airplane (or of § 121.417(c). training device) and inflation of each (4) Combats, in this context, means to type of life raft, if applicable; properly fight an actual or simulated (B) Transfer of each type of slide/raft fire using an appropriate type of fire pack from one door to another; extinguisher until that fire is extin- (C) Deployment, inflation, and de- guished. tachment from the airplane (or train- (5) Observe means to watch without ing device) of each type of slide/raft participating actively in the drill. pack; and (6) PBE drill means an emergency (D) Emergency evacuation including drill in which a crewmember dem- the use of a slide. onstrates the proper use of protective (d) After September 1, 1993, no crew- breathing equipment while fighting an member may serve in operations under actual or simulated fire. this part unless that crewmember has (7) Perform means to satisfactorily performed the PBE drill and the fire- accomplish a prescribed emergency fighting drill described by paragraphs drill using established procedures that (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, as stress the skill of the persons involved part of a one-time training require- in the drill. ment of paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of (8) Simulated fire means an artificial this section as appropriate. Any crew- duplication of smoke or flame used to member who performs the PBE drill create various aircraft firefighting sce- and the firefighting drill prescribed in narios, such as lavatory, galley oven, paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this and aircraft seat fires. section after May 26, 1987, is deemed to be in compliance with this regulation [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970] upon presentation of information or EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- documentation, in a form and manner tations affecting § 121.417, see the List of CFR acceptable to the Executive Director, Sections Affected, which appears in the Flight Standards Service, showing that Finding Aids section of the printed volume the appropriate drills have been accom- and at www.govinfo.gov. plished. § 121.418 Differences training and re- (e) Crewmembers who serve in oper- lated aircraft differences training. ations above 25,000 feet must receive instruction in the following: (a) Differences training. (1) Differences (1) Respiration. training for crewmembers and dis- (2) Hypoxia. patchers must consist of at least the (3) Duration of consciousness without following as applicable to their as- supplemental oxygen at altitude. signed duties and responsibilities: (4) Gas expansion. (i) Instruction in each appropriate (5) Gas bubble formation. subject or part thereof required for ini- (6) Physical phenomena and incidents tial ground training in the airplane un- of decompression. less the Administrator finds that par- (f) For the purposes of this section ticular subjects are not necessary. the following definitions apply: (ii) Flight training in each appro- (1) Actual fire means an ignited com- priate maneuver or procedure required bustible material, in controlled condi- for initial flight training in the air- tions, of sufficient magnitude and du- plane unless the Administrator finds ration to accomplish the training ob- that particular maneuvers or proce- jectives outlined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) dures are not necessary. and (c)(1)(ii) of this section. (iii) The number of programmed (2) Approved fire extinguisher means a hours of ground and flight training de- training device that has been approved termined by the Administrator to be by the Administrator for use in meet- necessary for the airplane, the oper- ing the training requirements of ation, and the crewmember or aircraft § 121.417(c). dispatcher involved. (3) Approved PBE simulation device (2) Differences training for all vari- means a training device that has been ations of a particular type airplane approved by the Administrator for use may be included in initial, transition,

169

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00179 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.419 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

conversion, upgrade, and recurrent tial and transition ground training for training for the airplane. flight engineers, must include instruc- (b) Related aircraft differences training. tion in at least the following as appli- (1) In order to seek approval of related cable to their assigned duties: aircraft differences training for (1) General subjects— flightcrew members, a certificate hold- (i) The certificate holder’s dispatch er must submit a request for related or flight release procedures; aircraft designation to the Adminis- (ii) Principles and methods for deter- trator, and obtain approval of that re- mining weight and balance, and run- quest. way limitations for takeoff and land- (2) If the Administrator determines ing; under paragraph (b)(1) of this section (iii) Enough meteorology to insure a that a certificate holder is operating practical knowledge of weather phe- related aircraft, the certificate holder nomena, including the principles of may submit to the Administrator a re- frontal systems, icing, fog, thunder- quest for approval of a training pro- storms, and high altitude weather situ- gram that includes related aircraft dif- ations; ferences training. (iv) Air traffic control systems, pro- (3) A request for approval of a train- cedures, and phraseology; ing program that includes related air- (v) Navigation and the use of naviga- craft differences training must include tion aids, including instrument ap- at least the following: proach procedures; (i) Each appropriate subject required (vi) Normal and emergency commu- for the ground training for the related nication procedures; aircraft. (vii) Visual cues prior to and during (ii) Each appropriate maneuver or descent below DA/DH or MDA; procedure required for the flight train- (viii) Approved crew resource man- ing and crewmember emergency train- agement initial training; and ing for the related aircraft. (ix) Other instructions as necessary (iii) The number of programmed to ensure pilot and flight engineer hours of ground training, flight train- competence. ing and crewmember emergency train- (2) For each airplane type— ing necessary based on review of the re- (i) A general description; lated aircraft and the duty position. (ii) Performance characteristics; (c) Approved related aircraft differences (iii) Engines and propellers; training. Approved related aircraft dif- (iv) Major components; ferences training for flightcrew mem- (v) Major airplane systems (e.g., bers may be included in initial, transi- flight controls, electrical, hydraulic); tion, conversion, upgrade and recurrent other systems as appropriate; prin- training for the base aircraft. If the ciples of normal, abnormal, and emer- certificate holder’s approved training gency operations; appropriate proce- program includes related aircraft dif- dures and limitations; ferences training in accordance with (vi) Procedures for— paragraph (b) of this section, the train- (A) Recognizing and avoiding severe ing required by §§ 121.419, 121.420, weather situations; 121.424, 121.425, 121.426, and 121.427, as (B) Escaping from severe weather sit- applicable to flightcrew members, may uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- be modified for the related aircraft. ters, including low-altitude windshear, and [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67839, Nov. (C) Operating in or near thunder- 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, storms (including best penetrating al- 2020] titudes), turbulent air (including clear air turbulence), icing, hail, and other § 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: potentially hazardous meteorological Initial, transition, conversion and conditions; upgrade ground training. (vii) Operating limitations; (a) Except as provided in paragraph (viii) Fuel consumption and cruise (b) of this section, initial and conver- control; sion ground training for pilots and ini- (ix) Flight planning;

170

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00180 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.420

(x) Each normal and emergency pro- (1) Group I airplanes— cedure; (i) Reciprocating powered, 64 hours; (xi) For pilots, stall prevention and and recovery in clean configuration, take- (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 80 hours. off and maneuvering configuration, and (2) Group II airplanes, 120 hours. landing configuration. (e) Initial ground training for pilots (xii) For pilots, upset prevention and who have completed the airline trans- recovery; and port pilot certification training pro- (xiii) The approved Airplane Flight gram in § 61.156 must consist of at least Manual. the following programmed hours of in- (b) Initial and conversion ground struction in the required subjects spec- training for pilots who have completed ified in paragraph (b) of this section the airline transport pilot certification and in § 121.415(a) unless reduced under training program in § 61.156 of this § 121.405: chapter, and transition ground training (1) Group I airplanes— for pilots, must include instruction in at least the following as applicable to (i) Reciprocating powered, 54 hours; their assigned duties: and (1) Ground training specific to the (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 70 hours. certificate holder’s— (2) Group II airplanes, 110 hours. (i) Dispatch or flight release proce- (f) Compliance and pilot programmed dures; hours. (1) Compliance with the require- (ii) Method for determining weight ments identified in paragraphs and balance and runway limitations for (a)(2)(xi) and (a)(2)(xii) of this section takeoff and landing; is required no later than March 12, 2019. (iii) Meteorology hazards applicable (2) Beginning March 12, 2019, initial to the certificate holder’s areas of op- programmed hours applicable to pilots eration; as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of (iv) Approved departure, arrival, and this section must include 2 additional approach procedures; hours. (v) Normal and emergency commu- (g) Before April 27, 2022, upgrade nication procedures; and ground training must include either (vi) Approved crew resource manage- the instruction specified in paragraph ment training. (a) of this section or the instruction (2) The training required by para- specified in § 121.420. Beginning on April graph (a)(2) of this section for the air- 27, 2022, upgrade ground training must plane type. include the instruction specified in (c) Beginning on April 27, 2022, and in § 121.420. addition to the requirements in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as appli- [Doc. No. FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42377, July 15, cable, initial ground training for pilots 2013, as amended by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR in command must include instruction 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] and facilitated discussion on the following: § 121.420 Pilots: Upgrade ground train- (1) Leadership and command, including. ing flightcrew member duties under § 121.542; and (a) Upgrade ground training must in- (2) Mentoring, including techniques clude instruction in at least the fol- for instilling and reinforcing the high- lowing subjects as applicable to the du- est standards of technical performance, ties assigned to the pilot in command: airmanship, and professionalism in (1) Seat dependent procedures, as ap- newly hired pilots. plicable; (d) Initial ground training for pilots (2) Duty position procedures, as ap- and flight engineers must consist of at plicable; and least the following programmed hours (3) Crew resource management, in- of instruction in the required subjects cluding decision making, authority and specified in paragraph (a) of this sec- responsibility, and conflict resolution. tion and in § 121.415(a) unless reduced (b) In addition to the requirements in under § 121.405: paragraph (a) of this section, upgrade

171

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00181 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.421 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

ground training must include instruc- § 121.415(a) unless reduced under tion and facilitated discussion on the § 121.405. following: (1) Group I airplanes— (1) Leadership and command, includ- (i) Reciprocating powered, 8 hours; ing flightcrew member duties under and § 121.542; and (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 8 hours. (2) Mentoring, including techniques (2) Group II airplanes, 16 hours. for reinforcing the highest standards of [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as technical performance, airmanship, amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. and professional development in newly 20, 1995] hired pilots. (c) Compliance date: Beginning on § 121.422 Aircraft dispatchers: Initial April 27, 2022, upgrade ground training and transition ground training. must satisfy the requirements of this (a) Initial and transition ground section. training for aircraft dispatchers must [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020] include instruction in at least the following: § 121.421 Flight attendants: Initial and (1) General subjects— transition ground training. (i) Use of communications systems (a) Initial and transition ground including the characteristics of those training for flight attendants must in- systems and the appropriate normal clude instruction in at least the fol- and emergency procedures; lowing: (ii) Meteorology, including various (1) General subjects— types of meteorological information (i) The authority of the pilot in com- and forecasts, interpretation of weath- mand; er data (including forecasting of en (ii) Passenger handling, including the route and terminal temperatures and procedures to be followed in the case of other weather conditions), frontal sys- deranged persons or other persons tems, wind conditions, and use of ac- whose conduct might jeopardize safety; tual and prognostic weather charts for and various altitudes; (iii) Approved crew resource manage- (iii) The NOTAM system; ment initial training. (iv) Navigational aids and publica- (2) For each airplane type— tions; (i) A general description of the air- (v) Joint dispatcher-pilot responsibil- plane emphasizing physical character- ities; istics that may have a bearing on (vi) Characteristics of appropriate ditching, evacuation, and inflight airports; emergency procedures and on other re- (vii) Prevailing weather phenomena lated duties; and the available sources of weather (ii) The use of both the public address information; system and the means of commu- (viii) Air traffic control and instru- nicating with other flight crew- ment approach procedures; and members, including emergency means (ix) Approved dispatcher resource in the case of attempted hijacking or management (DRM) initial training. other unusual situations; and (2) For each airplane— (iii) Proper use of electrical galley (i) A general description of the air- equipment and the controls for cabin plane emphasizing operating and per- heat and ventilation. formance characteristics, navigation (b) Initial and transition ground equipment, instrument approach and training for flight attendants must in- communication equipment, emergency clude a competence check to determine equipment and procedures, and other ability to perform assigned duties and subjects having a bearing on dispatcher responsibilities. duties and responsibilities; (c) Initial ground training for flight (ii) Flight operation procedures in- attendants must consist of at least the cluding procedures specified in following programmed hours of in- § 121.419(a)(2)(vi); struction in the subjects specified in (iii) Weight and balance computa- paragraph (a) of this section and in tions;

172

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00182 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.423

(iv) Basic airplane performance dis- perience of recovery from full stall and patch requirements and procedures; stick pusher activation, if equipped. (v) Flight planning including track (d) Recurrent training: Within 24 cal- selection, flight time analysis, and fuel endar months preceding service as a requirements; and pilot, each person must satisfactorily (vi) Emergency procedures. complete the extended envelope train- (3) Emergency procedures must be ing described in paragraphs (b)(1) emphasized, including the alerting of through (4) and (c) of this section. proper governmental, company, and Within 36 calendar months preceding private agencies during emergencies to service as a pilot, each person must give maximum help to an airplane in satisfactorily complete the extended distress. (b) Initial and transition ground envelope training described in para- training for aircraft dispatchers must graph (b)(5) of this section. include a competence check given by (e) Deviation from use of Level C or an appropriate supervisor or ground in- higher full flight simulator: structor that demonstrates knowledge (1) A certificate holder may submit a and ability with the subjects set forth request to the Administrator for ap- in paragraph (a) of this section. proval of a deviation from the require- (c) Initial ground training for air- ments of paragraph (a) of this section craft dispatchers must consist of at to conduct the extended envelope least the following programmed hours training using an alternative method of instruction in the subjects specified to meet the learning objectives of this in paragraph (a) of this section and in section. § 121.415(a) unless reduced under (2) A request for deviation from para- § 121.405: graph (a) of this section must include (1) Group I airplanes— the following information: (i) Reciprocating powered, 30 hours; (i) A simulator availability assess- and ment, including hours by specific simu- (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 40 hours. (2) Group II airplanes, 40 hours. lator and location of the simulator, and a simulator shortfall analysis that [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as includes the training that cannot be amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. completed in a Level C or higher full 20, 1995] flight simulator; and § 121.423 Pilots: Extended Envelope (ii) Alternative methods for achiev- Training. ing the learning objectives of this sec- (a) Each certificate holder must in- tion. clude in its approved training program, (3) A certificate holder may request the extended envelope training set an extension of a deviation issued forth in this section with respect to under this section. each airplane type for each pilot. The (4) Deviations or extensions to devi- extended envelope training required by ations will be issued for a period not to this section must be performed in a exceed 12 months. Level C or higher full flight simulator, (f) Compliance with this section is re- approved by the Administrator in acquired no later than March 12, 2019. For cordance with § 121.407 of this part. the recurrent training required in para- (b) Extended envelope training must graph (d) of this section, each pilot include the following maneuvers and qualified to serve as second in com- procedures: mand or pilot in command in oper- (1) Manually controlled slow flight; ations under this part on March 12, 2019 (2) Manually controlled loss of reli- must complete the recurrent extended able airspeed; (3) Manually controlled instrument envelope training within 12 calendar departure and arrival; months after March 12, 2019. (4) Upset recovery maneuvers; and [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67839, Nov. 12, (5) Recovery from bounced landing. 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020] (c) Extended envelope training must include instructor-guided hands on ex-

173

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00183 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.424 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.424 Pilots: Initial, transition, con- (2) Group II airplanes. Pilot in com- version, and upgrade flight train- mand, 20 hours; second in command, 10 ing. hours. (a) Initial, transition, and conversion (e) If the certificate holder’s ap- flight training for pilots must include proved training program includes a the following: course of training utilizing an FFS (1) Flight training and practice in the under § 121.409 (c) and (d) of this part, maneuvers and procedures set forth in each pilot must successfully com- the certificate holder’s approved low- plete— altitude windshear flight training pro- (1) With respect to § 121.409(c) of this gram and in appendix E to this part, as part— applicable; and (i) Training and practice in the FFS (2) Extended envelope training set in at least all of the maneuvers and forth in § 121.423. procedures set forth in appendix E of (b) Beginning on April 27, 2022, in ad- this part for initial flight training that dition to the requirements in para- are capable of being performed in an graph (a) of this section, initial flight FFS; and training for pilots in command must (ii) A proficiency check in the FFS or include sufficient scenario-based training incorporating CRM and leadership the airplane to the level of proficiency and command skills, to ensure the pi- of a pilot in command or second in lot’s proficiency as pilot in command. command, as applicable, in at least the The training required by this para- maneuvers and procedures set forth in graph may be completed inflight or in appendix F of this part that are capa- an FSTD. ble of being performed in an FFS. (c) The training required by para- (2) With respect to § 121.409(d) of this graph (a) of this section must be per- part, training and practice in at least formed inflight except— the maneuvers and procedures set forth (1) That windshear maneuvers and in the certificate holder’s approved procedures must be performed in an low-altitude windshear flight training FFS in which the maneuvers and pro- program that are capable of being per- cedures are specifically authorized to formed in an FFS in which the maneu- be accomplished; vers and procedures are specifically au- (2) That the extended envelope train- thorized. ing required by § 121.423 must be per- (f) Compliance with paragraphs (a)(2) formed in a Level C or higher full and (c)(2) of this section is required no flight simulator unless the Adminis- later than March 12, 2019. trator has issued to the certificate (g) Before April 27, 2022, upgrade holder a deviation in accordance with flight training must be provided in ac- § 121.423(e); and cordance with paragraphs (a), (c), (e), (3) To the extent that certain other and (f), of this section or § 121.426. Be- maneuvers and procedures may be per- ginning on April 27, 2022, upgrade flight formed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static training must be provided as specified airplane as permitted in appendix E to in § 121.426. this part. (d) Except as permitted in paragraph [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as (e) of this section, the initial flight amended by Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. training required by paragraph (a)(1) of 27, 1988; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, this section must include at least the 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020; following programmed hours of inflight Amdt. 121–384, 85 FR 39070, June 30, 2020] training and practice unless reduced § 121.425 Flight engineers: Initial and under § 121.405; transition flight training. (1) Group I airplanes— (i) Reciprocating powered. Pilot in (a) Initial and transition flight train- command, 10 hours; second in coming for flight engineers must include at mand, 6 hours; and least the following: (ii) Turbopropeller powered. Pilot in (1) Training and practice in proce- command, 15 hours; second in com- dures related to the carrying out of mand, 7 hours. flight engineer duties and functions.

174

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00184 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.426

This training and practice may be ac- (2) Duty position maneuvers and pro- complished either inflight or in an cedures, as applicable; FSTD. (3) Extended envelope training set (2) A flight check that includes— forth in § 121.423; (i) Preflight inspection; (4) Maneuvers and procedures set (ii) Inflight performance of assigned forth in the certificate holder’s low al- duties accomplished from the flight en- titude windshear flight training pro- gineer station during taxi, runup, take- gram; off, climb, cruise, descent, approach, (5) Sufficient scenario-based training and landing; incorporating CRM and leadership and (iii) Accomplishment of other func- command skills, to ensure the pilot’s tions, such as fuel management and proficiency as pilot in command; and preparation of fuel consumption (6) Sufficient training to ensure the records, and normal and emergency or pilot’s knowledge and skill with re- alternate operation of all airplane spect to the following: flight systems, performed either (i) The airplane, its systems and com- inflight or in an FSTD. ponents; (b) Flight engineers possessing a (ii) Proper control of airspeed, con- commercial pilot certificate with an figuration, direction, altitude, and at- instrument, category and class rating, titude in accordance with the Airplane or pilots already qualified as second in Flight Manual, the certificate holder’s command and reverting to flight engi- operations manual, checklists, or other neer, may complete the entire flight approved material appropriate to the check, required by paragraph (a)(2) of airplane type; and this section, in an approved FFS. (iii) Compliance with ATC, instru- (c) Except as permitted in paragraph ment procedures, or other applicable (d) of this section, the initial flight procedures. training required by paragraph (a) of (b) The training required by para- this section must include at least the graph (a) of this section must be per- same number of programmed hours of formed inflight except— flight training and practice that are (1) That windshear maneuvers and specified for a second in command pilot procedures must be performed in an under § 121.424(c) unless reduced under FFS in which the maneuvers and pro- § 121.405. cedures are specifically authorized to (d) If the certificate holder’s ap- be accomplished; proved training program includes a (2) That the extended envelope train- course of training utilizing an FSTD ing required by § 121.423 must be per- under § 121.409(c), each flight engineer formed in a Level C or higher FFS un- must successfully complete in the less the Administrator has issued to FSTD — the certificate holder a deviation in ac- (1) Training and practice in at least cordance with § 121.423(e); and all of the assigned duties, procedures, (3) To the extent that certain other and functions required by paragraph (a) maneuvers and procedures may be per- of this section; and formed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static (2) A flight check to a flight engineer airplane as permitted in Appendix E of level of proficiency in the assigned du- this part. ties, procedures, and functions. (c) If the certificate holder’s ap- [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as proved training program includes a amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22647, May course of training utilizing an FFS 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, under § 121.409(c) and (d), each pilot 2020] must successfully complete— (1) With respect to § 121.409(c)—A pro- § 121.426 Pilots: Upgrade flight train- ficiency check in the FFS or the air- ing. plane to the level of proficiency of a (a) Upgrade flight training for pilots pilot in command in at least the ma- must include the following: neuvers and procedures set forth in Ap- (1) Seat dependent maneuvers and pendix F of this part that are capable procedures, as applicable; of being performed in an FFS.

175

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00185 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.427 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) With respect to § 121.409(d), train- the required subjects specified in para- ing and practice in at least the maneu- graph (b) of this section unless reduced vers and procedures set forth in the under § 121.405: certificate holder’s approved low-alti- (1) For pilots— tude windshear flight training program (i) Group I reciprocating powered air- that are capable of being performed in planes, 15 hours; an FFS in which the maneuvers and (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered procedures are specifically authorized. airplanes, 19 hours; and (d) Compliance dates: Beginning on (iii) Group II airplanes, 24 hours. April 27, 2022, upgrade flight training (2) For flight engineers— must satisfy the requirements of this (i) Group I, reciprocating powered section. airplanes, 16 hours; [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10924, Feb. 25, 2020] (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered airplanes, 20 hours; and § 121.427 Recurrent training. (iii) Group II airplanes, 25 hours. (a) Recurrent training must ensure (3) For flight attendants— that each crewmember or aircraft dis- (i) Group I reciprocating powered air- patcher is adequately trained and cur- planes, 4 hours; rently proficient with respect to the (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered type airplane (including differences airplanes, 5 hours; and training, if applicable) and crew- (iii) Group II airplanes, 12 hours. member position involved. (4) For aircraft dispatchers— (b) Recurrent ground training for (i) Group I reciprocating powered air- crewmembers and dispatchers must in- planes, 8 hours; clude at least the following: (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered (1) A quiz or other review to deter- airplanes, 10 hours; and mine the state of the crewmember’s or (iii) Group II airplanes, 20 hours. dispatcher’s knowledge with respect to the airplane and position involved. (d) Recurrent ground training for pi- (2) Instruction as necessary in the lots serving as pilot in command: following: (1) Within 36 months preceding serv- (i) For pilots, the subjects required ice as pilot in command, each person for ground training by §§ 121.415(a)(1), must complete recurrent ground train- (3), and (4) and 121.419(b); ing on leadership and command and (ii) For flight engineers, the subjects mentoring. This training is in addition required for ground training by to the ground training required in §§ 121.415(a)(1), (3), and (4) and 121.419(a); paragraph (b) of this section and the (iii) For flight attendants, the sub- programmed hours required in para- jects required for ground training by graph (c) of this section. This training §§ 121.415(a)(1), (3), and (4) and 121.421(a); must include instruction and facili- and tated discussion on the following: (iv) For aircraft dispatchers, the sub- (i) Leadership and command, includ- jects required for ground training by ing instruction on flightcrew member §§ 121.415(a)(1) and (4) and 121.422(a). duties under § 121.542; and (3) For flight attendants and dis- (ii) Mentoring, including techniques patchers, a competence check as re- for instilling and reinforcing the high- quired by §§ 121.421(b) and 121.422(b), re- est standards of technical performance, spectively. airmanship, and professionalism in (4) For crewmembers, CRM training newly hired pilots. and for aircraft dispatchers, DRM (2) The requirements of paragraph training. For flightcrew members, CRM (d)(1) do not apply until after a pilot training or portions thereof may be ac- has completed ground training on lead- complished during an approved FFS ership and command and mentoring, as line-oriented flight training (LOFT) required by §§ 121.419, 121.420 and 121.429, session. as applicable. (c) Recurrent ground training for (e) Recurrent flight training for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers flightcrew members must include at must consist of at least the following least the following: programmed hours of instruction in (1) For pilots—

176

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00186 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.431

(i) Extended envelope training as re- under this part unless the pilot has quired by § 121.423 of this part; and completed the following ground train- (ii) Flight training in an approved ing in accordance with the certificate FFS in maneuvers and procedures set holder’s approved training program: forth in the certificate holder’s ap- (1) Leadership and command training proved low-altitude windshear flight in § 121.419(c)(1) and mentoring training training program and flight training in in § 121.419(c)(2); or maneuvers and procedures set forth in (2) Leadership and command training Appendix F of this part, or in a flight in § 121.420(b)(1) and mentoring training training program approved by the Ad- in § 121.420(b)(2). ministrator, except as follows— (b) Credit for training provided by (A) The number of programmed the certificate holder: inflight hours is not specified; and (1) The Administrator may credit (B) Satisfactory completion of a pro- leadership and command training and ficiency check may be substituted for mentoring training completed by the recurrent flight training as permitted pilot, with that certificate holder, after in § 121.433(c) and (e) of this part. April 27, 2017, and prior to April 27, (2) For flight engineers, flight train- 2020, toward all or part of the training ing as provided by § 121.425(a) except as required by paragraph (a) of this sec- follows— tion. (i) The specified number of inflight (2) In granting credit for the training hours is not required; and required by paragraph (a) of this sec- (ii) The flight check, other than the tion, the Administrator may consider preflight inspection, may be conducted training aids, devices, methods, and in an FSTD. The preflight inspection procedures used by the certificate hold- may be conducted in an airplane, or by er in voluntary leadership and com- using an approved pictorial means that mand and mentoring instruction. realistically portrays the location and detail of preflight inspection items and [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] provides for the portrayal of abnormal conditions. Satisfactory completion of Subpart O—Crewmember an approved line-oriented flight train- Qualifications ing may be substituted for the flight check. § 121.431 Applicability. (f) Compliance and pilot programmed (a) This subpart: hours: (1) Prescribes crewmember qualifica- (1) Compliance with the requirements tions for all certificate holders except identified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this where otherwise specified; and section is required no later than March (2) Permits training center personnel 12, 2019. authorized under part 142 of this chap- (2) After March 12, 2019, recurrent ter who meet the requirements of programmed hours applicable to pilots §§ 121.411 through 121.414 to provide as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this training, testing, and checking under section must include 30 additional min- contract or other arrangement to those utes. persons subject to the requirements of [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 30, 1970, as this subpart. amended by Amdt. 121–80, 36 FR 19362, Oct. 5, (b) For the purpose of this subpart, 1971; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22647, May 25, 1978; the airplane groups and terms and defi- Amdt.121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988; nitions prescribed in § 121.400 and the Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001; following definitions apply: Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; Consolidation is the process by which Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10924, Feb. 25, 2020] a person through practice and practical experience increases proficiency in § 121.429 Pilots in command: Leader- newly acquired knowledge and skills. ship and command and mentoring Line operating flight time is flight time training. performed in operations under this (a) Beginning on April 27, 2023, no part. certificate holder may use a pilot as Operating cycle is a complete flight pilot in command in an operation segment consisting of a takeoff, climb,

177

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00187 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.432 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

enroute portion, descent, and a land- pacity upon completion of transition ing. training as provided in § 121.415. (2) Crewmembers who have qualified [Doc. No. 10171, 36 FR 12284, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. and served as second in command or 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–248, 60 FR 20869, Apr. 27, flight engineer on a particular type air- 1995; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995; plane may serve as pilot in command Amdt. 121–259, 61 FR 34561, July 2, 1996; or second in command, respectively, Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997; upon completion of upgrade or conver- Docket FAA–2010–0100, Amdt. 121–365B, 81 FR sion training, as applicable, for that 2, Jan. 4, 2016; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, airplane as provided in § 121.415. Feb. 25, 2020] (b) Differences training. No certificate § 121.432 General. holder may use any person nor may any person serve as a required crew- (a) Except in the case of operating member on an airplane of a type for experience under § 121.434 and ground which differences training is included training for mentoring required by in the certificate holder’s approved §§ 121.419, 121.420, 121.427, and 121.429, as training program unless that person applicable, a pilot who serves as second has satisfactorily completed, with re- in command of an operation that respect to both the crewmember position quires three or more pilots must be and the particular variation of the air- fully qualified to act as pilot in com- plane in which the person serves, either mand of that operation. initial or transition ground and flight (b) No certificate holder may conduct training, or differences training, as a check or any training in operations provided in § 121.415. under this part, except for the following checks and training required by (c) Recurrent training. (1) No certifi- this part or the certificate holder: cate holder may use any person nor may any person serve as a required (1) Line checks for pilots. crewmember on an airplane unless, (2) Flight engineer checks (except for within the preceding 12 calendar emergency procedures), if the person months— being checked is qualified and current in accordance with § 121.453(a). (i) For flight crewmembers, the person has satisfactorily completed recur- (3) Flight attendant training and rent ground and flight training for that competence checks. airplane and crewmember position and (c) Except for pilot line checks and a flight check as applicable; flight engineer flight checks, the per- (ii) For flight attendants and dis- son being trained or checked may not patchers, the person has satisfactorily be used as a required crewmember. completed recurrent ground training [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as and a competence check; and amended by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. (iii) In addition, for pilots in com- 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, mand the person has satisfactorily 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] completed, within the preceding 6 calendar months, recurrent flight training § 121.433 Training required. in addition to the recurrent flight (a) Initial training. No certificate training required in paragraph (c)(1)(i) holder may use any person nor may of this section, in an airplane in which any person serve as a required crew- the person serves as pilot in command member on an airplane unless that per- in operations under this part. son has satisfactorily completed, in a (2) For pilots, a proficiency check as training program approved under sub- provided in § 121.441 of this part may be part N of this part, initial ground and substituted for the recurrent flight flight training for that type airplane training required by this paragraph and for the particular crewmember po- and the approved FFS course of train- sition, except as follows: ing under § 121.409(b) of this part may (1) Crewmembers who have qualified be substituted for alternate periods of and served as a crewmember on an- recurrent flight training required in other type airplane of the same group that airplane, except as provided in may serve in the same crewmember ca- paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.

178

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00188 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.434

(d) For each airplane in which a pilot ence, operating cycles, and line oper- serves as pilot in command, the person ating flight time for consolidation of must satisfactorily complete either re- knowledge and skills required by this current flight training or a proficiency section based upon a designation of re- check within the preceding 12 calendar lated aircraft in accordance with months. The requirement in this para- § 121.418(b) of this part and a determina- graph expires on March 12, 2019. After tion that the certificate holder can that date, the requirement in demonstrate an equivalent level of § 121.441(a)(1)(ii) of this part applies. safety. (e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(2) (ii) A request for deviation from the and (d) of this section, a proficiency operating experience, operating cycles, check as provided in § 121.441 of this and line operating flight time for con- part may not be substituted for the ex- solidation of knowledge and skills re- tended envelope training required by quired by this section based upon a des- § 121.423 or training in those maneuvers ignation of related aircraft must be and procedures set forth in a certifi- submitted to the Administrator. The cate holder’s approved low-altitude request must include the following: windshear flight training program (A) Identification of aircraft operated when that program is included in a re- by the certificate holder designated as current flight training course as re- related aircraft. quired by § 121.409(d) of this part. (B) Hours of operating experience and number of operating cycles necessary [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–91, 37 FR 10729, May based on review of the related aircraft, 27, 1972; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, the operation, and the duty position. 1988; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; (C) Consolidation hours necessary Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] based on review of the related aircraft, the operation, and the duty position. § 121.434 Operating experience, oper- (iii) The administrator may, at any ating cycles, and consolidation of time, terminate a grant of deviation knowledge and skills. authority issued under this paragraph (a) No certificate holder may use a (a)(4). person nor may any person serve as a (b) In acquiring the operating experi- required crewmember of an airplane ence, operating cycles, and line oper- unless the person has satisfactorily ating flight time for consolidation of completed, on that type airplane and in knowledge and skills, crewmembers that crewmember position, the oper- must comply with the following: ating experience, operating cycles, and (1) In the case of a flight crew- the line operating flight time for con- member, the person must hold the ap- solidation of knowledge and skills, re- propriate certificates and ratings for quired by this section, except as fol- the crewmember position and the air- lows: plane, except that a pilot who is meet- (1) Crewmembers other than pilots in ing the pilot in command requirements command may serve as provided herein must hold the appropriate certificates for the purpose of meeting the require- and ratings for a pilot in command in ments of this section. the airplane. (2) Pilots who are meeting the pilot (2) The operating experience, oper- in command requirements may serve as ating cycles, and line operating flight second in command. time for consolidation of knowledge (3) Separate operating experience, op- and skills must be acquired after satis- erating cycles, and line operating factory completion of the appropriate flight time for consolidation of knowl- ground and flight training for the par- edge and skills are not required for ticular airplane type and crewmember variations within the same type air- position. plane. (3) In the case of a pilot who satisfac- (4) Deviation based upon designation torily completed the preflight visual of related aircraft in accordance with inspection of an aircraft by approved § 121.418(b). pictorial means during an initial, tran- (i) The Administrator may authorize sition, conversion, or upgrade pro- a deviation from the operating experi- ficiency check, the pilot must also

179

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00189 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.434 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

demonstrate proficiency to a check experience in both airplane groups pilot on at least one complete preflight must include at least 4 operating cy- visual inspection of the interior and ex- cles (at least 2 as the pilot flying the terior of a static airplane. This dem- airplane). onstration of proficiency must be com- (ii) For transition training, except as pleted by the pilot and certified by the provided in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this check pilot before the completion of section, 10 hours in Group I recipro- operating experience. cating powered airplanes, 12 hours in (4) The experience must be acquired Group I turbopropeller powered air- inflight during operations under this planes, 25 hours for pilots in command part. However, in the case of an air- in Group II airplanes, and 15 hours for craft not previously used by the certifi- second in command pilots in Group II cate holder in operations under this airplanes. Operating experience in both part, operating experience acquired in airplane groups must include at least 4 the aircraft during proving flights or operating cycles (at least 2 as the pilot ferry flights may be used to meet this flying the airplane). requirement. (iii) In the case of transition training (c) Pilot crewmembers must acquire where the certificate holder’s approved operating experience and operating cy- training program includes a course of cles as follows: training in an FFS under § 121.409(c), (1) A pilot in command must— each pilot in command must comply (i) Perform the duties of a pilot in with the requirements prescribed in command under the supervision of a paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section for check pilot; and initial training. (ii) For a qualifying pilot in com- (d) A flight engineer must perform mand completing initial or upgrade the duties of a flight engineer under training specified in § 121.424 or the supervision of a check airman or a § 121.426, be observed in the perform- qualified flight engineer for at least ance of prescribed duties by an FAA in- the following number of hours: spector during at least one flight leg which includes a takeoff and landing. (1) Group I reciprocating powered air- During the time that a qualifying pilot planes, 8 hours. in command is acquiring the operating (2) Group I turbopropeller powered experience in paragraphs (c)(l)(i) and airplanes, 10 hours. (ii) of this section, a check pilot who is (3) Group II airplanes, 12 hours. also serving as the pilot in command (e) A flight attendant must, for at must occupy a pilot station. However, least 5 hours, perform the assigned du- in the case of a transitioning pilot in ties of a flight attendant under the su- command the check pilot serving as pervision of a flight attendant super- pilot in command may occupy the ob- visor qualified under this part who per- server’s seat, if the transitioning pilot sonally observes the performance of has made at least two takeoffs and these duties. However, operating expe- landings in the type airplane used, and rience is not required for a flight at- has satisfactorily demonstrated to the tendant who has previously acquired check pilot that he is qualified to per- such experience on any large passenger form the duties of a pilot in command carrying airplane of the same group, if of that type of airplane. the certificate holder shows that the (2) A second in command pilot must flight attendant has received sufficient perform the duties of a second in com- ground training for the airplane in mand under the supervision of an ap- which the flight attendant is to serve. propriately qualified check pilot. Flight attendants receiving operating (3) The hours of operating experience experience may not be assigned as a re- and operating cycles for all pilots are quired crewmember. Flight attendants as follows: who have satisfactorily completed (i) For initial training, 15 hours in training time acquired in an approved Group I reciprocating powered air- training program conducted in a full- planes, 20 hours in Group I turbo- scale (except for length) cabin training propeller powered airplanes, and 25 device of the type airplane in which hours in Group II airplanes. Operating they are to serve may substitute this

180

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00190 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.434

time for 50 percent of the hours re- priately qualified instructor or check quired by this paragraph. pilot. (f) Flight crewmembers may sub- (4) If the required 100 hours of line stitute one additional takeoff and land- operating flight time are not coming for each hour of flight to meet the pleted within 120 days, the certificate operating experience requirements of holder may extend the 120-day period this section, up to a maximum reduc- to no more than 150 days if— tion of 50% of flight hours, except (i) The pilot continues to meet all those in Group II initial training, and other applicable requirements of sub- second in command pilots in Group II part O of this part; and transition training. (ii) On or before the 120th day the (g) Except as provided in paragraph pilot satisfactorily completes refresher (h) of this section, pilot in command training conducted by an appropriately and second in command crewmembers qualified instructor or check pilot as must each acquire at least 100 hours of provided in the certificate holder’s ap- line operating flight time for consoli- proved training program, or a check dation of knowledge and skills (includ- pilot determines that the pilot has re- ing operating experience required tained an adequate level of proficiency under paragraph (c) of this section) after observing that pilot in a super- within 120 days after the satisfactory vised line operating flight. completion of: (5) The Administrator, upon applica- (1) Any part of the flight maneuvers tion by the certificate holder, may au- and procedures portion of either an air- thorize deviations from the require- line transport pilot certificate with ments of paragraph (g) of this section, type rating practical test or an addi- by an appropriate amendment to the tional type rating practical test, or operations specifications, to the extent (2) A § 121.441 proficiency check. warranted by any of the following circumstances: (h) The following exceptions apply to the consolidation requirement of para- (i) A newly certificated certificate graph (g) of this section: holder does not employ any pilots who meet the minimum requirements of (1) Pilots who have qualified and paragraph (g) of this section. served as pilot in command or second (ii) An existing certificate holder in command on a particular type air- adds to its fleet an airplane type not plane in operations under this part be- before proven for use in its operations. fore August 25, 1995 are not required to (iii) A certificate holder establishes a complete line operating flight time for new domicile to which it assigns pilots consolidation of knowledge and skills. who will be required to become quali- (2) Pilots who have completed the fied on the airplanes operated from line operating flight time requirement that domicile. for consolidation of knowledge and (i) Notwithstanding the reductions in skills while serving as second in com- programmed hours permitted under mand on a particular type airplane in §§ 121.405 and 121.409 of subpart N of this operations under this part after August part, the hours of operating experience 25, 1995 are not required to repeat the for crewmembers are not subject to re- line operating flight time before serv- duction other than as provided in ac- ing as pilot in command on the same cordance with a deviation authorized type airplane. under paragraph (a) of this section or (3) If, before completing the required as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of 100 hours of line operating flight time, this section. a pilot serves as a pilot in another airplane type operated by the certificate [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as holder, the pilot may not serve as a amended by Amdt. 121–74, 36 FR 12284, June pilot in the airplane for which the pilot 30, 1971; Amdt. 121–91, 37 FR 10729, May 27, has newly qualified unless the pilot 1972; Amdt. 121–140, 43 FR 9599, Mar. 9, 1978; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22647, May 25, 1978; satifactorily completes refresher train- Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41593, June 19, 1980; ing as provided in the certificate hold- Amdt. 121–248, 60 FR 20870, Apr. 27, 1995; er’s approved training program and Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; that training is conducted by an appro- Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020]

181

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00191 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.435 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.435 Pilots: Operations Famil- in operations under this part that do iarization. not have an observer seat on the flight (a) Applicability. The operations fa- deck; miliarization requirements in para- (ii) The total number and types of graph (b) of this section apply to all aircraft operated by the certificate persons newly hired by the certificate holder in operations under this part holder to serve as a pilot in part 121 op- that do have an observer seat on the erations and who began the certificate flight deck; and holder’s basic indoctrination ground (iii) Alternative methods for achiev- training on or after April 27, 2022. The ing the objectives of this section. requirements in paragraph (b) of this (3) A certificate holder may request section also apply to all certificate an extension of a deviation issued holders required to comply with this under this section. subpart, except for those certificate holders operating under part 135 of this (4) Deviations or extensions to devi- chapter that have been authorized to ations will be issued for a period not to comply with this subpart instead of the exceed 12 months. requirements of part 135, subparts E, G, [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] and H, pursuant to § 135.3(c), and those fractional ownership program man- § 121.436 Pilot Qualification: Certifi- agers operating under part 91, subpart cates and experience requirements. K, of this chapter that have been au- (a) No certificate holder may use nor thorized to comply with this subpart may any pilot act as pilot in command instead of §§ 91.1065 through 91.1107, pur- of an aircraft (or as second in command suant to § 91.1063(b) of this chapter. of an aircraft in a flag or supplemental (b) Operations familiarization requirements. (1) No certificate holder may operation that requires three or more use, and no person may serve as, a pilot pilots) unless the pilot: in operations under this part unless (1) Holds an airline transport pilot that person has completed the oper- certificate not subject to the limita- ations familiarization required by this tions in § 61.167 of this chapter; paragraph (b). Operations familiariza- (2) Holds an appropriate aircraft type tion may be completed during or after rating for the aircraft being flown; and basic indoctrination training, but must (3) If serving as pilot in command in be completed before the pilot begins part 121 operations, has 1,000 hours as operating experience under § 121.434. second in command in operations under (2) Operations familiarization must this part, pilot in command in oper- include at least two operating cycles ations under § 91.1053(a)(2)(i) of this conducted by the certificate holder in chapter, pilot in command in oper- accordance with the operating rules of ations under § 135.243(a)(1) of this chap- this part. ter, or any combination thereof. For (3) All pilots completing operations those pilots who are employed as pilot familiarization must occupy the ob- in command in part 121 operations on server seat on the flight deck and have July 31, 2013, compliance with the re- access to and use an operational head- quirements of this paragraph (a)(3) is set. not required. (c) Deviation. (1) A certificate holder (b) No certificate holder may use nor who operates an aircraft that does not have an observer seat on the flight may any pilot act as second in com- deck may submit a request to the Ad- mand unless the pilot holds an airline ministrator for approval of a deviation transport pilot certificate and an ap- from the requirements of paragraphs propriate aircraft type rating for the (a) and (b) of this section. aircraft being flown. A second-in-com- (2) A request for deviation from any mand type rating obtained under § 61.55 of the requirements in paragraphs (a) does not satisfy the requirements of and (b) of this section must include the this section. following information: (c) For the purpose of satisfying the (i) The total number and types of air- flight hour requirement in paragraph craft operated by the certificate holder (a)(3) of this section, a pilot may credit

182

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00192 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.439

500 hours of military flight time ob- least 75 hours of line operating flight tained as pilot in command of a multi- time, either as pilot in command or engine turbine-powered, fixed-wing air- second in command. The Administrator plane in an operation requiring more may, upon application by the certifi- than one pilot. cate holder, authorize deviations from (d) Compliance with the require- the requirements of this paragraph (b) ments of this section is required by Au- by an appropriate amendment to the gust 1, 2013. However, for those pilots operations specifications in any of the who are employed as second in com- following circumstances: mand in part 121 operations on July 31, (1) A newly certificated certificate 2013, compliance with the type rating holder does not employ any pilots who requirement in paragraph (b) of this meet the minimum requirements of section is not required until January 1, this paragraph. 2016. (2) An existing certificate holder adds [Doc. No. FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42378, July 15, to its fleet a type airplane not before 2013, as amended by Amdt. 121–365A, 78 FR proven for use in its operations. 77574, Dec. 24, 2013] (3) An existing certificate holder es- § 121.438 Pilot operating limitations tablishes a new domicile to which it as- and pairing requirements. signs pilots who will be required to become qualified on the airplanes oper- (a) If the second in command has ated from that domicile. fewer than 100 hours of flight time as second in command in operations under [Doc. No. 27210, 60 FR 20870, Apr. 27, 1995] this part in the type airplane being flown, and the pilot in command is not § 121.439 Pilot qualification: Recent an appropriately qualified check pilot, experience. the pilot in command must make all (a) No certificate holder may use any takeoffs and landings in the following person nor may any person serve as a situations: required pilot flightcrew member, un- (1) At special airports designated by less within the preceding 90 days, that the Administrator or at special air- person has made at least three takeoffs ports designated by the certificate and landings in the type airplane in holder; and which that person is to serve. The (2) In any of the following conditions: takeoffs and landings required by this (i) The prevailing visibility value in paragraph may be performed in a Level the latest weather report for the air- B or higher FFS approved under port is at or below 3⁄4 mile. § 121.407 to include takeoff and landing (ii) The runway visual range for the maneuvers. In addition, any person runway to be used is at or below 4,000 who fails to make the three required feet. takeoffs and landings within any con- (iii) The runway to be used has secutive 90-day period must re-estab- water, snow, slush or similar condi- lish recency of experience as provided tions that may adversely affect air- in paragraph (b) of this section. plane performance. (iv) The braking action on the run- (b) In addition to meeting all applica- way to be used is reported to be less ble training and checking requirements than ‘‘good’’. of this part, a required pilot flightcrew (v) The crosswind component for the member who has not met the require- runway to be used is in excess of 15 ments of paragraph (a) of this section knots. must re-establish recency of experience (vi) Windshear is reported in the vi- as follows: cinity of the airport. (1) Under the supervision of a check (vii) Any other condition in which airman, make at least three takeoffs the PIC determines it to be prudent to and landings in the type airplane in exercise the PIC’s prerogative. which that person is to serve or in a (b) No person may conduct oper- Level B or higher FFS. ations under this part unless, for that (2) The takeoffs and landings re- type airplane, either the pilot in com- quired in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- mand or the second in command has at tion must include—

183

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00193 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.440 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(i) At least one takeoff with a simu- authority issued under this paragraph lated failure of the most critical pow- (f). erplant; [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978, as (ii) At least one landing from an ILS amended by Amdt. 121–148, 43 FR 46235, Oct. approach to the lowest ILS minimum 5, 1978; Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, authorized for the certificate holder; 1982; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, 2013; and Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10926, Feb. 25, 2020] (iii) At least one landing to a full § 121.440 Line checks. stop. (a) No certificate holder may use any (c) [Reserved] person nor may any person serve as (d) When using an FFS to accomplish pilot in command of an airplane unless, any of the requirements of paragraphs within the preceding 12 calendar (a) or (b) of this section, each required months, that person has passed a line flightcrew member position must be check in which he satisfactorily per- occupied by an appropriately qualified forms the duties and responsibilities of person, and the FFS must be operated a pilot in command in one of the types as if in a normal inflight environment of airplanes he is to fly. without use of the repositioning fea- (b) A pilot in command line check for tures of the FFS. domestic and flag operations must— (e) A check airman who observes the (1) Be given by a pilot check airman takeoffs and landings prescribed in who is currently qualified on both the paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall route and the airplane; and certify that the person being observed (2) Consist of at least one flight over is proficient and qualified to perform a typical part of the certificate hold- flight duty in operations under this er’s route, or over a foreign or Federal part and may require any additional airway, or over a direct route. maneuvers that are determined nec- (c) A pilot in command line check for essary to make this certifying state- supplemental operations must— (1) Be given by a pilot check airman ment. who is currently qualified on the air- (f) Deviation authority based upon plane; and designation of related aircraft in ac- (2) Consist of at least one flight over cordance with § 121.418(b). a part of a Federal airway, foreign air- (1) The Administrator may authorize way, or advisory route over which the a deviation from the requirements of pilot may be assigned. paragraph (a) of this section based upon a designation of related aircraft [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May in accordance with § 121.418(b) of this 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, part and a determination that the cer- 1996; Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34235, July 15, 2009; tificate holder can demonstrate an Amdt. 121–359, 77 FR 34785, June 12, 2012] equivalent level of safety. (2) A request for deviation from para- § 121.441 Proficiency checks. graph (a) of this section must be sub- (a) No certificate holder may use any mitted to the Administrator. The re- person nor may any person serve as a quest must include the following: required pilot flight crewmember un- (i) Identification of aircraft operated less that person has satisfactorily com- by the certificate holder designated as pleted either a proficiency check, or an related aircraft. approved FFS course of training under § 121.409, as follows: (ii) The number of takeoffs, landings, (1) For a pilot in command— maneuvers, and procedures necessary (i) Before March 12, 2019, to maintain or re-establish recency (A) A proficiency check within the based on review of the related aircraft, preceding 12 calendar months and, the operation, and the duty position. (B) In addition, within the preceding (3) The administrator may, at any 6 calendar months, either a proficiency time, terminate a grant of deviation check or the approved FFS course of training. (ii) Beginning on March 12, 2019,

184

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00194 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.441

(A) A proficiency check within the son giving the proficiency check may preceding 12 calendar months in the give additional training to the pilot aircraft type in which the person is to during the course of the proficiency serve and, check. In addition to repeating the ma- (B) In addition, within the preceding neuvers failed, the person giving the 6 calendar months, either a proficiency proficiency check may require the check or the approved FFS course of pilot being checked to repeat any other training. maneuvers he finds are necessary to de- (2) For all other pilots— termine the pilot’s proficiency. If the (i) Within the preceding 24 calendar pilot being checked is unable to dem- months either a proficiency check or onstrate satisfactory performance to the line-oriented flight training course the person conducting the check, the under § 121.409; and certificate holder may not use him nor (ii) Within the preceding 12 calendar months, either a proficiency check or may he serve in operations under this any FFS training course under § 121.409 part until he has satisfactorily com- (b) Except as provided in paragraphs pleted a proficiency check. (c) and (d) of this section, a proficiency (f) Deviation authority based upon check must meet the following require- designation of related aircraft in ac- ments: cordance with § 121.418(b) of this part. (1) It must include at least the proce- (1) The Administrator may authorize dures and maneuvers set forth in ap- a deviation from the proficiency check pendix F to this part unless otherwise requirements of paragraphs (a), (b)(1), specifically provided in that appendix. and (c) of this section based upon a des- (2) It must be given by the Adminis- ignation of related aircraft in accord- trator or a pilot check airman. ance with § 121.418(b) of this part and a (c) An approved FFS or FTD may be determination that the certificate used in the conduct of a proficiency holder can demonstrate an equivalent check as provided in appendix F to this level of safety. part. (2) A request for deviation from para- (d) A person giving a proficiency graphs (a), (b)(1), and (c) of this section check may, in his or her discretion, must be submitted to the Adminis- waive any of the maneuvers or proce- trator. The request must include the dures for which a specific waiver au- following: thority is set forth in Appendix F of this part if the conditions in para- (i) Identification of aircraft operated graphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section by the certificate holder designated as are satisfied: related aircraft. (1) The Administrator has not specifi- (ii) Based on review of the related cally required the particular maneuver aircraft, the operation, and the duty or procedure to be performed. position: (2) The pilot being checked is, at the (A) For recurrent proficiency checks, time of the check, employed by a cer- the frequency of the related aircraft tificate holder as a pilot. proficiency check, the maneuvers and (3) The pilot being checked meets one procedures to be included in the related of the following conditions: aircraft proficiency check, and the (i) The pilot is currently qualified for level of FSTD to be used for each ma- operations under this part in the par- neuver and procedure. ticular type airplane and flightcrew (B) For qualification proficiency member position. checks, the maneuvers and procedures (ii) The pilot has, within the pre- to be included in the related aircraft ceding six calendar months, satisfac- proficiency check and the level of torily completed an approved training FSTD to be used for each maneuver curriculum, except for an upgrade training curriculum in accordance with and procedure. §§ 121.420 and 121.426, for the particular (3) The administrator may, at any type airplane. time, terminate a grant of deviation (e) If the pilot being checked fails any of the required maneuvers, the per-

185

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00195 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.443 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

authority issued under this paragraph § 121.445 Pilot in command airport (f). qualification: Special areas and airports. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–103, 38 FR 12203, May (a) The Administrator may deter- 10, 1973, Amdt. 121–108, 38 FR 35446, Dec. 28, mine that certain airports (due to 1973; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978; items such as surrounding terrain, ob- Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997; structions, or complex approach or de- Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, 2013; parture procedures) are special airports Docket FAA–2016–9526, Amdt. 121–377, 81 FR requiring special airport qualifications 90983, Dec. 16, 2016; Amdt. 121–377A, 81 FR and that certain areas or routes, or 95860, Dec. 29, 2016; Amdt. 121–377B, 83 FR both, require a special type of naviga- 12475, Mar. 22, 2018; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10926, Feb. 25, 2020] tion qualification. (b) Except as provided in paragraph § 121.443 Pilot in command qualifica- (c) of this section, no certificate holder tion: Route and airports. may use any person, nor may any person serve, as pilot in command to or (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- from an airport determined to require vide a system acceptable to the Admin- special airport qualifications unless, istrator for disseminating the informa- within the preceding 12 calendar tion required by paragraph (b) of this months: section to the pilot in command and (1) The pilot in command or second in appropriate flight operation personnel. command has made an entry to that The system must also provide an ac- airport (including a takeoff and land- ceptable means for showing compliance ing) while serving as a pilot flight with § 121.445. crewmember; or (b) No certificate holder may use any (2) The pilot in command has quali- person, nor may any person serve, as fied by using pictorial means accept- pilot in command unless the certificate able to the Administrator for that air- holder has provided that person cur- port. rent information concerning the fol- (c) Paragraph (b) of this section does lowing subjects pertinent to the areas not apply when an entry to that air- over which that person is to serve, and port (including a takeoff or a landing) to each airport and terminal area into is being made if the ceiling at that air- which that person is to operate, and port is at least 1,000 feet above the low- ensures that that person has adequate est MEA or MOCA, or initial approach knowledge of, and the ability to use, altitude prescribed for the instrument the information: approach procedure for that airport, (1) Weather characteristics appro- and the visibility at that airport is at priate to the season. least 3 miles. (2) Navigation facilities. (d) No certificate holder may use any (3) Communication procedures, in- person, nor may any person serve, as cluding airport visual aids. pilot in command between terminals (4) Kinds of terrain and obstructions. over a route or area that requires a (5) Minimum safe flight levels. special type of navigation qualification (6) En route and terminal area ar- unless, within the preceding 12 cal- rival and departure procedures, holding endar months, that person has dem- procedures and authorized instrument onstrated qualification on the applica- approach procedures for the airports ble navigation system in a manner ac- involved. ceptable to the Administrator, by one (7) Congested areas and physical lay- of the following methods: out of each airport in the terminal area (1) By flying over a route or area as in which the pilot will operate. pilot in command using the applicable (8) Notices to Airmen. special type of navigation system. (2) By flying over a route or area as [Doc. No. 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980; pilot in command under the super- Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 43154, June 26, 1980] vision of a check airman using the special type of navigation system.

186

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00196 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.463

(3) By completing the training pro- son has, with respect to an airplane of gram requirements of appendix G of that group, satisfactorily completed this part. the following: [Doc. No. 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980] (1) Initial dispatcher training, except that a person who has satisfactorily § 121.447 [Reserved] completed such training for another type airplane of the same group need § 121.453 Flight engineer qualifica- only complete the appropriate transi- tions. tion training. (a) No certificate holder may use any (2) Operating familiarization con- person nor may any person serve as a sisting of at least 5 hours observing op- flight engineer on an airplane unless, erations under this part from the flight within the preceding 6 calendar deck or, for airplanes without an ob- months, he has had at least 50 hours of server seat on the flight deck, from a flight time as a flight engineer on that forward passenger seat with headset or type airplane or the certificate holder speaker. This requirement may be re- or the Administrator has checked him duced to a minimum of 21⁄2 hours by the on that type airplane and determined substitution of one additional takeoff that he is familiar and competent with and landing for an hour of flight. A per- all essential current information and son may serve as an aircraft dispatcher operating procedures. without meeting the requirement of (b) A flight check given in accord- this paragraph (a) for 90 days after ini- ance with § 121.425(a)(2) satisfies the re- tial introduction of the airplane into quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- operations under this part. tion. (b) No certificate holder conducting [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970] domestic or flag operations may use any person, nor may any person serve, §§ 121.455–121.459 [Reserved] as an aircraft dispatcher for a particular type airplane unless that per- Subpart P—Aircraft Dispatcher son has, with respect to that airplane, Qualifications and Duty Time satisfactorily completed differences training, if applicable. Limitations: DOMESTIC AND FLAG OPER- (c) No certificate holder conducting ATIONS; FLIGHT ATTENDANT DUTY PE- domestic or flag operations may use RIOD LIMITATIONS AND REST REQUIRE- any person, nor may any person serve, MENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG, AND SUPPLE- as an aircraft dispatcher unless within MENTAL OPERATIONS the preceding 12 calendar months the aircraft dispatcher has satisfactorily § 121.461 Applicability. completed operating familiarization This subpart prescribes— consisting of at least 5 hours observing (a) Qualifications and duty time limi- operations under this part, in one of tations for aircraft dispatchers for cer- the types of airplanes in each group to tificate holders conducting domestic be dispatched. This observation shall flag operations; and be made from the flight deck or, for (b) Duty period limitations and rest airplanes without an observer seat on requirements for flight attendants used the flight deck, from a forward pas- by certificate holders conducting do- senger seat with headset or speaker. mestic, flag, or supplemental oper- The requirement of paragraph (a) of ations. this section may be reduced to a min- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] imum of 21⁄2 hours by the substitution of one additional takeoff and landing § 121.463 Aircraft dispatcher qualifica- for an hour of flight. The requirement tions. of this paragraph may be satisfied by (a) No certificate holder conducting observation of 5 hours of simulator domestic or flag operations may use training for each airplane group in one any person, nor may any person serve, of the simulators approved under as an aircraft dispatcher for a par- § 121.407 for the group. However, if the ticular airplane group unless that per- requirement of paragraph (a) is met by

187

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00197 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.465 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

the use of a simulator, no reduction in (3) Each dispatcher must be relieved hours is permitted. of all duty with the certificate holder (d) No certificate holder conducting for at least 24 consecutive hours during domestic or flag operations may use any seven consecutive days or the any person, nor may any person serve equivalent thereof within any calendar as an aircraft dispatcher to dispatch month. airplanes in operations under this part (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) unless the certificate holder has deter- and (b) of this section, a certificate mined that he is familiar with all es- holder conducting flag operations may, sential operating procedures for that if authorized by the Administrator, segment of the operation over which he schedule an aircraft dispatcher at a exercises dispatch jurisdiction. How- duty station outside of the 48 contig- ever, a dispatcher who is qualified to uous States and the District of Colum- dispatch airplanes through one seg- bia, for more than 10 consecutive hours ment of an operation may dispatch air- of duty in a 24-hour period if that airplanes through other segments of the craft dispatcher is relieved of all duty operation after coordinating with dis- with the certificate holder for at least patchers who are qualified to dispatch eight hours during each 24-hour period. airplanes through those other seg- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] ments. (e) For the purposes of this section, § 121.467 Flight attendant duty period the airplane groups, terms, and defini- limitations and rest requirements: tions in § 121.400 apply. Domestic, flag, and supplemental operations. [Doc. No. 7325, 37 FR 5607, Mar. 17, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65934, Dec. (a) For purposes of this section— 20, 1995] Calendar day means the period of elapsed time, using Coordinated Uni- § 121.465 Aircraft dispatcher duty time versal Time or local time, that begins limitations: Domestic and flag oper- at midnight and ends 24 hours later at ations. the next midnight. (a) Each certificate holder con- Duty period means the period of ducting domestic or flag operations elapsed time between reporting for an shall establish the daily duty period for assignment involving flight time and a dispatcher so that it begins at a time release from that assignment by the that allows him or her to become thor- certificate holder conducting domestic, oughly familiar with existing and an- flag, or supplemental operations. The ticipated weather conditions along the time is calculated using either Coordi- route before he or she dispatches any nated Universal Time or local time to airplane. He or she shall remain on reflect the total elapsed time. duty until each airplane dispatched by Flight attendant means an individual, him or her has completed its flight, or other than a flight crewmember, who is has gone beyond his or her jurisdiction, assigned by a certificate holder con- or until he or she is relieved by another ducting domestic, flag, or supple- qualified dispatcher. mental operations, in accordance with (b) Except in cases where cir- the required minimum crew com- cumstances or emergency conditions plement under the certificate holder’s beyond the control of the certificate operations specifications or in addition holder require otherwise— to that minimum complement, to duty (1) No certificate holder conducting in an aircraft during flight time and domestic or flag operations may sched- whose duties include but are not nec- ule a dispatcher for more than 10 con- essarily limited to cabin-safety-related secutive hours of duty; responsibilities. (2) If a dispatcher is scheduled for Rest period means the period free of more than 10 hours of duty in 24 con- all restraint or duty for a certificate secutive hours, the certificate holder holder conducting domestic, flag, or shall provide him or her a rest period supplemental operations and free of all of at least eight hours at or before the responsibility for work or duty should end of 10 hours of duty. the occasion arise.

188

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00198 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.467

(b) Except as provided in paragraph least two flight attendants in addition (c) of this section, a certificate holder to the minimum flight attendant com- conducting domestic, flag, or supple- plement required for the flight or mental operations may assign a duty flights in that duty period under the period to a flight attendant only when certificate holder’s operations speci- the applicable duty period limitations fications. and rest requirements of this para- (6) A certificate holder conducting graph are met. domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- (1) Except as provided in paragraphs ations may assign a flight attendant to (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, a scheduled duty period of more than 18 no certificate holder conducting do- hours, but no more than 20 hours, if the mestic, flag, or supplemental oper- scheduled duty period includes one or ations may assign a flight attendant to more flights that land or take off out- a scheduled duty period of more than 14 side the 48 contiguous states and the hours. District of Columbia, and if the certifi- (2) Except as provided in paragraph cate holder has assigned to the flight (b)(3) of this section, a flight attendant or flights in that duty period at least scheduled to a duty period of 14 hours three flight attendants in addition to or less as provided under paragraph the minimum flight attendant com- (b)(1) of this section must be given a plement required for the flight or scheduled rest period of at least 9 con- flights in that duty period under the secutive hours. This rest period must domestic certificate holder’s oper- occur between the completion of the ations specifications. scheduled duty period and the com- (7) Except as provided in paragraph mencement of the subsequent duty pe- (b)(8) of this section, a flight attendant riod. scheduled to a duty period of more (3) The rest period required under than 14 hours but no more than 20 paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be hours, as provided in paragraphs (b)(4), scheduled or reduced to 8 consecutive (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, must be hours if the flight attendant is pro- given a scheduled rest period of at least vided a subsequent rest period of at 12 consecutive hours. This rest period least 10 consecutive hours; this subsequent rest period must be scheduled to must occur between the completion of begin no later than 24 hours after the the scheduled duty period and the com- beginning of the reduced rest period mencement of the subsequent duty pe- and must occur between the comple- riod. tion of the scheduled duty period and (8) The rest period required under the commencement of the subsequent paragraph (b)(7) of this section may be duty period. scheduled or reduced to 10 consecutive (4) A certificate holder conducting hours if the flight attendant is pro- domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- vided a subsequent rest period of at ations may assign a flight attendant to least 14 consecutive hours; this subse- a scheduled duty period of more than 14 quent rest period must be scheduled to hours, but no more than 16 hours, if the begin no later than 24 hours after the certificate holder has assigned to the beginning of the reduced rest period flight or flights in that duty period at and must occur between the comple- least one flight attendant in addition tion of the scheduled duty period and to the minimum flight attendant com- the commencement of the subsequent plement required for the flight or duty period. flights in that duty period under the (9) Notwithstanding paragraphs certificate holder’s operations speci- (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, if fications. a certificate holder conducting domes- (5) A certificate holder conducting tic, flag, or supplemental operations domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- elects to reduce the rest period to 10 ations may assign a flight attendant to hours as authorized by paragraph (b)(8) a scheduled duty period of more than 16 of this section, the certificate holder hours, but no more than 18 hours, if the may not schedule a flight attendant for certificate holder has assigned to the a duty period of more than 14 hours flight or flights in that duty period at during the 24-hour period commencing

189

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00199 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.467 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

after the beginning of the reduced rest (1) The certificate holder establishes period. written procedures that— (10) No certificate holder conducting (i) Apply to all flight attendants used domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- in the certificate holder’s operation; ations may assign a flight attendant (ii) Include the flightcrew member any duty period with the certificate requirements contained in part 117, as holder unless the flight attendant has appropriate to the operation being con- had at least the minimum rest required ducted, except that rest facilities on under this section. board the aircraft are not required; (11) No certificate holder conducting (iii) Include provisions to add one domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- flight attendant to the minimum flight ations may assign a flight attendant to attendant complement for each perform any duty with the certificate flightcrew member who is in excess of holder during any required rest period. the minimum number required in the (12) Time spent in transportation, aircraft type certificate data sheet and not local in character, that a certifi- who is assigned to the aircraft under cate holder conducting domestic, flag, the provisions of part 117, as applica- or supplemental operations requires of a flight attendant and provides to ble, of this part; transport the flight attendant to an (iv) Are approved by the Adminis- airport at which that flight attendant trator and are described or referenced is to serve on a flight as a crew- in the certificate holder’s operations member, or from an airport at which specifications; and the flight attendant was relieved from (2) Whenever the Administrator finds duty to return to the flight attendant’s that revisions are necessary for the home station, is not considered part of continued adequacy of the written pro- a rest period. cedures that are required by paragraph (13) Each certificate holder con- (c)(1) of this section and that had been ducting domestic, flag, or supple- granted final approval, the certificate mental operations must relieve each holder must, after notification by the flight attendant engaged in air trans- Administrator, make any changes in portation and each commercial oper- the procedures that are found nec- ator must relieve each flight attendant essary by the Administrator. Within 30 engaged in air commerce from all fur- days after the certificate holder re- ther duty for at least 24 consecutive ceives such notice, it may file a peti- hours during any 7 consecutive cal- tion to reconsider the notice with the endar days. responsible Flight Standards office. (14) A flight attendant is not consid- The filing of a petition to reconsider ered to be scheduled for duty in excess stays the notice, pending decision by of duty period limitations if the flights the Administrator. However, if the Ad- to which the flight attendant is as- ministrator finds that an emergency signed are scheduled and normally ter- requires immediate action in the inter- minate within the limitations but due est of safety, the Administrator may, to circumstances beyond the control of upon a statement of the reasons, re- the certificate holder conducting do- quire a change effective without stay. mestic, flag, or supplemental operations (such as adverse weather condi- [Amdt. 121–241, 59 FR 42991, Aug. 19, 1994, as tions) are not at the time of departure amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. expected to reach their destination 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–357, 77 FR 402, Jan. 4, 2012; Amdt. 121–357A, 77 FR 28764, May 16, 2012; within the scheduled time. Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] this section, a certificate holder conducting domestic, flag, or supplemental operations may apply the Subpart Q—Flight Time Limitations flightcrew member flight time and and Rest Requirements: Do- duty limitations and rest requirements mestic Operations of part 117 of this chapter to flight attendants for all operations conducted SOURCE: Docket No. 23634, 50 FR 29319, July under this part provided that— 18, 1985, unless otherwise noted.

190

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00200 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.471

§ 121.470 Applicability. (4) 8 hours between required rest periods. This subpart prescribes flight time limitations and rest requirements for (b) Except as provided in paragraph domestic all-cargo operations, except (c) of this section, no certificate holder that: conducting domestic operations may (a) Certificate holders conducting op- schedule a flight crewmember and no erations with airplanes having a pas- flight crewmember may accept an as- senger seat configuration of 30 seats or signment for flight time during the 24 fewer, excluding each crewmember consecutive hours preceding the sched- seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 uled completion of any flight segment pounds or less, may comply with the without a scheduled rest period during applicable requirements of §§ 135.261 that 24 hours of at least the following: through 135.273 of this chapter. (1) 9 consecutive hours of rest for less (b) Certificate holders conducting than 8 hours of scheduled flight time. scheduled operations entirely within (2) 10 consecutive hours of rest for 8 the States of Alaska or Hawaii with or more but less than 9 hours of sched- airplanes having a passenger seat con- uled flight time. figuration of more than 30 seats, ex- (3) 11 consecutive hours of rest for 9 cluding each crewmember seat, or a or more hours of scheduled flight time. payload capacity of more than 7,500 (c) A certificate holder may schedule pounds, may comply with the require- a flight crewmember for less than the ments of this subpart or subpart R of rest required in paragraph (b) of this this part for those operations. section or may reduce a scheduled rest (c) A certificate holder may apply under the following conditions: the flightcrew member flight time and (1) A rest required under paragraph duty limitations and requirements of (b)(1) of this section may be scheduled part 117 of this chapter. A certificate for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours holder may choose to apply part 117 to if the flight crewmember is given a rest its— period of at least 10 hours that must (1) Cargo operations conducted under begin no later than 24 hours after the contract to a U.S. government agency. commencement of the reduced rest pe- (2) All-cargo operations not con- riod. ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- (2) A rest required under paragraph ernment agency, (b)(2) of this section may be scheduled (3) A certificate holder may elect to for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours treat operations in paragraphs (c)(1) if the flight crewmember is given a rest and (c)(2) of this section differently period of at least 11 hours that must but, once having decided to conduct begin no later than 24 hours after the those operations under part 117, may commencement of the reduced rest pe- not segregate those operations between riod. this subpart and part 117. (3) A rest required under paragraph [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 402, Jan. 4, (b)(3) of this section may be scheduled 2012; Amdt. 121–357, 78 FR 69288, Nov. 19, 2013] for or reduced to a minimum of 9 hours if the flight crewmember is given a rest § 121.471 Flight time limitations and period of at least 12 hours that must rest requirements: All flight crew- begin no later than 24 hours after the members. commencement of the reduced rest pe- (a) No certificate holder conducting riod. domestic operations may schedule any (4) No certificate holder may assign, flight crewmember and no flight crew- nor may any flight crewmember per- member may accept an assignment for form any flight time with the certifi- flight time in scheduled air transpor- cate holder unless the flight crew- tation or in other commercial flying if member has had at least the minimum that crewmember’s total flight time in rest required under this paragraph. all commercial flying will exceed— (d) Each certificate holder con- (1) 1,000 hours in any calendar year; ducting domestic operations shall re- (2) 100 hours in any calendar month; lieve each flight crewmember engaged (3) 30 hours in any 7 consecutive days; in scheduled air transportation from

191

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00201 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.473 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

all further duty for at least 24 consecu- Subpart R—Flight Time Limitations: tive hours during any 7 consecutive Flag Operations days. (e) No certificate holder conducting SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. domestic operations may assign any 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, unless oth- flight crewmember and no flight crew- erwise noted. member may accept assignment to any duty with the air carrier during any re- § 121.480 Applicability. quired rest period. This subpart prescribes flight time (f) Time spent in transportation, not limitations and rest requirements for local in character, that a certificate flag all-cargo operations, except that: holder requires of a flight crewmember (a) Certificate holders conducting op- and provides to transport the crew- erations with airplanes having a pas- member to an airport at which he is to senger seat configuration of 30 seats or serve on a flight as a crewmember, or fewer, excluding each crewmember from an airport at which he was re- seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 lieved from duty to return to his home pounds or less, may comply with the station, is not considered part of a rest applicable requirements of §§ 135.261 period. through 135.273 of this chapter. (g) A flight crewmember is not con- (b) A certificate holder may apply the flightcrew member flight time and sidered to be scheduled for flight time duty limitations and requirements of in excess of flight time limitations if part 117 of this chapter. A certificate the flights to which he is assigned are holder may choose to apply part 117 to scheduled and normally terminate its— within the limitations, but due to cir- (1) All-cargo operations conducted cumstances beyond the control of the under contract to a U.S. government certificate holder (such as adverse agency. weather conditions), are not at the (2) All-cargo operations not con- time of departure expected to reach ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- their destination within the scheduled ernment agency, time. (3) A certificate holder may elect to [Doc. No. 23634, 50 FR 29319, July 18, 1985, as treat operations in paragraphs (b)(1) amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. and (b) (2) of this section differently 26, 1996] but, once having decided to conduct those operations under part 117, may § 121.473 Fatigue risk management not segregate those operations between system. this subpart and part 117. (a) No certificate holder may exceed [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, any provision of this subpart unless ap- 2012] proved by the FAA under a Fatigue Risk Management System. § 121.481 Flight time limitations: One or two pilot crews. (b) The Fatigue Risk Management System must include: (a) A certificate holder conducting flag operations may schedule a pilot to (1) A fatigue risk management pol- fly in an airplane that has a crew of icy. one or two pilots for eight hours or less (2) An education and awareness train- during any 24 consecutive hours with- ing program. out a rest period during these eight (3) A fatigue reporting system. hours. (4) A system for monitoring (b) If a certificate holder conducting flightcrew fatigue. flag operations schedules a pilot to fly (5) An incident reporting process. more than eight hours during any 24 (6) A performance evaluation. consecutive hours, it shall give him an intervening rest period, at or before [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, the end of eight scheduled hours of 2012] flight duty. This rest period must be at least twice the number of hours flown

192

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00202 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.487

since the preceding rest period, but not § 121.485 Flight time limitations: Three less than eight hours. The certificate or more pilots and an additional holder shall relieve that pilot of all flight crewmember. duty with it during that rest period. (a) Each certificate holder con- (c) Each pilot who has flown more ducting flag operations shall schedule than eight hours during 24 consecutive its flight hours to provide adequate hours must be given at least 18 hours of rest periods on the ground for each rest before being assigned to any duty pilot who is away from his base and with the certificate holder. who is a pilot on an airplane that has (d) No pilot may fly more than 32 a crew of three or more pilots and an hours during any seven consecutive additional flight crewmember. It shall also provide adequate sleeping quarters days, and each pilot must be relieved on the airplane whenever a pilot is from all duty for at least 24 consecu- scheduled to fly more than 12 hours tive hours at least once during any during any 24 consecutive hours. seven consecutive days. (b) The certificate holder conducting (e) No pilot may fly as a member of flag operations shall give each pilot, a crew more than 100 hours during any upon return to his base from any flight one calendar month. or series of flights, a rest period that is (f) No pilot may fly as a member of a at least twice the total number of crew more than 1,000 hours during any hours he flew since the last rest period 12-calendar-month period. at his base. During the rest period required by this paragraph, the air car- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 rier may not require him to perform FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. any duty for it. If the required rest pe- 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] riod is more than seven days, that part of the rest period in excess of seven § 121.483 Flight time limitations: Two pilots and one additional flight days may be given at any time before crewmember. the pilot is again scheduled for flight duty on any route. (a) No certificate holder conducting (c) No pilot may fly as a flight crew- flag operations may schedule a pilot to member more than— fly, in an airplane that has a crew of (1) 350 hours during any 90 consecu- two pilots and at least one additional tive days; or flight crewmember, for a total of more (2) 1,000 hours during any 12-calendar- than 12 hours during any 24 consecutive month period. hours. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 (b) If a pilot has flown 20 or more FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. hours during any 48 consecutive hours 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] or 24 or more hours during any 72 consecutive hours, he must be given at § 121.487 Flight time limitations: Pilots least 18 hours of rest before being as- not regularly assigned. signed to any duty with the air carrier. (a) Except as provided in paragraphs In any case, he must be given at least (b) through (e) of this section, a pilot 24 consecutive hours of rest during any who is not regularly assigned as a seven consecutive days. flight crewmember for an entire cal- (c) No pilot may fly as a flight crew- endar month under § 121.483 or 121.485 may not fly more than 100 hours in any member more than— 30 consecutive days. (1) 120 hours during any 30 consecu- (b) The monthly flight time limita- tive days; tions for a pilot who is scheduled for (2) 300 hours during any 90 consecu- duty aloft for more than 20 hours in tive days; or two-pilot crews in any calendar month, (3) 1,000 hours during any 12-calendar- or whose assignment in such a crew is month period. interrupted more than once in that cal- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 endar month by assignment to a crew FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. consisting of two or more pilots and an 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] additional flight crewmember, are those set forth in § 121.481.

193

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00203 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.489 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(c) Except for a pilot covered by para- required, the flight time limitations in graph (b) of this section, the monthly § 121.483 apply to that flight engineer or and quarterly flight time limitations flight navigator. for a pilot who is scheduled for duty (b) In any operation in which more aloft for more than 20 hours in two- than one flight engineer or flight navi- pilot and additional flight crewmember gator is required, the flight time limi- crews in any calendar month, or whose tations in § 121.485 apply to those flight assignment in such a crew is inter- engineers or flight navigators. rupted more than once in that calendar month by assignment to a crew con- § 121.495 Fatigue risk management sisting of three pilots and additional system. flight crewmember, are those set forth (a) No certificate holder may exceed in § 121.483. any provision of this subpart unless ap- (d) The quarterly flight time limita- proved by the FAA under a Fatigue tions for a pilot to whom paragraphs Risk Management System. (b) and (c) of this section do not apply (b) The Fatigue Risk Management and who is scheduled for duty aloft for System must include: a total of not more than 20 hours with- (1) A fatigue risk management pol- in any calendar month in two-pilot icy. crews (with or without additional (2) An education and awareness train- flight crewmembers) are those set forth ing program. in § 121.485. (3) A fatigue reporting system. (e) The monthly and quarterly flight (4) A system for monitoring time limitations for a pilot assigned to flightcrew fatigue. each of two-pilot, two-pilot and addi- (5) An incident reporting process. tional flight crewmember, and three- (6) A performance evaluation. pilot and additional flight crewmember crews in a given calendar month, and [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, who is not subject to paragraph (b), (c), 2012] or (d) of this section, are those set forth in § 121.483. Subpart S—Flight Time Limitations: [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; Supplemental Operations Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–137, 42 FR 43973, Sept. SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 1, 1977] 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, unless otherwise noted. § 121.489 Flight time limitations: Other commercial flying. § 121.500 Applicability. No pilot that is employed as a pilot This subpart prescribes flight time by a certificate holder conducting flag limitations and rest requirements for operations may do any other commer- supplemental all-cargo operations, ex- cial flying if that commercial flying cept that: plus his flying in air transportation (a) Certificate holders conducting op- will exceed any flight time limitation erations with airplanes having a pas- in this part. senger seat configuration of 30 seats or [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] fewer, excluding each crewmember seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 § 121.491 Flight time limitations: pound or less, may comply with the ap- Deadhead transportation. plicable requirements of §§ 135.261 Time spent in deadhead transpor- through 135.273 of this chapter. tation to or from duty assignment is (b) A certificate holder may apply not considered to be a part of a rest pe- the flightcrew member flight time and riod. duty limitations and requirements of part 117 of this chapter. A certificate § 121.493 Flight time limitations: holder may choose to apply part 117 to Flight engineers and flight naviga- its— tors. (1) All-cargo operations conducted (a) In any operation in which one under contract to a U.S. Government flight engineer or flight navigator is agency.

194

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00204 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.509

(2) All-cargo operations not con- Administrator as adequate to serve the ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- terminal points concerned. ernment agency, [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 (3) A certificate holder may elect to FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. treat operations in paragraphs (b)(1) 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] and (b)(2) of this section differently but, once having decided to conduct § 121.505 Flight time limitations: Two pilot crews: airplanes. those operations under part 117, may not segregate those operations between (a) If a certificate holder conducting this subpart and part 117. supplemental operations schedules a pilot to fly more than eight hours dur- [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, ing any 24 consecutive hours, it shall 2012] give him an intervening rest period at or before the end of eight scheduled § 121.503 Flight time limitations: Pi- hours of flight duty. This rest period lots: airplanes. must be at least twice the number of (a) A certificate holder conducting hours flown since the preceding rest pe- supplemental operations may schedule riod, but not less than eight hours. The a pilot to fly in an airplane for eight certificate holder conducting supple- hours or less during any 24 consecutive mental operations shall relieve that hours without a rest period during pilot of all duty with it during that those eight hours. rest period. (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a (b) Each pilot who has flown more crew of two pilots may be on duty for than eight hours during any 24 con- more than 16 hours during any 24 consecutive hours must be given at least secutive hours. 16 hours of rest before being assigned to any duty with the certificate holder. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. (c) Each certificate holder con- 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] ducting supplemental operations shall relieve each pilot from all duty for at § 121.507 Flight time limitations: Three least 24 consecutive hours at least once pilot crews: airplanes. during any seven consecutive days. (a) No certificate holder conducting (d) No pilot may fly as a crewmember supplemental operations may schedule in air transportation more than 100 a pilot— hours during any 30 consecutive days. (1) For flight deck duty in an air- (e) No pilot may fly as a crewmember plane that has a crew of three pilots for in air transportation more than 1,000 more than eight hours in any 24 con- hours during any calendar year. secutive hours; or (f) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of (2) To be aloft in an airplane that has this section, the certificate holder a crew of three pilot for more than 12 may, in conducting a transcontinental hours in any 24 consecutive hours. (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a nonstop flight, schedule a flight crew- crew of three pilots may be on duty for member for more than eight but not more than 18 hours in any 24 consecu- more than 10 hours of continuous duty tive hours. aloft without an intervening rest period, if— [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 (1) The flight is in an airplane with a FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] pressurization system that is operative at the beginning of the flight; § 121.509 Flight time limitations: Four (2) The flight crew consists of at least pilot crews: airplanes. two pilots and a flight engineer; and (a) No certificate holder conducting (3) The certificate holder uses, in supplemental operations may schedule conducting the operation, an air/ a pilot— ground communication service that is (1) For flight deck duty in an air- independent of systems operated by the plane that has a crew of four pilots for United States, and a dispatch organiza- more than eight hours in any 24 con- tion, both of which are approved by the secutive hours; or

195

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00205 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.511 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) To be aloft in an airplane that has flying plus his flying in operations a crew of four pilots for more than 16 under this part will exceed any flight hours in any 24 consecutive hours. time limitation in this part. (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] crew of four pilots may be on duty for more than 20 hours in any 24 consecu- § 121.519 Flight time limitations: tive hours. Deadhead transportation: airplanes. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 Time spent by an airman in deadhead FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. transportation to or from a duty as- 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] signment is not considered to be part § 121.511 Flight time limitations: of any rest period. Flight engineers: airplanes. § 121.521 Flight time limitations: Crew (a) In any operation in which one of two pilots and one additional air- flight engineer is serving the flight man as required. time limitations in §§ 121.503 and 121.505 (a) No certificate holder conducting apply to that flight engineer. supplemental operations may schedule (b) In any operation in which more an airman to be aloft as a member of than one flight engineer is serving and the flight crew in an airplane that has the flight crew contains more than two a crew of two pilots and at least one pilots the flight time limitations in additional flight crewmember for more § 121.509 apply in place of those in than 12 hours during any 24 consecutive § 121.505. hours. § 121.513 Flight time limitations: Over- (b) If an airman has been aloft as a seas and international operations: member of a flight crew for 20 or more airplanes. hours during any 48 consecutive hours In place of the flight time limita- or 24 or more hours during any 72 con- tions in §§ 121.503 through 121.511, a cer- secutive hours, he must be given at tificate holder conducting supple- least 18 hours of rest before being as- mental operations may elect to comply signed to any duty with the certificate with the flight time limitations of holder. In any case, he must be relieved §§ 121.515 and 121.521 through 121.525 for of all duty for at least 24 consecutive operations conducted— hours during any seven consecutive (a) Between a place in the 48 contig- days. uous States and the District of Colum- (c) No airman may be aloft as a flight bia, or Alaska, and any place outside crewmember more than— thereof; (1) 120 hours during any 30 consecu- (b) Between any two places outside tive days; or the 48 contiguous States, the District (2) 300 hours during any 90 consecu- of Columbia, and Alaska; or tive days. (c) Between two places within the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964, as State of Alaska or the State of Hawaii. amended by Amdt. 121–17, 31 FR 1147, Jan. 28, [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 1966; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.523 Flight time limitations: Crew of three or more pilots and addi- § 121.515 Flight time limitations: All tional airmen as required. airmen: airplanes. (a) No certificate holder conducting No airman may be aloft as a flight supplemental operations may schedule crewmember more than 1,000 hours in an airman for flight deck duty as a any 12-calendar-month period. flight engineer, or navigator in a crew of three or more pilots and additional § 121.517 Flight time limitations: Other airmen for a total of more than 12 commercial flying: airplanes. hours during any 24 consecutive hours. No airman who is employed by a cer- (b) Each certificate holder con- tificate holder conducting supple- ducting supplemental operations shall mental operations may do any other schedule its flight hours to provide commercial flying, if that commercial adequate rest periods on the ground for

196

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00206 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.527

each airman who is away from his prin- § 121.525 Flight time limitations: Pilots cipal operations base. It shall also pro- serving in more than one kind of vide adequate sleeping quarters on the flight crew. airplane whenever an airman is sched- (a) This section applies to each pilot uled to be aloft as a flight crewmember assigned during any 30 consecutive for more than 12 hours during any 24 days to more than one type of flight consecutive hours. crew. (c) No certificate holder conducting (b) The flight time limitations for a supplemental operations may schedule pilot who is scheduled for duty aloft for any flight crewmember to be on contin- more than 20 hours in two-pilot crews uous duty for more than 30 hours. Such in 30 consecutive days, or whose assign- a crewmember is considered to be on ment in such a crew is interrupted continuous duty from the time he re- more than once in any 30 consecutive ports for duty until the time he is re- days by assignment to a crew of two or leased from duty for a rest period of at more pilots and an additional flight least 10 hours on the ground. If a flight crewmember, are those listed in crewmember is on continuous duty for §§ 121.503 through 121.509, as appro- more than 24 hours (whether scheduled priate. or not) duty any scheduled duty period, (c) Except for a pilot covered by para- he must be given at least 16 hours for graph (b) of this section, the flight rest on the ground after completing the time limitations for a pilot scheduled for duty aloft for more than 20 hours in last flight scheduled for that scheduled two-pilot and additional flight crew- duty period before being assigned any member crews in 30 consecutive days or further flight duty. whose assignment in such a crew is in- (d) If a flight crewmember is required terrupted more than once in any 30 to engage in deadhead transportation consecutive days by assignment to a for more than four hours before begin- crew consisting of three pilots and an ning flight duty, one half of the time additional flight crewmember, are spent in deadhead transportation must those set forth in § 121.521. be treated as duty time for the purpose (d) The flight time limitations for a of complying with duty time limita- pilot to whom paragraphs (b) and (c) of tions, unless he is given at least 10 this section do not apply, and who is hours of rest on the ground before scheduled for duty aloft for a total of being assigned to flight duty. not more than 20 hours within 30 con- (e) Each certificate holder consecutive days in two-pilot crews (with ducting supplemental operations shall or without additional flight crew- give each airman, upon return to his members) are those set forth in operations base from any flight or se- § 121.523. ries of flights, a rest period that is at (e) The flight time limitations for a least twice the total number of hours pilot assigned to each of two-pilot, he was aloft as a flight crewmember two-pilot and additional flight crew- since the last rest period at his base, member, and three-pilot and additional before assigning him to any further flight crewmember crews in 30 consecu- duty. If the required rest period is tive days, and who is not subject to more than seven days, that part of the paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, are those listed in § 121.523. rest period that is more than seven days may be given at any time before § 121.527 Fatigue risk management the pilot is again scheduled for flight system. duty. (a) No certificate holder may exceed (f) No airman may be aloft as a flight any provision of this subpart unless ap- crewmember for more than 350 hours in proved by the FAA under a Fatigue any 90 consecutive days. Risk Management System. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 (b) The Fatigue Risk Management FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. System must include: 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] (1) A fatigue risk management policy.

197

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00207 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.531 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) An education and awareness train- him to perform the duties of those ing program. crewmembers. (3) A fatigue reporting system. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as (4) A system for monitoring amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. flightcrew fatigue. 26, 1996] (5) An incident reporting process. (6) A performance evaluation. § 121.535 Responsibility for operational control: Flag operations. [Doc. No. FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, 2012] (a) Each certificate holder conducting flag operations is responsible for operational control. Subpart T—Flight Operations (b) The pilot in command and the aircraft dispatcher are jointly responsible SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. for the preflight planning, delay, and 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. dispatch release of a flight in compliance with this chapter and operations § 121.531 Applicability. specifications. This subpart prescribes requirements (c) The aircraft dispatcher is respon- for flight operations applicable to all sible for— certificate holders, except where other- (1) Monitoring the progress of each wise specified. flight; (2) Issuing necessary instructions and § 121.533 Responsibility for oper- information for the safety of the flight; ational control: Domestic oper- and ations. (3) Cancelling or redispatching a (a) Each certificate holder con- flight if, in his opinion or the opinion ducting domestic operations is respon- of the pilot in command, the flight can- sible for operational control. not operate or continue to operate (b) The pilot in command and the air- safely as planned or released. craft dispatcher are jointly responsible (d) Each pilot in command of an air- for the preflight planning, delay, and craft is, during flight time, in com- dispatch release of a flight in compli- mand of the aircraft and crew and is re- ance with this chapter and operations sponsible for the safety of the pas- specifications. sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and air- (c) The aircraft dispatcher is respon- plane. sible for— (e) Each pilot in command has full (1) Monitoring the progress of each control and authority in the operation flight; of the aircraft, without limitation, (2) Issuing necessary information for over other crewmembers and their du- the safety of the flight; and ties during flight time, whether or not (3) Cancelling or redispatching a he holds valid certificates authorizing flight if, in his opinion or the opinion him to perform the duties of those of the pilot in command, the flight can- crewmembers. not operate or continue to operate (f) No pilot may operate an aircraft safely as planned or released. in a careless or reckless manner so as (d) Each pilot in command of an air- to endanger life or property. craft is, during flight time, in com- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as mand of the aircraft and crew and is re- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. sponsible for the safety of the pas- 26, 1996] sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and airplane. § 121.537 Responsibility for oper- (e) Each pilot in command has full ational control: Supplemental oper- control and authority in the operation ations. of the aircraft, without limitation, (a) Each certificate holder con- over other crewmembers and their du- ducting supplemental operations— ties during flight time, whether or not (1) Is responsible for operational con- he holds valid certificates authorizing trol; and

198

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00208 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.542

(2) Shall list each person authorized § 121.538 Aircraft security. by it to exercise operational control in Certificate holders conducting oper- its operator’s manual. ations under this part must comply (b) The pilot in command and the di- with the applicable security require- rector of operations are jointly respon- ments in 49 CFR chapter XII. sible for the initiation, continuation, diversion, and termination of a flight [67 FR 8350, Feb. 22, 2002] in compliance with this chapter and § 121.539 Operations notices. the operations specifications. The director of operations may delegate the Each certificate holder shall notify functions for the initiation, continu- its appropriate operations personnel of ation, diversion, and termination of a each change in equipment and oper- flight but he may not delegate the re- ating procedures, including each sponsibility for those functions. known change in the use of navigation (c) The director of operations is re- aids, airports, air traffic control proce- sponsible for cancelling, diverting, or dures and regulations, local airport delaying a flight if in his opinion or the traffic control rules, and known haz- opinion of the pilot in command the ards to flight, including icing and other flight cannot operate or continue to potentially hazardous meteorological operate safely as planned or released. conditions and irregularities in ground The director of operations is respon- and navigation facilities. sible for assuring that each flight is § 121.541 Operations schedules: Do- monitored with respect to at least the mestic and flag operations. following: In establishing flight operations (1) Departure of the flight from the schedules, each certificate holder con- place of origin and arrival at the place ducting domestic or flag operations of destination, including intermediate shall allow enough time for the proper stops and any diversions therefrom. servicing of aircraft at intermediate (2) Maintenance and mechanical stops, and shall consider the prevailing delays encountered at places of origin winds en route and the cruising speed and destination and intermediate of the type of aircraft used. This cruis- stops. ing speed may not be more than that (3) Any known conditions that may resulting from the specified cruising adversely affect the safety of flight. output of the engines. (d) Each pilot in command of an air- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] craft is, during flight time, in command of the aircraft and crew and is re- § 121.542 Flight crewmember duties. sponsible for the safety of the pas- (a) No certificate holder shall re- sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and air- quire, nor may any flight crewmember craft. The pilot in command has full perform, any duties during a critical control and authority in the operation phase of flight except those duties re- of the aircraft, without limitation, quired for the safe operation of the air- over other crewmembers and their du- craft. Duties such as company required ties during flight time, whether or not calls made for such nonsafety related he holds valid certificates authorizing purposes as ordering galley supplies him to perform the duties of those and confirming passenger connections, crewmembers. announcements made to passengers (e) Each pilot in command of an air- promoting the air carrier or pointing craft is responsible for the preflight out sights of interest, and filling out planning and the operation of the company payroll and related records flight in compliance with this chapter are not required for the safe operation and the operations specifications. of the aircraft. (f) No pilot may operate an aircraft, (b) No flight crewmember may en- in a careless or reckless manner, so as gage in, nor may any pilot in command to endanger life or property. permit, any activity during a critical [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as phase of flight which could distract amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. any flight crewmember from the per- 26, 1996] formance of his or her duties or which

199

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00209 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.543 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

could interfere in any way with the holds an airline transport pilot certifi- proper conduct of those duties. Activi- cate not subject to the limitations in ties such as eating meals, engaging in § 61.167 of this chapter and an appro- nonessential conversations within the priate type rating, is currently quali- cockpit and nonessential communica- fied as pilot in command or second in tions between the cabin and cockpit command, and is qualified as pilot in crews, and reading publications not re- command of that aircraft during the en lated to the proper conduct of the route cruise portion of the flight. A flight are not required for the safe op- second in command qualified to act as eration of the aircraft. a pilot in command en route need not (c) For the purposes of this section, have completed the following pilot in critical phases of flight includes all command requirements: The 6-month ground operations involving taxi, take- recurrent flight training required by off and landing, and all other flight op- § 121.433(c)(1)(iii); the operating experi- erations conducted below 10,000 feet, ence required by § 121.434; the takeoffs except cruise flight. and landings required by § 121.439; the NOTE: Taxi is defined as ‘‘movement of an line check required by § 121.440; and the airplane under its own power on the surface 6-month proficiency check or simu- of an airport.’’ lator training required by § 121.441(a)(1); (d) During all flight time as defined and in 14 CFR 1.1, no flight crewmember (ii) In the case of the assigned second may use, nor may any pilot in com- in command, by a pilot qualified to act mand permit the use of, a personal as second in command of that aircraft wireless communications device (as de- during en route operations. However, fined in 49 U.S.C. 44732(d)) or laptop the relief pilot need not meet the re- computer while at a flight crewmember cent experience requirements of duty station unless the purpose is di- § 121.439(b). rectly related to operation of the aircraft, or for emergency, safety-related, [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978, as or employment-related communica- amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. tions, in accordance with air carrier 2, 1982; Amdt. 121–365, 78 FR 42378, July 15, 2013] procedures approved by the Adminis- trator. § 121.544 Pilot monitoring. [Doc. No. 20661, 46 FR 5502, Jan. 19, 1981, as Each pilot who is seated at the pilot amended by Amdt. 121–369, 79 FR 8263, Feb. controls of the aircraft, while not fly- 12, 2014] ing the aircraft, must accomplish pilot § 121.543 Flight crewmembers at con- monitoring duties as appropriate in ac- trols. cordance with the certificate holder’s procedures contained in the manual re- (a) Except as provided in paragraph quired by § 121.133 of this part. Compli- (b) of this section, each required flight ance with this section is required no crewmember on flight deck duty must later than March 12, 2019. remain at the assigned duty station with seat belt fastened while the air- [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, craft is taking off or landing, and while 2013] it is en route. (b) A required flight crewmember § 121.545 Manipulation of controls. may leave the assigned duty station— No pilot in command may allow any (1) If the crewmember’s absence is person to manipulate the controls of an necessary for the performance of duties aircraft during flight nor may any per- in connection with the operation of the son manipulate the controls during aircraft; flight unless that person is— (2) If the crewmember’s absence is in (a) A qualified pilot of the certificate connection with physiological needs; or holder operating that aircraft. (3) If the crewmember is taking a rest (b) An authorized pilot safety rep- period, and relief is provided— resentative of the Administrator or of (i) In the case of the assigned pilot in the National Transportation Safety command during the en route cruise Board who has the permission of the portion of the flight, by a pilot who pilot in command, is qualified in the

200

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00210 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.547

aircraft, and is checking flight oper- less they are eligible under paragraph ations; or (a)(4) of this section. (c) A pilot of another certificate (c) No person may admit any person holder who has the permission of the to the flight deck unless there is a seat pilot in command, is qualified in the available for his use in the passenger aircraft, and is authorized by the cer- compartment, except— tificate holder operating the aircraft. (1) An FAA air carrier inspector, a [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19220, Dec. 31, 1964, as DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, amended by Doc. No. 8084, 32 FR 5769, Apr. 11, or authorized representative of the Ad- 1967; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978] ministrator or National Transpor- tation Safety Board who is checking or § 121.547 Admission to flight deck. observing flight operations; (a) No person may admit any person (2) An air traffic controller who is au- to the flight deck of an aircraft unless thorized by the Administrator to ob- the person being admitted is— serve ATC procedures; (1) A crewmember; (3) A certificated airman employed (2) An FAA air carrier inspector, a by the certificate holder whose duties DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, require an airman certificate; or an authorized representative of the (4) A certificated airman employed National Transportation Safety Board, by another part 119 certificate holder who is performing official duties; whose duties with that part 119 certifi- (3) Any person who— cate holder require an airman certifi- (i) Has permission of the pilot in cate and who is authorized by the part command, an appropriate management 119 certificate holder operating the air- official of the part 119 certificate hold- craft to make specific trips over a er, and the Administrator; and route; (ii) Is an employee of— (A) The United States, or (5) An employee of the part 119 cer- (B) A part 119 certificate holder and tificate holder operating the aircraft whose duties are such that admission whose duty is directly related to the to the flightdeck is necessary or advan- conduct or planning of flight oper- tageous for safe operation; or ations or the in-flight monitoring of (C) An aeronautical enterprise cer- aircraft equipment or operating proce- tificated by the Administrator and dures, if his presence on the flightdeck whose duties are such that admission is necessary to perform his duties and to the flightdeck is necessary or advan- he has been authorized in writing by a tageous for safe operation. responsible supervisor, listed in the Op- (4) Any person who has the permis- erations Manual as having that author- sion of the pilot in command, an appro- ity; and priate management official of the part (6) A technical representative of the 119 certificate holder and the Adminis- manufacturer of the aircraft or its trator. Paragraph (a)(2) of this section components whose duties are directly does not limit the emergency authority related to the in-flight monitoring of of the pilot in command to exclude any aircraft equipment or operating proce- person from the flightdeck in the inter- dures, if his presence on the flightdeck ests of safety. is necessary to perform his duties and (b) For the purposes of paragraph he has been authorized in writing by (a)(3) of this section, employees of the the Administrator and by a responsible United States who deal responsibly supervisor of the operations depart- with matters relating to safety and ment of the part 119 certificate holder, employees of the certificate holder listed in the Operations Manual as hav- whose efficiency would be increased by ing that authority. familiarity with flight conditions, may be admitted by the certificate holder. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19220, Dec. 31, 1964, as However, the certificate holder may amended by Doc. No. 8084, 32 FR 5769, Apr. 11, not admit employees of traffic, sales, 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996; or other departments that are not di- Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2127, Jan. 15, 2002; Amdt. rectly related to flight operations, un- 121–298, 68 FR 41217, July 10, 2003]

201

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00211 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.548 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.548 Aviation safety inspector’s and permitted to occupy an observer credentials: Admission to pilot’s seat thereon. compartment. [Doc. No. 9031, 35 FR 12061, July 28, 1970, as Whenever, in performing the duties amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. of conducting an inspection, an inspec- 26, 1996] tor of the Federal Aviation Adminis- tration presents form FAA 110A, § 121.551 Restriction or suspension of operation: Domestic and flag oper- ‘‘Aviation Safety Inspector’s Creden- ations. tial,’’ to the pilot in command of an aircraft operated by a certificate hold- When a certificate holder conducting er, the inspector must be given free and domestic or flag operations knows of uninterrupted access to the pilot’s conditions, including airport and runway conditions, that are a hazard to compartment of that aircraft. safe operations, it shall restrict or sus- [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] pend operations until those conditions are corrected. § 121.548a DOD Commercial Air Car- rier Evaluator’s Credential. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] Whenever, in performing the duties § 121.553 Restriction or suspension of of conducting an evaluation, a DOD operation: Supplemental oper- commercial air carrier evaluator pre- ations. sents S&A Form 110B, ‘‘DOD Commer- When a certificate holder conducting cial Air Carrier Evaluator’s Creden- supplemental operations or pilot in tial,’’ to the pilot in command of an command knows of conditions, includ- airplane operated by the certificate ing airport and runway conditions, holder, the evaluator must be given that are a hazard to safe operations, free and uninterrupted access to the pi- the certificate holder or pilot in com- lot’s compartment of that airplane. mand, as the case may be, shall restrict or suspend operations until those [Doc. No. FAA–2003–15571, 68 FR 41217, July conditions are corrected. 10, 2003] [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.549 Flying equipment. (a) The pilot in command shall en- § 121.555 Compliance with approved routes and limitations: Domestic sure that appropriate aeronautical and flag operations. charts containing adequate information concerning navigation aids and in- No pilot may operate an airplane in scheduled air transportation— strument approach procedures are aboard the aircraft for each flight. (a) Over any route or route segment unless it is specified in the certificate (b) Each crewmember shall, on each holder’s operations specifications; or flight, have readily available for his (b) Other than in accordance with the use a flashlight that is in good working limitations in the operations specifica- order. tions. § 121.550 Secret Service Agents: Admis- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as sion to flight deck. amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] Whenever an Agent of the Secret Service who is assigned the duty of § 121.557 Emergencies: Domestic and protecting a person aboard an aircraft flag operations. operated by a certificate holder con- (a) In an emergency situation that siders it necessary in the performance requires immediate decision and action of his duty to ride on the flight deck of the pilot in command may take any ac- the aircraft, he must, upon request and tion that he considers necessary under presentation of his Secret Service cre- the circumstances. In such a case he dentials to the pilot in command of the may deviate from prescribed oper- aircraft, be admitted to the flight deck ations procedures and methods, weather minimums, and this chapter, to the

202

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00212 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.563

extent required in the interests of safe- tion that they consider necessary ty. under the circumstances. (b) In an emergency situation arising (c) Whenever emergency authority is during flight that requires immediate exercised, the pilot in command or the decision and action by an aircraft dis- appropriate management personnel patcher, and that is known to him, the shall keep the appropriate communica- aircraft dispatcher shall advise the tion facility fully informed of the pilot in command of the emergency, progress of the flight. The person de- shall ascertain the decision of the pilot claring the emergency shall send a in command, and shall have the deci- written report of any deviation, sion recorded. If the aircraft dispatcher through the certificate holder’s direc- cannot communicate with the pilot, he tor of operations, to the Administrator shall declare an emergency and take within 10 days after the flight is com- any action that he considers necessary pleted or, in the case of operations out- under the circumstances. side the United States, upon return to (c) Whenever a pilot in command or the home base. dispatcher exercises emergency authority, he shall keep the appropriate ATC [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as facility and dispatch centers fully in- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. formed of the progress of the flight. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, The person declaring the emergency 2007] shall send a written report of any deviation through the certificate holder’s § 121.561 Reporting potentially hazardous meteorological conditions operations manager, to the Adminis- and irregularities of ground facili- trator. A dispatcher shall send his re- ties or navigation aids. port within 10 days after the date of the emergency, and a pilot in command (a) Whenever he encounters a mete- shall send his report within 10 days orological condition or an irregularity after returning to his home base. in aground facility or navigation aid, in flight, the knowledge of which he [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as considers essential to the safety of amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] other flights, the pilot in command shall notify an appropriate ground sta- § 121.559 Emergencies: Supplemental tion as soon as practicable. operations. (b) The ground radio station that is (a) In an emergency situation that notified under paragraph (a) of this sec- requires immediate decision and action shall report the information to the tion, the pilot in command may take agency directly responsible for oper- any action that he considers necessary ating the facility. under the circumstances. In such a [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as case, he may deviate from prescribed amended by Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June operations, procedures and methods, 7, 2007] weather minimums, and this chapter, to the extent required in the interests § 121.563 Reporting mechanical irreg- of safety. ularities. (b) In an emergency situation arising The pilot in command shall ensure during flight that requires immediate that all mechanical irregularities oc- decision and action by appropriate curring during flight time are entered management personnel in the case of in the maintenance log of the airplane operations conducted with a flight fol- at the end of that flight time. Before lowing service and which is known to each flight the pilot in command shall them, those personnel shall advise the ascertain the status of each irregu- pilot in command of the emergency, shall ascertain the decision of the pilot larity entered in the log at the end of in command, and shall have the deci- the preceding flight. sion recorded. If they cannot commu- [Doc. No. 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980, as nicate with the pilot, they shall de- amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. clare an emergency and take any ac- 2, 1982]

203

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00213 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.565 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.565 Engine inoperative: Landing; operation’s comments to the respon- reporting. sible Flight Standards office. (a) Except as provided in paragraph [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as (b) of this section, whenever an air- amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. plane engine fails or whenever an en- 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, gine is shutdown to prevent possible 1996; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007; damage, the pilot in command must Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR land the airplane at the nearest suit- 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] able airport, in point of time, at which a safe landing can be made. § 121.567 Instrument approach proce- (b) If not more than one engine of an dures and IFR landing minimums. airplane that has three or more engines No person may make an instrument fails or is shut down to prevent pos- approach at an airport except in ac- sible damage, the pilot-in-command cordance with IFR weather minimums may proceed to an airport that the and instrument approach procedures pilot selects if, after considering the set forth in the certificate holder’s op- following, the pilot makes a reasonable erations specifications. decision that proceeding to that airport is as safe as landing at the nearest § 121.569 Equipment interchange: Do- suitable airport: mestic and flag operations. (1) The nature of the malfunction and (a) Before operating under an inter- the possible mechanical difficulties change agreement, each certificate that may occur if flight is continued. holder conducting domestic or flag op- (2) The altitude, weight, and useable erations shall show that— fuel at the time that the engine is (1) The procedures for the inter- shutdown. change operation conform with this (3) The weather conditions en route chapter and with safe operating prac- and at possible landing points. tices; (4) The air traffic congestion. (2) Required crewmembers and dis- (5) The kind of terrain. patchers meet approved training re- (6) His familiarity with the airport to quirements for the airplanes and equip- be used. ment to be used and are familiar with the communications and dispatch pro- (c) The pilot-in-command must re- cedures to be used; port each engine shutdown in flight to (3) Maintenance personnel meet the appropriate communication facil- training requirements for the airplanes ity as soon as practicable and must and equipment, and are familiar with keep that facility fully informed of the the maintenance procedures to be used; progress of the flight. (4) Flight crewmembers and dis- (d) If the pilot in command lands at patchers meet appropriate route and an airport other than the nearest suit- airport qualifications; and able airport, in point of time, he or she (5) The airplanes to be operated are shall (upon completing the trip) send a essentially similar to the airplanes of written report, in duplicate, to his or the certificate holder with whom the her director of operations stating the interchange is effected with respect to reasons for determining that the selec- the arrangement of flight instruments tion of an airport, other than the near- and the arrangement and motion of est airport, was as safe a course of ac- controls that are critical to safety un- tion as landing at the nearest suitable less the Administrator determines that airport. The director of operations the certificate holder has adequate shall, within 10 days after the pilot re- training programs to insure that any turns to his or her home base, send a potentially hazardous dissimilarities copy of this report with the director of are safely overcome by flight crew familiarization. (b) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations shall include the pertinent provisions

204

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00214 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.571

and procedures involved in the equip- under what conditions the safety belt ment interchange agreement in its must be fastened about that passenger. manuals. This briefing shall include a statement [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as that the Federal Aviation Regulations amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. require passenger compliance with 26, 1996] lighted passenger information signs and crewmember instructions con- § 121.570 Airplane evacuation capa- cerning the use of safety belts. bility. (iv) The location and use of any re- (a) No person may cause an airplane quired emergency flotation means. carrying passengers to be moved on the (v) On operations that do not use a surface, take off, or land unless each flight attendant, the following addi- automatically deployable emergency tional information: evacuation assisting means, installed (A) The placement of seat backs in an pursuant to § 121.310(a), is ready for upright position before takeoff and evacuation. landing. (b) Each certificate holder shall ensure that, at all times passengers are (B) Location of survival equipment. on board prior to airplane movement (C) If the flight involves operations on the surface, at least one floor-level above 12,000 MSL, the normal and exit provides for the egress of pas- emergency use of oxygen. sengers through normal or emergency (D) Location and operation of fire ex- means. tinguisher. [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992] (2) After each takeoff, immediately before or immediately after turning § 121.571 Briefing passengers before the seat belt sign off, an announcement takeoff. shall be made that passengers should (a) Each certificate holder operating keep their seat belts fastened, while a passenger-carrying airplane shall in- seated, even when the seat belt sign is sure that all passengers are orally off. briefed by the appropriate crewmember (3) Except as provided in paragraph as follows: (a)(4) of this section, before each take- (1) Before each takeoff, on each of the off a required crewmember assigned to following: the flight shall conduct an individual (i) Smoking. Each passenger shall be briefing of each person who may need briefed on when, where, and under what the assistance of another person to conditions smoking is prohibited in- move expeditiously to an exit in the cluding, but not limited to, any appli- event of an emergency. In the briefing cable requirements of part 252 of this the required crewmember shall— title). This briefing shall include a (i) Brief the person and his attend- statement that the Federal Aviation ant, if any, on the routes to each ap- Regulations require passenger compli- propriate exit and on the most appro- ance with the lighted passenger infor- priate time to begin moving to an exit mation signs, posted placards, areas in the event of an emergency; and designated for safety purposes as no (ii) Inquire of the person and his at- smoking areas, and crewmember instructions with regard to these items. tendant, if any, as to the most appro- The briefing shall also include a state- priate manner of assisting the person ment that Federal law prohibits tam- so as to prevent pain and further in- pering with, disabling, or destroying jury. any smoke detector in an airplane lav- (4) The requirements of paragraph atory; smoking in lavatories; and, (a)(3) of this section do not apply to a when applicable, smoking in passenger person who has been given a briefing compartments. before a previous leg of a flight in the (ii) The location of emergency exits. same aircraft when the crewmembers (iii) The use of safety belts, including on duty have been advised as to the instructions on how to fasten and un- most appropriate manner of assisting fasten the safety belts. Each passenger the person so as to prevent pain and shall be briefed on when, where, and further injury.

205

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00215 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.573 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(b) Each certificate holder must must be given before reaching the carry on each passenger-carrying air- overwater part of the flight. plane, in convenient locations for use [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as of each passenger, printed cards amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May supplementing the oral briefing. Each 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–146, 43 FR 28403, June 29, card must contain information perti- 1978] nent only to the type and model of airplane used for that flight, including— § 121.574 Oxygen and portable oxygen (1) Diagrams of, and methods of oper- concentrators for medical use by passengers. ating, the emergency exits; (2) Other instructions necessary for (a) A certificate holder may allow a use of emergency equipment; and passenger to carry and operate equipment for the storage, generation, or (3) No later than June 12, 2005, for Do- dispensing of oxygen when all of the mestic and Flag scheduled passenger- conditions in paragraphs (a) through carrying flights, the sentence, ‘‘Final (d) of this section are satisfied. Begin- assembly of this airplane was com- ning August 22, 2016, a certificate hold- pleted in [INSERT NAME OF COUN- er may allow a passenger to carry and TRY].’’ operate a portable oxygen concentrator (c) The certificate holder shall de- when the conditions in paragraphs (b) scribe in its manual the procedure to and (e) of this section are satisfied. be followed in the briefing required by (1) The equipment is— paragraph (a) of this section. (i) Furnished by the certificate hold- [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965] er; (ii) Of an approved type or is in con- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- formity with the manufacturing, pack- tations affecting § 121.571, see the List of CFR aging, marking, labeling, and mainte- Sections Affected, which appears in the nance requirements of 49 CFR parts Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov. 171, 172, and 173, except § 173.24(a)(1); (iii) Maintained by the certificate § 121.573 Briefing passengers: Ex- holder in accordance with an approved tended overwater operations. maintenance program; (iv) Free of flammable contaminants (a) In addition to the oral briefing re- on all exterior surfaces; quired by § 121.571(a), each certificate (v) Capable of providing a minimum holder operating an airplane in ex- mass flow of oxygen to the user of four tended overwater operations shall en- liters per minute; sure that all passengers are orally (vi) Constructed so that all valves, briefed by the appropriate crewmember fittings, and gauges are protected from on the location and operation of life damage; and preservers, liferafts, and other flota- (vii) Appropriately secured. tion means, including a demonstration (2) When the oxygen is stored in the of the method of donning and inflating form of a liquid, the equipment has a life preserver. been under the certificate holder’s ap- (b) The certificate holder shall de- proved maintenance program since its scribe in its manual the procedure to purchase new or since the storage con- be followed in the briefing required by tainer was last purged. paragraph (a) of this section. (3) When the oxygen is stored in the (c) If the airplane proceeds directly form of a compressed gas as defined in over water after takeoff, the briefing 49 CFR 173.115(b)— required by paragraph (a) of this sec- (i) The equipment has been under the tion must be done before takeoff. certificate holder’s approved mainte- (d) If the airplane does not proceed nance program since its purchase new directly over water after takeoff, no or since the last hydrostatic test of the part of the briefing required by para- storage cylinder; and graph (a) of this section has to be given (ii) The pressure in any oxygen cyl- before takeoff, but the entire briefing inder does not exceed the rated cylinder pressure.

206

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00216 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.574

(4) Each person using the equipment aircraft and a certificate holder may has a medical need to use it evidenced allow a passenger to carry or operate a by a written statement to be kept in portable oxygen concentrator on board that person’s possession, signed by a li- an aircraft operated under this part censed physician which specifies the during all phases of flight if the port- maximum quantity of oxygen needed able oxygen concentrator satisfies all each hour and the maximum flow rate of the requirements in this paragraph needed for the pressure altitude cor- (e): responding to the pressure in the cabin (i) Is legally marketed in the United of the airplane under normal operating States in accordance with Food and conditions. This paragraph does not Drug Administration requirements in apply to the carriage of oxygen in an title 21 of the CFR; airplane in which the only passengers (ii) Does not radiate radio frequency carried are persons who may have a emissions that interfere with aircraft medical need for oxygen during flight, systems; no more than one relative or other in- (iii) Generates a maximum oxygen terested person for each of those per- pressure of less than 200 kPa gauge sons, and medical attendants. (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) at 20 °C (68 °F); (5) When a physician’s statement is (iv) Does not contain any hazardous required by paragraph (a)(4) of this sec- materials subject to the Hazardous Ma- tion, the total quantity of oxygen car- terials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 ried is equal to the maximum quantity through 180) except as provided in 49 of oxygen needed each hour, as speci- CFR 175.10 for batteries used to power fied in the physician’s statement, mul- portable electronic devices and that do tiplied by the number of hours used to not require aircraft operator approval; compute the amount of airplane fuel and required by this part. (v) Bears a label on the exterior of (6) The pilot in command is advised the device applied in a manner that en- when the equipment is on board, and sures the label will remain affixed for when it is intended to be used. the life of the device and containing (7) The equipment is stowed, and the following certification statement each person using the equipment is in red lettering: ‘‘The manufacturer of seated, so as not to restrict access to this POC has determined this device or use of any required emergency, or conforms to all applicable FAA accept- regular exit or of the aisle in the pas- ance criteria for POC carriage and use senger compartment. on board aircraft.’’ The label require- (b) No person may smoke or create ments in this paragraph (e)(1)(v) do not an open flame and no certificate holder apply to the following portable oxygen may allow any person to smoke or cre- concentrators approved by the FAA for ate an open flame within 10 feet of oxy- use on board aircraft prior to May 24, gen storage and dispensing equipment 2016: carried in accordance with paragraph (A) AirSep Focus; (a) of this section or a portable oxygen (B) AirSep FreeStyle; concentrator carried and operated in (C) AirSep FreeStyle 5; accordance with paragraph (e) of this (D) AirSep LifeStyle; section. (E) Delphi RS–00400; (c) No certificate holder may allow (F) DeVilbiss Healthcare iGo; any person to connect or disconnect (G) Inogen One; oxygen dispensing equipment, to or (H) Inogen One G2; from a gaseous oxygen cylinder while (I) Inogen One G3; any passenger is aboard the airplane. (J) Inova Labs LifeChoice; (d) The requirements of this section (K) Inova Labs LifeChoice Activox; do not apply to the carriage of supple- (L) International Biophysics mental or first-aid oxygen and related LifeChoice; equipment required by this chapter. (M) Invacare Solo2; (e) Portable oxygen concentrators—(1) (N) Invacare XPO2; Acceptance criteria. A passenger may (O) Oxlife Independence Oxygen Con- carry or operate a portable oxygen concentrator; centrator for personal use on board an (P) Oxus RS–00400;

207

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00217 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.575 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(Q) Precision Medical EasyPulse; if that person appears to be intoxi- (R) Respironics EverGo; cated. (S) Respironics SimplyGo; (d) Each certificate holder shall, (T) SeQual Eclipse; within five days after the incident, re- (U) SeQual eQuinox Oxygen System port to the Administrator the refusal (model 4000); of any person to comply with para- (V) SeQual Oxywell Oxygen System graph (a) of this section, or of any dis- (model 4000); turbance caused by a person who ap- (W) SeQual SAROS; and pears to be intoxicated aboard any of (X) VBox Trooper Oxygen Concen- its aircraft. trator. (2) Operating requirements. Portable [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as oxygen concentrators that satisfy the amended by Amdt. 121–118, 40 FR 17552, Apr. acceptance criteria identified in para- 21, 1975; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, graph (e)(1) of this section may be car- 1982; Amdt. 121–275, 67 FR 31932, May 10, 2002] ried or operated by a passenger on an aircraft provided the aircraft operator § 121.576 Retention of items of mass in ensures that all of the conditions in passenger and crew compartments. this paragraph (e)(2) are satisfied: The certificate holder must provide (i) Exit seats. No person operating a and use means to prevent each item of portable oxygen concentrator is per- galley equipment and each serving mitted to occupy an exit seat. cart, when not in use, and each item of (ii) Stowage of device. During move- crew baggage, which is carried in a pas- ment on the surface, takeoff and land- senger or crew compartment from being, the device must be stowed under coming a hazard by shifting under the the seat in front of the user, or in an- appropriate load factors corresponding other approved stowage location so to the emergency landing conditions that it does not block the aisle way or under which the airplane was type cer- the entryway to the row. If the device is to be operated by the user, it must tificated. be operated only at a seat location that [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978] does not restrict any passenger’s access to, or use of, any required emergency § 121.577 Stowage of food, beverage, or regular exit, or the aisle(s) in the and passenger service equipment passenger compartment. during airplane movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing. [Doc. No. 12169, 39 FR 42677, Dec. 6, 1974, as amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June (a) No certificate holder may move 19, 1980; Docket FAA–2014–0554, Amdt. 121– an airplane on the surface, take off, or 374, 81 FR 33118, May 24, 2016] land when any food, beverage, or table- ware furnished by the certificate hold- § 121.575 Alcoholic beverages. er is located at any passenger seat. (a) No person may drink any alco- (b) No certificate holder may move holic beverage aboard an aircraft un- an airplane on the surface, take off, or less the certificate holder operating land unless each food and beverage the aircraft has served that beverage to tray and seat back tray table is se- him. cured in its stowed position. (b) No certificate holder may serve (c) No certificate holder may permit any alcoholic beverage to any person an airplane to move on the surface, aboard any of its aircraft who— (1) Appears to be intoxicated; take off, or land unless each passenger (2) Is escorting a person or being es- serving cart is secured in its stowed po- corted in accordance with 49 CFR sition. 1544.221; or (d) No certificate holder may permit (3) Has a deadly or dangerous weapon an airplane to move on the surface, accessible to him while aboard the air- take off, or land unless each movie craft in accordance with 49 CFR screen that extends into an aisle is 1544.219, 1544.221, or 1544.223. stowed. (c) No certificate holder may allow (e) Each passenger shall comply with any person to board any of its aircraft instructions given by a crewmember

208

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00218 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.579

with regard to compliance with this unreasonable economic burden it can- section. not comply for a specified period of time; and [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992] (2) It has submitted a plan acceptable § 121.578 Cabin ozone concentration. to the Administrator to effect compliance to the extent possible. (a) For the purpose of this section, (e) A certificate holder need not com- the following definitions apply: ply with the requirements of paragraph (1) Flight segment means scheduled nonstop flight time between two air- (b) of this section for an aircraft— ports. (1) When the only persons carried are (2) Sea level equivalent refers to condi- flight crewmembers and persons listed tions of 25 °C and 760 millimeters of in § 121.583; mercury pressure. (2) If the aircraft is scheduled for re- (b) Except as provided in paragraphs tirement before January 1, 1985; or (d) and (e) of this section, no certifi- (3) If the aircraft is scheduled for re- cate holder may operate an airplane engining under the provisions of sub- above the following flight levels unless part E of part 91, until it is re-engined. it is successfully demonstrated to the [Doc. No. 121–154, 45 FR 3883, Jan. 21, 1980. Re- Administrator that the concentration designated by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, of ozone inside the cabin will not ex- July 10, 1980, and amended by Amdt. 121–181, ceed— 47 FR 58489, Dec. 30, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 (1) For flight above flight level 320, FR 65935, Dec. 20, 1995] 0.25 parts per million by volume, sea level equivalent, at any time above § 121.579 Minimum altitudes for use of autopilot. that flight level; and (2) For flight above flight level 270, (a) Definitions. For purpose of this 0.1 parts per million by volume, sea section— level equivalent, time-weighted aver- (1) Altitudes for takeoff/initial climb age for each flight segment that ex- and go-around/missed approach are de- ceeds 4 hours and includes flight above fined as above the airport elevation. that flight level. (For this purpose, the (2) Altitudes for enroute operations amount of ozone below flight level 180 are defined as above terrain elevation. is considered to be zero.) (3) Altitudes for approach are defined (c) Compliance with this section as above the touchdown zone elevation must be shown by analysis or tests, (TDZE), unless the altitude is specifi- based on either airplane operational cally in reference to DA (H) or MDA, in procedures and performance limita- which case the altitude is defined by tions or the certificate holder’s oper- reference to the DA(H) or MDA itself. ations. The analysis or tests must show (b) Takeoff and initial climb. No person either of the following: may use an autopilot for takeoff or ini- (1) Atmospheric ozone statistics indi- tial climb below the higher of 500 feet cate, with a statistical confidence of at or an altitude that is no lower than least 84%, that at the altitudes and lo- twice the altitude loss specified in the cations at which the airplane will be Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), except operated cabin ozone concentrations as follows— will not exceed the limits prescribed by (1) At a minimum engagement alti- paragraph (b) of this section. tude specified in the AFM; or (2) The airplane ventilation system (2) At an altitude specified by the Ad- including any ozone control equipment, ministrator, whichever is greater. will maintain cabin ozone concentra- (c) Enroute. No person may use an tions at or below the limits prescribed autopilot enroute, including climb and by paragraph (b) of this section. descent, below the following— (d) A certificate holder may obtain (1) 500 feet; an authorization to deviate from the (2) At an altitude that is no lower requirements of paragraph (b) of this than twice the altitude loss specified in section, by an amendment to its oper- the AFM for an autopilot malfunction ations specifications, if— in cruise conditions; or (1) It shows that due to cir- (3) At an altitude specified by the Ad- cumstances beyond its control or to ministrator, whichever is greater.

209

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00219 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.580 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(d) Approach. No person may use an in accordance with paragraph (e) in autopilot at an altitude lower than 50 this section. feet below the DA(H) or MDA for the (e) Go-Around/Missed Approach. No instrument procedure being flown, ex- person may engage an autopilot during cept as follows— a go-around or missed approach below (1) For autopilots with an AFM speci- the minimum engagement altitude fied altitude loss for approach oper- specified for takeoff and initial climb ations— in paragraph (b) in this section. An (i) An altitude no lower than twice autopilot minimum use altitude does the specified altitude loss if higher not apply to a go-around/missed ap- than 50 feet below the MDA or DA(H); proach initiated with an engaged auto- (ii) An altitude no lower than 50 feet pilot. Performing a go-around or higher than the altitude loss specified missed approach with an engaged auto- in the AFM, when the following condi- pilot must not adversely affect safe ob- tions are met— stacle clearance. (A) Reported weather conditions are (f) Landing. Notwithstanding para- less than the basic VFR weather condi- graph (d) of this section, autopilot min- tions in § 91.155 of this chapter; imum use altitudes do not apply to autopilot operations when an approved (B) Suitable visual references speci- automatic landing system mode is fied in § 91.175 of this chapter have been being used for landing. Automatic established on the instrument ap- landing systems must be authorized in proach procedure; and an operations specification issued to (C) The autopilot is coupled and re- the operator. ceiving both lateral and vertical path references; [Doc. No. FAA–2012–1059, 79 FR 6086, Feb. 3, (iii) An altitude no lower than the 2014] higher of the altitude loss specified in § 121.580 Prohibition on interference the AFM or 50 feet above the TDZE, with crewmembers. when the following conditions are met— No person may assault, threaten, in- timidate, or interfere with a crew- (A) Reported weather conditions are member in the performance of the equal to or better than the basic VFR crewmember’s duties aboard an air- weather conditions in § 91.155 of this craft being operated under this part. chapter; and (B) The autopilot is coupled and re- [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, ceiving both lateral and vertical path 1999] references; or § 121.581 Observer’s seat: En route in- (iv) A greater altitude specified by spections. the Administrator. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (2) For autopilots with AFM specified (c) of this section, each certificate approach altitude limitations, the holder shall make available a seat on greater of— the flight deck of each airplane, used (i) The minimum use altitude speci- by it in air commerce, for occupancy fied for the coupled approach mode se- by the Administrator while conducting lected; en route inspections. The location and (ii) 50 feet; or equipment of the seat, with respect to (iii) An altitude specified by Admin- its suitability for use in conducting en istrator. route inspections, is determined by the (3) For autopilots with an AFM speci- Administrator. fied negligible or zero altitude loss for (b) In each airplane that has more an autopilot approach mode malfunc- than one observer’s seat, in addition to tion, the greater of— the seats required for the crew com- (i) 50 feet; or plement for which the airplane was cer- (ii) An altitude specified by Adminis- tificated, the forward observer’s seat or trator. the observer’s seat selected by the Ad- (4) If executing an autopilot coupled ministrator must be made available go-around or missed approach using a when complying with paragraph (a) of certificated and functioning autopilot this section.

210

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00220 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.583

(c) For any airplane type certificated (iii) The safe handling of hazardous before December 20, 1995, for not more materials whose carriage is governed than 30 passengers that does not have by regulations in 49 CFR part 175; an observer seat on the flightdeck, the (iv) The security of valuable or con- certificate holder must provide a for- fidential cargo; ward passenger seat with headset or (v) The preservation of fragile or per- speaker for occupancy by the Adminis- ishable cargo; trator while conducting en route in- (vi) Experiments on, or testing of, spections. cargo containers or cargo handling devices; [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May (vii) The operation of special equip- 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, ment for loading or unloading cargo; 1995; Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2128, Jan. 15, 2002] and (viii) The loading or unloading of § 121.582 Means to discreetly notify a outsize cargo. flightcrew. (5) A person described in paragraph Except for all-cargo operations as de- (a)(4) of this section, when traveling to fined in § 110.2 of this chapter, after Oc- or from his assignment. tober 15, 2007, for all passenger car- (6) A person performing duty as an rying airplanes that require a lockable honor guard accompanying a shipment flightdeck door in accordance with made by or under the authority of the § 121.313(f), the certificate holder must United States. have an approved means by which the (7) A military courier, military route cabin crew can discreetly notify the supervisor, military cargo contract co- flightcrew in the event of suspicious ordinator, or a flight crewmember of activity or security breaches in the another military cargo contract air cabin. carrier or commercial operator, carried by a military cargo contract air carrier [Doc. No. FAA–2005–22449, 72 FR 45635, Aug. or commercial operator in operations 15, 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–353, 76 FR under a military cargo contract, if that 7488, Feb. 10, 2011] carriage is specifically authorized by the appropriate armed forces. § 121.583 Carriage of persons without compliance with the passenger-car- (8) A dependent of an employee of the rying requirements of this part. certificate holder when traveling with the employee on company business to (a) When authorized by the certifi- or from outlying stations not served by cate holder, the following persons, but adequate regular passenger flights. no others, may be carried aboard an (b) No certificate holder may operate airplane without complying with the an airplane carrying a person covered passenger-carrying airplane require- by paragraph (a) of this section un- ments in §§ 121.309(f), 121.310, 121.391, less— 121.571, and 121.587; the passenger-car- (1) Each person has unobstructed ac- rying operation requirements in part cess from his seat to the pilot compart- 117 and §§ 121.157(c) and 121.291; the re- ment or to a regular or emergency exit; quirements pertaining to passengers in (2) The pilot in command has a §§ 121.285, 121.313(f), 121.317, 121.547, and means of notifying each person when 121.573; and the information disclosure smoking is prohibited and when safety requirements in § 121.311(k): belts must be fastened; and (1) A crewmember. (3) The airplane has an approved seat (2) A company employee. with an approved safety belt for each (3) An FAA air carrier inspector, a person. The seat must be located so DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, that the occupant is not in any posi- or an authorized representative of the tion to interfere with the flight crew- National Transportation Safety Board, members performing their duties. who is performing official duties. (c) Before each takeoff, each certifi- (4) A person necessary for— cate holder operating an airplane car- (i) The safety of the flight; rying persons covered by paragraph (a) (ii) The safe handling of animals; of this section shall ensure that all

211

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00221 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.584 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

such persons have been orally briefed § 121.585 Exit seating. by the appropriate crewmember on— (a)(1) Each certificate holder shall (1) Smoking; determine, to the extent necessary to (2) The use of seat belts; perform the applicable functions of (3) The location and operation of paragraph (d) of this section, the suit- emergency exits; ability of each person it permits to oc- (4) The use of oxygen and emergency cupy an exit seat, in accordance with oxygen equipment; and this section. For the purpose of this (5) For extended overwater oper- section— ations, the location of life rafts, and (i) Exit seat means— the location and operation of life pre- (A) Each seat having direct access to servers including a demonstration of an exit; and, the method of donning and inflating a (B) Each seat in a row of seats life preserver. through which passengers would have (d) Each certificate holder operating to pass to gain access to an exit, from an airplane carrying persons covered the first seat inboard of the exit to the by paragraph (a) of this section shall first aisle inboard of the exit. incorporate procedures for the safe car- (ii) A passenger seat having ‘‘direct riage of such persons into the certifi- access’’ means a seat from which a pas- cate holder’s operations manual. senger can proceed directly to the exit (e) The pilot in command may au- without entering an aisle or passing thorize a person covered by paragraph around an obstruction. (a) of this section to be admitted to the (2) Each certificate holder shall make crew compartment of the airplane. the passenger exit seating determina- tions required by this paragraph in a [Doc. No. 10580, 35 FR 14612, Sept. 18, 1970, as non-discriminatory manner consistent amended by Amdt. 121–96, 37 FR 19608, Sept. with the requirements of this section, 21, 1972; Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June 19, by persons designated in the certificate 1980; Amdt. 121–232, 57 FR 48663, Oct. 27, 1992; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, 1995; holder’s required operations manual. Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. (3) Each certificate holder shall des- 121–298, 68 FR 41217, July 10, 2003; Amdt. 121– ignate the exit seats for each passenger 357, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, 2012; Amdt. 121–373, 80 seating configuration in its fleet in ac- FR 58586, Sept. 30, 2015] cordance with the definitions in this paragraph and submit those designa- § 121.584 Requirement to view the tions for approval as part of the proce- area outside the flightdeck door. dures required to be submitted for ap- From the time the airplane moves in proval under paragraphs (n) and (p) of order to initiate a flight segment this section. through the end of that flight segment, (b) No certificate holder may seat a no person may unlock or open the person in a seat affected by this section flightdeck door unless: if the certificate holder determines (a) A person authorized to be on the that it is likely that the person would flightdeck uses an approved audio pro- be unable to perform one or more of cedure and an approved visual device to the applicable functions listed in para- verify that: graph (d) of this section because— (1) The area outside the flightdeck (1) The person lacks sufficient mobil- door is secure, and; ity, strength, or dexterity in both arms (2) If someone outside the flightdeck and hands, and both legs: is seeking to have the flightdeck door (i) To reach upward, sideways, and opened, that person is not under du- downward to the location of emergency ress, and; exit and exit-slide operating mecha- (b) After the requirements of para- nisms; (ii) To grasp and push, pull, turn, or graph (a) of this section have been sat- otherwise manipulate those mecha- isfactorily accomplished, the crew- nisms; member in charge on the flightdeck au- (iii) To push, shove, pull, or other- thorizes the door to be unlocked and wise open emergency exits; open. (iv) To lift out, hold, deposit on near- [Amdt. 121–334, 72 FR 45635, Aug. 15, 2007] by seats, or maneuver over the

212

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00222 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.585

seatbacks to the next row objects the (d) Each certificate holder shall in- size and weight of over-wing window clude on passenger information cards, exit doors; presented in the language in which (v) To remove obstructions similar in briefings and oral commands are given size and weight to over-wing exit doors; by the crew, at each exit seat affected (vi) To reach the emergency exit ex- by this section, information that, in peditiously; the event of an emergency in which a (vii) To maintain balance while re- crewmember is not available to assist, moving obstructions; a passenger occupying an exit seat may (viii) To exit expeditiously; use if called upon to perform the fol- (ix) To stabilize an escape slide after lowing functions: deployment; or (1) Locate the emergency exit; (x) To assist others in getting off an (2) Recognize the emergency exit escape slide; opening mechanism; (2) The person is less than 15 years of (3) Comprehend the instructions for age or lacks the capacity to perform operating the emergency exit; one or more of the applicable functions (4) Operate the emergency exit; listed in paragraph (d) of this section (5) Assess whether opening the emer- without the assistance of an adult com- gency exit will increase the hazards to panion, parent, or other relative; which passengers may be exposed; (3) The person lacks the ability to (6) Follow oral directions and hand read and understand instructions re- signals given by a crewmember; quired by this section and related to (7) Stow or secure the emergency exit emergency evacuation provided by the door so that it will not impede use of certificate holder in printed or graphic the exit; form or the ability to understand oral (8) Assess the condition of an escape crew commands. slide, activate the slide, and stabilize (4) The person lacks sufficient visual the slide after deployment to assist capacity to perform one or more of the others in getting off the slide; applicable functions in paragraph (d) of (9) Pass expeditiously through the this section without the assistance of emergency exit; and visual aids beyond contact lenses or (10) Assess, select, and follow a safe eyeglasses; path away from the emergency exit. (5) The person lacks sufficient aural (e) Each certificate holder shall in- capacity to hear and understand include on passenger information cards, structions shouted by flight attend- at each exit seat— ants, without assistance beyond a hear- (1) In the primary language in which ing aid; emergency commands are given by the (6) The person lacks the ability ade- crew, the selection criteria set forth in quately to impart information orally paragraph (b) of this section, and a re- to other passengers; or, quest that a passenger identify himself (7) The person has: or herself to allow reseating if he or (i) A condition or responsibilities, she: such as caring for small children, that (i) Cannot meet the selection criteria might prevent the person from per- set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- forming one or more of the applicable tion; functions listed in paragraph (d) of this (ii) Has a nondiscernible condition section; or that will prevent him or her from per- (ii) A condition that might cause the forming the applicable functions listed person harm if he or she performs one in paragraph (d) of this section; or more of the applicable functions (iii) May suffer bodily harm as the re- listed in paragraph (d) of this section. sult of performing one or more of those (c) Each passenger shall comply with functions; or instructions given by a crewmember or (iv) Does not wish to perform those other authorized employee of the cer- functions; and tificate holder implementing exit seat- (2) In each language used by the cer- ing restrictions established in accord- tificate holder for passenger informa- ance with this section. tion cards, a request that a passenger

213

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00223 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.585 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

identify himself or herself to allow re- (4) Does not wish to perform those seating if he or she lacks the ability to functions listed in paragraph (d) of this read, speak, or understand the lan- section. guage or the graphic form in which in- A certificate holder shall not require structions required by this section and the passenger to disclose his or her rea- related to emergency evacuation are son for needing reseating. provided by the certificate holder, or (j) [Reserved] the ability to understand the specified (k) In the event a certificate holder language in which crew commands will determines in accordance with this sec- be given in an emergency. tion that it is likely that a passenger (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- assigned to an exit seat would be un- sult of performing one or more of those able to perform the functions listed in functions; or, paragraph (d) of this section or a pas- (4) Does not wish to perform those senger requests a non-exit seat, the functions. certificate holder shall expeditiously A certificate holder shall not require relocate the passenger to a non-exit the passenger to disclose his or her rea- seat. son for needing reseating. (l) In the event of full booking in the non-exit seats and if necessary to ac- (f) Each certificate holder shall make commodate a passenger being relocated available for inspection by the public from an exit seat, the certificate hold- at all passenger loading gates and tick- er shall move a passenger who is will- et counters at each airport where it ing and able to assume the evacuation conducts passenger operations, written functions that may be required, to an procedures established for making de- exit seat. terminations in regard to exit row (m) A certificate holder may deny seating. transportation to any passenger under (g) No certificate holder may allow this section only because— taxi or pushback unless at least one re- (1) The passenger refuses to comply quired crewmember has verified that with instructions given by a crew- no exit seat is occupied by a person the member or other authorized employee crewmember determines is likely to be of the certificate holder implementing unable to perform the applicable func- exit seating restrictions established in tions listed in paragraph (d) of this sec- accordance with this section, or tion. (2) The only seat that will physically (h) Each certificate holder shall in- accommodate the person’s handicap is clude in its passenger briefings a ref- an exit seat. erence to the passenger information (n) In order to comply with this sec- cards, required by paragraphs (d) and tion certificate holders shall— (e), the selection criteria set forth in (1) Establish procedures that address: paragraph (b), and the functions to be (i) The criteria listed in paragraph performed, set forth in paragraph (d) of (b) of this section; this section. (ii) The functions listed in paragraph (i) Each certificate holder shall in- (d) of this section; clude in its passenger briefings a re- (iii) The requirements for airport in- quest that a passenger identify himself formation, passenger information or herself to allow reseating if he or cards, crewmember verification of ap- she— propriate seating in exit seats, pas- (1) Cannot meet the selection criteria senger briefings, seat assignments, and set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- denial of transportation as set forth in tion; this section; (2) Has a nondiscernible condition (iv) How to resolve disputes arising that will prevent him or her from per- from implementation of this section, forming the applicable functions listed including identification of the certifi- in paragraph (d) of this section; cate holder employee on the airport to (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- whom complaints should be addressed sult of performing one or more of those for resolution; and, functions listed in paragraph (d) of this (2) Submit their procedures for pre- section; or, liminary review and approval to the

214

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.589

principal operations inspectors as- the Administrator, shall make those signed to them at the responsible revisions in its procedures. Within 30 Flight Standards office. days after the certificate holder re- (o) Certificate holders shall assign ceives such notice, it may file a peti- seats prior to boarding consistent with tion to reconsider the notice with the the criteria listed in paragraph (b) and responsible Flight Standards office. the functions listed in paragraph (d) of The filing of a petition to reconsider this section, to the maximum extent stays the notice pending a decision by feasible. the Administrator. However, if the Ad- (p) The procedures required by para- ministrator finds that there is an graph (n) of this section will not be- emergency that requires immediate ac- come effective until final approval is tion in the interest of safety in air granted by the Executive Director, commerce, he may, upon a statement Flight Standards Service, Washington, of the reasons, require a change effec- DC. Approval will be based solely upon tive without stay. the safety aspects of the certificate (d) Each certificate holder shall holder’s procedures. make available to the public at each airport it serves a copy of each proce- [Doc. No. 25821, 55 FR 8072, Mar. 6, 1990, as dure it establishes in accordance with amended by Amdt. 121–232, 57 FR 48663, Oct. 27, 1992; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 [Doc. No. 12881, 42 FR 18394, Apr. 7, 1977, as FR 9172, 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] amended by Amdt. 121–174, 46 FR 38051, July 23, 1981; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, § 121.586 Authority to refuse transpor- 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996; tation. Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR (a) No certificate holder may refuse 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] transportation to a passenger on the § 121.587 Closing and locking of basis that, because the passenger may flightcrew compartment door. need the assistance of another person to move expeditiously to an exit in the (a) Except as provided in paragraph event of an emergency, his transpor- (b) of this section, a pilot in command tation would or might be inimical to of an airplane that has a lockable safety of flight unless— flightcrew compartment door in ac- (1) The certificate holder has estab- cordance with § 121.313 and that is car- lished procedures (including reasonable rying passengers shall ensure that the notice requirements) for the carriage door separating the flightcrew com- of passengers who may need the assist- partment from the passenger compart- ance of another person to move expedi- ment is closed and locked at all times tiously to an exit in the event of an when the aircraft is being operated. emergency; and (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of (2) At least one of the following con- this section do not apply at any time ditions exist: when it is necessary to permit access (i) The passenger fails to comply with and egress by persons authorized in ac- the notice requirements in the certifi- cordance with § 121.547 and provided the cate holder’s procedures. part 119 operator complies with FAA (ii) The passenger cannot be carried approved procedures regarding the in accordance with the certificate hold- opening, closing and locking of the er’s procedures. flightdeck doors. (b) Each certificate holder shall pro- [Doc. No. FAA–2001–11032, 67 FR 2128, Jan. 15, vide the responsible Flight Standards 2002] office with a copy of each procedure it establishes in accordance with para- § 121.589 Carry-on baggage. graph (a)(2) of this section. (a) No certificate holder may allow (c) Whenever the Administrator finds the boarding of carry-on baggage on an that revisions in the procedures de- airplane unless each passenger’s bag- scribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- gage has been scanned to control the tion are necessary in the interest of size and amount carried on board in ac- safety or in the public interest, the cer- cordance with an approved carry-on tificate holder, after notification by baggage program in its operations

215

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.590 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

specifications. In addition, no pas- (2) Between a nonemergency exit senger may board an airplane if his/her window seat and the fuselage, if the carry-on baggage exceeds the baggage cane is flat on the floor; or allowance prescribed in the carry-on (3) Beneath any two nonemergency baggage program in the certificate exit window seats, if the cane is flat on holder’s operations specifications. the floor; or (b) No certificate holder may allow (4) In accordance with any other all passenger entry doors of an airplane method approved by the Adminis- to be closed in preparation for taxi or trator. pushback unless at least one required [Doc. No. 24996, 52 FR 21476, June 5, 1987, as crewmember has verified that each ar- amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. ticle of baggage is stowed in accord- 20, 1995] ance with this section and § 121.285 (c) § 121.590 Use of certificated land air- and (d). ports in the United States. (c) No certificate holder may allow (a) Except as provided in paragraphs an airplane to take off or land unless (b) or (c) of this section, or unless au- each article of baggage is stowed: thorized by the Administrator under 49 (1) In a suitable closet or baggage or U.S.C. 44706(c), no air carrier and no cargo stowage compartment placarded pilot being used by an air carrier may for its maximum weight and providing operate, in the conduct of a domestic proper restraint for all baggage or type operation, flag type operation, or cargo stowed within, and in a manner supplemental type operation, an air- that does not hinder the possible use of plane at a land airport in any State of any emergency equipment; or the United States, the District of Co- (2) As provided in § 121.285 (c) and (d); lumbia, or any territory or possession or of the United States unless that air- (3) Under a passenger seat. port is certificated under part 139 of (d) Baggage, other than articles of this chapter. Further, after June 9, 2005 loose clothing, may not be placed in an for Class I airports and after December overhead rack unless that rack is 9, 2005 for Class II, III, and IV airports, equipped with approved restraining de- when an air carrier and a pilot being vices or doors. used by the air carrier are required to (e) Each passenger must comply with operate at an airport certificated under instructions given by crewmembers re- part 139 of this chapter, the air carrier garding compliance with paragraphs and the pilot may only operate at that (a), (b), (c), (d), and (g) of this section. airport if the airport is classified under (f) Each passenger seat under which part 139 to serve the type airplane to be baggage is allowed to be stowed shall operated and the type of operation to be fitted with a means to prevent arti- be conducted. (b)(1) An air carrier and a pilot being cles of baggage stowed under it from used by the air carrier in the conduct sliding forward. In addition, each aisle of a domestic type operation, flag type seat shall be fitted with a means to operation, or supplemental type oper- prevent articles of baggage stowed ation may designate and use as a re- under it from sliding sideward into the quired alternate airport for departure aisle under crash impacts severe or destination an airport that is not enough to induce the ultimate inertia certificated under part 139 of this chap- forces specified in the emergency land- ter. ing condition regulations under which (2) Until December 9, 2005, an air car- the airplane was type certificated. rier and a pilot being used by the air (g) In addition to the methods of carrier in the conduct of domestic type stowage in paragraph (c) of this sec- operations and flag type operations, tion, flexible travel canes carried by may operate an airplane designed for blind individuals may be stowed— more than 9 but less than 31 passenger (1) Under any series of connected pas- seats, at a land airport, in any State of senger seats in the same row, if the the United States, the District of Co- cane does not protrude into an aisle lumbia, or any territory or possession and if the cane is flat on the floor; or of the United States, that does not

216

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.590

hold an airport operating certificate ernment that is not certificated under issued under part 139 of this chapter, part 139 of this chapter only if that air- and that serves small air carrier airport meets the equivalent— craft (as defined under ‘‘Air carrier air- (1) Safety standards for airports cer- craft’’ and ‘‘Class III airport’’ in § 139.5 tificated under part 139 of this chapter; of this Chapter). and (c) An air carrier and a pilot used by (2) Airport classification require- the air carrier in conducting a domes- ments under part 139 of this chapter to tic type operation, flag type operation, serve the type airplane to be operated or supplemental type operation may and the type of operation to be con- operate an airplane at an airport oper- ducted. ated by the U.S. Government that is (f) For the purpose of this section, not certificated under part 139 of this the terms— chapter, only if that airport meets the Domestic type operation means any do- equivalent— mestic operation conducted with— (1) Safety standards for airports cer- (1) An airplane designed for at least tificated under part 139 of this chapter; 31 passenger seats (as determined by and the aircraft type certificate issued by a (2) Airport classification require- competent civil aviation authority) at ments under part 139 to serve the type any land airport in any State of the airplane to be operated and the type of United States, the District of Colum- operation to be conducted. bia, or any territory or possession of (d) An air carrier, a commercial oper- the United States; or ator, and a pilot being used by the air (2) An airplane designed for more carrier or the commercial operator— than 9 passenger seats but less than 31 when conducting a passenger-carrying passenger seats (as determined by the airplane operation under this part that aircraft type certificate issued by a is not a domestic type operation, a flag competent civil aviation authority) at type operation, or a supplemental type any land airport in any State of the operation—may operate at a land air- United States (except Alaska), the Dis- port not certificated under part 139 of trict of Columbia, or any territory or this chapter only when the following possession of the United States. conditions are met: Flag type operation means any flag op- (1) The airport is adequate for the eration conducted with— proposed operation, considering such (1) An airplane designed for at least items as size, surface, obstructions, 31 passenger seats (as determined by and lighting. the aircraft type certificate issued by a (2) For an airplane carrying pas- competent civil aviation authority) at sengers at night, the pilot may not any land airport in any State of the take off from, or land at, an airport un- United States, the District of Colum- less— bia, or any territory or possession of (i) The pilot has determined the wind the United States; or direction from an illuminated wind di- (2) An airplane designed for more rection indicator or local ground com- than 9 passenger seats but less than 31 munications or, in the case of takeoff, passenger seats (as determined by the that pilot’s personal observations; and aircraft type certificate issued by a (ii) The limits of the area to be used competent civil aviation authority) at for landing or takeoff are clearly any land airport in any State of the shown by boundary or runway marker United States (except Alaska), the Dis- lights. If the area to be used for takeoff trict of Columbia, or any territory or or landing is marked by flare pots or possession of the United States. lanterns, their use must be authorized Supplemental type operation means by the Administrator. any supplemental operation (except an (e) A commercial operator and a pilot all-cargo operation) conducted with an used by the commercial operator in airplane designed for at least 31 pas- conducting a domestic type operation, senger seats (as determined by the air- flag type operation, or supplemental craft type certificate issued by a com- type operation may operate an airplane petent civil aviation authority) at any at an airport operated by the U.S. Gov- land airport in any State of the United

217

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.591 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

States, the District of Columbia, or § 121.595 Dispatching authority: Flag any territory or possession of the operations. United States. (a) No person may start a flight un- United States means the States of the less an aircraft dispatcher specifically United States, the District of Colum- authorizes that flight. bia, and the territories and possessions (b) No person may continue a flight of the United States. from an intermediate airport without redispatch if the airplane has been on NOTE: Special Statutory Requirement to the ground more than six hours. Operate to or From a Part 139 Airport. Each air carrier that provides—in an aircraft (e.g., § 121.597 Flight release authority: Sup- airplane, rotorcraft, etc.) designed for more plemental operations. than 9 passenger seats—regularly scheduled charter air transportation for which the pub- (a) No person may start a flight lic is provided in advance a schedule con- under a flight following system with- taining the departure location, departure out specific authority from the person time, and arrival location of the flight must authorized by the operator to exercise operate to and from an airport certificated operational control over the flight. under part 139 of this chapter in accordance (b) No person may start a flight un- with 49 U.S.C. 41104(b). That statutory provi- less the pilot in command or the person sion contains stand-alone requirements for authorized by the operator to exercise such air carriers and special exceptions for operational control over the flight has operations in Alaska and outside the United executed a flight release setting forth States. Nothing in § 121.590 exempts the air the conditions under which the flights carriers described in this note from the re- will be conducted. The pilot in com- quirements of 49 U.S.C. 41104(b). Certain op- mand may sign the flight release only erations by air carriers that conduct public when he and the person authorized by charter operations under 14 CFR part 380 are the operator to exercise operational covered by the statutory requirements to op- control believe that the flight can be erate to and from part 139 airports. See 49 U.S.C. 41104(b). made with safety. (c) No person may continue a flight [Doc. No. FAA–2000–7479, 69 FR 6424, Feb. 10, from an intermediate airport without a 2004; Amdt. 121–304, 69 FR 31522, June 4, 2004] new flight release if the aircraft has been on the ground more than six Subpart U—Dispatching and Flight hours. Release Rules [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965] SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. § 121.599 Familiarity with weather conditions. § 121.591 Applicability. (a) Domestic and flag operations. No This subpart prescribes dispatching aircraft dispatcher may release a flight rules for domestic and flag operations unless he is thoroughly familiar with and flight release rules for supple- reported and forecast weather condi- mental operations. tions on the route to be flown. (b) Supplemental operations. No pilot [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] in command may begin a flight unless § 121.593 Dispatching authority: Do- he is thoroughly familiar with reported mestic operations. and forecast weather conditions on the route to be flown. Except when an airplane lands at an intermediate airport specified in the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as original dispatch release and remains amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] there for not more than one hour, no person may start a flight unless an air- § 121.601 Aircraft dispatcher informa- craft dispatcher specifically authorizes tion to pilot in command: Domestic that flight. and flag operations. (a) The aircraft dispatcher shall provide the pilot in command all available

218

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.613

current reports or information on air- for the approval of that route or seg- port conditions and irregularities of ment are in satisfactory operating con- navigation facilities that may affect dition. the safety of the flight. (b) If, because of technical reasons or (b) Before beginning a flight, the air- other reasons beyond the control of a craft dispatcher shall provide the pilot certificate holder conducting flag oper- in command with all available weather ations, the facilities required by reports and forecasts of weather phe- §§ 121.99 and 121.103 are not available nomena that may affect the safety of over a route or route segment outside flight, including adverse weather phe- the United States, the certificate hold- nomena, such as clear air turbulence, er may dispatch an airplane over that thunderstorms, and low altitude wind route or route segment if the pilot in shear, for each route to be flown and command and dispatcher find that each airport to be used. communication and navigation facili- (c) During a flight, the aircraft dis- ties equal to those required are avail- patcher shall provide the pilot in com- able and are in satisfactory operating mand any additional available infor- condition. mation of meteorological conditions (including adverse weather phenomena, [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as such as clear air turbulence, thunder- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. storms, and low altitude wind shear), 26, 1996] and irregularities of facilities and services that may affect the safety of the § 121.609 Communication and naviga- flight. tion facilities: Supplemental operations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as No person may release an aircraft amended by Amdt. 121–134, 42 FR 27573, May 31, 1977; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May 25, over any route or route segment unless 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] communication and navigation facilities equal to those required by § 121.121 § 121.603 Facilities and services: Sup- are in satisfactory operating condition. plemental operations. (a) Before beginning a flight, each § 121.611 Dispatch or flight release pilot in command shall obtain all under VFR. available current reports or informa- No person may dispatch or release an tion on airport conditions and irreg- aircraft for VFR operation unless the ularities of navigation facilities that ceiling and visibility en route, as indi- may affect the safety of the flight. cated by available weather reports or (b) During a flight, the pilot in com- forecasts, or any combination thereof, mand shall obtain any additional avail- are and will remain at or above appli- able information of meteorological cable VFR minimums until the aircraft conditions and irregularities of facili- arrives at the airport or airports speci- ties and services that may affect the fied in the dispatch or flight release. safety of the flight. § 121.613 Dispatch or flight release § 121.605 Airplane equipment. under IFR or over the top. No person may dispatch or release an Except as provided in § 121.615, no per- airplane unless it is airworthy and is son may dispatch or release an aircraft equipped as prescribed in § 121.303. for operations under IFR or over-the- § 121.607 Communication and naviga- top, unless appropriate weather reports tion facilities: Domestic and flag op- or forecasts, or any combination there- erations. of, indicate that the weather condi- (a) Except as provided in paragraph tions will be at or above the authorized (b) of this section for a certificate hold- minimums at the estimated time of ar- er conducting flag operations, no per- rival at the airport or airports to son may dispatch an airplane over an which dispatched or released. approved route or route segment unless [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as the communication and navigation fa- amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, cilities required by §§ 121.99 and 121.103 1967]

219

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.615 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.615 Dispatch or flight release (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) over water: Flag and supplemental of this section, the alternate airport operations. weather conditions must meet the re- (a) No person may dispatch or release quirements of the certificate holder’s an aircraft for a flight that involves ex- operations specifications. tended overwater operation unless ap- (c) No person may dispatch or release propriate weather reports or forecasts an aircraft from an airport unless he or any combination thereof, indicate lists each required alternate airport in that the weather conditions will be at the dispatch or flight release. or above the authorized minimums at § 121.619 Alternate airport for destina- the estimated time of arrival at any tion: IFR or over-the-top: Domestic airport to which dispatched or released operations. or to any required alternate airport. (a) No person may dispatch an air- (b) Each certificate holder con- plane under IFR or over-the-top unless ducting a flag or supplemental oper- he lists at least one alternate airport ation or a domestic operation within for each destination airport in the dis- the State of Alaska shall conduct ex- patch release. When the weather condi- tended overwater operations under IFR tions forecast for the destination and unless it shows that operating under first alternate airport are marginal at IFR is not necessary for safety. least one additional alternate must be (c) Each certificate holder con- designated. However, no alternate air- ducting a flag or supplemental oper- port is required if for at least 1 hour ation or a domestic operation within before and 1 hour after the estimated the State of Alaska shall conduct other time of arrival at the destination air- overwater operations under IFR if the port the appropriate weather reports or Administrator determines that oper- forecasts, or any combination of them, ation under IFR is necessary for safety. indicate— (d) Each authorization to conduct ex- (1) The ceiling will be at least 2,000 tended overwater operations under feet above the airport elevation; and VFR and each requirement to conduct (2) Visibility will be at least 3 miles. other overwater operations under IFR (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) will be specified in the certificate hold- of this section, the weather conditions er’s operations specifications. at the alternate airport must meet the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as requirements of § 121.625. amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, (c) No person may dispatch a flight 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] unless he lists each required alternate airport in the dispatch release. § 121.617 Alternate airport for departure. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June (a) If the weather conditions at the 19, 1980] airport of takeoff are below the landing minimums in the certificate holder’s § 121.621 Alternate airport for destina- operations specifications for that air- tion: Flag operations. port, no person may dispatch or release (a) No person may dispatch an air- an aircraft from that airport unless the plane under IFR or over-the-top unless dispatch or flight release specifies an he lists at least one alternate airport alternate airport located within the for each destination airport in the dis- following distances from the airport of patch release, unless— takeoff: (1) The flight is scheduled for not (1) Aircraft having two engines. Not more than 6 hours and, for at least 1 more than one hour from the departure hour before and 1 hour after the esti- airport at normal cruising speed in mated time of arrival at the destina- still air with one engine inoperative. tion airport, the appropriate weather (2) Aircraft having three or more en- reports or forecasts, or any combina- gines. Not more than two hours from tion of them, indicate the ceiling will the departure airport at normal cruis- be: ing speed in still air with one engine (i) At least 1,500 feet above the lowest inoperative. circling MDA, if a circling approach is

220

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.625

required and authorized for that air- (d) No person may release a flight un- port; or less he lists each required alternate (ii) At least 1,500 feet above the low- airport in the flight release. est published instrument approach [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as minimum or 2,000 feet above the air- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. port elevation, whichever is greater; 26, 1996] and (iii) The visibility at that airport will § 121.624 ETOPS Alternate Airports. be at least 3 miles, or 2 miles more (a) No person may dispatch or release than the lowest applicable visibility an airplane for an ETOPS flight unless minimums, whichever is greater, for enough ETOPS Alternate Airports are the instrument approach procedures to listed in the dispatch or flight release be used at the destination airport; or such that the airplane remains within (2) The flight is over a route approved the authorized ETOPS maximum diver- without an available alternate airport sion time. In selecting these ETOPS for a particular destination airport and Alternate Airports, the certificate the airplane has enough fuel to meet holder must consider all adequate air- the requirements of § 121.641(b) or ports within the authorized ETOPS di- § 121.645(c). version time for the flight that meet (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) the standards of this part. of this section, the weather conditions (b) No person may list an airport as at the alternate airport must meet the an ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dis- requirements of the certificate holder’s patch or flight release unless, when it operations specifications. might be used (from the earliest to the (c) No person may dispatch a flight latest possible landing time)— unless he lists each required alternate (1) The appropriate weather reports airport in the dispatch release. or forecasts, or any combination thereof, indicate that the weather condi- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as tions will be at or above the ETOPS Al- amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June ternate Airport minima specified in 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, the certificate holder’s operations 1996] specifications; and (2) The field condition reports indi- § 121.623 Alternate airport for destination: IFR or over-the-top: Supple- cate that a safe landing can be made. mental operations. (c) Once a flight is en route, the weather conditions at each ETOPS Al- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ternate Airport must meet the require- (b) of this section, each person releas- ments of § 121.631 (c). ing an aircraft for operation under IFR (d) No person may list an airport as or over-the-top shall list at least one an ETOPS Alternate Airport in the dis- alternate airport for each destination patch or flight release unless that air- airport in the flight release. port meets the public protection re- (b) An alternate airport need not be quirements of § 121.97(b)(1)(ii). designated for IFR or over-the-top operations where the aircraft carries [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007] enough fuel to meet the requirements of §§ 121.643 and 121.645 for flights out- § 121.625 Alternate Airport weather side the 48 contiguous States and the minima. District of Columbia over routes with- Except as provided in § 121.624 for out an available alternate airport for a ETOPS Alternate Airports, no person particular airport of destination. may list an airport as an alternate in (c) For the purposes of paragraph (a) the dispatch or flight release unless the of this section, the weather require- appropriate weather reports or fore- ments at the alternate airport must casts, or any combination thereof, indi- meet the requirements of the certificate that the weather conditions will cate holder’s operations specifications. be at or above the alternate weather minima specified in the certificate

221

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.627 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

holder’s operations specifications for (i) Be prepared in accordance with that airport when the flight arrives. the limitations specified in paragraph [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, (b) of this section. 2007] (ii) Provide for the operation of the airplane with certain instruments and § 121.627 Continuing flight in unsafe equipment in an inoperable condition. conditions. (4) Records identifying the inoperable (a) No pilot in command may allow a instruments and equipment and the inflight to continue toward any airport formation required by paragraph to which it has been dispatched or re- (a)(3)(ii) of this section must be avail- leased if, in the opinion of the pilot in able to the pilot. command or dispatcher (domestic and (5) The airplane is operated under all flag operations only), the flight cannot applicable conditions and limitations be completed safely; unless, in the contained in the Minimum Equipment opinion of the pilot in command, there List and the operations specifications is no safer procedure. In that event, authorizing use of the Minimum Equip- continuation toward that airport is an ment List. emergency situation as set forth in § 121.557. (b) The following instruments and (b) If any instrument or item of equipment may not be included in the equipment required under this chapter Minimum Equipment List: for the particular operation becomes (1) Instruments and equipment that inoperative en route, the pilot in com- are either specifically or otherwise re- mand shall comply with the approved quired by the airworthiness require- procedures for such an occurrence as ments under which the airplane is type specified in the certificate holder’s certificated and which are essential for manual. safe operations under all operating conditions. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 1922, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 12310, Mar. (2) Instruments and equipment re- 22, 1991; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, quired by an airworthiness directive to 1996] be in operable condition unless the airworthiness directive provides other- § 121.628 Inoperable instruments and wise. equipment. (3) Instruments and equipment re- (a) No person may take off an air- quired for specific operations by this plane with inoperable instruments or part. equipment installed unless the fol- (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) lowing conditions are met: and (b)(3) of this section, an airplane (1) An approved Minimum Equipment with inoperable instruments or equip- List exists for that airplane. ment may be operated under a special (2) The responsible Flight Standards flight permit under §§ 21.197 and 21.199 office has issued the certificate holder of this chapter. operations specifications authorizing operations in accordance with an ap- [Doc. No. 25780, 56 FR 12310, Mar. 22, 1991; proved Minimum Equipment List. The Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 14290, Apr. 8, 1991; Amdt. flight crew shall have direct access at 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996; Docket all times prior to flight to all of the in- FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, formation contained in the approved Mar. 5, 2018] Minimum Equipment List through § 121.629 Operation in icing condi- printed or other means approved by the tions. Administrator in the certificate holders operations specifications. An ap- (a) No person may dispatch or release proved Minimum Equipment List, as an aircraft, continue to operate an air- authorized by the operations specifica- craft en route, or land an aircraft when tions, constitutes an approved change in the opinion of the pilot in command to the type design without requiring or aircraft dispatcher (domestic and recertification. flag operations only), icing conditions (3) The approved Minimum Equip- are expected or met that might ad- ment List must: versely affect the safety of the flight.

222

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.629

(b) No person may take off an air- (iv) Aircraft surface contamination craft when frost, ice, or snow is adher- (i.e., adherence of frost, ice, or snow) ing to the wings, control surfaces, pro- and critical area identification, and pellers, engine inlets, or other critical how contamination adversely affects surfaces of the aircraft or when the aircraft performance and flight charac- takeoff would not be in compliance teristics. with paragraph (c) of this section. (v) Types and characteristics of deic- Takeoffs with frost under the wing in ing/anti-icing fluids. the area of the fuel tanks may be au- (vi) Cold weather preflight inspection thorized by the Administrator. procedures; (c) Except as provided in paragraph (vii) Techniques for recognizing con- (d) of this section, no person may dis- tamination on the aircraft. patch, release, or take off an aircraft (3) The certificate holder’s holdover any time conditions are such that timetables and the procedures for the frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be use of these tables by the certificate expected to adhere to the aircraft, un- holder’s personnel. Holdover time is less the certificate holder has an ap- the estimated time deicing/anti-icing proved ground deicing/anti-icing pro- fluid will prevent the formation of gram in its operations specifications frost or ice and the accumulation of and unless the dispatch, release, and snow on the protected surfaces of an takeoff comply with that program. The aircraft. Holdover time begins when approved ground deicing/anti-icing pro- the final application of deicing/anti- gram must include at least the fol- icing fluid commences and expires lowing items: when the deicing/anti-icing fluid ap- (1) A detailed description of— plied to the aircraft loses its effective- (i) How the certificate holder deter- ness. The holdover times must be sup- mines that conditions are such that ported by data acceptable to the Ad- frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be ministrator. The certificate holder’s expected to adhere to the aircraft and program must include procedures for that ground deicing/anti-icing oper- flight crewmembers to increase or de- ational procedures must be in effect; crease the determined holdover time in (ii) Who is responsible for deciding changing conditions. The program that ground deicing/anti-icing oper- must provide that takeoff after exceed- ational procedures must be in effect; ing any maximum holdover time in the (iii) The procedures for implementing certificate holder’s holdover timetable ground deicing/anti-icing operational is permitted only when at least one of procedures; the following conditions exists: (iv) The specific duties and respon- (i) A pretakeoff contamination sibilities of each operational position check, as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of or group responsible for getting the this section, determines that the aircraft safely airborne while ground wings, control surfaces, and other crit- deicing/anti-icing operational proce- ical surfaces, as defined in the certifi- dures are in effect. cate holder’s program, are free of frost, (2) Initial and annual recurrent ice, or snow. ground training and testing for flight (ii) It is otherwise determined by an crewmembers and qualification for all alternate procedure approved by the other affected personnel (e.g., aircraft Administrator in accordance with the dispatchers, ground crews, contract certificate holder’s approved program personnel) concerning the specific re- that the wings, control surfaces, and quirements of the approved program other critical surfaces, as defined in and each person’s responsibilities and the certificate holder’s program, are duties under the approved program, free of frost, ice, or snow. specifically covering the following (iii) The wings, control surfaces, and areas: other critical surfaces are redeiced and (i) The use of holdover times. a new holdover time is determined. (ii) Aircraft deicing/anti-icing proce- (4) Aircraft deicing/anti-icing procedures, including inspection and check dures and responsibilities, pretakeoff procedures and responsibilities. check procedures and responsibilities, (iii) Communications procedures. and pretakeoff contamination check

223

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.631 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

procedures and responsibilities. A pre- (c) No person may allow a flight to takeoff check is a check of the air- continue beyond the ETOPS Entry craft’s wings or representative aircraft Point unless— surfaces for frost, ice, or snow within (1) Except as provided in paragraph the aircraft’s holdover time. A pre- (d) of this section, the weather condi- takeoff contamination check is a check tions at each ETOPS Alternate Airport to make sure the wings, control sur- required by § 121.624 are forecast to be faces, and other critical surfaces, as de- at or above the operating minima for fined in the certificate holder’s pro- that airport in the certificate holder’s gram, are free of frost, ice, and snow. It operations specifications when it must be conducted within five minutes might be used (from the earliest to the prior to beginning take off. This check latest possible landing time); and must be accomplished from outside the (2) All ETOPS Alternate Airports aircraft unless the program specifies within the authorized ETOPS max- otherwise. imum diversion time are reviewed and (d) A certificate holder may continue the flight crew advised of any changes to operate under this section without a in conditions that have occurred since program as required in paragraph (c) of dispatch. this section, if it includes in its oper- (d) If paragraph (c)(1) of this section ations specifications a requirement cannot be met for a specific airport, that, any time conditions are such that the dispatch or flight release may be frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be amended to add an ETOPS Alternate expected to adhere to the aircraft, no Airport within the maximum ETOPS aircraft will take off unless it has been diversion time that could be authorized checked to ensure that the wings, con- for that flight with weather conditions trol surfaces, and other critical sur- at or above operating minima. faces are free of frost, ice, and snow. (e) Before the ETOPS Entry Point, The check must occur within five min- the pilot in command for a supple- utes prior to beginning takeoff. This mental operator or a dispatcher for a check must be accomplished from out- flag operator must use company com- side the aircraft. munications to update the flight plan [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as if needed because of a re-evaluation of amended by Amdt. 121–231, 57 FR 44942, Sept. aircraft system capabilities. 29, 1992; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, (f) No person may change an original 1996] destination or alternate airport that is § 121.631 Original dispatch or flight re- specified in the original dispatch or lease, redispatch or amendment of flight release to another airport while dispatch or flight release. the aircraft is en route unless the other airport is authorized for that type of (a) A certificate holder may specify aircraft and the appropriate require- any regular, provisional, or refueling ments of §§ 121.593 through 121.661 and airport, authorized for the type of air- 121.173 are met at the time of redis- craft, as a destination for the purpose patch or amendment of the flight re- of original dispatch or release. lease. (b) No person may allow a flight to continue to an airport to which it has (g) Each person who amends a dis- been dispatched or released unless the patch or flight release en route shall weather conditions at an alternate air- record that amendment. port that was specified in the dispatch [Doc. No. 628, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as or flight release are forecast to be at or amended by Amdt. 121–65, 35 FR 12709, Aug. above the alternate minimums speci- 11, 1970; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, fied in the operations specifications for 2007] that airport at the time the aircraft would arrive at the alternate airport. § 121.633 Considering time-limited sys- However, the dispatch or flight release tems in planning ETOPS alternates. may be amended en route to include (a) For ETOPS up to and including any alternate airport that is within the 180 minutes, no person may list an air- fuel range of the aircraft as specified in port as an ETOPS Alternate Airport in §§ 121.639 through 121.647. a dispatch or flight release if the time

224

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.639

needed to fly to that airport (at the ap- § 121.637 Takeoffs from unlisted and proved one-engine inoperative cruise alternate airports: Domestic and speed under standard conditions in still flag operations. air) would exceed the approved time for (a) No pilot may takeoff an airplane the airplane’s most limiting ETOPS from an airport that is not listed in the Significant System (including the air- operations specifications unless— plane’s most limiting fire suppression (1) The airport and related facilities system time for those cargo and bag- are adequate for the operation of the gage compartments required by regula- airplane; tion to have fire-suppression systems) (2) He can comply with the applicable minus 15 minutes. airplane operating limitations; (b) For ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, (3) The airplane has been dispatched no person may list an airport as an according to dispatching rules applica- ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dispatch ble to operation from an approved air- or flight release if the time needed to port; and fly to that airport: (4) The weather conditions at that (1) at the all engine operating cruise airport are equal to or better than the speed, corrected for wind and tempera- following: ture, exceeds the airplane’s most lim- (i) Airports in the United States. The iting fire suppression system time weather minimums for takeoff prescribed in part 97 of this chapter; or minus 15 minutes for those cargo and where minimums are not prescribed for baggage compartments required by reg- the airport, 800–2, 900–11⁄2, or 1,000–1. ulation to have fire suppression sys- (ii) Airports outside the United States. tems (except as provided in paragraph The weather minimums for takeoff pre- (c) of this section), or scribed or approved by the government (2) at the one-engine-inoperative of the country in which the airport is cruise speed, corrected for wind and located; or where minimums are not temperature, exceeds the airplane’s prescribed or approved for the airport, most limiting ETOPS Significant Sys- 800–2, 900–11⁄2, or 1,000–1. tem time (other than the airplane’s (b) No pilot may take off from an al- most limiting fire suppression system ternate airport unless the weather con- time minus 15 minutes for those cargo ditions are at least equal to the mini- and baggage compartments required by mums prescribed in the certificate regulation to have fire-suppression sys- holder’s operations specifications for tems). alternate airports. (c) For turbine-engine powered air- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as planes with more than two engines, the amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, certificate holder need not meet para- 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] graph (b)(1) of this section until Feb- ruary 15, 2013. § 121.639 Fuel supply: All domestic operations. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1882, Jan. 16, No person may dispatch or take off 2007] an airplane unless it has enough fuel— § 121.635 Dispatch to and from refuel- (a) To fly to the airport to which it is ing or provisional airports: Domes- dispatched; tic and flag operations. (b) Thereafter, to fly to and land at the most distant alternate airport No person may dispatch an airplane (where required) for the airport to to or from a refueling or provisional which dispatched; and airport except in accordance with the (c) Thereafter, to fly for 45 minutes requirements of this part applicable to at normal cruising fuel consumption dispatch from regular airports and un- or, for certificate holders who are au- less that airport meets the require- thorized to conduct day VFR oper- ments of this part applicable to regular ations in their operations specifica- airports. tions and who are operating non- [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22649, May 25, 1978] transport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, to fly

225

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.641 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

for 30 minutes at normal cruising fuel tificated after December 31, 1964, to fly consumption for day VFR operations. for 30 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption for day VFR operations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. (b) If the airplane is released for any 20, 1995] flight other than from one point in the contiguous United States to another § 121.641 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and point in the contiguous United States, turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: it must carry enough fuel to meet the Flag operations. requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) and (a) No person may dispatch or take (2) of this section and thereafter fly for off a nonturbine or turbo-propeller- 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total powered airplane unless, considering time required to fly at normal cruising the wind and other weather conditions fuel consumption to the airports speci- expected, it has enough fuel— fied in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this (1) To fly to and land at the airport section, or to fly for 90 minutes at nor- to which it is dispatched; mal cruising fuel consumption, which- (2) Thereafter, to fly to and land at ever is less. the most distant alternate airport (c) No person may release a nontur- specified in the dispatch release; and bine or turbo-propeller-powered air- (3) Thereafter, to fly for 30 minutes plane to an airport for which an alter- plus 15 percent of the total time re- nate is not specified under § 121.623(b), quired to fly at normal cruising fuel unless it has enough fuel, considering consumption to the airports specified wind and other weather conditions ex- in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this sec- pected, to fly to that airport and there- tion or to fly for 90 minutes at normal after to fly for three hours at normal cruising fuel consumption, whichever cruising fuel consumption. is less. (b) No person may dispatch a nontur- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as bine or turbo-propeller-powered air- amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug. plane to an airport for which an alter- 12, 1965; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, nate is not specified under 1995] § 121.621(a)(2), unless it has enough fuel, § 121.645 Fuel supply: Turbine-engine considering wind and forecast weather powered airplanes, other than conditions, to fly to that airport and turbo propeller: Flag and supple- thereafter to fly for three hours at nor- mental operations. mal cruising fuel consumption. (a) Any flag operation within the 48 § 121.643 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and contiguous United States and the Dis- turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: trict of Columbia may use the fuel re- Supplemental operations. quirements of § 121.639. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) For any certificate holder con- (b) of this section, no person may re- ducting flag or supplemental oper- lease for flight or takeoff a nonturbine ations outside the 48 contiguous United or turbo-propeller-powered airplane un- States and the District of Columbia, less, considering the wind and other unless authorized by the Administrator weather conditions expected, it has in the operations specifications, no per- enough fuel— son may release for flight or takeoff a (1) To fly to and land at the airport turbine-engine powered airplane (other to which it is released; than a turbo-propeller powered air- (2) Thereafter, to fly to and land at plane) unless, considering wind and the most distant alternate airport other weather conditions expected, it specified in the flight release; and has enough fuel— (3) Thereafter, to fly for 45 minutes (1) To fly to and land at the airport at normal cruising fuel consumption to which it is released; or, for certificate holders who are au- (2) After that, to fly for a period of 10 thorized to conduct day VFR oper- percent of the total time required to ations in their operations specifica- fly from the airport of departure to, tions and who are operating non- and land at, the airport to which it was transport category airplanes type cer- released;

226

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.646

(3) After that, to fly to and land at (3) The airplane has enough fuel to the most distant alternate airport hold for 15 minutes at 1500 feet above specified in the flight release, if an al- field elevation and conduct a normal ternate is required; and approach and landing. (4) After that, to fly for 30 minutes at (b) No person may dispatch or release holding speed at 1,500 feet above the al- for flight an ETOPS flight unless, con- ternate airport (or the destination air- sidering wind and other weather condi- port if no alternate is required) under tions expected, it has the fuel other- standard temperature conditions. wise required by this part and enough (c) No person may release a turbine- fuel to satisfy each of the following re- engine powered airplane (other than a quirements: turbo-propeller airplane) to an airport (1) Fuel to fly to an ETOPS Alternate for which an alternate is not specified Airport. under § 121.621(a)(2) or § 121.623(b) unless (i) Fuel to account for rapid decom- it has enough fuel, considering wind pression and engine failure. The air- and other weather conditions expected, plane must carry the greater of the fol- to fly to that airport and thereafter to lowing amounts of fuel: fly for at least two hours at normal (A) Fuel sufficient to fly to an cruising fuel consumption. ETOPS Alternate Airport assuming a (d) The Administrator may amend rapid decompression at the most crit- the operations specifications of a cer- ical point followed by descent to a safe tificate holder conducting flag or sup- altitude in compliance with the oxygen plemental operations to require more supply requirements of § 121.333 of this fuel than any of the minimums stated chapter; in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section if (B) Fuel sufficient to fly to an he finds that additional fuel is nec- ETOPS Alternate Airport (at the one- essary on a particular route in the in- engine-inoperative cruise speed) as- terest of safety. suming a rapid decompression and a si- (e) For a supplemental operation multaneous engine failure at the most within the 48 contiguous States and critical point followed by descent to a the District of Columbia with a turbine safe altitude in compliance with the engine powered airplane the fuel re- oxygen requirements of § 121.333 of this quirements of § 121.643 apply. chapter; or [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as (C) Fuel sufficient to fly to an amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug. ETOPS Alternate Airport (at the one 12, 1965; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May 25, engine inoperative cruise speed) assum- 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] ing an engine failure at the most critical point followed by descent to the § 121.646 En-route fuel supply: flag and one engine inoperative cruise altitude. supplemental operations. (ii) Fuel to account for errors in wind (a) No person may dispatch or release forecasting. In calculating the amount for flight a turbine-engine powered air- of fuel required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of plane with more than two engines for a this section, the certificate holder flight more than 90 minutes (with all must increase the actual forecast wind engines operating at cruise power) speed by 5% (resulting in an increase in from an Adequate Airport unless the headwind or a decrease in tailwind) to following fuel supply requirements are account for any potential errors in met: wind forecasting. If a certificate holder (1) The airplane has enough fuel to is not using the actual forecast wind meet the requirements of § 121.645(b); based on a wind model accepted by the (2) The airplane has enough fuel to FAA, the airplane must carry addi- fly to the Adequate Airport— tional fuel equal to 5% of the fuel re- (i) Assuming a rapid decompression quired for paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this at the most critical point; section, as reserve fuel to allow for er- (ii) Assuming a descent to a safe alti- rors in wind data. tude in compliance with the oxygen (iii) Fuel to account for icing. In cal- supply requirements of § 121.333; and culating the amount of fuel required by (iii) Considering expected wind and paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section (after other weather conditions. completing the wind calculation in

227

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.647 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section), the § 121.649 Takeoff and landing weather certificate holder must ensure that the minimums: VFR: Domestic oper- airplane carries the greater of the fol- ations. lowing amounts of fuel in anticipation (a) Except as provided in paragraph of possible icing during the diversion: (b) of this section, regardless of any (A) Fuel that would be burned as a clearance from ATC, no pilot may result of airframe icing during 10 per- takeoff or land an airplane under VFR cent of the time icing is forecast (in- when the reported ceiling or visibility cluding the fuel used by engine and is less than the following: wing anti-ice during this period). (1) For day operations—1,000-foot (B) Fuel that would be used for en- ceiling and one-mile visibility. gine anti-ice, and if appropriate wing (2) For night operations—1,000-foot anti-ice, for the entire time during ceiling and two-mile visibility. which icing is forecast. (b) Where a local surface restriction (iv) Fuel to account for engine dete- to visibility exists (e.g., smoke, dust, rioration. In calculating the amount of blowing snow or sand) the visibility for fuel required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of day and night operations may be re- this section (after completing the wind duced to 1⁄2 mile, if all turns after take- calculation in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of off and prior to landing, and all flight this section), the airplane also carries beyond one mile from the airport fuel equal to 5% of the fuel specified boundary can be accomplished above or above, to account for deterioration in outside the area of local surface visi- cruise fuel burn performance unless the bility restriction. certificate holder has a program to (c) The weather minimums in this monitor airplane in-service deteriora- section do not apply to the VFR oper- tion to cruise fuel burn performance. ation of fixed-wing aircraft at any of (2) Fuel to account for holding, ap- the locations where the special weather proach, and landing. In addition to the minimums of § 91.157 of this chapter are fuel required by paragraph (b)(1) of this not applicable (See part 91, appendix D, section, the airplane must carry fuel section 3 of this chapter). The basic sufficient to hold at 1500 feet above VFR weather minimums of § 91.155 of field elevation for 15 minutes upon this chapter apply at those locations. reaching an ETOPS Alternate Airport and then conduct an instrument ap- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as proach and land. amended by Amdt. 121–39, 33 FR 4097, Mar. 2, (3) Fuel to account for APU use. If an 1968; Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug. 18, 1989; APU is a required power source, the Amdt. 121–226, 56 FR 65663, Dec. 17, 1991] certificate holder must account for its § 121.651 Takeoff and landing weather fuel consumption during the appro- minimums: IFR: All certificate hold- priate phases of flight. ers. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1882, Jan. 16, (a) Notwithstanding any clearance 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–348, 75 FR from ATC, no pilot may begin a takeoff 12121, Mar. 15, 2010] in an airplane under IFR when the weather conditions reported by the § 121.647 Factors for computing fuel required. U.S. National Weather Service, a source approved by that Service, or a Each person computing fuel required source approved by the Administrator, for the purposes of this subpart shall are less than those specified in— consider the following: (1) The certificate holder’s operations (a) Wind and other weather condi- specifications; or tions forecast. (2) Parts 91 and 97 of this chapter, if (b) Anticipated traffic delays. the certificate holder’s operations (c) One instrument approach and pos- specifications do not specify takeoff sible missed approach at destination. minimums for the airport. (d) Any other conditions that may (b) Except as provided in paragraphs delay landing of the aircraft. (d) and (e) of this section, no pilot may For the purposes of this section, re- continue an approach past the final ap- quired fuel is in addition to unusable proach fix, or where a final approach fuel. fix is not used, begin the final approach

228

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.651

segment of an instrument approach vation using the approach lights as a procedure— reference unless the red terminating (1) At any airport, unless the U.S. bars or the red side row bars are also National Weather Service, a source ap- distinctly visible and identifiable. proved by that Service, or a source ap- (ii) The threshold. proved by the Administrator, issues a (iii) The threshold markings. weather report for that airport; and (iv) The threshold lights. (2) At airports within the United (v) The runway end identifier lights. States and its territories or at U.S. (vi) The visual approach slope indi- military airports, unless the latest cator. weather report for that airport issued by the U.S. National Weather Service, (vii) The touchdown zone or touch- a source approved by that Service, or a down zone markings. source approved by the Administrator, (viii) The touchdown zone lights. reports the visibility to be equal to or (ix) The runway or runway markings. more than the visibility minimums (x) The runway lights; and prescribed for that procedure. For the (4) When the aircraft is on a straight- purpose of this section, the term ‘‘U.S. in nonprecision approach procedure military airports’’ means airports in which incorporates a visual descent foreign countries where flight oper- point, the aircraft has reached the vis- ations are under the control of U.S. ual descent point, except where the air- military authority. craft is not equipped for or capable of (c) A pilot who has begun the final establishing that point, or a descent to approach segment of an instrument ap- the runway cannot be made using nor- proach procedure in accordance with mal procedures or rates of descent if paragraph (b) of this section, and after descent is delayed until reaching that that receives a later weather report in- point. dicating below-minimum conditions, (d) A pilot may begin the final ap- may continue the approach to DA/DH proach segment of an instrument ap- or MDA. Upon reaching DA/DH or at proach procedure other than a Cat- MDA, and at any time before the egory II or Category III procedure at missed approach point, the pilot may an airport when the visibility is less continue the approach below DA/DH or than the visibility minimums pre- MDA if either the requirements of scribed for that procedure if the airport § 91.176 of this chapter, or the following is served by an operative ILS and an requirements are met: operative PAR, and both are used by (1) The aircraft is continuously in a the pilot. However, no pilot may con- position from which a descent to a tinue an approach below the authorized landing on the intended runway can be DA/DH unless the requirements of made at a normal rate of descent using normal maneuvers, and where that de- § 91.176 of this chapter, or the following scent rate will allow touchdown to requirements are met: occur within the touchdown zone of the (1) The aircraft is continuously in a runway of intended landing; position from which a descent to a (2) The flight visibility is not less landing on the intended runway can be than the visibility prescribed in the made at a normal rate of descent using standard instrument approach proce- normal maneuvers and where such a dure being used; descent rate will allow touchdown to (3) Except for Category II or Cat- occur within the touchdown zone of the egory III approaches where any nec- runway of intended landing; essary visual reference requirements (2) The flight visibility is not less are specified by authorization of the than the visibility prescribed in the Administrator, at least one of the fol- standard instrument approach proce- lowing visual references for the in- dure being used; and tended runway is distinctly visible and (3) Except for Category II or Cat- identifiable to the pilot: egory III approaches where any nec- (i) The approach light system, except essary visual reference requirements that the pilot may not descend below are specified by the authorization of 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- the Administrator, at least one of the

229

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.652 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

following visual references for the in- § 121.652 Landing weather minimums: tended runway is distinctly visible and IFR: All certificate holders. identifiable to the pilot: (a) If the pilot in command of an air- (i) The approach light system, except plane has not served 100 hours as pilot that the pilot may not descend below in command in operations under this 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- part in the type of airplane he is oper- vation using the approach lights as a ating, the MDA or DA/DH and visi- reference unless the red terminating bility landing minimums in the certifi- bars or the red side row bars are also cate holder’s operations specification distinctly visible and identifiable. for regular, provisional, or refueling (ii) The threshold. airports are increased by 100 feet and (iii) The threshold markings. one-half mile (or the RVR equivalent). (iv) The threshold lights. The MDA or DA/DH and visibility (v) The runway end identifier lights. minimums need not be increased above (vi) The visual approach slope indi- those applicable to the airport when cator. used as an alternate airport, but in no (vii) The touchdown zone or touch- event may the landing minimums be down zone markings. less than 300 and 1. However, a Pilot in (viii) The touchdown zone lights. command employed by a certificate (ix) The runway or runway markings. holder conducting operations in large (x) The runway lights. aircraft under part 135 of this chapter, (e) A pilot may begin the final ap- may credit flight time acquired in op- proach segment of an instrument ap- erations conducted for that operator proach procedure, or continue that ap- under part 91 in the same type airplane proach procedure, at an airport when for up to 50 percent of the 100 hours of the visibility is reported to be less than pilot in command experience required the visibility minimums prescribed for by this paragraph. that procedure if the pilot uses an op- (b) The 100 hours of pilot in command erable EFVS in accordance with § 91.176 experience required by paragraph (a) of of this chapter and the certificate hold- this section may be reduced (not to exer’s operations specifications for EFVS ceed 50 percent) by substituting one operations. landing in operations under this part in (f) For the purpose of this section, the type of airplane for 1 required hour the final approach segment begins at of pilot in command experience, if the the final approach fix or facility pre- pilot has at least 100 hours as pilot in scribed in the instrument approach command of another type airplane in procedure. When a final approach fix is operations under this part. not prescribed for a procedure that in- (c) Category II minimums and the cludes a procedure turn, the final ap- sliding scale when authorized in the proach segment begins at the point certificate holder’s operations speci- where the procedure turn is completed fications do not apply until the pilot in and the aircraft is established inbound command subject to paragraph (a) of toward the airport on the final ap- this section meets the requirements of proach course within the distance pre- that paragraph in the type of airplane scribed in the procedure. he is operating. (g) Unless otherwise authorized in the certificate holder’s operations [Doc. No. 7594, 33 FR 10843, July 31, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May specifications, each pilot making an 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, IFR takeoff, approach, or landing at a 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007] foreign airport shall comply with the applicable instrument approach proce- § 121.653 [Reserved] dures and weather minimums prescribed by the authority having juris- § 121.655 Applicability of reported diction over the airport. weather minimums. In conducting operations under [Doc. No. 20060, 46 FR 2291, Jan. 8, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 121–303, 69 FR 1641, Jan. 9, §§ 121.649 through 121.653, the ceiling 2004; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007; and visibility values in the main body Docket FAA–2013–0485, Amdt. 121–376, 81 FR of the latest weather report control for 90175, Dec. 13, 2016] VFR and IFR takeoffs and landings and

230

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.661

for instrument approach procedures on may conduct day over-the-top oper- all runways of an airport. However, if ations in an airplane at flight altitudes the latest weather report, including an lower than the minimum en route IFR oral report from the control tower, altitudes if— contains a visibility value specified as (1) The operation is conducted at runway visibility or runway visual least 1,000 feet above the top of lower range for a particular runway of an air- broken or overcast cloud cover; port, that specified value controls for (2) The top of the lower cloud cover is VFR and IFR landings and takeoffs and generally uniform and level; straight-in instrument approaches for (3) Flight visibility is at least five that runway. miles; and § 121.657 Flight altitude rules. (4) The base of any higher broken or overcast cloud cover is generally uni- (a) General. Notwithstanding § 91.119 form and level and is at least 1,000 feet or any rule applicable outside the above the minimum en route IFR alti- United States, no person may operate tude for that route segment. an aircraft below the minimums set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as section, except when necessary for amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May takeoff or landing, or except when, 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug. 18, after considering the character of the 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] terrain, the quality and quantity of § 121.659 Initial approach altitude: Do- meteorological services, the naviga- mestic and supplemental oper- tional facilities available, and other ations. flight conditions, the Administrator prescribes other minimums for any (a) Except as provided in paragraph route or part of a route where he finds (b) of this section, when making an ini- that the safe conduct of the flight re- tial approach to a radio navigation fa- quires other altitudes. Outside of the cility under IFR, no person may de- United States the minimums pre- scend an aircraft below the pertinent scribed in this section are controlling minimum altitude for initial approach unless higher minimums are prescribed (as specified in the instrument ap- in the certificate holder’s operations proach procedure for that facility) specifications or by the foreign country until his arrival over that facility has over which the aircraft is operating. been definitely established. (b) Day VFR operations. No certificate (b) When making an initial approach holder conducting domestic operations on a flight being conducted under may operate a passenger-carrying air- § 121.657(d), no pilot may commence an craft and no certificate holder con- instrument approach until his arrival ducting flag or supplemental oper- over the radio facility has definitely ations may operate any aircraft under been established. In making an instru- VFR during the day at an altitude less ment approach under these cir- than 1,000 feet above the surface or less cumstances no person may descend an than 1,000 feet from any mountain, hill, aircraft lower than 1,000 feet above the or other obstruction to flight. top of the lower cloud or the minimum (c) Night VFR, IFR, and over-the-top altitude determined by the Adminis- operations. No person may operate an trator for that part of the IFR ap- aircraft under IFR including over-the- proach, whichever is lower. top or at night under VFR at an altitude less than 1,000 feet above the high- § 121.661 Initial approach altitude: est obstacle within a horizontal dis- Flag operations. tance of five miles from the center of When making an initial approach to the intended course, or, in designated a radio navigation facility under IFR, mountainous areas, less than 2,000 feet no person may descend below the perti- above the highest obstacle within a nent minimum altitude for initial ap- horizontal distance of five miles from proach (as specified in the instrument the center of the intended course. approach procedure for that facility) (d) Day over-the-top operations below until his arrival over that facility has minimum en route altitudes. A person been definitely established.

231

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.663 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.663 Responsibility for dispatch Subpart V—Records and Reports release: Domestic and flag operations. SOURCE: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. Each certificate holder conducting 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. domestic or flag operations shall prepare a dispatch release for each flight § 121.681 Applicability. between specified points, based on in- This subpart prescribes requirements formation furnished by an authorized for the preparation and maintenance of aircraft dispatcher. The pilot in com- records and reports for all certificate mand and an authorized aircraft dis- holders. patcher shall sign the release only if they both believe that the flight can be § 121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher made with safety. The aircraft dis- record. patcher may delegate authority to sign (a) Each certificate holder shall— a release for a particular flight, but he (1) Maintain current records of each may not delegate his authority to dis- crewmember and each aircraft dispatch. patcher (domestic and flag operations [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] only) that show whether the crewmember or aircraft dispatcher complies § 121.665 Load manifest. with the applicable sections of this Each certificate holder is responsible chapter, including, but not limited to, for the preparation and accuracy of a proficiency and route checks, airplane load manifest form before each takeoff. and route qualifications, training, any The form must be prepared and signed required physical examinations, flight, for each flight by employees of the cer- duty, and rest time records; and tificate holder who have the duty of su- (2) Record each action taken con- pervising the loading of aircraft and cerning the release from employment preparing the load manifest forms or or physical or professional disqualifica- by other qualified persons authorized tion of any flight crewmember or air- by the certificate holder. craft dispatcher (domestic and flag operations only) and keep the record for § 121.667 Flight plan: VFR and IFR: at least six months thereafter. Supplemental operations. (b) Each certificate holder con- (a) No person may take off an air- ducting supplemental operations shall craft unless the pilot in command has maintain the records required by para- filed a flight plan, containing the ap- graph (a) of this section at its principal propriate information required by part base of operations, or at another loca- 91, with the nearest FAA communication used by it and approved by the Ad- tion station or appropriate military ministrator. station or, when operating outside the (c) Computer record systems ap- United States, with other appropriate proved by the Administrator may be authority. However, if communications used in complying with the require- facilities are not readily available, the ments of paragraph (a) of this section. pilot in command shall file the flight [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as plan as soon as practicable after the amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May aircraft is airborne. A flight plan must 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–241, 59 FR 42993, Aug. 19, continue in effect for all parts of the 1994; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] flight. (b) When flights are operated into § 121.685 Aircraft record: Domestic military airports, the arrival or com- and flag operations. pletion notice required by §§ 91.153 and Each certificate holder conducting 91.169 may be filed with the appropriate domestic or flag operations shall main- airport control tower or aeronautical tain a current list of each aircraft that communication facility used for that it operates in scheduled air transpor- airport. tation and shall send a copy of the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as record and each change to the respon- amended by Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug. sible Flight Standards office. Airplanes 18, 1989] of another certificate holder operated

232

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.693

under an interchange agreement may (6) Minimum fuel supply (in gallons be incorporated by reference. or pounds). [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996, as (7) A statement of the type of oper- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. ation (e.g., IFR, VFR). 121–380, 83 FR 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] (8) For each flight released as an ETOPS flight, the ETOPS diversion § 121.687 Dispatch release: Flag and time for which the flight is released. domestic operations. (b) The aircraft flight release must (a) The dispatch release may be in contain, or have attached to it, weath- any form but must contain at least the er reports, available weather forecasts, following information concerning each or a combination thereof, for the des- flight: tination airport, and alternate air- (1) Identification number of the airports, that are the latest available at craft. the time the release is signed. It may (2) Trip number. include any additional available weath- (3) Departure airport, intermediate er reports or forecasts that the pilot in stops, destination airports, and alter- command considers necessary or desir- nate airports. able. (4) A statement of the type of oper- (c) Each certificate holder con- ation (e.g., IFR, VFR). ducting domestic or flag operations (5) Minimum fuel supply. under the rules of this part applicable (6) For each flight dispatched as an to supplemental operations shall com- ETOPS flight, the ETOPS diversion ply with the dispatch or flight release time for which the flight is dispatched. forms required for scheduled operations (b) The dispatch release must con- under this subpart. tain, or have attached to it, weather [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as reports, available weather forecasts, or amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. a combination thereof, for the destina- 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1883, Jan. 16, tion airport, intermediate stops, and 2007] alternate airports, that are the latest available at the time the release is § 121.691 [Reserved] signed by the pilot in command and dispatcher. It may include any addi- § 121.693 Load manifest: All certificate tional available weather reports or holders. forecasts that the pilot in command or The load manifest must contain the the aircraft dispatcher considers nec- following information concerning the essary or desirable. loading of the airplane at takeoff time: [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as (a) The weight of the aircraft, fuel amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1883, Jan. and oil, cargo and baggage, passengers 16, 2007] and crewmembers. (b) The maximum allowable weight § 121.689 Flight release form: Supple- for that flight that must not exceed mental operations. the least of the following weights: (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) Maximum allowable takeoff (c) of this section, the flight release weight for the runway intended to be may be in any form but must contain used (including corrections for altitude at least the following information con- and gradient, and wind and tempera- cerning each flight: ture conditions existing at the takeoff (1) Company or organization name. time). (2) Make, model, and registration (2) Maximum takeoff weight consid- number of the aircraft being used. ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- (3) Flight or trip number, and date of tion that allows compliance with appli- flight. cable en route performance limita- (4) Name of each flight crewmember, tions. flight attendant, and pilot designated (3) Maximum takeoff weight consid- as pilot in command. ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- (5) Departure airport, destination air- tion that allows compliance with the ports, alternate airports, and route. maximum authorized design landing

233

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.695 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

weight limitations on arrival at the (c) Except as provided in paragraph destination airport. (d) of this section, if a flight originates (4) Maximum takeoff weight consid- at a place other than the certificate ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- holder’s principal base of operations, tion that allows compliance with land- the pilot in command (or another pering distance limitations on arrival at son not aboard the airplane who is au- the destination and alternate airports. thorized by the certificate holder) (c) The total weight computed under shall, before or immediately after de- approved procedures. parture of the flight, mail signed cop- (d) Evidence that the aircraft is load- ies of the documents listed in para- ed according to an approved schedule graph (a) of this section, to the prin- that insures that the center of gravity cipal base of operations. is within approved limits. (d) If a flight originates at a place (e) Names of passengers, unless such other than the certificate holder’s prin- information is maintained by other cipal base of operations, and there is at means by the certificate holder. that place a person to manage the [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as flight departure for the certificate amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41595, June holder who does not himself or herself 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, depart on the airplane, signed copies of 1996] the documents listed in paragraph (a) of this section may be retained at that § 121.695 Disposition of load manifest, place for not more than 30 days before dispatch release, and flight plans: Domestic and flag operations. being sent to the certificate holder’s principal base of operations. However, (a) The pilot in command of an air- the documents for a particular flight plane shall carry in the airplane to its need not be further retained at that destination— place or be sent to the principal base of (1) A copy of the completed load operations, if the originals or other manifest (or information from it, ex- copies of them have been previously re- cept information concerning cargo and turned to the principal base of oper- passenger distribution); ations. (2) A copy of the dispatch release; (e) The certificate holder conducting and supplemental operations shall: (3) A copy of the flight plan. (b) The certificate holder shall keep (1) Identify in its operations manual copies of the records required in this the person having custody of the copies section for at least three months. of documents retained in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section; and [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as (2) Retain at its principal base of op- amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. erations either an original or a copy of 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] the records required by this section for at least three months. § 121.697 Disposition of load manifest, [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as flight release, and flight plans: Sup- amended by Amdt. 121–123, 40 FR 44541, Sept. plemental operations. 29, 1975; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, (a) The pilot in command of an air- 1978; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; plane shall carry in the airplane to its Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] destination the original or a signed copy of the— §§ 121.698–121.699 [Reserved] (1) Load manifest; (2) Flight release; § 121.701 Maintenance log: Aircraft. (3) Airworthiness release; (a) Each person who takes action in (4) Pilot route certification; and the case of a reported or observed fail- (5) Flight plan. ure or malfunction of an airframe, en- (b) If a flight originates at the cer- gine, propeller, or appliance that is tificate holder’s principal base of oper- critical to the safety of flight shall ations, it shall retain at that base a make, or have made, a record of that signed copy of each document listed in action in the airplane’s maintenance paragraph (a) of this section. log.

234

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.703

(b) Each certificate holder shall have (16) Aircraft components or systems an approved procedure for keeping ade- that result in taking emergency ac- quate copies of the record required in tions during flight (except action to paragraph (a) of this section in the air- shut down an engine); and plane in a place readily accessible to (17) Emergency evacuation systems each flight crewmember and shall put or components including all exit doors, that procedure in the certificate hold- passenger emergency evacuation lighter’s manual. ing systems, or evacuation equipment that are found defective, or that fail to § 121.703 Service difficulty reports. perform the intended functions during (a) Each certificate holder shall re- an actual emergency or during train- port the occurrence or detection of ing, testing, maintenance, demonstra- each failure, malfunction, or defect tions, or inadvertent deployments. concerning— (b) For the purpose of this section (1) Fires during flight and whether during flight means the period from the the related fire-warning system func- moment the aircraft leaves the surface tioned properly; of the earth on takeoff until it touches (2) Fires during flight not protected down on landing. by a related fire-warning system; (c) In addition to the reports required (3) False fire warning during flight; by paragraph (a) of this section, each (4) An engine exhaust system that certificate holder shall report any causes damage during flight to the en- other failure, malfunction, or defect in gine, adjacent structure, equipment, or an aircraft that occurs or is detected at components; any time if, in its opinion, that failure, (5) An aircraft component that malfunction, or defect has endangered causes accumulation or circulation of or may endanger the safe operation of smoke, vapor, or toxic or noxious an aircraft used by it. fumes in the crew compartment or pas- (d) Each certificate holder shall sub- senger cabin during flight; mit each report required by this sec- (6) Engine shutdown during flight be- tion, covering each 24-hour period because of flameout; ginning at 0900 local time of each day (7) Engine shutdown during flight and ending at 0900 local time on the when external damage to the engine or next day, to the FAA offices in Okla- airplane structure occurs; homa City, Oklahoma. Each report of (8) Engine shutdown during flight due occurrences during a 24-hour period to foreign object ingestion or icing; shall be submitted to the collection (9) Engine shutdown during flight of point within the next 96 hours. How- more than one engine; ever, a report due on Saturday or Sun- (10) A propeller feathering system or day may be submitted on the following ability of the system to control over- Monday, and a report due on a holiday speed during flight; may be submitted on the next work (11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system day. that affects fuel flow or causes haz- (e) The certificate holder shall sub- ardous leakage during flight; mit the reports required by this section (12) An unwanted landing gear exten- on a form or in another format accept- sion or retraction, or an unwanted able to the Administrator. The reports opening or closing of landing gear shall include the following informa- doors during flight; tion: (13) Brake system components that (1) Type and identification number of result in loss of brake actuating force the aircraft. when the airplane is in motion on the (2) The name of the operator. ground; (3) The date, flight number, and stage (14) Aircraft structure that requires during which the incident occurred major repair; (e.g., preflight, takeoff, climb, cruise, (15) Cracks, permanent deformation, descent landing, and inspection). or corrosion of aircraft structures, if (4) The emergency procedure effected more than the maximum acceptable to (e.g., unscheduled landing and emer- the manufacturer or the FAA; gency descent).

235

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.705 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(5) The nature of the failure, mal- summary report for the previous function, or defect. month of: (6) Identification of the part and sys- (a) Each interruption to a flight, un- tem involved, including available infor- scheduled change of aircraft en route, mation pertaining to type designation or unscheduled stop or diversion from a of the major component and time since route, caused by known or suspected overhaul. mechanical difficulties or malfunctions (7) Apparent cause of the failure, that are not required to be reported malfunction, or defect (e.g., wear, under § 121.703. crack, design deficiency, or personnel (b) The number of engines removed error). prematurely because of malfunction, (8) Whether the part was repaired, re- failure or defect, listed by make and placed, sent to the manufacturer, or other action taken. model and the aircraft type in which it (9) Whether the aircraft was ground- was installed. ed. (c) The number of propeller (10) Other pertinent information nec- featherings in flight, listed by type of essary for more complete identifica- propeller and engine and aircraft on tion, determination of seriousness, or which it was installed. Propeller corrective action. featherings for training, demonstra- (f) A certificate holder that is also tion, or flight check purposes need not the holder of a Type Certificate (in- be reported. cluding a Supplemental Type Certifi- [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as cate), a Parts Manufacturer Approval, amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug. or a Technical Standard Order Author- 12, 1965; Amdt. 121–319, 70 FR 76979, Dec. 29, ization, or that is the licensee of a type 2005] certificate holder, need not report a failure, malfunction, or defect under § 121.707 Alteration and repair re- this section if the failure, malfunction, ports. or defect has been reported by it under (a) Each certificate holder shall, § 21.3 of this chapter or under the acci- promptly upon its completion, prepare dent reporting provisions of 14 CFR part 830. a report of each major alteration or (g) No person may withhold a report major repair of an airframe, aircraft required by this section even though engine, propeller, or appliance of an all information required in this section aircraft operated by it. is not available. (b) The certificate holder shall sub- (h) When certificate holder gets addi- mit a copy of each report of a major al- tional information, including informa- teration to, and shall keep a copy of tion from the manufacturer or other each report of a major repair available agency, concerning a report required for inspection by, the representative of by this section, it shall expeditiously the Administrator who is assigned to submit it as a supplement to the first it. report and reference the date and place of submission of the first report. § 121.709 Airworthiness release or aircraft log entry. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Doc. No. 8084, 32 FR 5770, Apr. 11, (a) No certificate holder may operate 1967; Amdt. 121–72, 35 FR 18188, Nov. 28, 1970; an aircraft after maintenance, preven- Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; tive maintenance or alterations are Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; performed on the aircraft unless the Amdt. 121–187, 50 FR 32375, Aug. 9, 1985; certificate holder, or the person with Amdt. 121–195, 53 FR 8728, Mar. 16, 1988; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995; whom the certificate holder arranges Amdt. 121–319, 70 FR 76979, Dec. 29, 2005] for the performance of the maintenance, preventive maintenance, or al- § 121.705 Mechanical interruption terations, prepares or causes to be pre- summary report. pared— Each certificate holder shall submit (1) An airworthiness release; or to the Administrator, before the end of (2) An appropriate entry in the air- the 10th day of the following month, a craft log.

236

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.713

(b) The airworthiness release or log its pilots using a communication sys- entry required by paragraph (a) of this tem as required by § 121.99 of this part. section must— (b) For purposes of this section the (1) Be prepared in accordance with term en route means from the time the the procedures set forth in the certifi- aircraft pushes back from the depart- cate holder’s manual; ing gate until the time the aircraft (2) Include a certification that— reaches the arrival gate at its destina- (i) The work was performed in action. cordance with the requirements of the (c) The record required in paragraph certificate holder’s manual; (a) of this section must contain at least (ii) All items required to be inspected the following information: were inspected by an authorized person (1) The date and time of the contact; who determined that the work was sat- (2) The flight number; isfactorily completed; (3) Aircraft registration number; (iii) No known condition exists that (4) Approximate position of the air- would make the airplane unairworthy; craft during the contact; and (5) Call sign; and (iv) So far as the work performed is (6) Narrative of the contact. concerned, the aircraft is in condition for safe operation; and (d) The record required in paragraph (a) of this section must be kept for at (3) Be signed by an authorized certificated mechanic or repairman except least 30 days. that a certificated repairman may sign [Doc. No. FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, the release or entry only for the work 2013] for which he is employed and certificated. § 121.713 Retention of contracts and (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) amendments: Commercial operators of this section, after maintenance, pre- who conduct intrastate operations ventive maintenance, or alterations for compensation or hire. performed by a repair station that is (a) Each commercial operator who located outside the United States, the conducts intrastate operations for airworthiness release or log entry re- compensation or hire shall keep a copy quired by paragraph (a) of this section of each written contract under which it may be signed by a person authorized provides services as a commercial oper- by that repair station. ator for a period of at least 1 year after (d) When an airworthiness release the date of execution of the contract. form is prepared the certificate holder In the case of an oral contract, it shall must give a copy to the pilot in com- keep a memorandum stating its ele- mand and must keep a record thereof ments, and of any amendments to it, for at least 2 months. for a period of at least one year after (e) Instead of restating each of the the execution of that contract or conditions of the certification required change. by paragraph (b) of this section, the air (b) Each commercial operator who carrier may state in its manual that conducts intrastate operations for the signature of an authorized certifi- compensation or hire shall submit a fi- cated mechanic or repairman con- nancial report for the first 6 months of stitutes that certification. each fiscal year and another financial [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as report for each complete fiscal year. If amended by Amdt. 121–6, 30 FR 6432, May 8, that person’s operating certificate is 1965; Amdt. 121–21, 31 FR 10613, Aug. 9, 1966; suspended for more than 29 days, that Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001] person shall submit a financial report as of the last day of the month in § 121.711 Communication records: Do- which the suspension is terminated. mestic and flag operations. The report required to be submitted by (a) Each certificate holder con- this section shall be submitted within ducting domestic or flag operations 60 days of the last day of the period must record each en route communica- covered by the report and must in- tion between the certificate holder and clude—

237

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.721 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(1) A balance sheet that shows assets, Subpart X—Emergency Medical liabilities, and net worth on the last Equipment and Training day of the reporting period; (2) The information required by § 119.36 (e)(2), (e)(7), and (e)(8) of this SOURCE: Docket No. FAA–2000–7119, 66 FR 19044, Apr. 12, 2001, unless otherwise noted. chapter; (3) An itemization of claims in litiga- § 121.801 Applicability. tion against the applicant, if any, as of the last day of the period covered by This subpart prescribes the emer- the report; gency medical equipment and training (4) A profit and loss statement with requirements applicable to all certifi- the separation of items relating to the cate holders operating passenger-car- applicant’s commercial operator ac- rying airplanes under this part. Noth- tivities from his other business activi- ing in this subpart is intended to re- ties, if any; and quire certificate holders or its agents (5) A list of each contract that gave to provide emergency medical care or rise to operating income on the profit to establish a standard of care for the and loss statement, including the provision of emergency medical care. names and addresses of the contracting parties and the nature, scope, date, and § 121.803 Emergency medical equipment. duration of each contract. (a) No person may operate a pas- [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as senger-carrying airplane under this amended by Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997] part unless it is equipped with the emergency medical equipment listed in this section. Subpart W—Crewmember (b) Each equipment item listed in Certificate: International this section— § 121.721 Applicability. (1) Must be inspected regularly in accordance with inspection periods estab- This section describes the certifi- lished in the operations specifications cates that were issued to United States to ensure its condition for continued citizens who were employed by air car- serviceability and immediate readiness riers at the time of issuance as flight to perform its intended emergency pur- crewmembers on United States reg- poses; istered aircraft engaged in inter- (2) Must be readily accessible to the national air commerce. The purpose of crew and, with regard to equipment lo- the certificate is to facilitate the entry cated in the passenger compartment, and clearance of those crewmembers to passengers; into ICAO contracting states. They (3) Must be clearly identified and were issued under Annex 9, as amended, clearly marked to indicate its method to the Convention on International of operation; and Civil Aviation. (4) When carried in a compartment or [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996] container, must be carried in a compartment or container marked as to § 121.723 Surrender of international contents and the compartment or con- crewmember certificate. tainer, or the item itself, must be The holder of a certificate issued marked as to date of last inspection. under this section, or the air carrier by (c) For treatment of injuries, medical whom the holder is employed, shall events, or minor accidents that might surrender the certificate for cancella- occur during flight time each airplane tion at the responsible Flight Stand- must have the following equipment ards office at the termination of the that meets the specifications and re- holder’s employment with that air car- quirements of appendix A of this part: rier. (1) Approved first-aid kits. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996, as (2) In airplanes for which a flight at- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. tendant is required, an approved emer- 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] gency medical kit.

238

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.903

(3) In airplanes for which a flight at- Subpart Y—Advanced tendant is required, an approved emer- Qualification Program gency medical kit as modified effective April 12, 2004. SOURCE: Docket No. FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR (4) In airplanes for which a flight at- 54815, Sept. 16, 2005, unless otherwise noted. tendant is required and with a maximum payload capacity of more than § 121.901 Purpose and eligibility. 7,500 pounds, an approved automated (a) Contrary provisions of parts 61, 63, external defibrillator as of April 12, 65, 121, 135, and 142 of this chapter not- 2004. withstanding, this subpart provides for approval of an alternative method § 121.805 Crewmember training for in- (known as ‘‘Advanced Qualification flight medical events. Program’’ or ‘‘AQP’’) for qualifying, (a) Each training program must pro- training, certifying, and otherwise en- vide the instruction set forth in this suring competency of crewmembers, section with respect to each airplane aircraft dispatchers, other operations type, model, and configuration, each personnel, instructors, and evaluators who are required to be trained under required crewmember, and each kind of parts 121 and 135 of this chapter. operation conducted, insofar as appro- (b) A certificate holder is eligible priate for each crewmember and the under this subpart if the certificate certificate holder. holder is required or elects to have an (b) Training must provide the fol- approved training program under lowing: §§ 121.401, 135.3(c), or 135.341 of this (1) Instruction in emergency medical chapter. event procedures, including coordina- (c) A certificate holder obtains ap- tion among crewmembers. proval of each proposed curriculum (2) Instruction in the location, func- under this AQP as specified in § 121.909. tion, and intended operation of emer- § 121.903 General requirements for Ad- gency medical equipment. vanced Qualification Programs. (3) Instruction to familiarize crewmembers with the content of the emer- (a) A curriculum approved under an AQP may include elements of existing gency medical kit. training programs under part 121 and (4) Instruction to familiarize crew- part 135 of this chapter. Each cur- members with the content of the emer- riculum must specify the make, model, gency medical kit as modified on April series or variant of aircraft and each 12, 2004. crewmember position or other posi- (5) For each flight attendant— tions to be covered by that curriculum. (i) Instruction, to include perform- Positions to be covered by the AQP ance drills, in the proper use of auto- must include all flight crewmember po- mated external defibrillators. sitions, flight instructors, and eval- (ii) Instruction, to include perform- uators and may include other posi- ance drills, in cardiopulmonary resus- tions, such as flight attendants, air- citation. craft dispatchers, and other operations (iii) Recurrent training, to include personnel. (b) Each certificate holder that ob- performance drills, in the proper use of tains approval of an AQP under this an automated external defibrillators subpart must comply with all the re- and in cardiopulmonary resuscitation quirements of the AQP and this sub- at least once every 24 months. part instead of the corresponding pro- (c) The crewmember instruction, per- visions of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or 135 of formance drills, and recurrent training this chapter. However, each applicable required under this section are not re- requirement of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or quired to be equivalent to the expert 135 of this chapter, including but not level of proficiency attained by profes- limited to practical test requirements, sional emergency medical personnel. that is not specifically addressed in the AQP continues to apply to the certificate holder and to the individuals

239

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.905 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

being trained and qualified by the cer- § 121.907 Definitions. tificate holder. No person may be The following definitions apply to trained under an AQP unless that AQP this subpart: has been approved by the FAA and the Crew Resource Management (CRM) person complies with all the require- means the effective use of all the re- ments of the AQP and this subpart. sources available to crewmembers, in- (c) No certificate holder that con- cluding each other, to achieve a safe ducts its training program under this and efficient flight. subpart may use any person nor may Curriculum outline means a listing of any person serve in any duty position each segment, module, lesson, and les- as a required crewmember, an aircraft son element in a curriculum, or an dispatcher, an instructor, or an eval- equivalent listing acceptable to the uator, unless that person has satisfac- FAA. torily accomplished, in a training pro- Evaluation of proficiency means a Line gram approved under this subpart for Operational Evaluation (LOE) or an the certificate holder, the training and equivalent evaluation under an AQP evaluation of proficiency required by acceptable to the FAA. the AQP for that type airplane and Evaluator means a person who as- duty position. sesses or judges the performance of (d) All documentation and data re- crewmembers, instructors, other eval- quired under this subpart must be sub- uators, aircraft dispatchers, or other mitted in a form and manner accept- operations personnel. able to the FAA. First Look means the assessment of (e) Any training or evaluation re- performance to determine proficiency quired under an AQP that is satisfac- on designated flight tasks before any torily completed in the calendar month briefing, training, or practice on those before or the calendar month after the tasks is given in the training session calendar month in which it is due is for a continuing qualification cur- considered to have been completed in riculum. First Look is conducted dur- the calendar month it was due. ing an AQP continuing qualification cycle to determine trends of degraded § 121.905 Confidential commercial in- proficiency, if any, due in part to the formation. length of the interval between training (a) Each certificate holder that sessions. claims that AQP information or data it Instructional systems development is submitting to the FAA is entitled to means a systematic methodology for confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. developing or modifying qualification 552(b)(4) because it constitutes con- standards and associated curriculum fidential commercial information as content based on a documented anal- described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), and ysis of the job tasks, skills, and knowl- should be withheld from public disclo- edge required for job proficiency. sure, must include its request for con- Job task listing means a listing of all fidentiality with each submission. tasks, subtasks, knowledge, and skills (b) When requesting confidentiality required for accomplishing the oper- for submitted information or data, the ational job. certificate holder must: Line Operational Evaluation (LOE) (1) If the information or data is means a simulated line environment, transmitted electronically, embed the the scenario content of which is de- claim of confidentiality within the signed to test integrating technical electronic record so the portions and CRM skills. claimed to be confidential are readily Line Operational Simulation (LOS) apparent when received and reviewed. means a training or evaluation session, (2) If the information or data is sub- as applicable, that is conducted in a mitted in paper format, place the word simulated line environment using ‘‘CONFIDENTIAL’’ on the top of each equipment qualified and approved for page containing information or data its intended purpose in an AQP. claimed to be confidential. Planned hours means the estimated (3) Justify the basis for a claim of amount of time (as specified in a cur- confidentiality under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). riculum outline) that it takes a typical

240

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.909

student to complete a segment of in- the program meets the following re- struction (to include all instruction, quirements: demonstration, practice, and evalua- (1) The program must meet all the re- tion, as appropriate, to reach pro- quirements of this subpart. ficiency). (2) Each indoctrination, qualifica- Qualification standard means a state- tion, and continuing qualification ment of a minimum required perform- AQP, and derivatives must include the ance, applicable parameters, criteria, following documentation: applicable flight conditions, evaluation (i) Initial application for AQP. strategy, evaluation media, and appli- (ii) Initial job task listing. cable document references. (iii) Instructional systems develop- Qualification standards document ment methodology. means a single document containing (iv) Qualification standards docu- all the qualification standards for an ment. AQP together with a prologue that pro- (v) Curriculum outline. vides a detailed description of all fac- (vi) Implementation and operations ets of the evaluation process. plan. Special tracking means assigning a (3) Subject to approval by the FAA, person to an augmented schedule of certificate holders may elect, where training, checking, or both. appropriate, to consolidate information about multiple programs within Training session means a contiguously any of the documents referenced in scheduled period devoted to training paragraph (b)(2) of this section. activities at a facility approved by the (4) The Qualification Standards Doc- FAA for that purpose. ument must indicate specifically the Variant means a specifically config- requirements of the parts 61, 63, 65, 121, ured aircraft for which the FAA has or 135 of this chapter, as applicable, identified training and qualifications that would be replaced by an AQP cur- that are significantly different from riculum. If a practical test require- those applicable to other aircraft of the ment of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or 135 of same make, model, and series. this chapter is replaced by an AQP curriculum, the certificate holder must es- § 121.909 Approval of Advanced Quali- tablish an initial justification and a fication Program. continuing process approved by the (a) Approval process. Application for FAA to show how the AQP curriculum approval of an AQP curriculum under provides an equivalent level of safety this subpart is made, through the FAA for each requirement that is to be re- office responsible for approval of the placed. certificate holder’s operations speci- (c) Application and transition. Each fications, to the Manager of the Air certificate holder that applies for one Transportation Division. or more advanced qualification cur- (b) Approval criteria. Each AQP must riculums must include as part of its ap- have separate curriculums for indoc- plication a proposed transition plan trination, qualification, and continuing (containing a calendar of events) for qualification (including upgrade, tran- moving from its present approved sition, and requalification), as specified training to the advanced qualification in §§ 121.911, 121.913, and 121.915. All program training. AQP curriculums must be based on an (d) Advanced Qualification Program re- instructional systems development visions or rescissions of approval. If after methodology. This methodology must a certificate holder begins training and incorporate a thorough analysis of the qualification under an AQP, the FAA certificate holder’s operations, air- finds the certificate holder is not meet- craft, line environment and job func- ing the provisions of its approved AQP, tions. All AQP qualification and con- the FAA may require the certificate tinuing qualification curriculums must holder, pursuant to § 121.405(e), to make integrate the training and evaluation revisions. Or if otherwise warranted, of CRM and technical skills and knowl- the FAA may withdraw AQP approval edge. An application for approval of an and require the certificate holder to AQP curriculum may be approved if submit and obtain approval for a plan

241

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.911 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(containing a schedule of events) that § 121.913 Qualification curriculum. the certificate holder must comply Each qualification curriculum must with and use to transition to an ap- contain training, evaluation, and cer- proved training program under subpart tification activities, as applicable for N of this part or under subpart H of specific positions subject to the AQP, part 135 of this chapter, as appropriate. as follows: The certificate holder may also volun- (a) The certificate holder’s planned tarily submit and obtain approval for a hours of training, evaluation, and su- plan (containing a schedule of events) pervised operating experience. to transition to an approved training (b) For crewmembers, aircraft dis- program under subpart N of this part patchers, and other operations per- or under subpart H of part 135 of this sonnel, the following: chapter, as appropriate. (1) Training, evaluation, and certifi- (e) Approval by the FAA. Final ap- cation activities that are aircraft- and proval of an AQP by the FAA indicates equipment-specific to qualify a person for a particular duty position on, or du- the FAA has accepted the justification ties related to the operation of, a spe- provided under paragraph (b)(4) of this cific make, model, series, or variant section and the applicant’s initial jus- aircraft. tification and continuing process es- (2) A list of and text describing the tablish an equivalent level of safety for knowledge requirements, subject mate- each requirement of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, rials, job skills, and qualification and 135 of this chapter that is being re- standards of each proficiency objective placed. to be trained and evaluated. [Docket No. FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, (3) The requirements of the certifi- Sept. 16, 2005, as amended by Docket FAA– cate holder’s approved AQP program 2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, that are in addition to or in place of, 2018] the requirements of parts 61, 63, 65, 121 or 135 of this chapter, including any ap- § 121.911 Indoctrination curriculum. plicable practical test requirements. (4) A list of and text describing oper- Each indoctrination curriculum must ating experience, evaluation/remedi- include the following: ation strategies, provisions for special (a) For newly hired persons being tracking, and how recency of experi- trained under an AQP: The certificate ence requirements will be accom- holder’s policies and operating prac- plished. tices and general operational knowl- (c) For flight crewmembers: Initial edge. operating experience and line check. (b) For newly hired crewmembers and (d) For instructors, the following as aircraft dispatchers: General aero- appropriate: nautical knowledge appropriate to the (1) Training and evaluation activities duty position. to qualify a person to conduct instruc- (c) For instructors: The fundamental tion on how to operate, or on how to principles of the teaching and learning ensure the safe operation of a par- process; methods and theories of in- ticular make, model, and series air- struction; and the knowledge necessary craft (or variant). to use aircraft, flight training devices, (2) A list of and text describing the flight simulators, and other training knowledge requirements, subject materials, job skills, and qualification equipment in advanced qualification standards of each procedure and pro- curriculums, as appropriate. ficiency objective to be trained and (d) For evaluators: General evalua- evaluated. tion requirements of the AQP; methods (3) A list of and text describing eval- of evaluating crewmembers and air- uation/remediation strategies, stand- craft dispatchers and other operations ardization policies and recency require- personnel, as appropriate, and policies ments. and practices used to conduct the kinds (e) For evaluators: The requirements of evaluations particular to an AQP of paragraph (d)(1) of this section plus (e.g., LOE). the following, as appropriate:

242

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.915

(1) Training and evaluation activities (i) For pilots in command, seconds in that are aircraft and equipment spe- command, and flight engineers, First cific to qualify a person to assess the Look in accordance with the certifi- performance of persons who operate or cate holder’s FAA-approved program who ensure the safe operation of, a par- documentation. ticular make, model, and series air- (ii) For pilots in command, seconds craft (or variant). in command, flight engineers, flight at- (2) A list of and text describing the tendants, instructors and evaluators: knowledge requirements, subject mate- Ground training including a general re- rials, job skills, and qualification view of knowledge and skills covered in standards of each procedure and pro- qualification training, updated infor- ficiency objective to be trained and mation on newly developed procedures, evaluated. and safety information. (3) A list of and text describing eval- (iii) For crewmembers, instructors, uation/remediation strategies, stand- evaluators, and other operational per- ardization policies and recency require- sonnel who conduct their duties in ments. flight: Proficiency training in an aircraft, flight training device, flight sim- § 121.915 Continuing qualification cur- ulator, or other equipment, as appro- riculum. priate, on normal, abnormal, and emergency flight procedures and maneuvers. Each continuing qualification cur- (iv) For dispatchers and other oper- riculum must contain training and ational personnel who do not conduct evaluation activities, as applicable for their duties in flight: ground training specific positions subject to the AQP, including a general review of knowl- as follows: edge and skills covered in qualification (a) Continuing qualification cycle. A training, updated information on newly continuing qualification cycle that en- developed procedures, safety related insures that during each cycle each per- formation, and, if applicable, a line ob- son qualified under an AQP, including servation program. instructors and evaluators, will receive (v) For instructors and evaluators: a mix that will ensure training and Proficiency training in the type flight evaluation on all events and subjects training device or the type flight simu- necessary to ensure that each person lator, as appropriate, regarding train- maintains proficiency in knowledge, ing equipment operation. For instruc- technical skills, and cognitive skills tors and evaluators who are limited to required for initial qualification in ac- conducting their duties in flight sim- cordance with the approved continuing ulators or flight training devices: qualification AQP, evaluation/remedi- Training in operational flight proce- ation strategies, and provisions for spe- dures and maneuvers (normal, abnor- cial tracking. Each continuing quali- mal, and emergency). fication cycle must include at least the (b) Evaluation of performance. Con- following: tinuing qualification must include (1) Evaluation period. Initially the evaluation of performance on a sample continuing qualification cycle is com- of those events and major subjects prised of two or more evaluation peri- identified as diagnostic of competence ods of equal duration. Each person and approved for that purpose by the qualified under an AQP must receive FAA. The following evaluation require- ground training and flight training, as ments apply: appropriate, and an evaluation of pro- (1) Evaluation of proficiency as fol- ficiency during each evaluation period lows: at a training facility. The number and (i) For pilots in command, seconds in frequency of training sessions must be command, and flight engineers: An approved by the FAA. evaluation of proficiency, portions of (2) Training. Continuing qualification which may be conducted in an aircraft, must include training in all tasks, pro- flight simulator, or flight training de- cedures and subjects required in ac- vice as approved in the certificate cordance with the approved program holder’s curriculum that must be com- documentation, as follows: pleted during each evaluation period.

243

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.917 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(ii) For any other persons covered by (c) Recency of experience. For pilots in an AQP, a means to evaluate their pro- command, seconds in command, flight ficiency in the performance of their du- engineers, aircraft dispatchers, instruc- ties in their assigned tasks in an oper- tors, evaluators, and flight attendants, ational setting. approved recency of experience require- (2) Line checks as follows: ments appropriate to the duty position. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d) Duration of cycles and periods. Ini- (b)(2)(ii) of this section, for pilots in tially, the continuing qualification command: A line check conducted in cycle approved for an AQP must not an aircraft during actual flight oper- exceed 24 calendar months in duration, ations under part 121 or part 135 of this and must include two or more evalua- chapter or during operationally (line) tion periods of equal duration. After oriented flights, such as ferry flights or that, upon demonstration by a certifi- proving flights. A line check must be cate holder that an extension is war- completed in the calendar month at ranted, the FAA may approve an exten- the midpoint of the evaluation period. sion of the continuing qualification (ii) With the FAA’s approval, a no- cycle to a maximum of 36 calendar notice line check strategy may be used months in duration. in lieu of the line check required by (e) Requalification. Each continuing paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. The qualification curriculum must include certificate holder who elects to exer- a curriculum segment that covers the cise this option must ensure the ‘‘no- requirements for requalifying a crew- notice’’ line checks are administered so member, aircraft dispatcher, other op- the flight crewmembers are not noti- erations personnel, instructor, or eval- fied before the evaluation. In addition, uator who has not maintained con- the AQP certificate holder must ensure tinuing qualification. that each pilot in command receives at least one ‘‘no-notice’’ line check every § 121.917 Other requirements. 24 months. As a minimum, the number In addition to the requirements of of ‘‘no-notice’’ line checks adminis- §§ 121.913 and 121.915, each AQP quali- tered each calendar year must equal at fication and continuing qualification least 50% of the certificate holder’s curriculum must include the following pilot-in-command workforce in accord- requirements: ance with a strategy approved by the (a) Integrated Crew Resource Man- FAA for that purpose. In addition, the agement (CRM) or Dispatcher Resource line checks to be conducted under this Management (DRM) ground and if ap- paragraph must be conducted over all propriate flight training applicable to geographic areas flown by the certifi- each position for which training is pro- cate holder in accordance with a sam- vided under an AQP. pling methodology approved by the (b) Approved training on and evalua- FAA for that purpose. tion of skills and proficiency of each (iii) During the line checks required person being trained under AQP to use under paragraph (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this his or her resource management skills section, each person performing duties and his or her technical (piloting or as a pilot in command, second in com- other) skills in an actual or simulated mand, or flight engineer for that flight, operations scenario. For flight crew- must be individually evaluated to de- members this training and evaluation termine whether the person remains must be conducted in an approved adequately trained and currently pro- flight training device, flight simulator, ficient with respect to the particular or, if approved under this subpart, in aircraft, crew position, and type of op- an aircraft. eration in which he or she serves; and (c) Data collection and analysis proc- the person has sufficient knowledge esses acceptable to the FAA that will and skills to operate effectively as part ensure the certificate holder provides of a crew. The evaluator must be a performance information on its crew- check airman, an APD, or an FAA in- members, dispatchers, instructors, spector and must hold the certificates evaluators, and other operations per- and ratings required of the pilot in sonnel that will enable the certificate command. holder and the FAA to determine

244

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.923

whether the form and content of train- (1) Required evaluation of individual ing and evaluation activities are satis- or crew proficiency. factorily accomplishing the overall ob- (2) Training to proficiency or train- jectives of the curriculum. ing activities that determine if an individual or crew is ready for an evalua- § 121.919 Certification. tion of proficiency. A person subject to an AQP is eligi- (3) Activities used to meet recency of ble to receive a commercial or airline experience requirements. transport pilot, flight engineer, or air- (4) Line Operational Simulations craft dispatcher certificate or appro- (LOS). priate rating based on the successful (b) Approval of other training equip- completion of training and evaluation ment. events accomplished under that pro- (1) Any training equipment that is gram if the following requirements are intended to be used in an AQP for pur- met: poses other than those set forth in (a) Training and evaluation of re- paragraph (a) of this section must be quired knowledge and skills under the approved by the FAA for its intended AQP must meet minimum certification use. and rating criteria established by the (2) An applicant for approval of train- FAA in parts 61, 63, or 65 of this chap- ing equipment under this paragraph ter. The FAA may approve alternatives must identify the device by its nomen- to the certification and rating criteria of parts 61, 63, or 65 of this chapter, in- clature and describe its intended use. cluding practical test requirements, if (3) Each training device approved for it can be demonstrated that the newly use in an AQP must be part of a con- established criteria or requirements tinuing program to provide for its serv- represent an equivalent or better meas- iceability and fitness to perform its in- ure of crewmember or dispatcher com- tended function as approved by the petence, operational proficiency, and FAA. safety. (b) The applicant satisfactorily com- § 121.923 Approval of training, quali- pletes the appropriate qualification fication, or evaluation by a person who provides training by arrange- curriculum. ment. (c) The applicant shows competence in required technical knowledge and (a) A certificate holder operating skills (e.g., piloting or other) and crew under part 121 or part 135 of this chap- resource management (e.g., CRM or ter may arrange to have AQP training, DRM) knowledge and skills in sce- qualification, evaluation, or certifi- narios (i.e., LOE) that test both types cation functions performed by another of knowledge and skills together. person (a ‘‘training provider’’) if the (d) The applicant is otherwise eligi- following requirements are met: ble under the applicable requirements (1) The training provider is certifi- of part 61, 63, or 65 of this chapter. cated under part 119 or 142 of this chap- (e) The applicant has been trained to ter. proficiency on the certificate holder’s (2) The training provider’s AQP approved AQP Qualification Standards training and qualification curriculums, as witnessed by an instructor, check curriculum segments, or portions of airman, or APD and has passed an LOE curriculum segments must be provi- administered by an APD or the FAA. sionally approved by the FAA. A training provider may apply for provisional § 121.921 Training devices and simula- approval independently or in conjunc- tors. tion with a certificate holder’s applica- (a) Each flight training device or air- tion for AQP approval. Application for plane simulator that will be used in an provisional approval must be made, AQP for one of the following purposes through the FAA office directly re- must be evaluated by the FAA for as- sponsible for oversight of the training signment of a flight training device or provider, to the Manager of the Air flight simulator qualification level: Transportation Division.

245

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.925 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(3) The specific use of provisionally § 121.925 Recordkeeping requirements. approved curriculums, curriculum seg- Each certificate holder conducting ments, or portions of curriculum seg- an approved AQP must establish and ments in a certificate holder’s AQP maintain records in sufficient detail to must be approved by the FAA as set demonstrate the certificate holder is in forth in § 121.909. compliance with all the requirements (b) An applicant for provisional ap- of the AQP and this subpart. proval of a curriculum, curriculum segment, or portion of a curriculum seg- Subpart Z—Hazardous Materials ment under this paragraph must show Training Program the following requirements are met: (1) The applicant must have a curriculum for the qualification and con- SOURCE: Docket No. FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted. tinuing qualification of each instructor and evaluator used by the applicant. § 121.1001 Applicability and defini- (2) The applicant’s facilities must be tions. found by the FAA to be adequate for (a) This subpart prescribes the re- any planned training, qualification, or quirements applicable to each certifi- evaluation for a certificate holder op- cate holder for training each crew- erating under part 121 or part 135 of member and person performing or di- this chapter. rectly supervising any of the following (3) Except for indoctrination curricu- job functions involving any item for lums, the curriculum, curriculum seg- transport on board an aircraft: ment, or portion of a curriculum seg- (1) Acceptance; ment must identify the specific make, (2) Rejection; model, and series aircraft (or variant) (3) Handling; and crewmember or other positions for (4) Storage incidental to transport; which it is designed. (5) Packaging of company material; (c) A certificate holder who wants ap- or proval to use a training provider’s pro- (6) Loading. visionally approved curriculum, cur- (b) Definitions. For purposes of this riculum segment, or portion of a cur- subpart, the following definitions riculum segment in its AQP, must apply: show the following requirements are (1) Company material (COMAT)—Mate- met: rial owned or used by a certificate (1) Each instructor or evaluator used holder. by the training provider must meet all (2) Initial hazardous materials train- the qualification and continuing quali- ing—The basic training required for fication requirements that apply to each newly hired person, or each per- employees of the certificate holder son changing job functions, who per- that has arranged for the training, in- forms or directly supervises any of the cluding knowledge of the certificate job functions specified in paragraph (a) holder’s operations. of this section. (3) Recurrent hazardous materials (2) Each provisionally approved cur- training—The training required every riculum, curriculum segment, or por- 24 months for each person who has sat- tion of a curriculum segment must be isfactorily completed the certificate approved by the FAA for use in the cer- holder’s approved initial hazardous ma- tificate holder’s AQP. The FAA will ei- terials training program and performs ther provide approval or require modi- or directly supervises any of the job fications to ensure that each cur- functions specified in paragraph (a) of riculum, curriculum segment, or por- this section. tion of a curriculum segment is applicable to the certificate holder’s AQP. § 121.1003 Hazardous materials training: General. [Docket No. FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, Sept. 16, 2005, as amended by Docket FAA– (a) Each certificate holder must es- 2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, tablish and implement a hazardous ma- 2018] terials training program that:

246

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1005

(1) Satisfies the requirements of Ap- rent training program within the past pendix O of this part; 24 months. (2) Ensures that each person per- (c) Persons who work for more than one forming or directly supervising any of certificate holder. A certificate holder the job functions specified in that uses or assigns a person to per- § 121.1001(a) is trained to comply with form or directly supervise a job func- all applicable parts of 49 CFR parts 171 tion specified in § 121.1001(a), when that through 180 and the requirements of person also performs or directly super- this subpart; and vises the same job function for another (3) Enables the trained person to rec- certificate holder, need only train that ognize items that contain, or may con- person in its own policies and proce- tain, hazardous materials regulated by dures regarding those job functions, if 49 CFR parts 171 through 180. all of the following are met: (b) Each certificate holder must pro- (1) The certificate holder using this vide initial hazardous materials train- exception receives written verification ing and recurrent hazardous materials from the person designated to hold the training to each crewmember and per- training records representing the other son performing or directly supervising certificate holder that the person has any of the job functions specified in satisfactorily completed hazardous ma- § 121.1001(a). terials training for the specific job (c) Each certificate holder’s haz- function under the other certificate ardous materials training program holder’s FAA approved hazardous ma- must be approved by the FAA prior to terial training program under Appen- implementation. dix O of this part; and (2) The certificate holder who trained § 121.1005 Hazardous materials train- the person has the same operations ing required. specifications regarding the accept- (a) Training requirement. Except as ance, handling, and transport of haz- provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (f) of ardous materials as the certificate this section, no certificate holder may holder using this exception. use any crewmember orperson to per- (d) Recurrent hazardous materials form any of the job functions or direct training—Completion date. A person who supervisory responsibilities, and no satisfactorily completes recurrent haz- person may perform any of the job ardous materials training in the cal- functions or direct supervisory respon- endar month before, or the calendar sibilities, specified in § 121.1001(a) un- month after, the month in which the less that person has satisfactorily com- recurrent training is due, is considered pleted the certificate holder’s FAA-ap- to have taken that training during the proved initial or recurrent hazardous month in which it is due. If the person materials training program within the completes this training earlier than past 24 months. the month before it is due, the month (b) New hire or new job function. A per- of the completion date becomes his or son who is a new hire and has not yet her new anniversary month. satisfactorily completed the required (e) Repair stations. A certificate hold- initial hazardous materials training, or er must ensure that each repair station a person who is changing job functions performing work for, or on the certifi- and has not received initial or recur- cate holder’s behalf is notified in writ- rent training for a job function involving of the certificate holder’s policies ing storage incidental to transport, or and operations specification authoriza- loading of items for transport on an tion permitting or prohibition against aircraft, may perform those job func- the acceptance, rejection, handling, tions for not more than 30 days from storage incidental to transport, and the date of hire or a change in job func- transportation of hazardous materials, tion, if the person is under the direct including company material. This noti- visual supervision of a person who is fication requirement applies only to re- authorized by the certificate holder to pair stations that are regulated by 49 supervise that person and who has suc- CFR parts 171 through 180. cessfully completed the certificate (f) Certificate holders operating at for- holder’s FAA-approved initial or recur- eign locations. This exception applies if

247

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.1007 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

a certificate holder operating at a for- make them available upon request at eign location where the country re- the last location where the person quires the certificate holder to use per- worked. sons working in that country to load (c) Content of records. Each record aircraft. In such a case, the certificate must contain the following: holder may use those persons even if (1) The individual’s name; they have not been trained in accord- (2) The most recent training comple- ance with the certificate holder’s FAA tion date; approved hazardous materials training (3) A description, copy or reference to program. Those persons, however, must training materials used to meet the be under the direct visual supervision training requirement; of someone who has successfully com- (4) The name and address of the orga- pleted the certificate holder’s approved nization providing the training; and initial or recurrent hazardous mate- (5) A copy of the certification issued rials training program in accordance when the individual was trained, which with this part. This exception applies shows that a test has been completed only to those persons who load air- satisfactorily. craft. (d) New hire or new job function. Each § 121.1007 Hazardous materials train- certificate holder using a person under ing records. the exception in § 121.1005(b) must (a) General requirement. Each certifi- maintain a record for that person. The cate holder must maintain a record of records must be available upon request all training required by this part re- at the location where the trained per- ceived within the preceding three years son performs or directly supervises the for each person who performs or di- job function specified in § 121.1001(a). rectly supervises a job function speci- Records may be maintained electroni- fied in § 121.1001(a). The record must be cally and provided on location elec- maintained during the time that the tronically. The record must include the person performs or directly supervises following: any of those job functions, and for 90 (1) A signed statement from an au- days thereafter. These training records thorized representative of the certifi- must be kept for direct employees of cate holder authorizing the use of the the certificate holder, as well as inde- person in accordance with the excep- pendent contractors, subcontractors, tion; and any other person who performs or (2) The date of hire or change in job directly supervises these job functions function; for or on behalf of the certificate hold- (3) The person’s name and assigned er. job function; (b) Location of records. The certificate (4) The name of the supervisor of the holder must retain the training records job function; and required by paragraph (a) of this sec- (5) The date the person is to complete tion for all initial and recurrent train- hazardous materials training in according received within the preceding 3 ance with appendix O of this part. years for all persons performing or directly supervising the job functions Subpart AA—Continued Airworthi- listed in Appendix O at a designated lo- ness and Safety Improve- cation. The records must be available upon request at the location where the ments trained person performs or directly supervises the job function specified in SOURCE: Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, § 121.1001(a). Records may be main- 2007, unless otherwise noted. tained electronically and provided on location electronically. When the per- § 121.1101 Purpose and definition. son ceases to perform or directly super- (a) This subpart requires persons vise a hazardous materials job func- holding an air carrier or operating cer- tion, the certificate holder must retain tificate under part 119 of this chapter the hazardous materials training to support the continued airworthiness records for an additional 90 days and of each airplane. These requirements

248

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1105

may include, but are not limited to, re- the airplane’s 15th year in service and vising the maintenance program, incor- thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 porating design changes, and incor- years. porating revisions to Instructions for (c) Unforeseen schedule conflict. In the Continued Airworthiness. event of an unforeseen scheduling con- (b) [Reserved] flict for a specific airplane, the Admin- [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as istrator may approve an extension of amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. up to 90 days beyond an interval speci- 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] fied in paragraph (b) of this section. (d) Airplane and records availability. § 121.1103 [Reserved] The certificate holder must make available to the Administrator each § 121.1105 Aging airplane inspections airplane for which an inspection and and records reviews. records review is required under this (a) Applicability. This section applies section, in a condition for inspection to all airplanes operated by a certifi- specified by the Administrator, to- cate holder under this part, except for gether with records containing the fol- those airplanes operated between any lowing information: point within the State of Alaska and (1) Total years in service of the air- any other point within the State of plane; Alaska. (2) Total time in service of the air- (b) Operation after inspection and frame; records review. After the dates specified (3) Total flight cycles of the air- in this paragraph, a certificate holder frame; may not operate an airplane under this (4) Date of the last inspection and part unless the Administrator has noti- records review required by this section; fied the certificate holder that the Ad- (5) Current status of life-limited ministrator has completed the aging parts of the airframe; airplane inspection and records review required by this section. During the in- (6) Time since the last overhaul of all spection and records review, the cer- structural components required to be tificate holder must demonstrate to overhauled on a specific time basis; the Administrator that the mainte- (7) Current inspection status of the nance of age-sensitive parts and com- airplane, including the time since the ponents of the airplane has been ade- last inspection required by the inspec- quate and timely enough to ensure the tion program under which the airplane highest degree of safety. is maintained; (1) Airplanes exceeding 24 years in serv- (8) Current status of applicable air- ice on December 8, 2003; initial and repet- worthiness directives, including the itive inspections and records reviews. For date and methods of compliance, and if an airplane that has exceeded 24 years the airworthiness directive involves re- in service on December 8, 2003, no later curring action, the time and date when than December 5, 2007, and thereafter the next action is required; at intervals not to exceed 7 years. (9) A list of major structural alter- (2) Airplanes exceeding 14 years in serv- ations; and ice but not 24 years in service on Decem- (10) A report of major structural re- ber 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspec- pairs and the current inspection status tions and records reviews. For an air- for those repairs. plane that has exceeded 14 years in (e) Notification to Administrator. Each service but not 24 years in service on certificate holder must notify the Ad- December 8, 2003, no later than Decem- ministrator at least 60 days before the ber 4, 2008, and thereafter at intervals date on which the airplane and air- not to exceed 7 years. plane records will be made available (3) Airplanes not exceeding 14 years in for the inspection and records review. service on December 8, 2003; initial and re- [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5401, 67 FR 72761, Dec. 6, petitive inspections and records reviews. 2002, as amended by Amdt. 121–284, 70 FR For an airplane that has not exceeded 5532, Feb. 2, 2005; Amdt. 121–310, 70 FR 23936, 14 years in service on December 8, 2003, May 6, 2005. Redesignated by Amdt. 121–336, no later than 5 years after the start of 72 FR 63412, Nov. 8, 2007]

249

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.1107 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.1107 Repairs assessment for pres- (10) For all models of the McDonnell surized fuselages. Douglas DC–10, the flight cycle imple- (a) No certificate holder may operate mentation time is 30,000 flights. an Airbus Model A300 (excluding the (11) For all models of the Lockheed –600 series), British Aerospace Model L–1011, the flight cycle implementation BAC 1–11, Boeing Model 707, 720, 727, time is 27,000 flights. 737, or 747, McDonnell Douglas Model (12) For the Fokker F–28 Mark 1000, DC–8, DC–9/MD–80 or DC–10, Fokker 2000, 3000, and 4000, the flight cycle im- Model F28, or Lockheed Model L–1011 plementation time is 60,000 flights. airplane beyond the applicable flight (b) [Reserved] cycle implementation time specified [Doc. No. 29104, 65 FR 24125, Apr. 25, 2000; 65 below, or May 25, 2001, whichever oc- FR 50744, Aug. 21, 2000, as amended by Amdt. curs later, unless operations specifica- 121–282, 66 FR 23130, May 7, 2001; ; Amdt. 121– tions have been issued to reference re- 305, 69 FR 45942, July 30, 2004. Redesignated pair assessment guidelines applicable and amended by Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63412, to the fuselage pressure boundary (fu- Nov. 8, 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] selage skin, door skin, and bulkhead webs), and those guidelines are incor- § 121.1109 Supplemental inspections. porated in its maintenance program. The repair assessment guidelines must (a) Applicability. Except as specified be approved by the responsible Aircraft in paragraph (b) of this section, this Certification Service office for the type section applies to transport category, certificate for the affected airplane. turbine powered airplanes with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958, (1) For the Airbus Model A300 (ex- that as a result of original type certifi- cluding the –600 series), the flight cycle cation or later increase in capacity implementation time is: have— (i) Model B2: 36,000 flights. (1) A maximum type certificated pas- (ii) Model B4–100 (including Model senger seating capacity of 30 or more; B4–2C): 30,000 flights above the window or line, and 36,000 flights below the win- (2) A maximum payload capacity of dow line. 7,500 pounds or more. (iii) Model B4–200: 25,500 flights above (b) Exception. This section does not the window line, and 34,000 flights apply to an airplane operated by a cer- below the window line. tificate holder under this part between (2) For all models of the British Aero- any point within the State of Alaska space BAC 1–11, the flight cycle imple- and any other point within the State of mentation time is 60,000 flights. Alaska. (3) For all models of the Boeing 707, (c) General requirements. After Decem- the flight cycle implementation time is ber 20, 2010, a certificate holder may 15,000 flights. not operate an airplane under this part (4) For all models of the Boeing 720, unless the following requirements have the flight cycle implementation time is been met: 23,000 flights. (1) Baseline Structure. The certificate (5) For all models of the Boeing 727, holder’s maintenance program for the the flight cycle implementation time is airplane includes FAA-approved dam- 45,000 flights. age-tolerance-based inspections and (6) For all models of the Boeing 737, procedures for airplane structure sus- the flight cycle implementation time is ceptible to fatigue cracking that could 60,000 flights. contribute to a catastrophic failure. (7) For all models of the Boeing 747, For the purpose of this section, this the flight cycle implementation time is structure is termed ‘‘fatigue critical 15,000 flights. structure.’’ (8) For all models of the McDonnell (2) Adverse effects of repairs, alter- Douglas DC–8, the flight cycle imple- ations, and modifications. The mainte- mentation time is 30,000 flights. nance program for the airplane in- (9) For all models of the McDonnell cludes a means for addressing the ad- Douglas DC–9/MD–80, the flight cycle verse effects repairs, alterations, and implementation time is 60,000 flights. modifications may have on fatigue

250

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1113

critical structure and on inspections ply with paragraph H25.4 and all of required by paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- paragraph H25.5. tion. The means for addressing these (d) After March 10, 2011, before re- adverse effects must be approved by turning an airplane to service after any the responsible Aircraft Certification alterations for which EWIS ICA are de- Service office. veloped, the certificate holder must in- (3) Changes to maintenance program. clude in the airplane’s maintenance The changes made to the maintenance program inspections and procedures for program required by paragraphs (c)(1) EWIS based on those ICA. and (c)(2) of this section, and any later (e) The EWIS maintenance program revisions to these changes, must be changes identified in paragraphs (c) submitted to the Principal Mainte- and (d) of this section and any later nance Inspector for review and ap- EWIS revisions must be submitted to proval. the Principal Inspector for review and approval. [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5401, 70 FR 5532, Feb. 2, (f) This section does not apply to the 2005. Redesignated by Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR following airplane models: 63412, Nov. 8, 2007; Amdt. 121–337, 72 FR 70508, (1) Lockheed L–188 Dec. 12, 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. (2) Bombardier CL–44 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (3) Mitsubishi YS–11 § 121.1111 Electrical wiring inter- (4) British Aerospace BAC 1–11 connection systems (EWIS) mainte- (5) Concorde nance program. (6) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C (7) VFW-Vereinigte Flugtechnische (a) Except as provided in paragraph Werk VFW–614 (f) of this section, this section applies (8) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T to transport category, turbine-powered (9) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305 airplanes with a type certificate issued (10) Handley Page Herald Type 300 after January 1, 1958, that, as a result (11) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet of original type certification or later Aviation Mercure 100C increase in capacity, have— (12) Airbus Caravelle (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- (13) Lockheed L–300 senger capacity of 30 or more, or (2) A maximum payload capacity of [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 7500 pounds or more. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (b) After March 10, 2011, no certificate holder may operate an airplane § 121.1113 Fuel tank system mainte- identified in paragraph (a) of this sec- nance program. tion unless the maintenance program (a) Except as provided in paragraph for that airplane includes inspections (g) of this section, this section applies and procedures for electrical wiring to transport category, turbine-powered interconnection systems (EWIS). airplanes with a type certificate issued (c) The proposed EWIS maintenance after January 1, 1958, that, as a result program changes must be based on of original type certification or later EWIS Instructions for Continued Air- increase in capacity, have— worthiness (ICA) that have been devel- (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- oped in accordance with the provisions senger capacity of 30 or more, or of Appendix H of part 25 of this chapter (2) A maximum payload capacity of applicable to each affected airplane (in- 7500 pounds or more. cluding those ICA developed for supple- (b) For each airplane on which an mental type certificates installed on auxiliary fuel tank is installed under a each airplane) and that have been ap- field approval, before June 16, 2008, the proved by the responsible Aircraft Cer- certificate holder must submit to the tification Service office. responsible Aircraft Certification Serv- (1) For airplanes subject to § 26.11 of ice office proposed maintenance in- this chapter, the EWIS ICA must com- structions for the tank that meet the ply with paragraphs H25.5(a)(1) and (b). requirements of Special Federal Avia- (2) For airplanes subject to § 25.1729 of tion Regulation No. 88 (SFAR 88) of this chapter, the EWIS ICA must com- this chapter.

251

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.1115 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(c) After December 16, 2008, no certifi- transport category, turbine-powered cate holder may operate an airplane airplane with a maximum takeoff gross identified in paragraph (a) of this sec- weight greater than 75,000 pounds and a tion unless the maintenance program type certificate issued after January 1, for that airplane has been revised to in- 1958, regardless of whether the max- clude applicable inspections, proce- imum takeoff gross weight is a result dures, and limitations for fuel tanks of an original type certificate or a systems. later design change. This section also (d) The proposed fuel tank system applies to certificate holders operating maintenance program revisions must any transport category, turbine-pow- be based on fuel tank system Instruc- ered airplane with a type certificate tions for Continued Airworthiness issued after January 1, 1958, regardless (ICA) that have been developed in ac- of the maximum takeoff gross weight, cordance with the applicable provisions for which a limit of validity of the en- of SFAR 88 of this chapter or § 25.1529 gineering data that supports the struc- and part 25, Appendix H, of this chap- tural maintenance program (hereafter ter, in effect on June 6, 2001 (including referred to as LOV) is required in ac- those developed for auxiliary fuel cordance with § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this tanks, if any, installed under supple- chapter after January 14, 2011. mental type certificates or other de- (b) Limit of validity. No certificate sign approval) and that have been ap- holder may operate an airplane identi- proved by the responsible Aircraft Cer- fied in paragraph (a) of this section tification Service office. after the applicable date identified in (e) After December 16, 2008, before re- Table 1 of this section unless an Air- turning an aircraft to service after any worthiness Limitations section ap- alteration for which fuel tank ICA are proved under Appendix H to part 25 or developed under SFAR 88 or under § 26.21 of this chapter is incorporated § 25.1529 in effect on June 6, 2001, the into its maintenance program. The certificate holder must include in the ALS must— maintenance program for the airplane (1) Include an LOV approved under inspections and procedures for the fuel § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this chapter, as ap- tank system based on those ICA. plicable, except as provided in para- (f) The fuel tank system maintenance graph (f) of this section; and program changes identified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section and (2) Be clearly distinguishable within any later fuel tank system revisions its maintenance program. must be submitted to the Principal In- (c) Operation of airplanes excluded spector for review and approval. from § 26.21. No certificate holder may (g) This section does not apply to the operate an airplane identified in following airplane models: § 26.21(g) of this chapter after July 14, (1) Bombardier CL–44 2013, unless an Airworthiness Limita- (2) Concorde tions section approved under Appendix (3) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C H to part 25 or § 26.21 of this chapter is (4) VFW–Vereinigte Flugtechnische incorporated into its maintenance pro- Werk VFW–614 gram. The ALS must— (5) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T (1) Include an LOV approved under (6) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305 § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this chapter, as ap- (7) Handley Page Herald Type 300 plicable, except as provided in para- (8) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet graph (f) of this section; and Aviation Mercure 100C (2) Be clearly distinguishable within (9) Airbus Caravelle its maintenance program. (10) Lockheed L–300 (d) Extended limit of validity. No cer- [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as tificate holder may operate an airplane amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. beyond the LOV, or extended LOV, 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] specified in paragraph (b)(1), (c), (d), or (f) of this section, as applicable, unless § 121.1115 Limit of validity. the following conditions are met: (a) Applicability. This section applies (1) An ALS must be incorporated into to certificate holders operating any its maintenance program that—

252

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1115

(i) Includes an extended LOV and any quired by paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of widespread fatigue damage airworthi- this section to the Principal Mainte- ness limitation items approved under nance Inspector for review and ap- § 26.23 of this chapter; and proval. (ii) Is approved under § 26.23 of this (f) Exception. For any airplane for chapter. which an LOV has not been approved as (2) The extended LOV and the air- of the applicable compliance date spec- worthiness limitation items pertaining ified in paragraph (c) or Table 1 of this to widespread fatigue damage must be section, instead of including an ap- clearly distinguishable within its proved LOV in the ALS, an operator maintenance program. (e) Principal Maintenance Inspector ap- must include the applicable default proval. Certificate holders must submit LOV specified in Table 1 or Table 2 of the maintenance program revisions re- this section, as applicable, in the ALS.

TABLE 1—AIRPLANES SUBJECT TO § 26.21

Compliance date— Default LOV Airplane model months after Janu- [flight cycles (FC) ary 14, 2011 or flight hours (FH)]

Airbus—Existing 1 Models Only: A300 B2–1A, B2–1C, B2K–3C, B2–203 ...... 30 ...... 48,000 FC A300 B4–2C, B4–103 ...... 30 ...... 40,000 FC A300 B4–203 ...... 30 ...... 34,000 FC A300–600 Series ...... 60 ...... 30,000 FC/67,500 FH A310–200 Series ...... 60 ...... 40,000 FC/60,000 FH A310–300 Series ...... 60 ...... 35,000 FC/60,000 FH A318 Series ...... 60 ...... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A319 Series ...... 60 ...... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A320–100 Series ...... 60 ...... 48,000 FC/48,000 FH A320–200 Series ...... 60 ...... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A321 Series ...... 60 ...... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A330–200, –300 Series (except WV050 family) (non enhanced) ...... 60 ...... 40,000 FC/60,000 FH A330–200, –300 Series WV050 family (enhanced) ...... 60 ...... 33,000 FC/100,000 FH A330–200 Freighter Series ...... 60 ...... See NOTE. A340–200, –300 Series (except WV 027 and WV050 family) (non en- 60 ...... 20,000 FC/80,000 FH hanced). A340–200, –300 Series WV 027 (non enhanced) ...... 60 ...... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH A340–300 Series WV050 family (enhanced) ...... 60 ...... 20,000 FC/100,000 FH A340–500, –600 Series ...... 60 ...... 16,600 FC/100,000 FH A380–800 Series ...... 72 ...... See NOTE. Boeing—Existing 1 Models Only: 717 ...... 60 ...... 60,000 FC/60,000 FH 727 (all series) ...... 30 ...... 60,000 FC 737 (Classics): 737–100, –200, –200C, –300, –400, –500 ...... 30 ...... 75,000 FC 737 (NG): 737–600, –700, –700C, –800, –900, –900ER ...... 60 ...... 75,000 FC 747 (Classics): 747–100, –100B, –100B SUD, –200B, –200C, –200F, 30 ...... 20,000 FC –300, 747SP, 747SR. 747–400: 747–400, –400D, –400F ...... 60 ...... 20,000 FC 757 ...... 60 ...... 50,000 FC 767 ...... 60 ...... 50,000 FC 777–200, –300 ...... 60 ...... 40,000 FC 777–200LR, 777–300ER ...... 72 ...... 40,000 FC 777F ...... 72 ...... 11,000 FC Bombardier—Existing 1 Models Only: CL–600: 2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), 2D24 (Regional Jet Series 72 ...... 60,000 FC 900). Embraer—Existing 1 Models Only: ERJ 170 ...... 72 ...... See NOTE. ERJ 190 ...... 72 ...... See NOTE. Fokker—Existing 1 Models Only: F.28 Mark 0070, Mark 0100 ...... 30 ...... 90,000 FC Lockheed—Existing 1 Models Only: L–1011 ...... 30 ...... 36,000 FC 188 ...... 30 ...... 26,600 FC 382 (all series) ...... 30 ...... 20,000 FC/50,000 FH McDonnell Douglas—Existing 1 Models Only: DC–8, –8F ...... 30 ...... 50,000 FC/50,000 FH DC–9 (except for MD–80 models) ...... 30 ...... 100,000 FC/100,000 FH MD–80 (DC–9–81, –82, –83, –87, MD–88) ...... 30 ...... 50,000 FC/50,000 FH MD–90 ...... 60 ...... 60,000 FC/90,000 FH

253

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.1115 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

TABLE 1—AIRPLANES SUBJECT TO § 26.21—Continued

Compliance date— Default LOV Airplane model months after Janu- [flight cycles (FC) ary 14, 2011 or flight hours (FH)]

DC–10–10, –15 ...... 30 ...... 42,000 FC/60,000 FH DC–10–30, –40, –10F, –30F, –40F ...... 30 ...... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–10–10F ...... 60 ...... 42,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–10–30F ...... 60 ...... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–11, MD–11F ...... 60 ...... 20,000 FC/60,000 FH Maximum Takeoff Gross Weight Changes: All airplanes whose maximum takeoff gross weight has been decreased 30, or within 12 Not applicable. to 75,000 pounds or below after January 14, 2011, or increased to months after the greater than 75,000 pounds at any time by an amended type certifi- LOV is ap- cate or supplemental type certificate. proved, or before operating the airplane, whichever occurs latest. All Other Airplane Models (TCs and amended TCs) not Listed in Table 2 ...... 72, or within 12 Not applicable. months after the LOV is approved, or before operating the airplane, whichever occurs latest. 1 Type certificated as of January 14, 2011. Note: Airplane operation limitation is stated in the Airworthiness Limitation section. NOTE: Airplane operation limitation is stated in the Airworthiness Limitation section.

TABLE 2—AIRPLANES EXCLUDED FROM § 26.21

Default LOV Airplane model [flight cycles (FC) or flight hours (FH)]

Airbus: Caravelle ...... 15,000 FC/24,000 FH Avions Marcel Dassault: Breguet Aviation Mercure 100C ...... 20,000 FC/16,000 FH Boeing: Boeing 707 (-100 Series and –200 Series) ...... 20,000 FC Boeing 707 (-300 Series and –400 Series) ...... 20,000 FC Boeing 720 ...... 30,000 FC Bombardier: CL–44D4 and CL–44J ...... 20,000 FC BD–700 ...... 15,000 FH Bristol Aeroplane Company: Britannia 305 ...... 10,000 FC British Aerospace Airbus, Ltd.: BAC 1–11 (all models) ...... 85,000 FC British Aerospace (Commercial Aircraft) Ltd.: Armstrong Whitworth Argosy A.W. 650 Series 101 ...... 20,000 FC BAE Systems (Operations) Ltd.: BAe 146–100A (all models) ...... 50,000 FC BAe 146–200–07 ...... 50,000 FC BAe 146–200–07 Dev ...... 50,000 FC BAe 146–200–11 ...... 50,000 FC BAe 146–200–07A ...... 47,000 FC BAe 146–200–11 Dev ...... 43,000 FC BAe 146–300 (all models) ...... 40,000 FC Avro 146–RJ70A (all models) ...... 40,000 FC Avro 146–RJ85A and 146–RJ100A (all models) ...... 50,000 FC D & R Nevada, LLC: Convair Model 22 ...... 1,000 FC/1,000 FH Convair Model 23M ...... 1,000 FC/1,000 FH deHavilland Aircraft Company, Ltd.: D.H. 106 Comet 4C ...... 8,000 FH Gulfstream: GV ...... 40,000 FH GV–SP ...... 40,000 FH Ilyushin Aviation Complex: IL–96T ...... 10,000 FC/30,000 FH

254

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1117

TABLE 2—AIRPLANES EXCLUDED FROM § 26.21—Continued

Default LOV Airplane model [flight cycles (FC) or flight hours (FH)]

Lockheed: 300–50A01 (USAF C 141A) ...... 20,000 FC

[Doc. No. FAA–2006–24281, 75 FR 69785, Nov. 15, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 121–360, 77 FR 30878, May 24, 2012; Admt. 121–360A, 77 FR 55105, Sept. 7, 2012]

§ 121.1117 Flammability reduction (2) The certificate holder installs means. Flammability Impact Mitigation (a) Applicability. Except as provided Means (FIMM), if applicable, that is in paragraph (o) of this section, this approved by the responsible Aircraft section applies to transport category, Certification Service office. turbine-powered airplanes with a type (3) Except in accordance with certificate issued after January 1, 1958, § 121.628, the FIMM, if applicable, is that, as a result of original type cer- operational. tification or later increase in capacity (d) Retrofit. Except as provided in have: paragraphs (j), (k), and (l) of this sec- (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- tion, after the dates specified in para- senger capacity of 30 or more, or graph (e) of this section, no certificate holder may operate an airplane to (2) A maximum payload capacity of which this section applies unless the 7,500 pounds or more. requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) and (b) New Production Airplanes. Except (d)(2) of this section are met. in accordance with § 121.628, no certifi- (1) IMM, FRM or FIMM, if required cate holder may operate an airplane by §§ 26.33, 26.35, or 26.37 of this chapter, identified in Table 1 of this section (in- that are approved by the responsible cluding all-cargo airplanes) for which Aircraft Certification Service office, the State of Manufacture issued the are installed within the compliance original certificate of airworthiness or times specified in paragraph (e) of this export airworthiness approval after De- section. cember 27, 2010 unless an Ignition Miti- (2) Except in accordance with gation Means (IMM) or Flammability § 121.628, the IMM, FRM or FIMM, as Reduction Means (FRM) meeting the applicable, are operational. requirements of § 26.33 of this chapter is operational. (e) Compliance Times. Except as provided in paragraphs (k) and (l) of this TABLE 1 section, the installations required by paragraph (d) of this section must be Model—Boeing Model—Airbus accomplished no later than the applicable dates specified in paragraph 747 Series A318, A319, A320, A321 Series (e)(1), (e)(2), or (e)(3) of this section. 737 Series A330, A340 Series 777 Series (1) Fifty percent of each certificate 767 Series holder’s fleet identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be modified (c) Auxiliary Fuel Tanks. After the ap- no later than December 26, 2014. plicable date stated in paragraph (e) of (2) One hundred percent of each cer- this section, no certificate holder may tificate holder’s fleet identified in operate any airplane subject to § 26.33 paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be of this chapter that has an Auxiliary modified no later than December 26, Fuel Tank installed pursuant to a field 2017. approval, unless the following require- (3) For those certificate holders that ments are met: have only one airplane of a model iden- (1) The certificate holder complies tified in Table 1 of this section, the air- with 14 CFR 26.35 by the applicable plane must be modified no later than date stated in that section. December 26, 2017.

255

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR § 121.1117 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(f) Compliance After Installation. Ex- § 121.133 to include a requirement for cept in accordance with § 121.628, no the airplane models specified in Table 2 certificate holder may— of this section to use ground air condi- (1) Operate an airplane on which IMM tioning systems for actual gate times or FRM has been installed before the of more than 30 minutes, when avail- dates specified in paragraph (e) of this able at the gate and operational, when- section unless the IMM or FRM is oper- ever the ambient temperature exceeds ational, or 60 degrees Fahrenheit; and (2) Deactivate or remove an IMM or (3) Thereafter, the certificate holder FRM once installed unless it is re- uses ground air conditioning systems placed by a means that complies with as described in paragraph (k)(2) of this paragraph (d) of this section. section on each airplane subject to the (g) Maintenance Program Revisions. No extension. certificate holder may operate an airplane for which airworthiness limita- TABLE 2 tions have been approved by the re- Model—Boeing Model—Airbus sponsible Aircraft Certification Service office in accordance with §§ 26.33, 26.35, 747 Series A318, A319, A320, A321 Series or 26.37 of this chapter after the air- 737 Series A300, A310 Series 777 Series A330, A340 Series plane is modified in accordance with 767 Series paragraph (d) of this section unless the 757 Series maintenance program for that airplane is revised to include those applicable (l) For any certificate holder for airworthiness limitations. which the operating certificate is (h) After the maintenance program is issued after December 26, 2008, the com- revised as required by paragraph (g) of pliance date specified in paragraph (e) this section, before returning an air- of this section may be extended by one plane to service after any alteration year, provided that the certificate for which airworthiness limitations are holder meets the requirements of para- required by §§ 25.981, 26.33, or 26.37 of graph (k)(2) of this section when its ini- this chapter, the certificate holder tial operations specifications are must revise the maintenance program issued and, thereafter, uses ground air for the airplane to include those air- conditioning systems as described in worthiness limitations. paragraph (k)(2) of this section on each (i) The maintenance program airplane subject to the extension. changes identified in paragraphs (g) (m) After the date by which any per- and (h) of this section must be sub- son is required by this section to mod- mitted to the operator’s Principal ify 100 percent of the affected fleet, no Maintenance Inspector responsible for certificate holder may operate in pas- review and approval prior to incorpora- senger service any airplane model spection. ified in Table 2 of this section unless (j) The requirements of paragraph (d) the airplane has been modified to com- of this section do not apply to air- ply with § 26.33(c) of this chapter. planes operated in all-cargo service, (n) No certificate holder may operate but those airplanes are subject to para- any airplane on which an auxiliary fuel graph (f) of this section. tank is installed after December 26, (k) The compliance dates specified in 2017 unless the FAA has certified the paragraph (e) of this section may be ex- tank as compliant with § 25.981 of this tended by one year, provided that— chapter, in effect on December 26, 2008. (1) No later than March 26, 2009, the (o) Exclusions. The requirements of certificate holder notifies its respon- this section do not apply to the fol- sible Flight Standards office or Prin- lowing airplane models: cipal Inspector that it intends to com- (1) Convair CV–240, 340, 440, including ply with this paragraph; turbine powered conversions. (2) No later than June 24, 2009, the (2) Lockheed L–188 Electra. certificate holder applies for an amend- (3) Vickers VC–10. ment to its operations specification in (4) Douglas DC–3, including turbine accordance with § 119.51 of this chapter powered conversions. and revises the manual required by (5) Bombardier CL–44.

256

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1500

(6) Mitsubishi YS–11. §§ 121.1400–121.1499 [Reserved] (7) BAC 1–11. (8) Concorde. Subpart DD—Special Federal (9) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C. Aviation Regulations (10) VFW—Vereinigte Flugtechnische VFW–614. § 121.1500 SFAR No. 111—Lavatory Ox- (11) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T. ygen Systems. (12) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305. (a) Applicability. This SFAR applies (13) Handley Page Herald Type 300. to the following persons: (14) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet (1) All operators of transport cat- Aviation Mercure 100C. egory airplanes that are required to (15) Airbus Caravelle. comply with AD 2012–11–09, but only for (16) Fokker F–27/Fairchild Hiller FH– airplanes on which the actions required 227. by that AD have not been accomplished. (17) Lockheed L–300. (2) Applicants for airworthiness cer- [Doc. No. FAA–2005–22997, 73 FR 42501, July tificates. 21, 2008, as amended by Amdt. 121–345, 74 FR (3) Holders of production certificates. 31619, July 2, 2009; Docket FAA–2018–0119, (4) Applicants for type certificates, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] including changes to type certificates. (b) Regulatory relief. Except as noted § 121.1119 Fuel tank vent explosion in paragraph (d) of this section and protection. contrary provisions of 14 CFR part 21, (a) Applicability. This section applies and 14 CFR 25.1447, 119.51, 121.329, to transport category, turbine-powered 121.333 and 129.13, notwithstanding, for airplanes with a type certificate issued the duration of this SFAR: after January 1, 1958, that have: (1) A person described in paragraph (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- (a) of this section may conduct flight senger capacity of 30 or more; or operations and add airplanes to oper- (2) A maximum payload capacity of ations specifications with disabled lav- 7,500 pounds or more. atory oxygen systems, modified in ac- (b) New production airplanes. No cer- cordance with FAA Airworthiness Di- tificate holder may operate an airplane rective 2011–04–09, subject to the fol- for which the State of Manufacture lowing limitations: issued the original certificate of air- (i) This relief is limited to regulatory compliance of lavatory oxygen sys- worthiness or export airworthiness ap- tems. proval after August 23, 2018 unless (ii) Within 30 days of March 29, 2013, means, approved by the Administrator, all oxygen masks must be removed to prevent fuel tank explosions caused from affected lavatories, and the mask by propagation of flames from outside stowage location must be reclosed. the fuel tank vents into the fuel tank (iii) Within 60 days of March 29, 2013 vapor spaces are installed and oper- each affected operator must verify that ational. crew emergency procedures specifically [Docket FAA–2014–0500, Amdt. 121–375, 81 FR include a visual check of the lavatory 41208, June 24, 2016] as a priority when checking the cabin following any event where oxygen Subpart BB [Reserved] masks were deployed in the cabin. (2) An applicant for an airworthiness §§ 121.1200–121.1399 [Reserved] certificate may obtain an airworthiness certificate for airplanes to be operated by a person described in para- Subpart CC [Reserved] graph (a) of this section, although the airplane lavatory oxygen system is disabled. (3) A holder of a production certificate may apply for an airworthiness certificate or approval for airplanes to

257

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

be operated by a person described in Contents Quantity paragraph (a) of this section. Antiseptic swabs ...... 20 (4) An applicant for a type certificate Ammonia inhalants ...... 10 or change to a type certificate may ob- Bandage compresses, 4-inch ...... 8 tain a design approval without showing Triangular bandage compresses, 40-inch ...... 5 compliance with § 25.1447(c)(1) of this Arm splint, noninflatable ...... 1 Leg splint, noninflatable ...... 1 chapter for lavatory oxygen systems, Roller bandage, 4-inch ...... 4 in accordance with this SFAR. Adhesive tape, 1-inch standard roll ...... 2 (5) Each person covered by paragraph Bandage scissors ...... 1 (a) of this section may inform passengers that the lavatories are not 3. Arm and leg splints which do not fit within a first-aid kit may be stowed in a equipped with supplemental oxygen. readily accessible location that is as near as (c) Return to service documentation. practicable to the kit. When a person described in paragraph (a) of this section has modified air- EMERGENCY MEDICAL KITS planes as required by Airworthiness Di- 1. Until April 12, 2004, at least one approved rective 2011–04–09, the affected air- emergency medical kit that must contain at planes must be returned to service with least the following appropriately maintained a note in the airplane maintenance contents in the specified quantities: records that the modification was done Contents Quantity under the provisions of this SFAR. (d) Expiration. This SFAR expires on Sphygmomanometer ...... 1 September 10, 2015, except this SFAR Stethoscope ...... 1 Airways, cropharyngeal (3 sizes) ...... 3 will continue to apply to any airplane Syringes (sizes necessary to administer re- 4 for which the FAA approves an exten- quired drugs). sion of the AD compliance time for the Needles (sizes necessary to administer required 6 duration of the extension. drugs). 50% Dextrose injection, 50cc ...... 1 [Doc. No. FAA–2011–0186, 78 FR 5710, Jan. 28, Epinephrine 1:1000, single dose ampule or 2 2013] equivalent). Diphenhydramine HC1 injection, single dose 2 ampule or equivalent. Nitroglycerin tablets ...... 10 Basic instructions for use of the drugs in the kit 1 protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ... 1 pair APPENDIX A TO PART 121—FIRST AID KITS AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL KITS 2. As of April 12, 2004, at least one approved Approved first-aid kits, at least one ap- emergency medical kit that must contain at proved emergency medical kit, and at least least the following appropriately maintained one approved automated external contents in the specified quantities: defibrillator required under § 121.803 of this Contents Quantity part must be readily accessible to the crew, stored securely, and kept free from dust, Sphygmonanometer ...... 1 moisture, and damaging temperatures. Stethoscope ...... 1 Airways, oropharyngeal (3 sizes): 1 pediatric, 1 3 FIRST-AID KITS small adult, 1 large adult or equivalent. Self-inflating manual resuscitation device with 3 1:3 masks 1. The minimum number of first aid kits masks (1 pediatric, 1 small adult, 1 large adult required is set forth in the following table: or equivalent). CPR mask (3 sizes), 1 pediatric, 1 small adult, 1 3 No. of large adult, or equivalent. No. of passenger seats first-aid IV Admin Set: Tubing w/ 2 Y connectors ...... 1 kits Alcohol sponges ...... 2 Adhesive tape, 1-inch standard roll ad- 1 0–50 ...... 1 hesive. 51–150 ...... 2 Tape scissors ...... 1 pair 151–250 ...... 3 More than 250 ...... 4 Tourniquet ...... 1 Saline solution, 500 cc ...... 1 Protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ... 1 pair 2. Except as provided in paragraph (3), each Needles (2–18 ga., 2–20 ga., 2–22 ga., or sizes 6 approved first-aid kit must contain at least necessary to administer required medications). the following appropriately maintained con- Syringes (1–5 cc, 2–10 cc, or sizes necessary 4 tents in the specified quantities: to administer required medications). Analgesic, non-narcotic, tablets, 325 mg ...... 4 Contents Quantity Antihistamine tablets, 25 mg ...... 4 Antihistamine injectable, 50 mg, (single dose 2 Adhesive bandage compresses, 1-inch ...... 16 ampule or equivalent).

258

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. B

Contents Quantity States in accordance with Food and Drug Administration requirements, that must: Atropine, 0.5 mg, 5 cc (single dose ampule or 2 1. Be stored in the passenger cabin. equivalent). Aspirin tablets, 325 mg ...... 4 2. After April 30, 2005: Bronchodilator, inhaled (metered dose inhaler or 1 (a) Have a power source that meets FAA equivalent). Technical Standard Order requirements for Dextrose, 50%/50 cc injectable, (single dose 1 power sources for electronic devices used in ampule or equivalent). Epinephrine 1:1000, 1 cc, injectable, (single 2 aviation as approved by the Administrator; dose ampule or equivalent). or Epinephrine 1:10,000, 2 cc, injectable, (single 2 (b) Have a power source that was manufac- dose ampule or equivalent). tured before July 30, 2004, and been found by Lidocaine, 5 cc, 20 mg/ml, injectable (single 2 the FAA to be equivalent to a power source dose ampule or equivalent). Nitroglycerin tablets, 0.4 mg ...... 10 that meets the Technical Standard Order re- Basic instructions for use of the drugs in the kit 1 quirements of paragraph (a) of this section. 3. Be maintained in accordance with the 3. If all of the above-listed items do not fit manufacturer’s specifications. into one container, more than one container may be used. [Doc. No. FAA–2000–7119, 66 FR 19044, Apr. 12, 2001, as amended by Amdt. 121–280, 69 FR AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS 19762, Apr. 14, 2004; Amdt. 121–309, 70 FR 15196, At least one approved automated external Mar. 24, 2005] defibrillator, legally marketed in the United

APPENDIX B TO PART 121—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATION

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution 4 Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) readout

Time (GMT or Frame 24 Hrs ...... ±0.125% Per Hour ...... 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec. Counter) (range 0 to 4095, seconds). sampled 1 per frame). Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft to max certifi- ±100 to ±700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ...... 5′ to 35′ 1 cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a). craft. Airspeed ...... 50 KIAS to V so, and V so ±5%, ±3% ...... 1 ...... 1 kt. to 1.2VD. Heading ...... 360° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥3g to + 6g ...... ±1% of max range excluding 8 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pitch Attitude ...... ±75° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° Roll Attitude ...... ±180° ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° Radio Transmitter Keying ...... On-Off (Discrete) ...... ±2° ...... ±2% ...... Thrust/Power on Each Engine Full Range Forward ...... ±2° ...... 1 (per engine) ... 0.2% 2 Trailing Edge Flap or Cockpit Full Range or Each Dis- ±3° or as Pilot’s Indicator ...... 0.5 ...... 0.5% 2 Control Selection. crete Position. Leading Edge Flap or Cockpit Full Range or Each Dis- ±3° or as Pilot’s Indicator ...... 0.5 ...... 0.5% 2 Control Selection. crete Position. Thrust Reverser Position ...... Stowed, In Transit, and ...... 1 (per 4 sec- Reverse (Discrete). onds per engine). Ground Spoiler Position/ Full Range or Each Dis- ±2% Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ...... 0.2% 2. Speed Brake Selection. crete Position. Uniquely Required. Marker Beacon Passage ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Autopilot Engagement ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Longitudinal Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pilot Input and/or Surface Po- Full Range ...... ±2° Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ...... 0.2% 2. sition—Primary Controls Uniquely Required. (Pitch, Roll, Yaw) 3. Lateral Acceleration ...... ±1g ...... ±1.5% max range excluding 4 ...... 0.01g. datum error of ±5%. Pitch Trim Position ...... Full Range ...... ±3% Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ...... 0.3% 2. Uniquely Required. Glideslope Deviation ...... ±400 Microamps ...... ±3% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% 2. Localizer Deviation ...... ±400 Microamps ...... ±3% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% 2. AFCS Mode and Engagement Discrete ...... 1 ...... Status. Radio Altitude ...... ¥20 ft to 2,500 ft ...... ±2 Ft or ±3% Whichever is 1 ...... 1 ft + 5% 2 Greater Below 500 Ft and above 500′. ±5% Above 500 Ft.

259

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution 4 Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) readout

Master Warning ...... Discrete ...... 1 ...... Main Gear Squat Switch Sta- Discrete ...... 1 ...... tus. Angle of Attack (if recorded di- As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 ...... 0.3% 2 rectly).. Outside Air Temperature or ¥50 °C to + 90 °C ...... ±2 °c ...... 0.5 ...... 0.3 °c Total Air Temperature.. Hydraulics, Each System Low Discrete ...... 0.5 ...... or 0.5% 2 Pressure. Groundspeed...... As installed ...... Most Accurate Systems In- 1 ...... 0.2% 2 stalled (IMS Equipped Air- craft Only).

If additional recording capacity is available, recording of the following parameters is recommended. The parameters are listed in order of significance:

Drift Angle ...... When available, As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Wind Speed and Direction ..... When available, As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Latitude and Longitude ...... When available, As in- As installed ...... 4 ...... stalled. Brake pressure/Brake pedal As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... position. Additional engine parameters: EPR ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. N1 ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. N2 ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. EGT ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. Throttle Lever Position ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. Fuel Flow ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 (per engine). .. TCAS: TA ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... RA ...... As installed ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... Sensitivity level (as se- As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 ...... lected by crew). GPWS (ground proximity Discrete ...... 1 ...... warning system). Landing gear or gear selector Discrete ...... 0.25 (1 per 4 position. seconds). DME 1 and 2 Distance ...... 0–200 NM; ...... As installed ...... 0.25 ...... 1 mi. Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ...... As installed ...... 0.25 ...... lection. 1 When altitude rate is recorded. Altitude rate must have sufficient resolution and sampling to permit the derivation of altitude to 5 feet. 2 Per cent of full range. 3 For airplanes that can demonstrate the capability of deriving either the control input on control movement (one from the other) for all modes of operation and flight regimes, the ‘‘or’’ applies. For airplanes with non-mechanical control systems (fly-by- wire) the ‘‘and’’ applies. In airplanes with split surfaces, suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. 4 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

[Doc. No. 25530, 53 FR 26147, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988]

APPENDIX C TO PART 121—C–46 (ii) Conform to the applicable portions of NONTRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES the operator’s manual; (iii) Comply with all the applicable air- Cargo Operations worthiness directives; and 1. Required engines. (a) Except as provided (iv) Are equipped with high capacity oil in paragraph (b) of this section, the engines pump drive gears in accordance with FAA specified in subparagraphs (1) or (2) of this approved data. section must be installed in C–46 non- (2) Other engines found acceptable by the transport category airplanes operated at Flight Standards office having type certifi- gross weights exceeding 45,000 pounds: cation responsibility for the C–46 airplane. (1) Pratt and Whitney R2800–51–M1 or (b) Upon application by an operator con- R2800–75–M1 engines (engines converted from ducting cargo operations with nontransport basic model R2800–51 or R2800–75 engines in category C–46 airplanes between points with- accordance with FAA approved data) that— in the State of Alaska, the responsible (i) Conform to Engine Specification 5E–8; Flight Standards office may authorize the

260

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

operation of such airplanes, between points be attached to the cargo retention fittings within the State of Alaska; without compli- and provide the degree of cargo retention ance with paragraph (a) of this section if the that is required by the operators’ standard operator shows that, in its area of operation, system of cargo loading and tiedown. installation of the modified engines is not (b) C–46 forward and aft baggage compart- necessary to provide adequate cooling for ments must meet, as a minimum, Class B re- single-engine operations. Such authorization quirements of this section or be placarded in and any conditions or limitations therefor is a manner to preclude their use as cargo or made a part of the Operations Specifications baggage compartments. of the operator. 8. Proof of compliance. The demonstration 2. Minimum acceptable means of complying of compliance required by § 121.223 is not re- with the special airworthiness requirements. quired for C–46 airplanes in which— Unless otherwise authorized under § 121.213, (1) The main cabin conforms to Class A the data set forth in sections 3 through 34 of cargo compartment requirements of § 121.219; this appendix, as correlated to the C–46 non- and transport category airplane, is the minimum (2) Forward and aft baggage compartments means of compliance with the special air- conform to Class B requirements of § 121.221, worthiness requirements of §§ 121.215 through or are placarded to preclude their use as 121.281. cargo or baggage compartments. 3. Susceptibility of material to fire. [Deleted 9. Propeller deicing fluid. No change from as unnecessary] the requirements of § 121.225. Isopropyl alco- 4. Cabin interiors. C–46 crew compartments hol is a combustible fluid within the mean- must meet all the requirements of § 121.215, ing of this section. and, as required in § 121.221, the door between 10. Pressure cross-feed arrangements, location the crew compartment and main cabin of fuel tanks, and fuel system lines and fittings. (cargo) compartment must be flame resistant. C–46 fuel systems which conform to all appli- 5. Internal doors. Internal doors, including cable Curtiss design specifications and which the crew to main cabin door, must meet all comply with the FAA type certification re- the requirements of § 121.217. quirements are in compliance with the provi- 6. Ventilation. Standard C–46 crew compart- sions of §§ 121.227 through 121.231. ments meet the ventilation requirements of 11. Fuel lines and fittings in designated fire § 121.219 if a means of ventilation for control- zones. No change from the requirements of ling the flow of air is available between the § 121.233. crew compartment and main cabin. The ven- 12. Fuel valves. Compliance is required with tilation requirement may be met by use of a all the provisions of § 121.235. Compliance can door between the crew compartment and be established by showing that the fuel sys- main cabin. The door need not have louvers tem conforms to all the applicable Curtiss installed; however, if louvers are installed, design specifications, the FAA type certifi- they must be controllable. cation requirements, and, in addition, has 7. Fire precautions. Compliance is required explosion-proof fuel booster pump electrical with all the provisions of § 121.221. selector switches installed in lieu of the open (a) In establishing compliance with this contact type used originally. section, the C–46 main cabin is considered as 13. Oil lines and fittings in designated fire a Class A compartment if— zones. No change from the requirements of (1) The operator utilizes a standard system § 121.237. of cargo loading and tiedown that allows 14. Oil valves. C–46 oil shutoff valves must easy access in flight to all cargo in such conform to the requirements of § 121.239. In compartment, and, such system is included addition, C–46 airplanes using Hamilton in the appropriate portion of the operator’s Standard propellers must provide, by use of manual; and stand pipes in the engine oil tanks or other (2) A cargo barrier is installed in the for- approved means, a positive source of oil for ward end of the main cabin cargo compart- feathering each propeller. ment. The barrier must— 15. Oil system drains. The standard C–46 ‘‘Y’’ (i) Establish the most forward location be- drains installed in the main oil inlet line for yond which cargo cannot be carried; each engine meet the requirements of (ii) Protect the components and systems of § 121.241. the airplane that are essential to its safe op- 16. Engine breather line. The standard C–46 eration from cargo damage; and engine breather line installation meets the (iii) Permit easy access, in flight, to cargo requirements of § 121.243 if the lower breather in the main cabin cargo compartment. lines actually extend to the trailing edge of The barrier may be a cargo net or a network the oil cooler air exit duct. of steel cables or other means acceptable to 17. Firewalls and firewall construction. Com- the Administrator which would provide pliance is required with all of the provisions equivalent protection to that of a cargo net. of §§ 121.245 and 121.247. The following re- The barrier need not meet crash load requirements must be met in showing compli- quirements of FAR § 25.561; however, it must ance with these sections:

261

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(a) Engine compartment. The engine fire- with § 121.315, this positioning must also be walls of the C–46 airplane must— incorporated in the emergency section of the (1) Conform to type design, and all applica- pilot’s checklist. ble airworthiness directives; (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 (2) Be constructed of stainless steel or ap- heater compartments which comply with proved equivalent; and paragraph (5) of AD–49–18–1 or FAA approved (3) Have fireproof shields over the fairleads equivalent meet the requirements of § 121.257 used for the engine control cables that pass applicable to heater compartments if, in ad- through each firewall. dition, a shutoff valve located above the (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 air- main cabin floor level is installed in the al- planes must have a combustion heater fire cohol supply line or lines between the alco- extinguishing system which complies with hol supply tank and those alcohol pumps lo- AD–49–18–1 or an FAA approved equivalent. cated under the main cabin floor. If all of the 18. Cowling. Standard C–46 engine cowling alcohol pumps are located above the main (cowling of aluminum construction employ- cabin floor, the alcohol shutoff valve need ing stainless steel exhaust shrouds) which not be installed. In complying with para- conforms to the type design and cowling con- graph (5) of AD–49–18–1, a fail-safe electric figurations which conform to the C–46 trans- fuel shutoff valve may be used in lieu of the port category requirements meet the re- manually operated valve. quirements of § 121.249. 23. Lines and fittings—(a) Engine compart- 19. Engine accessory section diaphragm. C–46 ment. C–46 engine compartments which com- engine nacelles which conform to the C–46 ply with all applicable airworthiness direc- transport category requirements meet the tives, including AD–62–10–2, by using FAA requirements of § 121.251. As provided for in approved fire-resistant lines, hoses, and end that section, a means of equivalent protec- fittings, and engine compartments which tion which does not require provision of a di- meet the C–46 transport category require- aphragm to isolate the engine power section ments, meet the requirements of § 121.259. and exhaust system from the engine accessory compartment is the designation of the (b) Combustion heater compartments All entire engine compartment forward of and lines, hoses, and end fittings, and couplings including the firewall as a designated fire which carry fuel to the heaters and heater zone, and the installation of adequate fire controls, must be of FAA approved fire-re- detection and fire extinguishing systems sistant construction. which meet the requirements of § 121.263 and 24. Vent and drain lines—(a) § 121.273, respectively, in such zone. Enginecompartment. C–46 engine compart- 20. Powerplant fire protection. C–46 engine ments meet the requirements of § 121.261 if— compartments and combustion heater com- (1) The compartments conform to type departments are considered as designated fire sign and comply with all applicable air- zones within the meaning of § 121.253. worthiness directives or FAA approved 21. Flammable fluids— equivalent; and (a) Engine compartment. C–46 engine com- (2) Drain lines from supercharger case, en- partments which conform to the type design gine-driven fuel pump, and engine-driven hy- and which comply with all applicable air- draulic pump reach into the scupper drain lo- worthiness directives meet the requirements cated in the lower cowling segment. of § 121.255. (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 heater compartments meet the requirements combustion heater compartments which con- of § 121.261 if they conform to AD–49–18–1 or form to type design and which meet all the FAA approved equivalent. requirements of AD–49–18–1 or an FAA ap- 25. Fire-extinguishing system. (a) To meet proved equivalent meet the requirements of the requirements of § 121.263, C–46 airplanes § 121.255. must have installed fire extinguishing sys- 22. Shutoff means— tems to serve all designated fire zones. The (a) Engine compartment. C–46 engine com- fire-extinguishing systems, the quantity of partments which comply with AD–62–10–2 or extinguishing agent, and the rate of dis- FAA approved equivalent meet the require- charge shall be such as to provide a min- ments of § 121.257 applicable to engine com- imum of one adequate discharge for each partments, if, in addition, a means satisfac- designated fire zone. Compliance with this tory to the Administrator is provided to shut provision requires the installation of a sepa- off the flow of hydraulic fluid to the cowl rate fire extinguisher for each engine com- flap cylinder in each engine nacelle. The partment. Insofar as the engine compart- shutoff means must be located aft of the en- ment is concerned, the system shall be capa- gine firewall. The operator’s manual must ble of protecting the entire compartment include, in the emergency portion, adequate against the various types of fires likely to instructions for proper operation of the addi- occur in the compartment. tional shutoff means to assure correct se- (b) Fire-extinguishing systems which con- quential positioning of engine cowl flaps form to the C–46 transport category require- under emergency conditions. In accordance ments meet the requirements set forth in

262

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

paragraph (a). Furthermore, fire-extin- (b) Be modified or have operational proce- guishing systems for combustion heater dures established to provide additional fire compartments which conform to the require- protection for the wheel well door aft of each ments of AD–49–18–1 or an FAA approved engine compartment. Modifications may equivalent also meet the requirements in consist of improvements in sealing of the paragraph (a). main landing gear wheel well doors. An oper- In addition, a fire-extinguishing system for ational procedure which is acceptable to the C–46 airplanes meets the adequacy require- Agency is one requiring the landing gear ment of paragraph (a) if it provides the same control to be placed in the up position in or equivalent protection to that dem- case of in-flight engine fire. In accordance onstrated by the CAA in tests conducted in with § 121.315, such procedure must be set 1941 and 1942, using a CW–20 type engine na- forth in the emergency portion of the opera- celle (without diaphragm). These tests were tor’s emergency checklist pertaining to in- conducted at the Bureau of Standards facili- flight engine fire. ties in Washington, DC, and copies of the 30. Control of engine rotation. C–46 propeller test reports are available through the FAA feathering systems which conform to the Regional Engineering Offices. In this connec- type design and all applicable airworthiness tion, the flow rates and distribution of extin- directives meet the requirements of § 121.279. guishing agent substantiated in American 31. Fuel system independence. C–46 fuel sys- Airmotive Report No. 128–52–d, FAA ap- tems which conform to the type design and proved February 9, 1953, provides protection all applicable airworthiness directives meet equivalent to that demonstrated by the CAA the requirements of § 121.281. in the CW–20 tests. In evaluating any C–46 32. Induction system ice prevention. The C–46 fire-extinguishing system with respect to the carburetor anti-icing system which conforms aforementioned CW–20 tests, the Administra- to the type design and all applicable air- tion would require data in a narrative form, worthiness directives meets the require- utilizing drawings or photographs to show at ments of § 121.283. least the following: 33. Carriage of cargo in passenger compart- Installation of containers; installation and ments. Section 121.285 is not applicable to routing of plumbing; type, number, and loca- nontransport category C–46 cargo airplanes. tion of outlets or nozzles; type, total volume, 34. Carriage of cargo in cargo compartments. and distribution of extinguishing agent; A standard cargo loading and tiedown ar- length of time required for discharging; rangement set forth in the operator’s man- means for thermal relief, including type and ual and found acceptable to the Adminis- location of discharge indicators; means of trator must be used in complying with discharging, e.g., mechanical cutterheads, § 121.287. electric cartridge, or other method; and 35. Performance data. Performance data on whether a one- or two-shot system is used; Curtiss model C–46 airplane certificated for and if the latter is used, means of cross-feed- maximum weight of 45,000 and 48,000 pounds ing or otherwise selecting distribution of ex- for cargo-only operations. tinguishing agent; and types of materials 1. The following performance limitation used in makeup of plumbing. data, applicable to the Curtiss model C–46 High rate discharge (HRD) systems using airplane for cargo-only operation, must be agents such as bromotrifluoromethane, used in determining compliance with dibrodifluoromethane and §§ 121.199 through 121.205. These data are pre- chlorobromomethane (CB), may also meet sented in the tables and figures of this ap- the requirements of paragraph (a). pendix. 26. Fire-extinguishing agents, Extinguishing agent container pressure relief, Extinguishing TABLE 1—TAKEOFF LIMITATIONS agent container compartment temperatures, and (a) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum Fire-extinguishing system materials. No change weight of 45,000 pounds. from the requirements of §§ 121.265 through (1) Effective length of runway required when 121.271. effective length is determined in accordance 27. Fire-detector system. Compliance with with § 121.171 (distance to accelerate to 93 the requirements of § 121.273 requires that C– knots TIAS and stop, with zero wind and 46 fire detector systems conform to: zero gradient). (Factor = 1.00) (a) AD–62–10–2 or FAA approved equivalent for engine compartments; and [Distance in feet] (b) AD–49–18–1 or FAA approved equivalent Airplane weight in pounds for combustion heater compartments Standard altitude in feet 28. Fire detectors. No change from the re- 39,000 42,000 45,000 1 quirements of § 121.275. 29. Protection of other airplane components S.L ...... 4,110 4,290 4,570 1,000 ...... 4,250 4,440 4,720 against fire. To meet the requirements of 2,000 ...... 4,400 4,600 4,880 § 121.277, C–46 airplanes must— 3,000 ...... 4,650 4,880 5,190 (a) Conform to the type design and all ap- 4,000 ...... 4,910 5,170 5,500 plicable airworthiness directives; and 5,000 ...... 5,160 5,450 5,810

263

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

[Distance in feet] [Distance in feet]

Airplane weight in pounds Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude in feet Standard altitude in feet 39,000 42,000 45,000 1 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 1

6,000 ...... 5,420 5,730 6,120 1,000 ...... 5,000 5,230 5,550 6,030 7,000 ...... 5,680 6,000 6,440 2,000 ...... 5,170 5,410 5,740 6,230 8,000 ...... 5,940 6,280 (1) 3,000 ...... 5,470 5,740 6,100 6,670 1 Ref. Fig. 1(a)(1) for weight and distance for altitudes 4,000 ...... 5,770 6,080 6,470 7,120 above 7,000′. 5,000 ...... 6,070 6,410 6,830 7,560 6,000 ...... 6,380 6,740 7,200 8,010 (2) Actual length of runway required when 7,000 ...... 6,680 7,070 7,570 (1) effective length, considering obstacles, is not 8,000 ...... 6,990 7,410 7,940 (1) determined (distance to accelerate to 93 1 Ref. Fig. 1(b)(2) for weight and distance for altitudes knots TIAS and stop, divided by the factor above 6,000′. 0.85). [Distance in feet] TABLE 2—EN ROUTE LIMITATIONS (a) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude in feet imum weight of 45,000 pounds (based on a 39,000 42,000 45,000 1 climb speed of 113 knots (TIAS)).

S.L ...... 4,830 5,050 5,370 Terrain Blower set- 1,000 ...... 5,000 5,230 5,550 Weight (pounds) clearance ting 2,000 ...... 5,170 5,410 5,740 (feet) 1 3,000 ...... 5,470 5,740 6,100 4,000 ...... 5,770 6,080 6,470 45,000 ...... 6,450 Low. 5,000 ...... 6,070 6,410 6,830 44,000 ...... 7,000 Do. 6,000 ...... 6,380 6,740 7,200 43,000 ...... 7,500 Do. 7,000 ...... 6,680 7,070 7,570 42,200 ...... 8,000 High. 8,000 ...... 6,990 7,410 (1) 41,000 ...... 9,600 Do. 40,000 ...... 11,000 Do. 1 Ref. Fig. 1(a)(2) for weight and distance for altitudes 39,000 ...... 12,300 Do. above 7,000′. 1 Highest altitude of terrain over which airplanes may be op- (b) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum erated in compliance with § 121.201. weight 48,000 pounds. Ref. Fig. 2(a). (1) Effective length of runway required when (b) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- effective length is determined in accordance imum weight of 48,000 pounds or with engine with § 121.171 (distance to accelerate to 93 installation approved for 2,550 revolutions knots TIAS and stop, with zero wind and per minute (1,700 brake horsepower). Max- zero gradient). (Factor = 1.00) imum continuous power in low blower (based [Distance in feet] on a climb speed of 113 knots (TIAS)). Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude Terrain in feet Blower set- 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 1 Weight (pounds) clearance ting (feet) 1 S.L ...... 4,110 4,290 4,570 4,950 48,000 ...... 5,850 Low. 1,000 ...... 4,250 4,440 4,720 5,130 47,000 ...... 6,300 Do. 2,000 ...... 4,400 4,600 4,880 5,300 3,000 ...... 4,650 4,880 5,190 5,670 46,000 ...... 6,700 Do. 4,000 ...... 4,910 5,170 5,500 6,050 45,000 ...... 7,200 Do. 5,000 ...... 5,160 5,450 5,810 6,420 44,500 ...... 7,450 Do. 6,000 ...... 5,420 5,730 6,120 6,800 44,250 ...... 8,000 High. 7,000 ...... 5,680 6,000 6,440 (1) 44,000 ...... 8,550 Do. 8,000 ...... 5,940 6,280 6,750 (1) 43,000 ...... 10,800 Do. 42,000 ...... 12,500 Do. 1 Ref. Fig. 1(b)(1) for weight and distance for altitudes 41,000 ...... 13,000 Do. above 6,000′. 1 Highest altitude of terrain over which airplanes may be op- (2) Actual length of runway required when erated in compliance with § 121.201. effective length, considering obstacles, is not Ref. Fig. 2(b). determined (distance to accelerate to 93 TABLE 3—LANDING LIMITATIONS knots TIAS and stop, divided by the factor 0.85). (a) Intended Destination. [Distance in feet] Effective length of runway required for intended destination when effective length is Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude determined in accordance with § 121.171 with in feet 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 1 zero wind and zero gradient. (1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- S.L ...... 4,830 5,050 5,370 5,830 imum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.60 factor)

264

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 1 in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V50 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 45,000 V50

S.L ...... 4,320 86 4,500 88 4,700 90 4,800 91 1,000 ...... 4,440 86 4,620 88 4,830 90 4,930 91 2,000 ...... 4,550 86 4,750 88 4,960 90 5,050 91 3,000 ...... 4,670 86 4,880 88 5,090 90 5,190 91 4,000 ...... 4,800 86 5,000 88 5,220 90 5,320 91 5,000 ...... 4,920 86 5,140 88 5,360 90 5,460 91 6,000 ...... 5,040 86 5,270 88 5,550 90 5,600 91 7,000 ...... 5,170 86 5,410 88 5,650 90 5,750 91 8,000 ...... 5,310 86 5,550 88 5,800 90 5,900 91

1 Steady approach speed through 50–foot height TIAS denoted by symbol V50. Ref. Fig. 3(a)(1). (2) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. 1 (0.60 factor.) Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 2 in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 46,000 V50 43,000 V50

S.L ...... 3,370 80 3,490 82 3,620 84 3,740 86 1,000 ...... 3,460 80 3,580 82 3,710 84 3,830 86 2,000 ...... 3,540 80 3,670 82 3,800 84 3,920 86 3,000 ...... 3,630 80 3,760 82 3,890 84 4,020 86 4,000 ...... 3,720 80 3,850 82 3,980 84 4,110 86 5,000 ...... 3,800 80 3,940 82 4,080 84 4,220 86 6,000 ...... 3,890 80 4,040 82 4,180 84 4,320 86 7,000 ...... 3,980 80 4,140 82 4,280 84 4,440 86 8,000 ...... 4,080 80 4,240 82 4,390 84 4,550 86 1 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight. 2 Steady approach speed through 50 height knots TIAS denoted by symbol V503. Ref. Fig. 3(a)(2). (b) Alternate Airports. Effective length of runway required when effective length is determined in accordance with § 121.171 with zero wind and zero gradient. (1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.70 factor.) Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 1 in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V50 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 45,000 V50

S.L ...... 3,700 86 3,860 88 4,030 90 4,110 91 1,000 ...... 3,800 86 3,960 88 4,140 90 4,220 91 2,000 ...... 3,900 86 4,070 88 4,250 90 4,340 91 3,000 ...... 4,000 86 4,180 88 4,360 90 4,450 91 4,000 ...... 4,110 86 4,290 88 4,470 90 4,560 91 5,000 ...... 4,210 86 4,400 88 4,590 90 4,680 91 6,000 ...... 4,330 86 4,510 88 4,710 90 4,800 91 7,000 ...... 4,430 86 4,630 88 4,840 90 4,930 91 8,000 ...... 4,550 86 4,750 88 4,970 90 5,060 91

1 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V50. Ref. Fig. 3(b)(1). (2) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. 1 (0.70 factor.) Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 2 in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 46,000 V50 48,000 V50

S.L ...... 2,890 80 3,000 82 3,110 84 3,220 86 1,000 ...... 2,960 80 3,070 82 3,180 84 3,280 86 2,000 ...... 3,040 80 3,150 82 3,260 84 3,360 86 3,000 ...... 3,110 80 3,220 82 3,340 84 3,440 86 4,000 ...... 3,180 80 3,300 82 3,410 84 3,520 86 5,000 ...... 3,260 80 3,380 82 3,500 84 3,610 86 6,000 ...... 3,330 80 3,460 82 3,580 84 3,700 86 7,000 ...... 3,420 80 3,540 82 3,670 84 3,800 86

265

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 2 in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 46,000 V50 48,000 V50

8,000 ...... 3,500 80 3,630 82 3,760 84 3,900 86

1 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight. 2 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V50. Ref. Fig. 3(b)(2). (c) Actual length of runway required when effective length, considering obstacles, is not determined in accordance with § 121.171. (1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.55 factor.) Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 1 in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V50 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 45,000 V50

S.L ...... 4,710 86 4,910 88 5,130 90 5,230 91 1,000 ...... 4,840 86 5,050 88 5,270 90 5,370 91 2,000 ...... 4,960 86 5,180 88 5,410 90 5,510 91 3,000 ...... 5,090 86 5,320 88 5,550 90 5,660 91 4,000 ...... 5,230 86 5,460 88 5,700 90 5,810 91 5,000 ...... 5,360 86 5,600 88 5,850 90 5,960 91 6,000 ...... 5,500 86 5,740 88 6,000 90 6,110 91 7,000 ...... 5,640 86 5,900 88 6,170 90 6,280 91 8,000 ...... 5,790 86 6,050 88 6,340 90 6,450 91

1 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V50. Ref. Fig. 3(c)(1). (2) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. 1 (0.55 factor.) Distance in feet

Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds 2 in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V50 44,000 V50 46,000 V50 48,000 V50

S.L ...... 3,680 80 3,820 82 3,960 84 4,090 86 1,000 ...... 3,770 80 3,910 82 4,050 84 4,180 86 2,000 ...... 3,860 80 4,000 82 4,140 84 4,280 86 3,000 ...... 3,960 80 4,090 82 4,240 84 4,380 86 4,000 ...... 4,050 80 4,190 82 4,340 84 4,490 86 5,000 ...... 4,150 80 4,290 82 4,450 84 4,600 86 6,000 ...... 4,240 80 4,400 82 4,560 84 4,710 86 7,000 ...... 4,350 80 4,510 82 4,670 84 4,840 86 8,000 ...... 4,450 80 4,620 82 4,790 84 4,960 86

1 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight. 2 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V50. Ref. Fig. 3(c)(2).

266

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

267

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.009 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

268

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.010 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

269

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.011 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

270

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.012 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

271

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.013 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

272

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.014 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

273

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.015 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

274

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.016 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

275

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.017 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

276

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.018 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

277

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.019 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

278

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.020 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

279

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.021 Pt. 121, App. C 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

[Doc. No. 4080, 30 FR 258, Jan. 3, 1965; 30 FR 481, Jan. 14, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018]

280

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR EC26SE91.022 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. D

APPENDIX D TO PART 121—CRITERIA FOR (11) The seating density and arrangement DEMONSTRATION OF EMERGENCY of the airplane must be representative of the EVACUATION PROCEDURES UNDER highest capacity passenger version of that airplane the certificate holder operates or § 121.291 proposes to operate. (a) Aborted takeoff demonstration. (1) The (12) Each crewmember must be a member demonstration must be conducted either dur- of a regularly scheduled line crew, except ing the dark of the night or during daylight that flight crewmembers need not be mem- with the dark of the night simulated. If the bers of a regularly scheduled line crew, pro- demonstration is conducted indoors during vided they have knowledge of the airplane. daylight hours, it must be conducted with Each crewmember must be seated in the seat each window covered and each door closed to the crewmember is normally assigned for minimize the daylight effect. Illumination takeoff, and must remain in that seat until on the floor or ground may be used, but it the signal for commencement of the demonstration is received. must be kept low and shielded against shin- (13) No crewmember or passenger may be ing into the airplane’s windows or doors. given prior knowledge of the emergency (2) The airplane must be a normal ground exits available for the demonstration. attitude with landing gear extended. (14) The certificate holder may not prac- (3) Unless the airplane is equipped with an tice, rehearse, or describe the demonstration off-wing descent means, stands or ramps may for the participants nor may any participant be used for descent from the wing to the have taken part in this type of demonstra- ground. Safety equipment such as mats or tion within the preceding 6 months. inverted life rafts may be placed on the floor (15) The pretakeoff passenger briefing re- or ground to protect participants. No other quired by § 121.571 may be given in accord- equipment that is not part of the emergency ance with the certificate holder’s manual. evacuation equipment of the airplane may be The passengers may also be warned to follow used to aid the participants in reaching the directions of crewmembers, but may not be ground. instructed on the procedures to be followed (4) The airplane’s normal electrical power in the demonstration. sources must be deenergized. (16) If safety equipment as allowed by item (5) All emergency equipment for the type (3) of this section is provided, either all pas- of passenger-carrying operation involved senger and cockpit windows must be blacked must be installed in accordance with the cer- out or all of the emergency exits must have tificate holder’s manual. safety equipment in order to prevent disclo- (6) Each external door and exit, and each sure of the available emergency exits. internal door or curtain must be in position (17) Not more than 50 percent of the emer- to simulate a normal takeoff. gency exits in the sides of the fuselage of an (7) A representative passenger load of per- airplane that meet all of the requirements sons in normal health must be used. At least applicable to the required emergency exits 40 percent of the passenger load must be fe- for that airplane may be used for the dem- males. At least 35 percent of the passenger onstration. Exits that are not to be used in load must be over 50 years of age. At least 15 the demonstration must have the exit handle percent of the passenger load must be female deactivated or must be indicated by red and over 50 year of age. Three life-size dolls, lights, red tape, or other acceptable means, not included as part of the total passenger placed outside the exits to indicate fire or load, must be carried by passengers to simu- other reason that they are unusable. The late live infants 2 years old or younger. exits to be used must be representative of all Crewmembers, mechanics, and training per- of the emergency exits on the airplane and sonnel, who maintain or operate the airplane must be designated by the certificate holder, in the normal course of their duties, may not subject to approval by the Administrator. At be used as passengers. least one floor level exit must be used. (8) No passenger may be assigned a specific (18) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) seat except as the Administrator may re- of this appendix, all evacuees must leave the quire. Except as required by item (12) of this airplane by a means provided as part of the paragraph, no employee of the certificate airplane’s equipment. holder may be seated next to an emergency (19) The certificate holder’s approved pro- exit. cedures and all of the emergency equipment (9) Seat belts and shoulder harnesses (as that is normally available, including slides, required) must be fastened. ropes, lights, and megaphones, must be fully (10) Before the start of the demonstration, utilized during the demonstration, except approximately one-half of the total average that the flightcrew must take no active role amount of carry-on baggage, blankets, pil- in assisting others inside the cabin during lows, and other similar articles must be dis- the demonstration. tributed at several locations in the aisles (20) The evacuation time period is com- and emergency exit access ways to create pleted when the last occupant has evacuated minor obstructions. the airplane and is on the ground. Evacuees

281

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. E 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

using stands or ramps allowed by item (3) plane, to accommodate all persons partici- above are considered to be on the ground pating in the demonstration. when they are on the stand or ramp: Pro- [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as vided, That the acceptance rate of the stand amended by Amdt. 121–30, 32 FR 13268, Sept. or ramp is no greater than the acceptance 20, 1967; Amdt. 121–41, 33 FR 9067, June 20, rate of the means available on the airplane 1968; Amdt. 121–46, 34 FR 5545, Mar. 22, 1969; for descent from the wing during an actual Amdt. 121–47, 34 FR 11489, July 11, 1969; crash situation. Amdt. 121–233, 58 FR 45230, Aug. 26, 1993] (b) Ditching demonstration. The demonstration must assume that daylight hours exist APPENDIX E TO PART 121—FLIGHT outside the airplane, and that all required TRAINING REQUIREMENTS crewmembers are available for the demonstration. (a) The maneuvers and procedures required (1) If the certificate holder’s manual re- by § 121.424 for pilot initial, transition, and quires the use of passengers to assist in the conversion flight training are set forth in the certificate holder’s approved low-alti- launching of liferafts, the needed passengers tude windshear flight training program, must be aboard the airplane and participate § 121.423 extended envelope training, and in in the demonstration according to the man- this appendix. The maneuvers and proce- ual. dures required for upgrade training in ac- (2) A stand must be placed at each emer- cordance with § 121.424 are set forth in this gency exit and wing, with the top of the plat- appendix and in the certificate holder’s ap- form at a height simulating the water level proved low-altitude windshear flight train- of the airplane following a ditching. ing program and § 121.423 extended envelope (3) After the ditching signal has been re- training. For the maneuvers and procedures ceived, each evacuee must don a life vest ac- required for upgrade training in accordance cording to the certificate holder’s manual. with § 121.426, this appendix designates the (4) Each liferaft must be launched and in- airplane or FSTD, as appropriate, that may flated, according to the certificate holder’s be used. manual, and all other required emergency (b) All required maneuvers and procedures equipment must be placed in rafts. must be performed inflight except that (5) Each evacuee must enter a liferaft, and windshear and extended envelope training maneuvers and procedures must be per- the crewmembers assigned to each liferaft formed in a full flight simulator (FFS) in must indicate the location of emergency which the maneuvers and procedures are spe- equipment aboard the raft and describe its cifically authorized to be accomplished. Cer- use. tain other maneuvers and procedures may be (6) Either the airplane, a mockup of the performed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static airplane or a floating device simulating a airplane as indicated by the appropriate passenger compartment must be used. symbol in the respective column opposite (i) If a mockup of the airplane is used, it the maneuver or procedure. must be a life-size mockup of the interior (c) Whenever a maneuver or procedure is and representative of the airplane currently authorized to be performed in an FTD, it used by or proposed to be used by the certifi- may be performed in an FFS, and in some cate holder, and must contain adequate seats cases, a static airplane. Whenever the re- for use of the evacuees. Operation of the quirement may be performed in either an emergency exits and the doors must closely FTD or a static airplane, the appropriate simulate those on the airplane. Sufficient symbols are entered in the respective col- wing area must be installed outside the over- umns. the-wing exits to demonstrate the evacu- (d) A Level B or higher FFS may be used ation. instead of the airplane to satisfy the inflight requirements if the FFS is approved under (ii) If a floating device simulating a pas- § 121.407 and is used as part of an approved senger compartment is used, it must be rep- program that meets the requirements for an resentative, to the extent possible, of the Advanced Simulation Training Program in passenger compartment of the airplane used Appendix H of this part. in operations. Operation of the emergency (e) For the purpose of this appendix, the exits and the doors must closely simulate op- following symbols mean— eration on that airplane. Sufficient wing I = Pilot in Command (PIC) and Second in area must be installed outside the over-the- Command (SIC) initial training wing exits to demonstrate the evacuation. T = PIC and SIC transition training The device must be equipped with the same U = SIC to PIC upgrade training survival equipment as is installed on the air- C = Flight engineer (FE) to SIC conversion training

282

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight airplane FFS FTD

As appropriate to the airplane and the operation involved, flight training for pilots must include the following maneuvers and procedures. I. Preflight: (a) Visual inspection of the exterior ...... I, T, U, C. and interior of the airplane, the location of each item to be inspected, and the purpose for inspecting it. The visual inspection may be conducted using an approved pictorial means that realistically portrays the location and detail of visual inspection items and provides for the portrayal of normal and abnormal conditions. (b) Use of the prestart checklist, ap- ...... I, T, U, C. propriate control system checks, starting procedures, radio and electronic equipment checks, and the selection of proper navigation and communications radio facilities and frequencies prior to flight. (c)(1) Before March 12, 2019, taxiing, I, T, U, C. sailing, and docking procedures in compliance with instructions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the training. (2) Taxiing. Beginning March 12, 2019, this maneuver includes the following: (i) Taxiing, sailing, I, T, U, C. and docking procedures in compliance with instructions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the training. (ii) Use of airport I, T, U, C. diagram (surface movement chart). (iii) Obtaining appro- I, T, U, C. priate clearance before crossing or entering active runways. (iv) Observation of I, T, U, C. all surface movement guidance control markings and lighting. (d)(1) Before March 12, 2019, pre- ...... I, T, U, C. takeoff checks that include powerplant checks. (2) Beginning March 12, ...... I, T, U, C. 2019, pre-takeoff procedures that include powerplant checks, receipt of takeoff clearance and confirmation of aircraft location, and FMS entry (if appropriate) for departure runway prior to crossing hold short line for takeoff. II. Takeoffs: Training in takeoffs must include the types and conditions listed below but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal takeoffs which, for the pur- I, T, U, C. pose of this maneuver, begin when the airplane is taxied into position on the runway to be used.

283

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. E 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight airplane FFS FTD

(b) Takeoffs with instrument conditions ...... I, T, U, C. simulated at or before reaching an altitude of 100′ above the airport elevation. (c)(1) Crosswind takeoffs ...... I, T, U, C. (2) Beginning March 12, I, T, U, C. 2019, crosswind takeoffs including crosswind takeoffs with gusts if practicable under the existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions. (d) Takeoffs with a simulated failure of ...... I, T, U, C. the most critical powerplant— (1) At a point after V1 and ...... I, T, U, C. before V2 that in the judgment of the person conducting the training is appropriate to the airplane type under the prevailing conditions; or (2) At a point as close as ...... I, T, U, C. possible after V1 when V1 and V2 or V1 and VR are identical; or (3) At the appropriate speed ...... I, T, U, C. for nontransport category airplanes. (e) Rejected takeoffs accomplished ...... I, T, U, C. during a normal takeoff run after reaching a reasonable speed determined by giving due consideration to aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions, wind direction and velocity, brake heat en- ergy, and any other pertinent factors that may adversely affect safety or the airplane. (f) Night takeoffs. For pilots in transi- I, T, U, C. tion training, this requirement may be met during the operating experience required under § 121.434 by performing a normal takeoff at night when a check airman serving as PIC is occupying a pilot station. III. Flight Maneuvers and Procedures: (a) Turns with and without spoilers ...... I, T, U, C. (b) Tuck and Mach buffet ...... I, T, U, C. (c) Maximum endurance and max- ...... I, T, U, C. imum range procedures. (d) Operation of systems and controls ...... I, T, U. at the flight engineer station. (e) Runaway and jammed stabilizer ...... I, T, U, C. (f) Normal and abnormal or alternate operation of the following systems and procedures: (1) Pressurization ...... I, T, U, C. (2) Pneumatic ...... I, T, U, C. (3) Air conditioning ...... I, T, U, C. (4) Fuel and oil ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (5) Electrical ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (6) Hydraulic ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (7) Flight control ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (8) Anti-icing and deicing ...... I, T, U, C. (9) Autopilot ...... I, T, U, C. (10) Automatic or other ap- ...... I, T, U, C. proach aids. (11) Stall warning devices, ...... I, T, U, C. stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation devices. (12) Airborne radar devices ...... I, T, U, C.

284

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight airplane FFS FTD

(13) Any other systems, de- ...... I, T, U, C. vices, or aids available. (14) Electrical, hydraulic, ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. flight control, and flight instrument system malfunctioning or failure. (15) Landing gear and flap ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. systems failure or malfunction. (16) Failure of navigation or ...... I, T, U, C. communications equipment. (g) Flight emergency procedures that include at least the following: (1) Powerplant, heater, cargo ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. compartment, cabin, flight deck, wing, and electrical fires. (2) Smoke control ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (3) Powerplant failures ...... I, T ...... U, C. (4) Fuel jettisoning ...... I, T, U, C ...... I, T, U, C. (5) Any other emergency pro- ...... I, T, U, C. cedures outlined in the appropriate flight manual. (h) Steep turns in each direction. Each ...... I, T, U, C. steep turn must involve a bank angle of 45° with a heading change of at least 180° but not more than 360°. This maneuver is not required for Group I transition training. (i) Stall Prevention. For the purpose of ...... I, T, U, C. this training the approved recovery procedure must be initiated at the first indication of an impending stall (buffet, stick shaker, aural warning). Stall prevention training must be conducted in at least the following configurations: (1) Takeoff configuration (ex- ...... I, T, U, C. cept where the airplane uses only a zero-flap takeoff configuration). (2) Clean configuration ...... I, T, U, C. (3) Landing configuration ...... I, T, U, C. (j) Recovery from specific flight char- ...... I, T, U, C. acteristics that are peculiar to the airplane type. (k) Instrument procedures that include the following: (1) Area departure and arrival ...... I, T, U, C. (2) Use of navigation systems ...... I, T, U, C. including adherence to assigned radials. (3) Holding ...... I, T, U, C. (l) ILS instrument approaches that include the following: (1) Normal ILS approaches ... I, T, U, C. (2) Manually controlled ILS I ...... T, U, C. approaches with a simulated failure of one powerplant which occurs before initiating the final approach course and continues to touchdown or through the missed approach procedure. (m) Instrument approaches and missed approaches other than ILS which include the following: (1) Nonprecision approaches ...... U, C ...... I, T. that the pilot is likely to use.

285

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. E 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight airplane FFS FTD

(2) In addition to subpara- ...... I, T, U, C. graph (1) of this paragraph, at least one other nonprecision approach and missed approach procedure that the pilot is likely to use. In connection with paragraphs III(l) and III(m), each instrument approach must be performed according to any procedures and limitations approved for the approach facility used. The instrument approach begins when the airplane is over the initial approach fix for the approach procedure being used (or turned over to the final approach controller in the case of GCA approach) and ends when the airplane touches down on the runway or when transition to a missed approach configuration is completed. (n) Circling approaches which include I, T, U, C. the following: (1) That portion of the circling I, T, U, C. approach to the authorized minimum altitude for the procedure being used must be made under simulated instrument conditions. (2) The circling approach I, T, U, C. must be made to the authorized minimum circling approach altitude followed by a change in heading and the necessary maneuvering (by visual reference) to maintain a flight path that permits a normal landing on a runway at least 90° from the final approach course of the simulated instrument portion of the approach. (3) The circling approach I, T, U, C. must be performed without excessive maneuvering, and without exceeding the normal operating limits of the airplane. The angle of bank should not exceed 30°. Training in the circling approach maneuver is not required if the certificate holder’s manual prohibits a circling approach in weather conditions below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility). (o) Zero-flap approaches. Training in I, C ...... T, U. this maneuver is not required for a particular airplane type if the Admin- istrator has determined that the probability of flap extension failure on that type airplane is extremely remote due to system design. In making this determination, the Ad- ministrator determines whether training on slats only and partial flap approaches is necessary. (p) Missed approaches which include the following: (1) Missed approaches from ...... I, T, U, C. ILS approaches. (2) Other missed approaches ...... I, T, U, C. (3) Missed approaches that ...... I, T, U, C. include a complete approved missed approach procedure.

286

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight airplane FFS FTD

(4) Missed approaches that ...... I, T, U, C. include a powerplant failure. IV. Landings and Approaches to Landings: Training in landings and approaches to landings must include the types and conditions listed below but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal landings ...... I, T, U, C. (b) Landing and go around with the I, C ...... T ...... U. horizontal stabilizer out of trim. (c) Landing in sequence from an ILS I ...... T, U, C. instrument approach. (d)(1) Crosswind landing ...... I, T, U, C. (2) Beginning March 12, I, T, U, C. 2019, crosswind landing, including crosswind landings with gusts if practicable under the existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions. (e) Maneuvering to a landing with simulated powerplant failure, as follows: (1) For 3-engine airplanes, I, C ...... T, U. maneuvering to a landing with an approved procedure that approximates the loss of two powerplants (center and one outboard engine). (2) For other multiengine air- I, C ...... T, U. planes, maneuvering to a landing with a simulated failure of 50 percent of available powerplants with the simulated loss of power on one side of the airplane. (f) Landing under simulated circling I ...... T, U, C. approach conditions (exceptions under III(n) applicable to this requirement). (g) Rejected landings that include a I ...... T, U, C. normal missed approach procedure after the landing is rejected. For the purpose of this maneuver the landing should be rejected at approximately 50 feet and approximately over the runway threshold. (h) Zero-flap landings if the Adminis- I, C ...... T, U. trator finds that maneuver appropriate for training in the airplane. (i) Manual reversion ...... I, T, U, C. (j) Night landings. For pilots in transi- I, T, U, C. tion training, this requirement may be met during the operating experience required under § 121.434 by performing a normal landing at night when a check airman serving as PIC is occupying a pilot station.

[Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10926, Feb. 25, 2020] Certain maneuvers and procedures may be performed in an FFS or an FTD as indicated APPENDIX F TO PART 121—PROFICIENCY by the appropriate symbol in the respective CHECK REQUIREMENTS column opposite the maneuver or procedure. (b) Whenever a maneuver or procedure is (a) The maneuvers and procedures required authorized to be performed in an FTD, it by § 121.441 for pilot proficiency checks are may be performed in an FFS. set forth in this appendix. Except for the (c) A Level B or higher FFS may be used equipment examination, these maneuvers instead of the airplane to satisfy the inflight and procedures must be performed inflight. requirements if the FFS is approved under

287

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

§ 121.407 and is used as part of an approved # = When a maneuver is preceded by this program that meets the requirements for an symbol it indicates the maneuver may be re- Advanced Simulation Training Program in quired in the airplane at the discretion of Appendix H of this part. the person conducting the check. (d) For the purpose of this appendix, the (e) Throughout the maneuvers and proce- following symbols mean— dures prescribed in this appendix, good judg- B = Both Pilot in Command (PIC) and Sec- ment commensurate with a high level of ond in Command (SIC). safety must be demonstrated. In determining W = May be waived for both PIC and SIC, whether such judgment has been shown, the except during a proficiency check conducted person conducting the check considers ad- to qualify a PIC after completing an upgrade herence to approved procedures, actions training curriculum in accordance with based on analysis of situations for which §§ 121.420 and 121.426. there is no prescribed procedure or rec- * = A symbol and asterisk (B* or W*) indi- ommended practice, and qualities of pru- cates that a particular condition is specified dence and care in selecting a course of ac- in the maneuvers and procedures column. tion.

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

The procedures and maneuvers set forth in this appendix must be performed in a manner that satisfactorily demonstrates knowledge and skill with respect to—. (1) The airplane, its systems and components; (2) Proper control of airspeed, configuration, direction, altitude, and attitude in accordance with procedures and limitations contained in the approved Airplane Flight Manual, the certificate holder’s operations manual, checklists, or other approved material appropriate to the airplane type; and (3) Compliance with approach, ATC, or other applicable procedures. I. Preflight: (a) Equipment examination (oral or written). As part of the proficiency check the equipment examination must be closely coordinated with, and related to, the flight maneuvers portion but may not be given during the flight maneuvers portion. The equipment examination must cover— (1) Subjects requiring a practical knowledge of the airplane, its powerplants, systems, components, operational and performance factors; (2) Normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures, and the operations and limitations relating thereto; and. (3) The appropriate provisions of the approved Airplane Flight Manual. The person conducting the check may accept, as equal to this equipment examination, an equipment examination given to the pilot in the certificate holder’s ground training within the preceding 6 calendar months. (b) Preflight inspection. The pilot must—

288

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

(1) Conduct an actual visual inspection of the exterior and interior of the airplane, locating each item and explaining briefly the purpose for inspecting it. The visual inspection may be conducted using an approved pictorial means that realistically portrays the location and detail of visual inspection items and provides for the portrayal of normal and abnormal conditions. If a flight engineer is a required flightcrew member for the particular type airplane, the visual inspection may be waived under § 121.441(d) ...... B W* (2) Demonstrate the use of the prestart checklist, appropriate control system checks, starting procedures, radio and electronic equipment checks, and the selection of proper navigation and communications radio facilities and frequencies prior to flight ...... B (c)(1) Taxiing. Before March 12, 2019, this maneuver includes taxiing, sailing, or docking procedures in compliance with instructions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the check. SIC proficiency checks for a type rating must include taxiing. However, other SIC proficiency checks need only include taxiing to the extent practical from the seat position assigned to the SIC ...... B (c)(2) Taxiing. Beginning March 12, 2019, this maneuver includes the following: (i) Taxiing, sailing, or docking procedures in compliance with instructions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the check. (ii) Use of airport diagram (surface movement chart). (iii) Obtaining appropriate clearance before crossing or entering active runways. (iv) Observation of all surface movement guidance control markings and lighting. SIC proficiency checks for a type rating must include taxiing. However, other SIC proficiency checks need only include taxiing to the extent practical from the seat position assigned to the SIC ...... B (d)(1) Powerplant checks. As appropriate to the airplane type ...... B (d)(2) Beginning March 12, 2019, pre-takeoff procedures that include powerplant checks, receipt of takeoff clearance and confirmation of aircraft location, and FMS entry (if appropriate), for departure runway prior to crossing hold short line for takeoff ...... B II. Takeoff: Takeoffs must include the types listed below, but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal. One normal takeoff which, for the purpose of this maneuver, begins when the airplane is taxied into position on the runway to be used ...... B*

289

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

(b) Instrument. One takeoff with instrument conditions simulated at or before reaching an altitude of 100′ above the airport elevation ...... B ...... B* (c)(1) Crosswind. Before March 12, 2019, one crosswind takeoff, if practicable, under the existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions ...... B* (c)(2) Beginning March 12, 2019, one crosswind takeoff with gusts, if practicable, under the existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions ...... B* #(d) Powerplant failure. One takeoff with a simulated failure of the most critical powerplant— ...... B (1) At a point after V1 and before V2 that in the judgment of the person conducting the check is appropriate to the airplane type under the prevailing conditions; ...... B (2) At a point as close as possible after V1 when V1 and V2 or V1 and Vr are identical; or ...... B (3) At the appropriate speed for nontransport category airplanes ...... B (e) Rejected. A rejected takeoff may be performed in an airplane during a normal takeoff run after reaching a reasonable speed determined by giving due consideration to aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions, wind direction and velocity, brake heat en- ergy, and any other pertinent factors that may adversely affect safety or the airplane ...... B* ...... W III. Instrument procedures: (a) Area departure and area arrival. During each of these maneuvers the pilot must— B ...... B ...... W* (1) Adhere to actual or simulated ATC clearances (including assigned radials); and ...... B ...... B (2) Properly use available navigation facilities ...... B ...... B Either area arrival or area departure, but not both, may be waived under § 121.441(d). (b) Holding. This maneuver includes entering, maintaining, and leaving holding patterns. It may be performed in connection with either area departure or area arrival ...... B ...... B ...... W (c) ILS and other instrument approaches. There must be the following: (1) At least one normal ILS approach ...... B ...... B (2) At least one manually controlled ILS approach with a simulated failure of one powerplant. The simulated failure should occur before initiating the final approach course and must continue to touchdown or through the missed approach procedure ...... B B (3) At least one nonprecision approach procedure using a type of nonprecision approach procedure that the certificate holder is approved to use ...... B ...... B

290

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

(4) At least one nonprecision approach procedure using a different type of nonprecision approach procedure than performed under subparagraph (3) of this paragraph that the certificate holder is approved to use ...... B ...... B (5) For each type of EFVS operation the certificate holder is authorized to conduct, at least one instrument approach must be made using an EFVS ...... B B* Each instrument approach must be performed according to any procedures and limitations approved for the approach procedure used. The instrument approach begins when the airplane is over the initial approach fix for the approach procedure being used (or turned over to the final approach controller in the case of GCA approach) and ends when the airplane touches down on the runway or when transition to a missed approach configuration is completed. Instrument conditions need not be simulated below 100′ above touchdown zone elevation. (d) Circling approaches. If the certificate holder is approved for circling minimums below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility), at least one circling approach must be made under the following conditions— ...... B* ...... W* (1) The portion of the approach to the authorized minimum circling approach altitude must be made under simulated instrument conditions ...... B ...... B* (2) The approach must be made to the authorized minimum circling approach altitude followed by a change in heading and the necessary maneuvering (by visual reference) to maintain a flight path that permits a normal landing on a runway at least 90° from the final approach course of the simulated instrument portion of the approach ...... B* (3) The circling approach must be performed without excessive maneuvering, and without exceeding the normal operating limits of the airplane. The angle of bank should not exceed 30° ...... B* If local conditions beyond the control of the pilot prohibit the maneuver or prevent it from being performed as required, it may be waived as provided in § 121.441(d). However, the maneuver may not be waived under this provision for two successive proficiency checks. Except for a SIC proficiency check for a type rating, the circling approach maneuver is not required for a SIC if the certificate holder’s manual prohibits a SIC from performing a circling approach in operations under this part. (e) Missed approach. (1) At least one missed approach from an ILS approach ...... B* (2) At least one additional missed approach for SIC proficiency checks for a type rating and for all PIC proficiency checks ...... B*

291

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

A complete approved missed approach procedure must be accomplished at least once. At the discretion of the person conducting the check a simulated powerplant failure may be required during any of the missed approaches. These maneuvers may be performed either independently or in con- junction with maneuvers required under Sections III or V of this appendix. At least one missed approach must be performed inflight. IV. Inflight Maneuvers: (a) Steep turns. For SIC proficiency checks for a type rating and for all PIC proficiency checks, at least one steep turn in each direction must be performed. Each steep turn must involve a bank angle of 45° with a heading change of at least 180° but not more than 360° ...... B ...... B W (b) Stall Prevention. For the purpose of this maneuver the approved recovery procedure must be initiated at the first indication of an impending stall (buffet, stick shaker, aural warning). Except as provided below there must be at least three stall prevention recoveries as follows: ...... B ...... B ...... W* (1) Takeoff configuration (except where the airplane uses only a zero-flap takeoff configuration) B ...... B (2) Clean configuration ...... B ...... B (3) Landing configuration ...... B ...... B At the discretion of the person conducting the check, one stall prevention recovery must be performed in one of the above configurations while in a turn with the bank angle between 15° and 30°. Two out of the three stall prevention recoveries required by this paragraph may be waived. If the certificate holder is authorized to dispatch or flight release the airplane with a stall warning device inoperative the device may not be used during this maneuver. (c) Specific flight characteristics. Recovery from specific flight characteristics that are peculiar to the airplane type ...... B ...... W (d) Powerplant failures. In addition to specific requirements for maneuvers with simulated powerplant failures, the person conducting the check may require a simulated powerplant failure at any time during the check ...... B V. Landings and Approaches to Landings: Notwithstanding the authorizations for combining and waiving maneuvers and for the use of an FFS, at least two actual landings (one to a full stop) must be made for all PIC proficiency checks, all initial SIC proficiency checks, and all SIC proficiency checks for a type rating. Landings and approaches to landings must include the types listed below, but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal landing ...... B (b) Landing in sequence from an ILS instrument approach except that if circumstances beyond the control of the pilot prevent an actual landing, the person conducting the check may accept an approach to a point where in his judgment a landing to a full stop could have been made ...... B*

292

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

(c)(1) Crosswind landing, if practical under existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions ...... B* (c)(2) Beginning March 12, 2019, crosswind landing with gusts, if practical under existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions ...... B* (d) Maneuvering to a landing with simulated powerplant failure as follows: (1) In the case of 3-engine airplanes, maneuvering to a landing with an approved procedure that approximates the loss of two powerplants (center and one outboard engine); or ...... B* (2) In the case of other multiengine airplanes, maneuvering to a landing with a simulated failure of 50 percent of available powerplants, with the simulated loss of power on one side of the airplane ...... B* Notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this paragraph, for an SIC proficiency check, except for an SIC proficiency check for a type rating, the simulated loss of power may be only the most critical powerplant. In addition, a PIC may omit the maneuver required by subparagraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this paragraph during a required proficiency check or FFS course of training if he satisfactorily performed that maneuver during the preceding proficiency check, or during the preceding approved FFS course of training under the observation of a check airman, whichever was completed later. (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, if the certificate holder is approved for circling minimums below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility), a landing under simulated circling approach conditions. However, when performed in an airplane, if circumstances beyond the control of the pilot prevent a landing, the person conducting the check may accept an approach to a point where, in his judgment, a landing to a full stop could have been made ...... B* #(f) A rejected landing, including a normal missed approach procedure, that is rejected approximately 50′ over the runway and approximately over the runway threshold. This maneuver may be combined with instrument, circling, or missed approach procedures, but instrument conditions need not be simulated below 100 feet above the runway ...... B (g) If the certificate holder is authorized to conduct EFVS operations to touchdown and rollout, at least one instrument approach to a landing must be made using an EFVS, including the use of enhanced flight vision from 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation to touchdown and rollout ...... B B*

293

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. G 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d)

(h) If the certificate holder is authorized to conduct EFVS operations to 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation, at least one instrument approach to a landing must be made using an EFVS, including the transition from enhanced flight vision to natural vision at 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation ..... B B* VI. Normal and Abnormal Procedures: Each pilot must demonstrate the proper use of as many of the systems and devices listed below as the person conducting the check finds are necessary to determine that the person being checked has a practical knowledge of the use of the systems and devices appropriate to the airplane type: (a) Anti-icing and deicing systems ...... B (b) Autopilot systems ...... B (c) Automatic or other approach aid systems ...... B (d) Stall warning devices, stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation devices ...... B (e) Airborne radar devices ...... B (f) Any other systems, devices, or aids available ...... B (g) Hydraulic and electrical system failures and malfunctions ...... B (h) Landing gear and flap systems failure or malfunction ...... B (i) Failure of navigation or communications equipment ...... B VII. Emergency Procedures: Each pilot must demonstrate the proper emergency procedures for as many of the emergency situations listed below as the person conducting the check finds are necessary to determine that the person being checked has an adequate knowledge of, and ability to perform, such procedure: (a) Fire in flight ...... B (b) Smoke control ...... B (c) Rapid decompression ...... B (d) Emergency descent ...... B (e) Any other emergency procedures outlined in the approved Airplane Flight Manual ...... B

[Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10929, Feb. 25, 2020] (1) A summary of experience with the system showing to the satisfaction of the Ad- APPENDIX G TO PART 121—DOPPLER ministrator a history of the accuracy and re- RADAR AND INERTIAL NAVIGATION liability of the system proposed to be used. SYSTEM (INS): REQUEST FOR EVAL- (2) A training program curriculum for ini- UATION; EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT tial approval under § 121.405. INSTALLATION; TRAINING PROGRAM; (3) A maintenance program for compliance EQUIPMENT ACCURACY AND RELI- with subpart L of this part. ABILITY; EVALUATION PROGRAM (4) A description of equipment installation. (5) Proposed revisions to the Operations 1. Application authority. (a) An applicant for Manual outlining all normal and emergency authority to use a Doppler Radar or Inertial procedures relative to use of the proposed Navigation System must submit a request system, including detailed methods for con- for evaluation of the system to the respon- tinuing the navigational function with par- sible Flight Standards office charged with tial or complete equipment failure, and the overall inspection of its operations 30 methods for determining the most accurate days prior to the start of evaluation flights. system when an unusually large divergence (b) The application must contain: between systems occurs. For the purpose of

294

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. G

this appendix, a large divergence is a diver- (3) The present position of the airplane in gence that results in a track that falls be- suitable coordinates. yond clearance limits. (4) Information relative to destinations or (6) Any proposed revisions to the minimum waypoint positions: equipment list with adequate justification (i) The information needed to gain and therefor. maintain a desired track and to determine (7) A list of operations to be conducted deviations from the desired track. using the system, containing an analysis of (ii) The information needed to determine each with respect to length, magnetic com- distance and time to go to the next waypoint pass reliability, availability of en route aids, or destination. and adequacy of gateway and terminal radio (c) For INS installations that do not have facilities to support the system. For the pur- memory or other inflight alignment means, pose of this appendix, a gateway is a specific a separate electrical power source (inde- navigational fix where use of long range pendent of the main propulsion system) must navigation commences or terminates. be provided which can supply, for at least 5 2. Equipment and equipment installation—In- minutes, enough power (as shown by analysis ertial Navigation Systems (INS) or Doppler or as demonstrated in the airplane) to main- Radar System. (a) Inertial Navigation and tain the INS in such condition that its full Doppler Radar Systems must be installed in capability is restored upon the reactivation accordance with applicable airworthiness re- of the normal electrical supply. quirements. (d) The equipment must provide such vis- (b) Cockpit arrangement must be visible ual, mechanical, or electrical output signals and useable by either pilot seated at his duty as may be required to permit the flight crew station. to detect probable failures or malfunctions (c) The equipment must provide, by visual, in the system. mechanical, or electrical output signals, in- 4. Equipment and equipment installation— dications of the invalidity of output data Doppler Radar Systems. (a) If an applicant upon the occurrence of probable failures or elects to use a Doppler Radar System it malfunctions within the system. must be at least a dual system (including (d) A probable failure or malfunction with- dual antennas or a combined antenna de- in the system must not result in loss of the signed for multiple operation), except that: aircraft’s required navigation capability. (e) The alignment, updating, and naviga- (1) A single operating transmitter with a tion computer functions of the system must standby capable of operation may be used in not be invalidated by normal aircraft power lieu of two operating transmitters. interruptions and transients. (2) Single heading source information to (f) The system must not be the source of all installations may be utilized, provided a cause of objectionable radio frequency inter- compass comparator system is installed and ference, and must not be adversely affected operational procedures call for frequent by radio frequency interference from other cross-checks of all compass heading indica- aircraft systems. tors by crewmembers. (g) The FAA-approved airplane flight man- The dual system may consist of either two ual, or supplement thereto, must include Doppler Radar units or one Doppler Radar pertinent material as required to define the unit and one INS unit. normal and emergency operating procedures (b) At least two systems must be oper- and applicable operating limitations associ- ational at takeoff. ated with INS and Doppler performance (c) As determined by the Administrator (such as maximum latitude at which ground and specified in the certificate holder’s oper- alignment capability is provided, or deviations specifications, other navigational aids ations between systems). may be required to update the Doppler Radar 3. Equipment and equipment installation—In- for a particular operation. These may inertial Navigation Systems (INS). (a) If an appli- clude DME, VOR, ADF, ground-based radar, cant elects to use an Inertial Navigation and airborne weather radar. When these aids System it must be at least a dual system (in- are required, the cockpit arrangement must cluding navigational computers and ref- be such that all controls are accessible to erence units). At least two systems must be each pilot seated at his duty station. operational at takeoff. The dual system may 5. Training programs. The initial training consist of either two INS units, or one INS program for Doppler Radar and Inertial unit and one Doppler Radar unit. Navigation Systems must include the fol- (b) Each Inertial Navigation System must lowing: incorporate the following: (a) Duties and responsibilities of flight (1) Valid ground alignment capability at crewmembers, dispatchers, and maintenance all latitudes appropriate for intended use of personnel. the installation. (b) For pilots, instruction in the following: (2) A display of alignment status or a ready (1) Theory and procedures, limitations, de- to navigate light showing completed align- tection of malfunctions, preflight and ment to the flight crew. inflight testing, and cross-checking methods.

295

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00305 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. H 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(2) The use of computers, an explanation of navigation has been satisfactorily dem- all systems, compass limitations at high onstrated. latitudes, a review of navigation, flight plan- [Doc. No. 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972, as ning, and applicable meteorology. amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. (3) The methods for updating by means of 25, 1989; Docket FAA–2017–0733, Amdt. 121– reliable fixes. 379, 82 FR 34398, July 25, 2017; Docket FAA– (4) The actual plotting of fixes. 2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, (c) Abnormal and emergency procedures. 2018] 6. Equipment accuracy and reliability. (a) Each Inertial Navigation System must meet APPENDIX H TO PART 121—ADVANCED the following accuracy requirements, as ap- SIMULATION propriate: (1) For flights up to 10 hours’ duration, no This appendix prescribes criteria for use of greater than 2 nautical miles per hour of cir- Level B or higher FFSs to satisfy the cular error on 95 percent of system flights inflight requirements of Appendices E and F completed is permitted. of this part and the requirements of § 121.439. (2) For flights over 10 hours’ duration, a The criteria in this appendix are in addition tolerance of ±20 miles cross-track and ±25 to the FFS approval requirements in miles along-track on 95 percent of system § 121.407. Each FFS used under this appendix flights completed is permitted. must be approved as a Level B, C, or D FFS, (b) Compass heading information to the as appropriate. Doppler Radar must be maintained to an ac- ADVANCED SIMULATION TRAINING PROGRAM curacy of ±1° and total system deviations must not exceed 2°. When free gyro tech- For a certificate holder to conduct Level C niques are used, procedures shall be utilized or D training under this appendix all re- to ensure that an equivalent level of heading quired FFS instruction and checks must be accuracy and total system deviation is at- conducted under an advanced simulation tained. training program approved by the Adminis- (c) Each Doppler Radar System must meet trator for the certificate holder. This pro- accuracy requirements of ±20 miles cross- gram must also ensure that all instructors track and ±25 miles along-track for 95 per- and check airmen used in Appendix H train- cent of the system flights completed. Updat- ing and checking are highly qualified to pro- ing is permitted. vide the training required in the training program. The advanced simulation training A system that does not meet the require- program must include the following: ments of this section will be considered a 1. The certificate holder’s initial, transi- failed system. tion, conversion, upgrade, and recurrent FFS 7. Evaluation program. (a) Approval by eval- training programs and its procedures for re- uation must be requested as a part of the ap- establishing recency of experience in the plication for operational approval of a Dopp- FFS. ler Radar or Inertial Navigation System. 2. How the training program will integrate (b) The applicant must provide sufficient Level B, C, and D FFSs with other FSTDs to flights which show to the satisfaction of the maximize the total training, checking, and Administrator the applicant’s ability to use certification functions. cockpit navigation in his operation. 3. Documentation that each instructor and (c) The Administrator bases his evaluation check airman has served for at least 1 year on the following: in that capacity in a certificate holder’s ap- (1) Adequacy of operational procedures. proved program or has served for at least 1 (2) Operational accuracy and reliability of year as a pilot in command or second in com- equipment and feasibility of the system with mand in an airplane of the group in which regard to proposed operations. that pilot is instructing or checking. (3) Availability of terminal, gateway, area, 4. A procedure to ensure that each instruc- and en route ground-based aids, if required, tor and check airman actively participates to support the self-contained system. in either an approved regularly scheduled line flying program as a flightcrew member (4) Acceptability of cockpit workload. or an approved line observation program in (5) Adequacy of flight crew qualifications. the same airplane type for which that person (6) Adequacy of maintenance training and is instructing or checking. availability of spare parts. 5. A procedure to ensure that each instruc- After successful completion of evaluation tor and check airman is given a minimum of demonstrations, FAA approval is indicated 4 hours of training each year to become fa- by issuance of amended operations specifica- miliar with the certificate holder’s advanced tions and en route flight procedures defining simulation training program, or changes to the new operation. Approval is limited to it, and to emphasize their respective roles in those operations for which the adequacy of the program. Training for instructors and the equipment and the feasibility of cockpit check airmen must include training policies

296

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00306 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. K

and procedures, instruction methods and i. Normal category before July 1, 1970, and techniques, operation of FFS controls (in- meets special conditions issued by the Ad- cluding environmental and trouble panels), ministrator for airplanes intended for use in limitations of the FFS, and minimum equip- operations under part 135 of this chapter. ment required for each course of training. ii. Normal category before July 19, 1970, 6. A special Line-Oriented Flight Training and meets the additional airworthiness (LOFT) program to facilitate the transition standards in SFAR No. 23 of 14 CFR part 23. from the FFS to line flying. This LOFT pro- iii. Normal category, and complies with gram must consist of at least a 4-hour course the additional airworthiness standards in ap- of training for each flightcrew. It also must pendix A of part 135 of this chapter. contain at least two representative flight iv. Normal category, and complies with segments of the certificate holder’s oper- section 1.(a) or 1.(b) of SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR ations. One of the flight segments must con- part 21. tain strictly normal operating procedures b. After March 20, 1997, each airplane: from push back at one airport to arrival at i. Type certificated prior to March 29, 1995, another. Another flight segment must con- in the commuter category. tain training in appropriate abnormal and ii. Manufactured on or after March 20, 1997, emergency flight operations. After March 12, and that was type certificated in the normal 2019, the LOFT must provide an opportunity category, and complies with the require- for the pilot to demonstrate workload man- ments described in paragraphs 1.a.i through agement and pilot monitoring skills. iii of this appendix. 2. Background. Sections 121.157 and FFS TRAINING, CHECKING AND QUALIFICATION 121.173(b) require that the airplanes operated PERMITTED under this part and described in paragraph 1 1. Level B FFS of this appendix, comply with the Airplane Performance Operating Limitations in a. Recent experience (§ 121.439). §§ 121.189 through 121.197. Airplanes described b. Training in night takeoffs and landings in § 121.157(f) and paragraph 1.a of this appen- (Appendix E of this part). dix must comply on and after December 20, c. Except for EFVS operations, landings in 2010. Airplanes described in § 121.157(e) and a proficiency check (Appendix F of this paragraph 1.b of this appendix must comply part). on and after March 20, 1997. (Airplanes type 2. Level C and D FFS certificated in the normal category, and in accordance with SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part a. Recent experience (§ 121.439). 21, as described in paragraph 1.a.iv of this ap- b. All pilot flight training and checking re- pendix, may not be produced after October quired by this part except the following: 17, 1991.) i. The operating experience, operating cy- 3. References. Unless otherwise specified, cles, and consolidation of knowledge and references in this appendix to sections of skills requirements of § 121.434; part 23 of this chapter are to those sections ii. The line check required by § 121.440; and of 14 CFR part 23, as amended by Amend- iii. The visual inspection of the exterior ment No. 23–45 (August 6, 1993, 58 FR 42156). and interior of the airplane required by appendices E and F. Performance c. The practical test requirements of § 61.153(h) of this chapter, except the visual 4. Interim Airplane Performance Operating inspection of the exterior and interior of the Limitations. airplane. a. Until December 20, 2010, airplanes described in paragraph 1.a of this appendix may [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10934, Feb. 25, 2020] continue to comply with the requirements in subpart I of part 135 and § 135.181(a)(2) of this APPENDIXES I–J TO PART 121 chapter that apply to small, nontransport [RESERVED] category airplanes. b. Until March 20, 1997, airplanes described APPENDIX K TO PART 121—PERFORM- in paragraph 1.b.i of this appendix may con- ANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN tinue to comply with the requirements in TURBOPROPELLER POWERED AIR- subpart I of part 135 of this chapter that PLANES apply to commuter category airplanes. 5. Final Airplane Performance Operating Lim- 1. Applicability. This appendix specifies re- itations. quirements for the following turbopropeller a. Through an amended type certification powered airplanes that must comply with program or a supplemental type certification the Airplane Performance Operating Limita- program, each airplane described in para- tions in §§ 121.189 through 121.197: graph 1.a and 1.b.ii of this appendix must be a. After December 20, 2010, each airplane shown to comply with the commuter cat- manufactured before March 20, 1997 and type egory performance requirements specified in certificated in the: this appendix, which are included in part 23

297

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00307 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. L 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

of this chapter. Each new revision to a cur- xii. Sections 23.1581 through 23.1589 Air- rent airplane performance operating limita- plane flight manual and approved manual tion for an airplane that is or has been dem- material. onstrated to comply, must also be approved 6. Operation. After compliance with the by the Administrator. An airplane approved final airplane performance operating limita- to the requirements of section 1.(b) of SFAR tions requirements has been demonstrated No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21, as described in para- and added to the Airplane Flight Manual graph 1.a.iv of this appendix, and that has performance data of the affected airplane, been demonstrated to comply with the addi- that airplane must be operated in accordance tional requirements of section 4.(c) of SFAR with the performance limitations of §§ 121.189 No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21 and International through 121.197. Civil Aviation Organization Annex 8 (available from the FAA, 800 Independence Avenue [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as SW., Washington, DC 20591), will be consid- amended by Doc. No. OST–2002–13435] ered to be in compliance with the commuter category performance requirements. APPENDIX L TO PART 121—TYPE CER- b. Each turbopropeller powered airplane TIFICATION REGULATIONS MADE PRE- subject to this appendix must be demonstrated to comply with the airplane per- VIOUSLY EFFECTIVE formance operating limitation requirements Appendix L lists regulations in this part of this chapter specified as follows: that require compliance with standards con- i. Section 23.45 Performance General. tained in superseded type certification regu- ii. Section 23.51 Takeoff. iii. Section 23.53 Takeoff speeds. lations that continue to apply to certain iv. Section 23.55 Accelerate stop distance. transport category airplanes. The tables set v. Section 23.57 Takeoff path. out citations to current CFR section, appli- vi. Section 23.59 Takeoff distance and take- cable aircraft, superseded type certification off run. regulation and applicable time periods, and vii. Section 23.61 Takeoff flight path. the CFR edition and FEDERAL REGISTER doc- viii. Section 23.65 Climb: All engines oper- uments where the regulation having prior ef- ating. fect is found. Copies of all superseded regula- ix. Section 23.67 Climb: one engine inoper- tions may be obtained at the Federal Avia- ative. tion Administration Law Library, Room 924, x. Section 23.75 Landing. 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, xi. Section 23.77 Balked landing. DC.

Part 121 section Applicable aircraft Provisions: CFR/FR references

§ 121.312(a)(1)(i) ...... Transport category; or nontransport category Heat release rate testing. 14 CFR 25.853(d) in type certificated before January 1, 1965; pas- effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, senger capacity of 20 or more; manufactured Revised as of January 1, 1995, and amended prior to August 20, 1990. by Amdt. 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995. Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect August 20, 1986: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1986. § 121.312(a)(1)(ii) ...... Transport category; or nontransport category Heat release rate and smoke testing. 14 CFR type certificated before January 1, 1965; pas- 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR senger capacity of 20 or more; manufactured parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995, after August 19, 1990. and amended by Amdt. 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995. Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect Sep- tember 26, 1988: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Re- vised as of January 1, 1988, and amended by Amdt. 25–66, 53 FR 32584, August 25, 1988 § 121.312(a)(2)(i) ...... Transport category; or nontransport category Provisions of 14 CFR 25.853 in effect on April type certificate before January 1, 1965; appli- 30, 1972: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of cation for type certificate filed prior to May 1, January 1, 1972. 1972; substantially complete replacement of cabin interior on or after May 1, 1972. § 121.312(a)(3)(i) ...... Transport category type certificated after January Heat release rate testing. 14 CFR 25.853(d) in 1, 1958; nontransport category type certificated effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, after January 1, 1958, but before January 1, Revised as of January 1, 1995; and amended 1965; passenger capacity of 20 or more; sub- by \n25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995. stantially complete replacement of the cabin in- Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect August terior on or after March 6, 1995. 20, 1986: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1986.

298

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00308 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

Part 121 section Applicable aircraft Provisions: CFR/FR references

§ 121.312(a)(3)(ii) ...... Transport category type certificated after January Heat release rate and smoke testing. 14 CFR 1, 1958; nontransport category type certificated 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995; 14 CFR after January 1, 1958, but before January 1, parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995; 1965; passenger capacity of 20 or more; sub- and amended by \n25–83, 60 FR 6623, Feb- stantially complete replacement of the cabin in- ruary 2, 1995. terior on or after August 20, 1990. Formerly 14 CFR § 25.853(a–1) in effect Sep- tember 26, 1988: CFR, Title 14, Parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1988, and amended by \n25–66, 53 FR 32584, August 25, 1988. § 121.312(b) (1) and (2) Transport category airplane type certificated after Seat cushions. 14 CFR 25.853(c) effective on January 1, 1958; Nontransport category air- November 26, 1984: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, plane type certificated after December 31, Revised as of January 1, 1984, and amended 1964. by \n25–59, 49 FR 43188, October 26, 1984. § 121.312(c) ...... Airplane type certificated in accordance with Compartment interior requirements. 14 CFR SFAR No. 41; maximum certificated takeoff 25.853(a) in effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR weight in excess of 12,500 pounds. parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995, and amended by \n25–83, 60 FR 6623, Feb- ruary 2, 1995. Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a), (b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) in effect on September 26, 1978: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1978. § 121.314(a) ...... Transport category airplanes type certificated Class C or D cargo or baggage compartment after January 1, 1958. definition, 14 CFR 25.857 in effect on June 16, 1986, 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised 1/1/97, and amended by Amendment 25–60, 51 FR 18243, May 16, 1986.

[Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 121–269, 63 FR 8049, Feb. 17, 1998]

APPENDIX M TO PART 121—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic conditions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

1. Time or relative 24 Hrs, 0 to ±0.125% per 4 ...... 1 sec ...... UTC time preferred when times counts. 1 4095. hour. available. Count incre- ments each 4 seconds of system operation. 2. Pressure Alti- ¥1000 ft to max ±100 to ±700 ft 1 ...... 5′ to 35′ ...... Data should be obtained tude. certificated alti- (see table, from the air data computer tude of aircraft. TSO C124a or when practicable. + 5000 ft. TSO C51a). 3. Indicated air- 50 KIAS or min- ±5% and ±3% .... 1 ...... 1 kt ...... Data should be obtained speed or Cali- imum value to from the air data computer brated airspeed. Max Vso to 1.2 when practicable. V. D. 4. Heading (Pri- 0–360° and Dis- ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.5° ...... When true or magnetic head- mary flight crew crete ‘‘true’’ or ing can be selected as the reference). ‘‘mag’’. primary heading reference, a discrete indicating selection must be recorded. 5. Normal accel- ¥3g to + 6g ...... ±1% of max 0.125 ...... 0.004g. eration range exclud- (vertical) 9. ing datum error of ±5%. 6. Pitch Attitude .. ±75° ...... ±2° ...... 1 or 0.25 for air- 0.5° ...... A sampling rate of 0.25 is planes oper- recommended. ated under § 121.344(f). 7. Roll attitude 2 ... ±180° ...... ±2° ...... 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5 ...... A sampling rate of 0.5 is rec- planes oper- ommended. ated under § 121.344(f).

299

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00309 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. M 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic conditions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

8. Manual Radio On-Off (Discrete) ...... 1 ...... Preferably each crew mem- Transmitter None ber but one discrete ac- Keying or CVR/ ceptable for all trans- DFDR synchro- mission provided the CVR/ nization ref- FDR system complies with erence. TSO C124a CVR synchronization requirements (paragraph 4.2.1 ED–55). 9. Thrust/power Full range for- ±2% ...... 1 (per engine) ... 0.3% of full Sufficient parameters (e.g. on each en- ward. range. EPR, N1 or Torque, NP) gine—primary as appropriate to the par- flight crew ref- ticular engine being re- erence. corded to determine power in forward and reverse thrust, including potential overspeed condition. 10. Autopilot En- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 1 ...... gagement. ‘‘off’’. 11. Longitudinal ±1g ...... ±1.5% max. 0.25 ...... 0.004g ...... Acceleration. range excluding datum error of ±5%. 12a. Pitch con- Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.5% of full For airplanes that have a trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by-wire uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either systems). 18 quired. § 121.344(f). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled alternately once per second to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 12b. Pitch con- Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. (fly-by-wire sys- uniquely re- ated under tems). 318 quired. § 121.344(f). 13a. Lateral con- Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full For airplanes that have a trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either wire). 18 quired. § 121.344(f). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled alternately once per second to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 13b. Lateral con- Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range.. (fly-by-wire). 418 uniquely re- ated under quired. § 121.344(f). 14a. Yaw control Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.3% of full For airplanes that have a position(s) er accuracy range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- capability that allows either wire). 518 quired. pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled alternately once per second to produce the sampling interval of 0.5. 14b. Yaw control Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.2% of full position(s) (fly- er accuracy range. by-wire). 18 uniquely required.

300

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00310 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

15. Pitch control Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full For airplanes fitted with mul- surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. tiple or split surfaces, a tion. 618 uniquely re- ated under suitable combination of in- quired. § 121.344(f). puts is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately once per second to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 16. Lateral control Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full A suitable combination of surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. surface position sensors is tion. 718 uniquely re- ated under acceptable in lieu of required. § 121.344(f). cording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable. 17. Yaw control Full Range ...... ±2° unless high- 0.5 ...... 0.2% of full For airplanes with multiple or surface(s) posi- er accuracy range. split surfaces, a suitable tion. 818 uniquely re- combination of surface po- quired. sition sensors is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling interval of 0.5. 18. Lateral Accel- ±1g ...... ±1.5% max. 0.25 ...... 0.004g eration. range excluding datum error of ±5%. 19. Pitch Trim Full Range ...... ±3° Unless High- 1 ...... 0.6% of full Surface Posi- er Accuracy range. tion. Uniquely Re- quired. 20. Trailing Edge Full Range or ±3° or as Pilot’s 2 ...... 0.5% of full Flap position and cockpit Flap or Cockpit Each Position indicator. range. control may each be sam- Control Selec- (discrete). pled at 4 second intervals, tion. 10. to give a data point every 2 seconds. 21. Leading Edge Full Range or ±3° or as Pilot’s 2 ...... 0.5% of full Left and right sides, or flap Flap or Cockpit Each Discrete indicator and range. position and cockpit control Control Selec- Position. sufficient to may each be sampled at 4 tion. 11. determine second intervals, so as to each discrete give a data point every 2 position. seconds. 22. Each Thrust Stowed, In Tran- ...... 1 (per engine) ...... Turbo-jet—2 discretes enable Reverser Posi- sit, and Re- the 3 states to be deter- tion (or equiva- verse (Dis- mined. lent for pro- crete). Turbo-prop—discrete. peller airplane). 23. Ground spoil- Full range or ±2° Unless high- 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5% of full er position or each position er accuracy planes oper- range. brake selec- (discrete). uniquely re- ated under tion 12. quired. § 121.344(f). 24. Outside Air ¥50 °C to + 90 ±2 °C ...... 2 ...... 0.3 °C ...... Temperature or °C. Total Air Tem- perature. 13. 25. Autopilot/ A suitable com- ...... 1 ...... Discretes should show which Autothrottle/ bination of systems are engaged and AFCS Mode discretes. which primary modes are and Engage- controlling the flight path ment Status. and speed of the aircraft.

301

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00311 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. M 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

26. Radio Alti- ¥20 ft to 2,500 ±2 ft or ±3% 1 ...... 1 ft + 5% above For autoland/category 3 op- tude 14. ft. whichever is 500 ft. erations. Each radio altim- greater below eter should be recorded, 500 ft and but arranged so that at ±5% above least one is recorded each 500 ft. second. 27. Localizer De- ±400 Microamps As installed ±3% 1 ...... 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- viation, MLS or available recommended. range. erations. Each system Azimuth, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Latitude as installed. ranged so that at least one Deviation. ±62° is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded. 28. Glideslope ±400 Microamps As installed + 1 ...... 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- Deviation, MLS or available /3¥3% rec- range. erations. Each system Elevation, or sensor range ommended. should be recorded but ar- GPS Vertical as installed ranged so that at least one Deviation. 0.9 to + 30° is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded. 29. Marker Bea- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 1 ...... A single discrete is accept- con Passage. ‘‘off’’. able for all markers. 30. Master Warn- Discrete ...... 1 ...... Record the master warning ing. and record each ‘‘red’’ warning that cannot be determined from other parameters or from the cockpit voice recorder. 31. Air/ground Discrete ‘‘air’’ or ...... 1 (0.25 rec- sensor (primary ‘‘ground’’. ommended). airplane system reference nose or main gear). 32. Angle of At- As installed ...... As installed ...... 2 or 0.5 for air- 0.3% of full If left and right sensors are tack (If meas- planes oper- range. available, each may be re- ured directly). ated under corded at 4 or 1 second in- § 121.344(f). tervals, as appropriate, so as to give a data point at 2 seconds or 0.5 second, as required. 33. Hydraulic Discrete or avail- ±5% ...... 2 ...... 0.5% of full Pressure Low, able sensor range. Each System. range, ‘‘low’’ or ‘‘normal’’. 34. Groundspeed As Installed ...... Most Accurate 1 ...... 0.2% of full Systems In- range. stalled. 35. GPWS Discrete ‘‘warn- ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of (ground prox- ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. discretes unless recorder imity warning capacity is limited in which system). case a single discrete for all modes is acceptable. 36. Landing Gear Discrete ...... 4 ...... A suitable combination of Position or discretes should be re- Landing gear corded. cockpit control selection. 37. Drift Angle. 15 As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 0.1° ...... 38. Wind Speed As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 1 knot, and 1.0°. and Direction.

302

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00312 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

39. Latitude and As installed ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 0.002°, or as in- Provided by the Primary Longitude. stalled. Navigation System Ref- erence. Where capacity permits Latitude/longitude resolution should be 0.0002°. 40. Stick shaker Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of and pusher acti- or ‘‘off’’. discretes to determine activation. vation. 41. Windshear Discrete ‘‘warn- ...... 1. Detection. ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. 42. Throttle/power Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 1 for each lever 2% of full range For airplanes with non-me- Leverl posi- chanically linked cockpit tion. 16. engine controls. 43. Additional En- As installed ...... As installed ...... Each engine 2% of full range Where capacity permits, the gine Param- each second. preferred priority is indi- eters. cated vibration level, N2, EGT, Fuel Flow, Fuel Cut- off lever position and N3, unless engine manufacturer recommends otherwise. 44. Traffic Alert Discretes ...... As installed ...... 1 ...... A suitable combination of and Collision discretes should be re- Avoidance Sys- corded to determine the tem (TCAS). status of—Combined Con- trol, Vertical Control, Up Advisory, and Down Advi- sory. (ref. ARINC Char- acteristic 735 Attachment 6E, TCAS VERTICAL RA DATA OUTPUT WORD.) 45. DME 1 and 2 0–200 NM ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... 1 NM ...... 1 mile Distance. 46. Nav 1 and 2 Full Range ...... As installed ...... 4 ...... Sufficient to determine se- Selected Fre- lected frequency quency. 47. Selected baro- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 0.2% of full metric setting. range 48. Selected Alti- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 100 ft tude. 49. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1 knot speed. 50. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 01 Mach. 51. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 100 ft/min vertical speed. 52. Selected Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1° heading. 53. Selected flight Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1° path. 54. Selected deci- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 64 ...... 1 ft sion height. 55. EFIS display Discrete(s) ...... 4 ...... Discretes should show the format. display system status (e.g., off, normal, fail, composite, sector, plan, nav aids, weather radar, range, copy. 56. Multi-function/ Discrete(s) ...... 4 ...... Discretes should show the Engine Alerts display system status (e.g., Display format. off, normal, fail, and the identity of display pages for emergency procedures, need not be recorded. 57. Thrust com- Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 2 ...... 2% of full range. mand. 17. 58. Thrust target Full Range ...... ±2% ...... 4 ...... 2% of full range

303

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00313 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. M 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

59. Fuel quantity Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range in CG trim tank. 60. Primary Navi- Discrete GPS, ...... 4 ...... A suitable combination of gation System INS, VOR/ discretes to determine the Reference. DME, MLS, Primary Navigation System Localizer reference. Glideslope. 61. Ice Detection Discrete ‘‘ice’’ or ...... 4 ‘‘no ice’’. 62. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1 ing each engine vibration. 63. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1 ing each engine over temp. 64. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1 ing each engine oil pressure low. 65. Engine warn- Discrete ...... 1 ing each engine over speed. 66. Yaw Trim Sur- Full Range ...... ±3% Unless 2 ...... 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range. racy Uniquely Required. 67. Roll Trim Sur- Full Range ...... ±3% Unless 2 ...... 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range. racy Uniquely Required. 68. Brake Pres- As installed ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... To determine braking effort sure (left and applied by pilots or by right). autobrakes. 69. Brake Pedal Discrete or Ana- ±5% (Analog) .... 1 ...... To determine braking applied Application (left log ‘‘applied’’ by pilots. and right). or ‘‘off’’. 70. Yaw or side- Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.5° slip angle. 71. Engine bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ...... 4 valve position. or ‘‘closed’’. 72. De-icing or Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ...... 4 anti-icing sys- ‘‘off’’. tem selection. 73. Computed Full Range ...... ±5% ...... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range center of gravity. 74. AC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ...... 4 ...... Each bus. bus status. or ‘‘off’’. 75. DC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ...... 4 ...... Each bus. bus status. or ‘‘off’’. 76 APU bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ...... 4 valve position. or ‘‘closed’’. 77. Hydraulic Full range ...... ±5% ...... 2 ...... 100 psi Pressure (each system). 78. Loss of cabin Discrete ‘‘loss’’ ...... 1. pressure. or ‘‘normal’’. 79. Computer fail- Discrete ‘‘fail’’ or ...... 4. ure (critical ‘‘normal’’. flight and engine control systems). 80. Heads-up dis- Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ...... 4 play (when an or ‘‘off’’. information source is installed).

304

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00314 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range input) sampling interval Resolution Remarks

81. Para-visual Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ display (when or ‘‘off’’. an information source is installed). 82. Cockpit trim Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.2% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—pitch. able, cockpit display trim positions should be recorded. 83. Cockpit trim Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.7% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—roll. able, cockpit display trim position should be recorded. 84. Cockpit trim Full range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control input are not avail- sition—yaw. able, cockpit display trim positions should be recorded. 85. Trailing edge Full Range ...... ±5% ...... 2 ...... 0.5% of full Trailing edge flaps and cock- flap and cockpit range. pit flap control position flap control po- may each be sampled al- sition. ternately at 4 second intervals to provide a sample each 0.5 second. 86. Leading edge Full Range or ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.5% of full flap and cockpit Discrete. range flap control position. 87. Ground spoil- Full range or dis- ±5% ...... 0.5 ...... 0.3% of full er position and crete. range. speed brake selection. 88. All cockpit Full range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 0.3% of full For fly-by-wire flight control flight control Control wheel range. systems, where flight con- input forces ±70 lbs. trol surface position is a (control wheel, Control column function of the displace- control column, ±85 lbs. ment of the control input rudder Rudder pedal device only, it is not nec- pedal) 18 19. ±165 lbs. essary to record this parameter. For airplanes that have a flight control break away capability that allows either pilot to operate the control independently, record both control force inputs. The control force inputs may be sampled alternately once per 2 seconds to produce the sampling interval of 1. 89. Yaw damper Discrete (on/off) 0.5 ...... status. 90. Yaw damper Full range ...... As installed ...... 0.5 ...... 1% of full range. command. 91. Standby rud- Discrete ...... 0.5. der valve status. 1 For A300 B2/B4 airplanes, resolution = 6 seconds. 2 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.703°. 3 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.275% (0.088°>0.064°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 2.20%(0.703°>0.064°). 4 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.22% (0.088°>0.080°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.76% (0.703°>0.080°). 5 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.18% (0.703° >0.120°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1. 6 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.783% (0.352°>0.090°). 7 For A330/A340 series airplanes, aileron resolution = 0.704% (0.352°>0.100°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolution = 1.406% (0.703°>0.100°). 8 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.30% (0.176°>0.12°). For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1.

305

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00315 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. O 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

9 For B–717 series airplanes, resolution = .005g. For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, resolution = .007g. 10 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250°>0.120°). 11 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250°>0.120°). For A300 B2/B4 series airplanes, resolution = 0.92% (0.230°>0.125°). 12 For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolution = 1.406% (0.703°>0.100°). 13 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.5°C. 14 For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, Radio altitude resolution = 1.25 ft. 15 For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.352 degrees. 16 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 4.32%. For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution is 3.27% of full range for throttle lever angle (TLA); for reverse thrust, reverse throttle lever angle (RLA) resolution is nonlinear over the active reverse thrust range, which is 51.54 degrees to 96.14 degrees. The resolved element is 2.8 degrees uniformly over the entire active reverse thrust range, or 2.9% of the full range value of 96.14 degrees. 17 For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, with IAE engines, resolution = 2.58%. 18 For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the seconds per sampling interval is 0.125. Each input must be recorded at this rate. Alternately sampling inputs (interleaving) to meet this sampling interval is prohibited. 19 For 737 model airplanes manufactured between August 19, 2000 and April 6, 2010: the seconds per sampling interval is 0.5 per control input; the remarks regarding the sampling rate do not apply; a single control wheel force transducer installed on the left cable control is acceptable provided the left and right control wheel positions also are recorded.

[Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38382, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121–271, 64 FR 46120, Aug. 24, 1999; Amdt. 121–278, 65 FR 51745, Aug. 24, 2000; 65 FR 81733, Dec. 27, 2000; Amdt. 121–292, 67 FR 54323, Aug. 21, 2002; Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, Aug. 20, 2003; 68 FR 53877, Sept. 15, 2003; 70 FR 41134, July 18, 2005; Amdt. 125–54, 73 FR 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–342, 73 FR 73179, Dec. 2, 2008; Amdt. 121–349, 75 FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010; Amdt. 121–347, 75 FR 7356, Feb. 19, 2010; Amdt. 121–364, 78 FR 39971, July 3, 2013; Docket FAA–2017–0733, Amdt. 121–379, 82 FR 34398, July 25, 2017]

APPENDIX N TO PART 121 [RESERVED] authorized in their operations specifications to transport hazardous materials (will-carry) APPENDIX O TO PART 121—HAZARDOUS are prescribed in Table 1. Those certificate MATERIALS TRAINING REQUIRE- holders with a prohibition in their oper- MENTS FOR CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ations specifications against carrying or handling hazardous materials (will-not- This appendix prescribes the requirements carry) must follow the curriculum prescribed for hazardous materials training under part in Table 2. The method of delivering the 121, subpart Z, and part 135, subpart K of this training will be determined by the certifi- chapter. The training requirements for var- cate holder. The certificate holder is respon- ious categories of persons are defined by job sible for providing a method (may include function or responsibility. An ‘‘X’’ in a box email, telecommunication, etc.) to answer under a category of persons indicates that the specified category must receive the all questions prior to testing regardless of noted training. All training requirements the method of instruction. The certificate apply to direct supervisors as well as to per- holder must certify that a test has been com- sons actually performing the job function. pleted satisfactorily to verify understanding Training requirements for certificate holders of the regulations and requirements.

TABLE 1—OPERATORS THAT TRANSPORT HAZARDOUS MATERIAL—WILL-CARRY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS

Operators and Operators and ground-han- Aspects of transport of ground-handling agents Crew mem- hazardous materials by dling agent’s staff respon- Flight crew bers air with which they must Shippers staff accepting sible for the Passenger- members and (other than be familiar, as a min- (See Note 2) hazardous ma- handling, stor- handling staff load planners flight crew imum Will-carry terials age, and load- Will-carry Will-carry members) (See note 1) (See Note 3) ing of cargo Will-carry Will-carry and baggage Will-carry

General philosophy...... X X X X X X Limitations ...... X X X X X X General requirements for shippers ...... X X ...... Classification ...... X X ...... List of hazardous materials ...... X X ...... X ...... General packing requirements ...... X X ...... Labeling and marking.... X X X X X X

306

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00316 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. O

TABLE 1—OPERATORS THAT TRANSPORT HAZARDOUS MATERIAL—WILL-CARRY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS—Continued

Hazardous materials transport document and other relevant documentation ...... X X ...... Acceptance procedures ...... X ...... Recognition of undeclared hazardous materials ...... X X X X X X Storage and loading procedures ...... X X ...... X ...... Pilots’ notification...... X X ...... X ...... Provisions for passengers and crew...... X X X X X Emergency proceduresX X X X X X Note 1. Depending on the responsibilities of the person, the aspects of training to be covered may vary from those shown in the table. Note 2. When a person offers a consignment of hazmat, including COMAT, for or on behalf of the certificate holder, then the person must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with shipper responsibilities and training. If offering goods on another certificate holder’s equipment, the person must be trained in compliance with the training requirements in 49 CFR. All shippers of hazmat must be trained under 49 CFR. The shipper functions in 49 CFR mirror the training aspects that must be covered for any shipper offering hazmat for transport. Note 3. When an operator, its subsidiary, or an agent of the operator is undertaking the responsibilities of acceptance staff, such as the passenger handling staff accepting small parcel cargo, the certificate holder, its subsidy, or the agent must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with the acceptance staff training requirements.

TABLE 2—OPERATORS THAT DO NOT TRANSPORT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—WILL-NOT-CARRY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS

Operators and Operators and ground-han- ground-han- Aspects of transport of dling agent’s dling agents Crew mem- hazardous materials by staff accepting staff respon- Flight crew bers (other air with which they must Shippers cargo other sible for the Passenger- members and than flight be familiar, as a min- (See Note 2) than haz- handling, stor- handling staff load planners crew mem- imum Will-not-carry ardous mate- age, and load- Will-not-carry Will-not-carry bers) (See Note 1) rials ing of cargo Will-not-carry (See Note 3) and baggage Will-not-carry Will-not-carry

General philosophy...... X X X X X X Limitations ...... X X X X X X General requirements for shippers ...... X ...... Classification ...... X ...... List of hazardous materials ...... X ...... General packing requirements ...... X ...... Labeling and marking.... X X X X X X Hazardous materials transport document and other relevant documentation ...... X X ...... Acceptance procedures ...... Recognition of undeclared hazardous materials ...... X X X X X X Storage and loading procedures ...... Pilots’ notification ...... Provisions for passengers and Crew...... X X X X X

307

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00317 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. P 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

TABLE 2—OPERATORS THAT DO NOT TRANSPORT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—WILL-NOT-CARRY CERTIFICATE HOLDERS—Continued

Emergency proceduresX X X X X X Note 1—Depending on the responsibilities of the person, the aspects of training to be covered may vary from those shown in the table. Note 2—When a person offers a consignment of hazmat, including COMAT, for air transport for or on behalf of the certificate holder, then that person must be properly trained. All shippers of hazmat must be trained under 49 CFR. The shipper functions in 49 CFR mirror the training aspects that must be covered for any shipper, including a will-not-carry certificate holder offering dangerous goods for transport, with the exception of recognition training. Recognition training is a separate FAA requirement in the certificate holder’s training program. Note 3—When an operator, its subsidiary, or an agent of the operator is undertaking the responsibilities of acceptance staff, such as the passenger handling staff accepting small parcel cargo, the certificate holder, its subsidiary, or the agent must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with the acceptance staff training requirements.

[Doc. No. FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR 58825, Oct. 7, 2005, as amended by Amdt. 121–318, 70 FR 75396, Dec. 20, 2005]

APPENDIX P TO PART 121—REQUIRE- (iii) The certificate holder must operate in MENTS FOR ETOPS AND POLAR OP- accordance with the ETOPS authority as ERATIONS contained in its operations specifications. (iv) The certificate holder must comply The FAA approves ETOPS in accordance with the maintenance program requirements with the requirements and limitations in of § 121.374, except that a pre-departure serv- this appendix. ice check before departure of the return Section I. ETOPS Approvals: Airplanes with flight is not required. Two engines. (2) Other Areas. The FAA grants approvals (a) Propulsion system reliability for ETOPS. to conduct ETOPS with maximum diversion (1) Before the FAA grants ETOPS oper- times up to 75 minutes on other than West- ational approval, the operator must be able ern Atlantic/Caribbean area routes as fol- to demonstrate the ability to achieve and lows: maintain the level of propulsion system reli- (i) The FAA reviews the airplane-engine ability, if any, that is required by § 21.4(b)(2) combination to ensure the absence of factors of this chapter for the ETOPS-approved air- that could prevent safe operations. The airplane-engine combination to be used. plane-engine combination need not be type- (2) Following ETOPS operational approval, design-approved for ETOPS; however, it the operator must monitor the propulsion must have sufficient favorable experience to system reliability for the airplane-engine demonstrate to the Administrator a level of combination used in ETOPS, and take action reliability appropriate for 75-minute ETOPS. as required by § 121.374(i) for the specified (ii) The certificate holder must comply IFSD rates. with the requirements of § 121.633 for time- (b) 75 Minutes ETOPS—(1) Caribbean/Western limited system planning. Atlantic Area. The FAA grants approvals to (iii) The certificate holder must operate in conduct accordance with the ETOPS authority as ETOPS with maximum diversion times up contained in its operations specifications. to 75 minutes on Western Atlantic/Caribbean (iv) The certificate holder must comply area routes as follows: with the maintenance program requirements (i) The FAA reviews the airplane-engine of § 121.374. combination to ensure the absence of factors (v) The certificate holder must comply that could prevent safe operations. The air- with the MEL in its operations specifications plane-engine combination need not be type- for 120-minute ETOPS. design-approved for ETOPS; however, it (c) 90-minutes ETOPS (Micronesia). The FAA must have sufficient favorable experience to grants approvals to conduct ETOPS with demonstrate to the Administrator a level of maximum diversion times up to 90 minutes reliability appropriate for 75-minute ETOPS. on Micronesian area routes as follows: (ii) The certificate holder must comply (1) The airplane-engine combination must with the requirements of § 121.633 for time- be type-design approved for ETOPS of at limited system planning. least 120-minutes.

308

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00318 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. P

(2) The certificate holder must operate in duct 138-minute ETOPS (without the limita- accordance with the ETOPS authority as tion in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of section I of this contained in its operations specifications. appendix) to certificate holders with existing (3) The certificate holder must comply 180-minute ETOPS approval as follows: with the maintenance program requirements (i) The airplane-engine combination must of § 121.374, except that a pre-departure serv- be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at ice check before departure of the return least 180 minutes. flight is not required. (ii) The certificate holder must operate in (4) The certificate holder must comply accordance with the ETOPS authority as with the MEL requirements in its operations contained in its operations specifications. specifications for 120-minute ETOPS. (iii) The certificate holder must comply (d) 120-minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- with the maintenance program requirements provals to conduct ETOPS with maximum of § 121.374. diversion times up to 120 minutes as follows: (iv) The certificate holder must comply (1) The airplane-engine combination must with the MEL requirements for ‘‘beyond 120 be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at minutes ETOPS.’’ least 120 minutes. (v) The certificate holder must conduct (2) The certificate holder must operate in training for maintenance, dispatch and flight accordance with the ETOPS authority as crew personnel for differences between 138- contained in its operations specifications. minute ETOPS diversion approval and its (3) The certificate holder must comply previously approved 180-minute ETOPS di- with the maintenance program requirements version authority. of § 121.374. (f) 180-minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- (4) The certificate holder must comply proval to conduct ETOPS with diversion with the MEL requirements for 120-minute times up to 180 minutes as follows: ETOPS. (1) For these operations the airplane-en- (e) 138-Minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- gine combination must be type-design-approval to conduct ETOPS with maximum di- proved for ETOPS of at least 180 minutes. version times up to 138 minutes as follows: (2) The certificate holder must operate in (1) Operators with 120-minute ETOPS ap- accordance with the ETOPS authority as proval. The FAA grants 138-minute ETOPS contained in its operations specifications. approval as an extension of an existing 120- (3) The certificate holder must comply minute ETOPS approval as follows: with the maintenance program requirements (i) The authority may be exercised only for of § 121.374. specific flights for which the 120-minute di- (4) The certificate holder must comply version time must be exceeded. with the MEL requirements for ‘‘beyond 120 (ii) For these flight-by-flight exceptions, minutes ETOPS.’’ the airplane-engine combination must be (g) Greater than 180-minute ETOPS. The type-design-approved for ETOPS up to at FAA grants approval to conduct ETOPS least 120 minutes. The capability of the air- greater than 180 minutes. The following are plane’s time-limited systems may not be less requirements for all operations greater than than 138 minutes calculated in accordance 180 minutes. with § 121.633. (1) The FAA grants approval only to cer- (iii) The certificate holder must operate in tificate holders with existing 180-minute accordance with the ETOPS authority as ETOPS operating authority for the airplane- contained in its operations specifications. engine combination to be operated. (iv) The certificate holder must comply (2) The certificate holder must have pre- with the maintenance program requirements vious ETOPS experience satisfactory to the of § 121.374. Administrator. (v) The certificate holder must comply (3) In selecting ETOPS Alternate Airports, with minimum equipment list (MEL) re- the operator must make every effort to plan quirements in its operations specifications ETOPS with maximum diversion distances for ‘‘beyond 120 minutes ETOPS’’. Operators of 180 minutes or less, if possible. If condi- without a ‘‘beyond 120-minute ETOPS’’ MEL tions necessitate using an ETOPS Alternate may apply through their responsible Flight Airport beyond 180 minutes, the route may Standards office for a modified MEL which be flown only if the requirements for the spe- satisfies the master MEL policy for system/ cific operating area in paragraph (h) or (i) of component relief in ETOPS beyond 120 min- section I of this appendix are met. utes. (4) The certificate holder must inform the (vi) The certificate holder must conduct flight crew each time an airplane is proposed training for maintenance, dispatch, and for dispatch for greater than 180 minutes and flight crew personnel regarding differences tell them why the route was selected. between 138-minute ETOPS authority and its (5) In addition to the equipment specified previously-approved 120-minute ETOPS au- in the certificate holder’s MEL for 180- thority. minute ETOPS, the following systems must (2) Operators with existing 180-minute ETOPS be operational for dispatch: approval. The FAA grants approvals to con- (i) The fuel quantity indicating system.

309

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00319 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Pt. 121, App. P 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–21 Edition)

(ii) The APU (including electrical and ity, extreme cold weather at en-route air- pneumatic supply and operating to the ports, airport weather below dispatch re- APU’s designed capability). quirements, temporary airport conditions, (iii) The auto throttle system. and other weather related events. The cri- (iv) The communication system required teria used by the certificate holder to decide by § 121.99(d) or § 121.122(c), as applicable. that extreme weather precludes using an air- (v) One-engine-inoperative auto-land capa- port must be established by the certificate bility, if flight planning is predicated on its holder, accepted by the FAA, and published use. in the certificate holder’s manual for the use (6) The certificate holder must operate in of dispatchers and pilots. accordance with the ETOPS authority as (3) This exception may be used in the Pa- contained in its operations specifications. cific Ocean area north of the equator only (7) The certificate holder must comply for reasons such as political or military con- with the maintenance program requirements cern, volcanic activity, airport weather of § 121.374. below dispatch requirements, temporary air- (h) 207-minute ETOPS in the North Pacific port conditions and other weather related Area of Operations. (1) The FAA grants ap- events. proval to conduct ETOPS with maximum di- (4) The airplane-engine combination must version times up to 207 minutes in the North be type design approved for ETOPS greater Pacific Area of Operations as an extension to than 180 minutes. 180-minute ETOPS authority to be used on (j) 240-minute ETOPS in areas South of the an exception basis. This exception may be equator. (1) The FAA grants approval to con- used only on a flight-by-flight basis when an duct ETOPS with maximum diversion times ETOPS Alternate Airport is not available of up to 240 minutes in the following areas: within 180 minutes for reasons such as polit- (i) Pacific oceanic areas between the U.S. ical or military concerns; volcanic activity; West coast and Australia, New Zealand and temporary airport conditions; and airport Polynesia. weather below dispatch requirements or (ii) South Atlantic oceanic areas. other weather related events. (iii) Indian Ocean areas. (2) The nearest available ETOPS Alternate (iv) Oceanic areas between Australia and Airport within 207 minutes diversion time South America. must be specified in the dispatch or flight re- (2) The operator must designate the near- lease. est available ETOPS Alternate Airports (3) In conducting such a flight the certifi- along the planned route of flight. cate holder must consider Air Traffic Serv- (3) The airplane-engine combination must ice’s preferred track. be type-design-approved for ETOPS greater (4) The airplane-engine combination must than 180 minutes. be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at (k) ETOPS beyond 240 minutes. (1) The FAA least 180 minutes. The approved time for the grants approval to conduct ETOPS with di- airplane’s most limiting ETOPS significant version times beyond 240 minutes for oper- system and most limiting cargo-fire suppres- ations between specified city pairs on routes sion time for those cargo and baggage com- in the following areas: partments required by regulation to have (i) The Pacific oceanic areas between the fire-suppression systems must be at least 222 U.S. west coast and Australia, New Zealand, minutes. and Polynesia; (5) The certificate holder must track how (ii) The South Atlantic oceanic areas; many times 207-minute authority is used. (iii) The Indian Oceanic areas; and (i) 240-minute ETOPS in the North Polar (iv) The oceanic areas between Australia Area, in the area north of the NOPAC, and in and South America, and the South Polar the Pacific Ocean north of the equator. (1) The Area. FAA grants approval to conduct 240-minute (2) This approval is granted to certificate ETOPS authority with maximum diversion holders who have been operating under 180- times in the North Polar Area, in the area minute or greater ETOPS authority for at north of the NOPAC area, and the Pacific least 24 consecutive months, of which at Ocean area north of the equator as an exten- least 12 consecutive months must be under sion to 180-minute ETOPS authority to be 240-minute ETOPS authority with the air- used on an exception basis. This exception plane-engine combination to be used. may be used only on a flight-by-flight basis (3) The operator must designate the near- when an ETOPS Alternate Airport is not est available ETOPS alternate or alternates available within 180 minutes. In that case, along the planned route of flight. the nearest available ETOPS Alternate Air- (4) For these operations, the airplane-en- port within 240 minutes diversion time must gine combination must be type-design-ap- be specified in the dispatch or flight release. proved for ETOPS greater than 180 minutes. (2) This exception may be used in the Section II. ETOPS Approval: Passenger-car- North Polar Area and in the area north of rying Airplanes With More Than Two Engines. NOPAC only in extreme conditions par- (a) The FAA grants approval to conduct ticular to these areas such as volcanic activ- ETOPS, as follows:

310

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00320 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 125

(1) Except as provided in § 121.162, the air- PART 125—CERTIFICATION AND plane-engine combination must be type-design-approved for ETOPS. OPERATIONS: AIRPLANES HAV- (2) The operator must designate the near- ING A SEATING CAPACITY OF 20 est available ETOPS Alternate Airports OR MORE PASSENGERS OR A within 240 minutes diversion time (at one-en- MAXIMUM PAYLOAD CAPACITY gine-inoperative cruise speed under standard OF 6,000 POUNDS OR MORE; conditions in still air). If an ETOPS alter- AND RULES GOVERNING PER- nate is not available within 240 minutes, the operator must designate the nearest avail- SONS ON BOARD SUCH AIR- able ETOPS Alternate Airports along the CRAFT planned route of flight. (3) The MEL limitations for the authorized SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. ETOPS diversion time apply. 89 [NOTE] (i) The Fuel Quantity Indicating System SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. must be operational. 97 [NOTE] (ii) The communications systems required SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. by § 121.99(d) or § 121.122(c) must be oper- 118–2 ational. (4) The certificate holder must operate in Subpart A—General accordance with the ETOPS authority as Sec. contained in its operations specifications. 125.1 Applicability. Section III. Approvals for operations whose 125.3 Deviation authority. airplane routes are planned to traverse either 125.5 Operating certificate and operations the North Polar or South Polar Areas. specifications required. (a) Except for intrastate operations within 125.7 Display of certificate. the State of Alaska, no certificate holder 125.9 Definitions. may operate an aircraft in the North Polar 125.11 Certificate eligibility and prohibited Area or South Polar Area, unless authorized operations. by the FAA. (b) In addition to any of the applicable re- Subpart B—Certification Rules and quirements of sections I and II of this appen- Miscellaneous Requirements dix, the certificate holder’s operations specifications must contain the following: 125.21 Application for operating certificate. 125.23 Rules applicable to operations subject (1) The designation of airports that may be to this part. used for en-route diversions and the require- 125.25 Management personnel required. ments the airports must meet at the time of 125.26 Employment of former FAA employ- diversion. ees. (2) Except for supplemental all-cargo oper- 125.27 Issue of certificate. ations, a recovery plan for passengers at des- 125.29 Duration of certificate. ignated diversion airports. 125.31 Contents of certificate and operations (3) A fuel-freeze strategy and procedures specifications. for monitoring fuel freezing. 125.33 Operations specifications not a part (4) A plan to ensure communication capa- of certificate. bility for these operations. 125.35 Amendment of operations specifica- (5) An MEL for these operations. tions. (6) A training plan for operations in these 125.37 Duty period limitations. areas. 125.39 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or stimulant drugs (7) A plan for mitigating crew exposure to or substances. radiation during solar flare activity. 125.41 Availability of certificate and oper- (8) A plan for providing at least two cold ations specifications. weather anti-exposure suits in the aircraft, 125.43 Use of operations specifications. to protect crewmembers during outside ac- 125.45 Inspection authority. tivity at a diversion airport with extreme 125.47 Change of address. climatic conditions. The FAA may relieve 125.49 Airport requirements. the certificate holder from this requirement 125.51 En route navigation facilities. if the season of the year makes the equip- 125.53 Flight locating requirements. ment unnecessary. Subpart C—Manual Requirements [Doc. No. FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1883, Jan. 16, 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, 125.71 Preparation. Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] 125.73 Contents. 125.75 Airplane flight manual.

311

VerDate Sep<11>2014 12:03 Aug 27, 2021 Jkt 253048 PO 00000 Frm 00321 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\253048.XXX 253048 spaschal on DSKJM0X7X2PROD with CFR